CALPINE CORP
S-1/A, 1996-09-19
COGENERATION SERVICES & SMALL POWER PRODUCERS
Previous: WESTERN COUNTRY CLUBS INC, SC 13D, 1996-09-19
Next: CIDCO INC, 3, 1996-09-19



<PAGE>   1
 
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 19, 1996
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-07497
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                            ------------------------
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                   <C>
               DELAWARE                                4911                               77-0212977
       (STATE OF INCORPORATION)            (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                 (IRS EMPLOYER
                                           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)               IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                          50 WEST SAN FERNANDO STREET
                               SAN JOSE, CA 95113
                                 (408) 995-5115
    (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                  OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                PETER CARTWRIGHT
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
                          50 WEST SAN FERNANDO STREET
                               SAN JOSE, CA 95113
                                 (408) 995-5115
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>
        JOSEPH E. RONAN, JR., ESQ.              SCOTT D. LESTER, ESQ.                 JOSEPH A. COCO, ESQ.
             GENERAL COUNSEL               BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP           SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,
           CALPINE CORPORATION                       ONE MARKET                          MEAGHER & FLOM
       50 WEST SAN FERNANDO STREET               SPEAR STREET TOWER                     919 THIRD AVENUE
            SAN JOSE, CA 95113                 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105                 NEW YORK, NY 10022
              (408) 995-5115                       (415) 442-0900                        (212) 735-3000
</TABLE>
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form is to be offered on a
  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
                       1933, check the following box. / /
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
   the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
               registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
 If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
    the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
                           for the same offering. / /
 
   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
                      please check the following box. / /
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
================================================================================
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PROPOSED           PROPOSED
                                               AMOUNT             MAXIMUM            MAXIMUM           AMOUNT OF
         TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                 TO BE         OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE        REGISTRATION
      SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED(1)       PER UNIT(2)     OFFERING PRICE(2)       FEE(3)
<S>                                     <C>                  <C>              <C>                  <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value...........   20,751,750 shares      $21.00          $435,786,750         $150,272
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Includes 2,706,750 shares of Common Stock which the Underwriters have the
    option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
    registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) Previously paid.
 
                            ----------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     The Registration Statement contains a Prospectus relating to a public
offering in the United States and Canada of an aggregate of 14,436,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.001 par value, of the Company (the "U.S. Offering"), together
with a separate prospectus cover page relating to a concurrent offering outside
the United States and Canada of an aggregate of 3,609,000 shares of Common
Stock, $.001 par value, of the Company (the "International Offering"). The
complete prospectus for the U.S. Offering follows immediately. Following such
prospectus are certain pages of the prospectus for the International Offering as
follows: a front cover page (page A-1), table of contents (page A-2), a page to
replace a portion of the "Risk Factors" section (page A-3), a page to replace a
portion of the "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" section (page A-4), pages
containing the "Subscription and Sale" section to replace the "Underwriting"
section (pages A-5 through A-8), and a back cover page (page A-9). All other
pages of the prospectus for the U.S. Offering are to be used for both the U.S.
Offering and the International Offering.
 
     Copies of the complete Prospectus for each of the U.S. Offering and the
International Offering in the exact forms in which they are to be used after
effectiveness will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant
to Rule 424(b) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
<PAGE>   3
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 19, 1996
    
[LOGO]
                               18,045,000 Shares
 
                              Calpine Corporation
                                  Common Stock
                               ($.001 par value)
                               ------------------
 
Of the shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value ("Common Stock"), of Calpine
Corporation (the "Company" or "Calpine") offered hereby, 5,477,820 shares are
 being sold by the Company and 12,567,180 shares are being sold by the
   Selling Stockholder named herein under "Principal and Selling
   Stockholders." Of the 18,045,000 shares of Common Stock being offered,
     14,436,000 shares are initially being offered in the United States
      and Canada (the "U.S. Shares") by the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S.
      Offering") and 3,609,000 shares are initially being concurrently
       offered outside the United States and Canada (the "International
        Shares") by the Managers (the "International Offering" and,
        together with the U.S. Offering, the "Common Stock Offering").
        The offering price and underwriting discounts and commissions
          of the U.S. Offering and the International Offering are
          identical.
 
Prior to the Common Stock Offering, there has been no public market for the
Common Stock. It is anticipated that the initial public offering price will
    be between $17.00 and $20.00 per share. For information relating to the
       factors considered in determining the initial public offering
       price to the public, see "Underwriting."
 
 The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange
             under the symbol "CPN," subject to notice of issuance.
                               ------------------
 
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH
                                 AN INVESTMENT
      IN THE COMMON STOCK, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 HEREIN.
                               ------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
        HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
             SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR AD-
                 EQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                      TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
                      OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Underwriting                          Proceeds to
                                   Price to       Discounts and      Proceeds to           Selling
                                    Public         Commissions        Calpine(1)         Stockholder
                               ----------------  ----------------  ----------------    ----------------
<S>                                   <C>               <C>               <C>                 <C>
Per Share....................         $                 $                 $                   $
Total(2).....................         $                 $                 $                   $
</TABLE>
 
(1) Before deduction of expenses payable by Calpine, estimated at $809,000.
 
(2) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers an option,
    exercisable by CS First Boston Corporation for 30 days from the date of this
    Prospectus, to purchase a maximum of 2,706,750 additional shares to cover
    over-allotments of shares. If the option is exercised in full, the total
    Price to Public will be $          , Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
    will be $          , Proceeds to Calpine will be $          and Proceeds to
    Selling Stockholder will be $          .
                               ------------------
 
  The U.S. Shares are offered by the several U.S. Underwriters when, as and if
delivered to and accepted by the U.S. Underwriters and subject to their right to
reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that the U.S. Shares will be
ready for delivery on or about               , 1996, against payment in
immediately available funds.
 
CS First Boston
                   Morgan Stanley & Co.
                              Incorporated
 
                                      PaineWebber Incorporated
 
                                                   Salomon Brothers Inc
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1996.
<PAGE>   4
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMON STOCK OFFERING, CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
ON BEHALF OF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND MANAGERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
     DURING THE COMMON STOCK OFFERING, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS
PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN
ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE ACCOUNTS OF OTHERS IN THE COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO
EXEMPTIONS FROM RULES 10B-6, 10B-7, AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934.
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those
projected in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors,
including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, (i) all references in this Prospectus to
the "Company" or "Calpine" include Calpine Corporation and its consolidated
subsidiaries, (ii) all references to "Common Stock" refer to the Company's
Common Stock, $.001 par value, (iii) all information in this Prospectus relating
to the Company's Common Stock assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option, and (iv) all information in this Prospectus assumes the
following transactions are completed prior to or concurrent with the
consummation of the Common Stock Offering: (1) the reincorporation of the
Company in Delaware, (2) the conversion of the Company's outstanding Class B
Common Stock into Common Stock and the elimination of the Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock, (3) a 5.194-for-1 stock split of the Company's Common
Stock, and (4) the conversion of the Company's outstanding Preferred Stock into
2,179,487 shares of Common Stock.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     Calpine is engaged in the acquisition, development, ownership and operation
of power generation facilities and the sale of electricity and steam in the
United States and selected international markets. The Company has interests in
15 power generation facilities and steam fields having an aggregate capacity of
1,057 megawatts. Since its inception in 1984, Calpine has developed substantial
expertise in all aspects of electric power generation. The Company's vertical
integration has resulted in significant growth over the last five years as
Calpine has applied its extensive engineering, construction management,
operations, fuel management and financing capabilities to successfully implement
its acquisition and development program. During the last five years, Calpine has
expanded substantially, from $41.2 million of total assets as of December 31,
1991 to $911.0 million of total assets on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1996.
Calpine's revenue on a pro forma basis for 1995 increased to $224.3 million,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 55% since 1991. The Company's
EBITDA (as defined herein) on a pro forma basis for 1995 increased to $123.8
million. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." Calpine's strategy is to
capitalize on opportunities in the power market through an ongoing program to
acquire, develop, own and operate electric power generation facilities, as well
as marketing power and energy services to utilities and other end users.
    
 
THE MARKET
 
     The power generation industry represents the third largest industry in the
United States, with an estimated end user market of approximately $207.5 billion
of electricity sales and 3 million gigawatt hours of production in 1995. In
response to increasing customer demand for access to low cost electricity and
enhanced services, new regulatory initiatives are currently being adopted or
considered at both state and federal levels to increase competition in the
domestic power generation industry. To date, such initiatives are under
consideration at the federal level and in approximately thirty states. For
example, in April 1996, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC")
adopted Order No. 888, opening wholesale power sales to competition and
providing for open and fair electric transmission services by public utilities.
In addition, the California Public Utilities Commission ("CPUC") has issued an
electric industry restructuring decision which envisions commencement of
deregulation and implementation of customer choice of electricity supplier by
January 1, 1998. Calpine believes that industry trends and such regulatory
initiatives will lead to the transformation of the existing market, which is
largely characterized by electric utility monopolies selling to a captive
customer base, to a more competitive market where end users may purchase
electricity from a variety of suppliers, including non-utility generators, power
marketers, public utilities and others. The Company believes that these market
trends will create substantial opportunities for companies such as Calpine that
are low cost power producers and have an integrated power services capability
which enables them to produce and sell energy to customers at competitive rates.
 
     The Company also believes that these market trends will result in the
disposition of power generation facilities by utilities, independent power
producers and industrial companies. Utilities such as Pacific Gas & Electric
Company ("PG&E") and Southern California Edison Company have announced their
intentions to sell power generation facilities totalling approximately 3,150
megawatts and 5,000 megawatts, respectively. The independent power industry,
which represents approximately 8% of the installed capacity in the United
States, or approximately 59,000 megawatts, and has accounted for approximately
50% of all additional capacity in the United States since 1990, is currently
undergoing significant consolidation. Many independent producers operating a
limited number of power plants are seeking to dispose of such plants in response
to
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
competitive pressures, and industrial companies are selling their power plants
to redeploy capital in their core businesses. Over 200 independent power plant
and portfolio sale transactions have occurred in the past two years. The Company
believes that this consolidation will continue in the highly fragmented
independent power industry.
 
     The power generation industry outside the United States is approximately
three times larger than the domestic market, and the demand for electricity is
growing rapidly. In 1996, it has been estimated that in excess of 590 gigawatts
of new capacity will be required outside the United States over the ensuing
ten-year period. In order to satisfy this anticipated increase in demand, many
countries have adopted active government programs designed to encourage private
investment in power generation facilities. The Company believes that these
market trends will create significant opportunities to acquire and develop power
generation facilities in such countries.
 
STRATEGY
 
     Calpine's objective is to become a leading power company by capitalizing on
these emerging opportunities in the domestic and international power markets.
The key elements of the Company's strategy are as follows:
 
   
     Expand and diversify domestic portfolio of power projects.  In pursuing its
growth strategy, the Company intends to focus on opportunities where it is able
to capitalize on its extensive management and technical expertise to implement a
fully integrated approach to the acquisition, development and operation of power
generation facilities. This approach includes design, engineering, procurement,
finance, construction management, fuel and resource acquisition, operations and
power marketing, which Calpine believes provides it with a competitive
advantage. By pursuing this strategy, the Company has significantly expanded and
diversified its project portfolio. Since 1993, the Company has completed
transactions involving five gas-fired cogeneration facilities and two steam
fields. As a result of these transactions, the Company has more than doubled its
aggregate power generation capacity and substantially diversified its fuel mix
since 1993.
    
 
     The Company is also pursuing the development of highly efficient, low cost
power plants that seek to take advantage of inefficiencies in the electricity
market. The Company intends to sell all or a portion of the power generated by
such merchant plants into the competitive market, rather than exclusively
through long-term power sales agreements. As part of Calpine's initial effort to
develop merchant plants, the Company entered into an agreement with Phillips
Petroleum Company to develop a gas-fired cogeneration project with a capacity of
240 megawatts. Under this agreement, approximately 90 megawatts of electricity
will be sold to the Phillips Houston Chemical Complex, with the remainder to be
sold into the competitive market through Calpine's power marketing activities.
The Company expects that this project will represent a prototype for future
merchant plant developments. The development of this project is subject to the
satisfaction of various conditions, including completion of financing and
obtaining required approvals. See "Business -- Development and Future Projects."
 
     Enhance the performance and efficiency of existing power projects.  The
Company continually seeks to maximize the power generation potential of its
operating assets and minimize its operating and maintenance expenses and fuel
costs. To date, the Company's power generation facilities have operated at an
average availability in excess of 97%. The Company believes that achieving and
maintaining a low cost of production will be increasingly important to compete
effectively in the power generation market.
 
     Continue to develop an integrated power marketing capability.  The Company
has established an integrated power marketing capability, conducted through its
wholly owned subsidiary, Calpine Power Services Company ("CPSC"). In 1995, CPSC
received approval from the FERC to conduct power marketing activities. The
Company believes that a power marketing capability complements its business
strategy of providing low cost power generation services. CPSC's power marketing
activities will focus on the development of long-term customer service
relationships, supported primarily by generating assets that are owned, operated
or controlled by Calpine. CPSC will aggregate the Company's own resources, the
resources of its customers, power pool resources, and market power supply to
provide the customized services demanded by its customers at a competitive
price.
 
     Selectively expand into international markets.  Internationally, the
Company intends to utilize its geothermal and gas-fired expertise in selected
markets of Southeast Asia and Latin America, where demand for power is rapidly
growing and private investment is encouraged. In November 1995, the Company made
an investment in the Cerro Prieto steam fields, located in Baja California,
Mexico. In March 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement to
pursue the development of a geothermal resource in Indonesia with
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
an estimated potential capacity in excess of 500 megawatts. Calpine believes
that its investments in these projects will effectively position it for future
expansion in Southeast Asia and Latin America.
 
BACKGROUND
 
     Calpine was founded in 1984 by Peter Cartwright, the Company's President
and Chief Executive Officer. Through 1988, the Company provided engineering,
management, finance and operating and maintenance services to the emerging
independent power production industry. Since 1989, the Company has focused on
the acquisition, development, ownership, operation and maintenance of gas-fired
and geothermal power generation facilities. Prior to the Common Stock Offering,
the Company has been a wholly owned subsidiary of Electrowatt Ltd.
("Electrowatt"), a major utility, industrial products and engineering services
company based in Zurich, Switzerland. Electrowatt has advised the Company that
its current strategy is to focus its resources on its industrial business. As a
result of the Common Stock Offering, Electrowatt will no longer own any interest
in the Company and Calpine management will hold stock options representing
approximately 11.7% of the Company's Common Stock.
 
   
     Calpine was incorporated under the laws of the State of California in 1984
and was reincorporated in the State of Delaware in September 1996. The principal
executive offices of the Company are located at 50 West San Fernando Street, San
Jose, California 95113, and its telephone number is (408) 995-5115.
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective investors should carefully consider the information presented
in this Prospectus, particularly the matters set forth under the caption "Risk
Factors."
 
                           THE COMMON STOCK OFFERING
 
     Of the Common Stock offered hereby, 14,436,000 shares are initially being
offered in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters in the U.S.
Offering and 3,609,000 shares are initially being concurrently offered outside
the United States and Canada by the Managers in the International Offering.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Total Common Stock offered...................  18,045,000 shares
  By the Company
     U.S. Offering...........................  4,382,256 shares
     International Offering..................  1,095,564 shares
          Total..............................  5,477,820 shares
  By the Selling Stockholder
     U.S. Offering...........................  10,053,744 shares
     International Offering..................  2,513,436 shares
          Total..............................  12,567,180 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after
  the Common Stock Offering..................  18,045,000 shares(1)
Use of proceeds..............................  The net proceeds of the sale of shares of
                                               Common Stock by the Company will be used for
                                                 repayment of approximately $13.0 million of
                                                 outstanding indebtedness and for working
                                                 capital and general corporate purposes,
                                                 including the development and acquisition
                                                 of power generation facilities. See "Use of
                                                 Proceeds."
NYSE trading symbol..........................  CPN
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes 2,392,026 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of options previously granted and outstanding as of June 30, 1996
    under the Company's Stock Option Program. Of such amount, options to
    purchase 1,366,696 shares were exercisable as of June 30, 1996. See
    "Management -- Stock Option Program" and "-- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                  1991        1992        1993        1994                1995               1995                 1996
                ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ------------------------   ---------    -------------------------
<S>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>
                                                                    ACTUAL  PRO FORMA(1)                   ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(2)
                                                                 ---------  ------------                ---------   -------------
                                            (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS
  DATA:
 Total
   revenue....    $39,052     $39,577     $69,915     $94,762    $132,098      $224,261      $50,352      $81,994       $93,068
 Cost of
   revenue....     25,064      25,921      42,501      52,845      77,388       142,298       30,618       51,319        65,940
 Gross
   profit.....     13,988      13,656      27,414      41,917      54,710        81,963       19,734       30,675        27,128
 Project
   development
   expenses...      1,067         806       1,280       1,784       3,087         3,087        1,308        1,410         1,410
 General and
administrative
   expenses...      3,443       3,924       5,080       7,323       8,937         8,937        3,659        5,874         5,874
 Income from
 operations...      9,478       6,902      21,054      31,772      42,686        69,939       14,767       23,391        19,844
 Interest
   expense....      1,925       1,225      13,825      23,886      32,154        57,523       15,116       18,665        27,900
 Other income,
   net........       (416)       (310)     (1,133)     (1,988)     (1,895)       (9,158)        (855)      (2,777)       (5,303)
 Net income
   (loss).....      5,958       3,460       3,754       6,021       7,378        12,810          298        4,423        (1,623)
 Weighted
   average
   shares
   outstanding(3)...                                               14,187        14,187                    14,476        14,476
 Net income
   (loss) per
   share(3)...                                                      $0.52         $0.90                     $0.31        $(0.11)
OTHER
 FINANCIAL
 DATA:
 Depreciation
   and
   amortization...    $  219    $  232    $12,540     $21,580    $ 26,896       $42,734      $ 9,882      $15,757       $21,302
 EBITDA(4)....    $ 4,909     $ 9,898     $42,370     $53,707    $ 69,515      $123,770      $25,440      $41,345       $46,993
SELECTED
 OPERATING
 INFORMATION:(5)
 Power plants:
   Electricity
   revenue:(6)
     Energy...    $33,426     $38,325     $37,088     $45,912     $54,886       $89,292      $22,323      $34,362       $36,839
   Capacity...    $ 7,562     $ 7,707     $ 7,834     $ 7,967     $30,485       $83,591      $ 9,051      $19,774       $28,364
   Megawatt
     hours
   produced...    392,471     403,274     378,035     447,177   1,033,566     2,387,730      324,059      736,739       860,969
   Average
     energy
     price per
     kilowatt
    hour(7)...     8.517c      9.503c      9.811c     10.267c      5.310c        3.740c       6.889c       4.664c        4.279c
 Steam fields:
   Steam
     revenue:
    Calpine...    $36,173     $33,385     $31,066     $32,631     $39,669       $39,669      $17,639      $15,866       $15,866
     Other
   interest...    $ 2,820     $ 2,501     $ 2,143     $ 2,051          --            --           --           --            --
   Megawatt
     hours
   produced...  2,095,576   2,105,345   2,014,758   2,156,492   2,415,059     2,415,059    1,027,317    1,040,271     1,040,271
   Average
     price per
     kilowatt
     hour.....     1.861c      1.705c      1.648c      1.608c      1.643c        1.643c       1.717c       1.525c        1.525c
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                             AS OF DECEMBER 31,                         -----------------------------------------
                         ----------------------------------------------------------                     PRO         PRO FORMA AS
                          1991        1992         1993         1994         1995        ACTUAL      FORMA(2)      ADJUSTED(2)(8)
                         -------     -------     --------     --------     --------     --------     ---------     --------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash
    equivalents........  $   958     $ 2,160     $  6,166     $ 22,527     $ 21,810     $ 38,403     $ 16,047        $  110,877
  Property, plant and
    equipment, net.....      351         424      251,070      335,453      447,751      530,203      657,724           657,724
  Total assets.........   41,245      55,370      302,256      421,372      554,531      792,812      910,977         1,005,807
  Total liabilities....   34,624      44,865      288,827      402,723      529,304      713,156      831,321           831,321
  Stockholder's
    equity.............    6,621      10,505       13,429       18,649       25,227       79,656       79,656           174,486
                                                                                                     (see footnotes on next page)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
- ------------
 
 (1) The pro forma information presented under statement of operations data and
     other financial data for the year ended December 31, 1995 gives effect to
     the following transactions as if such transactions had occurred on January
     1, 1995: (i) the acquisition by the Company of the Greenleaf 1 and 2
     Facilities (the "Greenleaf Transaction"); (ii) the acquisition by the
     Company of the lease for the Watsonville Facility (the "Watsonville
     Transaction"); (iii) the entry by the Company into the agreements in
     respect of the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields (the "Cerro Prieto Transaction");
     (iv) the entry by the Company into a transaction involving a lease for the
     King City Facility (the "King City Transaction"); (v) the acquisition by
     the Company of the Gilroy Facility (the "Gilroy Transaction"); (the
     Greenleaf Transaction, the Watsonville Transaction, the Cerro Prieto
     Transaction, the King City Transaction and the Gilroy Transaction being
     collectively referred to as the "Transactions"); (vi) the $50.0 million
     Preferred Stock investment in Calpine by Electrowatt (the "Preferred Stock
     Investment") and the application of the proceeds therefrom; and (vii) the
     sale of the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2006 (the "10 1/2% Senior
     Notes") and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. The pro forma
     information presented under selected operating information for the year
     ended December 31, 1995 gives effect to the Greenleaf Transaction, the
     Watsonville Transaction, the King City Transaction and the Gilroy
     Transaction as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 1995. See
     "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
     "Business -- Description of Facilities."
 
 (2) The pro forma information presented under statement of operations data,
     other financial data and selected operating information for the six months
     ended June 30, 1996 gives effect to (i) the King City Transaction, (ii) the
     Gilroy Transaction and (iii) the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes and the
     application of the net proceeds therefrom as if such transactions had
     occurred on January 1, 1996. The pro forma information presented under
     balance sheet data as of June 30, 1996 gives effect to the Gilroy
     Transaction as if such transaction had occurred on June 30, 1996. See "Pro
     Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
     of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
     "Business -- Description of Facilities."
 
 (3) The actual and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding and net income
     (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months
     ended June 30, 1996 give effect to the issuance of Common Stock upon the
     conversion of the Company's outstanding Preferred Stock.
 
 (4) EBITDA is defined as income from operations plus depreciation, capitalized
     interest, other income, non-cash charges and cash received from investments
     in power projects, reduced by the income from unconsolidated investments in
     power projects. EBITDA is presented not as a measure of operating results
     but rather as a measure of the Company's ability to service debt. EBITDA
     should not be construed as an alternative either (i) to income from
     operations (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles) or (ii) to cash flows from operating activities (determined in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles).
 
 (5) For an explanation of such selected operating information, see
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations -- Selected Operating Information."
 
 (6) The significant increase in capacity revenue and the accompanying decline
     in average energy price per kilowatt hour since 1994 reflects the increase
     in the Company's megawatt hour production as a result of acquisitions of
     gas-fired cogeneration facilities by the Company.
 
 (7) Average energy price per kilowatt hour represents energy revenue divided by
     the kilowatt hours produced.
 
 (8) Adjusted to reflect the sale of the 5,477,820 shares of Common Stock
     offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial offering price of
     $18.50 per share, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as
     described in "Use of Proceeds."
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock should carefully consider the
factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this
Prospectus, in evaluating an investment in the Common Stock.
 
HIGH LEVERAGE
 
   
     The Company is highly leveraged as a result of outstanding indebtedness of
the Company and non-recourse debt financing of certain of the Company's
subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition and development of power
generation facilities. As of June 30, 1996, the Company's total consolidated
indebtedness was $499.8 million, its total consolidated assets were $792.8
million and its stockholder's equity was $79.7 million. At such date, on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to the Gilroy Transaction, the Company's total
consolidated indebtedness would have been $615.8 million, its total consolidated
assets would have been $911.0 million and its stockholder's equity would have
been $79.7 million. See "Capitalization," "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations." The ability of the Company to meet its debt service
obligations and to repay outstanding indebtedness according to its terms will be
dependent primarily upon the performance of the power generation facilities in
which the Company has an interest.
    
 
     The Indenture dated May 16, 1996 (the "10 1/2% Indenture") relating to the
Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes and the Indenture dated February 17, 1994 (the
"9 1/4% Indenture") relating to the Company's 9 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2004 (the
"9 1/4% Senior Notes") (collectively, the "Indentures") contain certain
restrictive covenants. Such restrictions will affect, and in many respects will
significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of the Company
or its subsidiaries or such other entities, as the case may be, to incur
indebtedness, make prepayments of certain indebtedness, pay dividends, make
investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, create liens, sell assets
and engage in mergers and consolidations. The Indentures also contain provisions
that require the Company, in the event of certain change of control
transactions, to make an offer to purchase the 10 1/2% Senior Notes and the
9 1/4% Senior Notes. The Common Stock Offering will not constitute a change of
control transaction under the Indentures. There can be no assurance that the
Company will have the financial resources necessary to purchase the 10 1/2%
Senior Notes and the 9 1/4% Senior Notes upon a change of control. Such change
of control provisions contained in the Indentures may not be waived by the Board
of Directors of the Company.
 
     The Company believes that, based on current levels of operations and
anticipated growth, cash flow from operations, together with other available
sources of funds, including borrowings under the Company's existing borrowing
arrangements, will be adequate to make required payments of principal and
interest on the Company's debt, including the 10 1/2% Senior Notes and the
9 1/4% Senior Notes, and to enable the Company to comply with the terms of its
debt agreements, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
If the Company is unable to comply with the terms of its debt agreements and
fails to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future, the
Company may be required to refinance all or a portion of its existing debt or to
obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that any such refinancing
would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained,
particularly in view of the Company's high levels of debt and the debt
incurrence restrictions under existing debt agreements. If cash flow is
insufficient and no such refinancing or additional financing is available, the
Company may be forced to default on its debt obligations. In the event of a
default under the terms of any of the indebtedness of the Company, subject to
the terms of such indebtedness, the obligees thereunder would be permitted to
accelerate the maturity of such obligations, which could cause defaults under
other obligations of the Company. See "-- Possible Unavailability of Financing,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Certain Transactions."
 
POSSIBLE UNAVAILABILITY OF FINANCING
 
     Each power generation facility acquired or developed by the Company will
require substantial capital investment. The Company's ability to arrange
financing and the cost of such financing are dependent upon numerous factors,
including general economic and capital market conditions, conditions in energy
markets, regulatory developments, credit availability from banks or other
lenders, investor confidence in the industry
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
and the Company, the continued success of the Company's current facilities, and
provisions of tax and securities laws that are conducive to raising capital.
There can be no assurance that financing for new facilities will be available to
the Company on acceptable terms in the future. In addition, there can be no
assurance that all required governmental permits and approvals for the Company's
new or acquired facilities will be obtained, that the Company will be able to
obtain favorable power sales agreements and adequate financing, or that the
Company will be successful in the development of power generation facilities in
the future. Historically, the Company has been successful in obtaining debt
financing for its facilities and has relied on Electrowatt, currently the
Company's sole stockholder, to provide funding for a substantial portion of its
facility equity commitments. The Company currently has an existing $50.0 million
credit facility with Credit Suisse (the "Credit Suisse Credit Facility"), which
was arranged for the Company by Electrowatt. In connection with the Common Stock
Offering, Electrowatt will sell all of its shares of Common Stock of the Company
and, as a result, the Company will no longer be able to rely on Electrowatt for
financing. Upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering, the Credit Suisse
Credit Facility will terminate.
 
     On July 20, 1996, the Company entered into a Commitment Letter with The
Bank of Nova Scotia for a $50.0 million three-year revolving credit facility
(the "Bank of Nova Scotia Facility"). The Bank of Nova Scotia Facility will
become effective upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering, and will
contain certain restrictions that will significantly limit or prohibit, among
other things, the ability of the Company or its subsidiaries to incur
indebtedness, make prepayments of certain indebtedness, pay dividends, make
investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, create liens, sell assets
and engage in mergers and consolidations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Result of Operations and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
     The Company's power generation facilities have been financed using a
variety of leveraged financing structures, consisting of corporate debt,
non-recourse debt and lease obligations. As of June 30, 1996, on a pro forma
basis after giving effect to the Gilroy Transaction, the Company would have had
approximately $615.8 million of total consolidated indebtedness, of which
approximately 53% would have represented non-recourse subsidiary debt. See "Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Data." Each non-recourse debt and lease obligation
is structured to be fully paid out of cash flow provided by the facility or
facilities, the assets of which (together with pledges of stock or partnership
interests in the entity owning the facility) collateralize such obligations,
without any claim against the Company's general corporate funds. Such leveraged
financing permits the development of larger facilities, but also increases the
risk to the Company that its interest in a particular facility could be impaired
or that fluctuations in revenues could adversely affect the Company's ability to
meet its lease or debt obligations. The significant debt collateralized by the
interests of the Company in each operating facility reduces the liquidity of
such assets since any sale or transfer of a facility would be subject both to
the lien securing the facility indebtedness and to transfer restrictions in the
financing agreements. While the Company intends to utilize non-recourse or lease
financing when appropriate, there can be no assurance that market conditions and
other factors will permit the same limited equity investment by the Company or
the same substantially non-recourse nature of financings for future facilities.
In the event of a default under a financing agreement, and assuming the Company
or the other equity investors in a facility are unable or choose not to cure
such default within applicable cure periods, if any, the lenders or lessors
would generally have rights to the facility, any related geothermal resource or
natural gas reserves, related contracts and cash flows and all licenses and
permits necessary to operate the facility. In the event of foreclosure after
such a default, the Company might not retain any interest in such facility. The
Company does not believe the existence of non-recourse or lease financing will
materially affect its ability to continue to borrow funds in the future in order
to finance new facilities. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company
will continue to be able to obtain the financing required to develop its power
facilities on terms satisfactory to the Company. See "Business -- Description of
Facilities."
 
     The Company has from time to time guaranteed certain obligations of its
subsidiaries and other affiliates. There can be no assurance that, in respect of
any financings of facilities in the future, lenders or lessors will not require
the Company to guarantee the indebtedness of such future facilities, rendering
the Company's general corporate funds vulnerable in the event of a default by
such facility or related subsidiary. If the lenders or lessors were to require
such guarantees, and the Company were unable to incur indebtedness in respect of
such
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
guarantees under the restrictions on indebtedness (including guarantees)
contained in the Indentures, the Company's ability to fund new facilities could
be adversely affected. The Indentures do not limit the ability of the Company's
subsidiaries to incur non-recourse or lease financing for investment in new
facilities.
 
     Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. ("CGC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
Calpine, owns the West Ford Flat Facility, the Bear Canyon Facility, the PG&E
Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields and the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields. Calpine
Greenleaf Corporation ("Calpine Greenleaf"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
Calpine, owns the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- General" and
"Business -- Description of Facilities." The non-recourse facility financing of
each of CGC and Calpine Greenleaf is collateralized by all of the assets and
properties of each of the facilities and steam fields owned by such subsidiary.
In the event of a reduction in revenue derived from one or more of these
facilities or steam fields which results in a failure to make any payments on,
or if such subsidiary otherwise defaults in its obligations under the terms of,
its non-recourse project financing, the lenders would be entitled to foreclose
on all of the assets of such subsidiary, including the assets pertaining to each
such facility and steam field.
 
RISKS RELATED TO THE DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATION OF GEOTHERMAL ENERGY RESOURCES
 
     The development and operation of geothermal energy resources are subject to
substantial risks and uncertainties similar to those experienced in the
development of oil and gas resources. The successful exploitation of a
geothermal energy resource ultimately depends upon the heat content of the
extractable fluids, the geology of the reservoir, the total amount of
recoverable reserves and operational factors relating to the extraction of
fluids, including operating expenses, energy price levels and capital
expenditure requirements relating primarily to the drilling of new wells. In
connection with the development of a project, the Company estimates the
productivity of the geothermal resource and the expected decline in such
productivity. The productivity of a geothermal resource may decline more than
anticipated, resulting in insufficient recoverable reserves being available for
sustained generation of the electrical power capacity desired. An incorrect
estimate by the Company or an unexpected decline in productivity could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
 
     Geothermal reservoirs are highly complex, and, as a result, there exist
numerous uncertainties in determining the extent of the reservoirs and the
quantity and productivity of the steam reserves. Reservoir engineering is an
inexact process of estimating underground accumulations of steam or fluids that
cannot be measured in any precise way, and depends significantly on the quantity
and accuracy of available data. As a result, the estimates of other reservoir
specialists may differ materially from those of the Company. Estimates of
reserves are generally revised over time on the basis of the results of
drilling, testing and production that occur after the original estimate was
prepared. While the Company has extensive experience in the operation and
development of geothermal energy resources and in preparing such estimates,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully manage
the development and operation of its geothermal reservoirs or that the Company
will accurately estimate the quantity or productivity of its steam reserves.
 
IMPACT OF AVOIDED COST PRICING; ENERGY PRICE FLUCTUATIONS
 
   
     Nine of the existing power plants in which the Company has an interest sell
electricity to PG&E under separate long-term power sales agreements. Each of
these agreements provides for both capacity payments and energy payments for the
term of the agreement. During the initial ten-year period of certain of the
agreements, PG&E pays a fixed price for each unit of electrical energy according
to schedules set forth in such agreements. The fixed price periods under these
power sales agreements expire at various times in 1998 through 2000. After the
fixed price periods expire, while the basis for the capacity and capacity bonus
payments under these power sales agreements remains the same, the energy
payments adjust to PG&E's then prevailing avoided cost of energy, which is
determined and published from time to time by the CPUC. The term "avoided cost"
refers to the incremental costs that an electric utility would incur to produce
or purchase an amount of power equivalent to that purchased from qualifying
facilities (as defined under the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978,
as amended ("PURPA")). The currently prevailing avoided cost of energy is
substantially lower than the fixed energy prices under these power sales
agreements and is generally expected
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
to remain so. While avoided cost does not affect capacity payments under the
power sales agreements, in the event that the avoided cost of energy does not
increase significantly, the Company's energy revenue under these power sales
agreements would be materially reduced at the expiration of the fixed price
period. Such reduction could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations. The Company cannot accurately predict the likely level of
avoided cost energy prices at the expiration of the fixed price periods. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- General" and "Business -- Description of Facilities." Prices paid
for the steam delivered by the Company's steam fields are based on a formula
that partially reflects the price levels of nuclear and fossil fuels, and,
therefore, a reduction in the price levels of such fuels may reduce revenue
under the steam sales agreements for the steam fields. See
"Business -- Description of Facilities -- Steam Fields."
 
IMPACT OF CURTAILMENT
 
     Each of the Company's power and steam sales agreements contains curtailment
provisions pursuant to which the purchasers of energy or steam are entitled to
reduce the number of hours of energy or amount of steam purchased thereunder.
Curtailment provisions are customary in power and steam sales agreements. During
1995, certain of the Company's power generation facilities experienced maximum
curtailment primarily as a result of a high degree of precipitation during the
period, which resulted in higher levels of energy generation by hydroelectric
power facilities that supply electricity. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." In limited
circumstances, energy production from third party geothermal power plants may be
curtailed, which would reduce deliveries of steam by the Company under the steam
sales agreements. The Company expects maximum curtailment during 1996 under its
power sales agreements for certain of its facilities, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will not experience curtailment in the future. In the
event of such curtailment, the Company's results of operations may be materially
adversely affected. See "Business -- Description of Facilities."
 
POWER PROJECT DEVELOPMENT AND ACQUISITION RISKS
 
     The development of power generation facilities is subject to substantial
risks. In connection with the development of a power generation facility, the
Company must generally obtain power and/or steam sales agreements, governmental
permits and approvals, fuel supply and transportation agreements, sufficient
equity capital and debt financing, electrical transmission agreements, site
agreements and construction contracts, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in doing so. In addition, project development is
subject to certain environmental, engineering and construction risks relating to
cost-overruns, delays and performance. Although the Company may attempt to
minimize the financial risks in the development of a project by securing a
favorable long-term power sales agreement, entering into power marketing
transactions, obtaining all required governmental permits and approvals and
arranging adequate financing prior to the commencement of construction, the
development of a power project may require the Company to expend significant
sums for preliminary engineering, permitting and legal and other expenses before
it can be determined whether a project is feasible, economically attractive or
financeable. If the Company were unable to complete the development of a
facility, it would generally not be able to recover its investment in such a
facility.
 
     The process for obtaining initial environmental, siting and other
governmental permits and approvals is complicated and lengthy, often taking more
than one year, and is subject to significant uncertainties. As a result of
competition, it may be difficult to obtain a power sales agreement for a
proposed project, and the prices offered in new power sales agreements for both
electric capacity and energy may be less than the prices in prior agreements.
 
     The Company has grown substantially in recent years as a result of
acquisitions of interests in power generation facilities and steam fields such
as the Transactions. The Company believes that although the domestic power
industry is undergoing consolidation and that significant acquisition
opportunities are available, the Company is likely to confront significant
competition for acquisition opportunities. In addition, there can be no
assurance that the Company will continue to identify attractive acquisition
opportunities at
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
favorable prices or, to the extent that any opportunities are identified, that
the Company will be able to consummate such acquisitions.
 
START-UP RISKS
 
     The commencement of operation of a newly constructed power plant or steam
field involves many risks, including start-up problems, the breakdown or failure
of equipment or processes and performance below expected levels of output or
efficiency. New plants have no operating history and may employ recently
developed and technologically complex equipment. Insurance is maintained to
protect against certain of these risks, warranties are generally obtained for
limited periods relating to the construction of each project and its equipment
in varying degrees, and contractors and equipment suppliers are obligated to
meet certain performance levels. Such insurance, warranties or performance
guarantees may not be adequate to cover lost revenues or increased expenses and,
as a result, a project may be unable to fund principal and interest payments
under its financing obligations and may operate at a loss. A default under such
a financing obligation could result in the Company losing its interest in such
power generation facility or steam field. See "-- Possible Unavailability of
Financing."
 
     In addition, power sales agreements, which are typically entered into with
a utility early in the development phase of a project, often enable the utility
to terminate such agreement, or to retain security posted as liquidated damages,
in the event that a project fails to achieve commercial operation or certain
operating levels by specified dates or fails to make certain specified payments.
In the event such a termination right is exercised, a project may not commence
generating revenues, the default provisions in a financing agreement may be
triggered (rendering such debt immediately due and payable) and the project may
be rendered insolvent as a result.
 
GENERAL OPERATING RISKS
 
     The Company currently operates all of the power generation facilities in
which it has an interest, except for two steam fields. See
"Business -- Description of Facilities." The continued operation of power
generation facilities and steam fields involves many risks, including the
breakdown or failure of power generation equipment, transmission lines,
pipelines or other equipment or processes and performance below expected levels
of output or efficiency. To date, the Company's power generation facilities have
operated at an average availability in excess of 97%, and although from time to
time the Company's power generation facilities and steam fields have experienced
certain equipment breakdowns or failures, such breakdowns or failures have not
had a material adverse effect on the operation of such facilities or on the
Company's results of operations. Although the Company's facilities contain
certain redundancies and back-up mechanisms, there can be no assurance that any
such breakdown or failure would not prevent the affected facility or steam field
from performing under applicable power or steam sales agreements. In addition,
although insurance is maintained to protect against certain of these operating
risks, the proceeds of such insurance may not be adequate to cover lost revenues
or increased expenses, and, as a result, the entity owning such power generation
facility or steam field may be unable to service principal and interest payments
under its financing obligations and may operate at a loss. A default under such
a financing obligation could result in the Company losing its interest in such
power generation facility or steam field. See "-- Possible Unavailability of
Financing."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES
 
     The nature of the Company's power generation facilities is such that each
facility generally relies on one power or steam sales agreement with a single
electric utility customer for substantially all, if not all, of such facility's
revenue over the life of the project. During 1995, approximately 87% and 9% of
the Company's revenue was attributable to revenue received pursuant to power and
steam sales agreements with PG&E and Sacramento Municipal Utility District
("SMUD"), respectively. The power and steam sales agreements are generally
long-term agreements, covering the sale of electricity or steam for initial
terms of 20 or 30 years. However, the loss of any one power or steam sales
agreement with any of these utility customers could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations. In addition, any material failure
by any utility customer to fulfill its obligations under a power or steam sales
agreement could have a material adverse effect on the cash flow available to the
Company and, as a result, on the Company's results of operations. During
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
1995, an additional 4% of the Company's revenue was attributable to operating
and maintenance services performed by the Company for power generation
facilities that sell electricity to PG&E.
 
     Furthermore, each power generation facility may depend on a single or
limited number of entities to purchase thermal energy, or to supply or transport
natural gas to such facility. The failure of any one utility customer, steam
host, gas supplier or gas transporter to fulfill its contractual obligations
could have a material adverse effect on a power project and on the Company's
business and results of operations.
 
INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS
 
     The Company has made an investment in the Cerro Prieto geothermal steam
fields located in Mexico and intends to pursue investments primarily in Latin
America and Southeast Asia. Such investments are subject to risks and
uncertainties relating to the political, social and economic structures of those
countries. Risks specifically related to investments in non-United States
projects may include risks of fluctuations in currency valuation, currency
inconvertibility, expropriation and confiscatory taxation, increased regulation
and approval requirements and governmental policies limiting returns to foreign
investors.
 
POWER MARKETING BUSINESS
 
     It is part of the Company's strategy to continue to develop an integrated
nationwide power marketing business to market power generated both by the
Company's generation facilities and power generated by third parties. The
Company believes that this strategy will enhance the earning potential of its
operating assets, generate additional revenue and expand its customer base.
However, the power marketing industry is only in its early stages of
development, and there are no assurances that the industry will develop in such
a way as to permit the Company to achieve these goals. Furthermore, the Company
has only recently commenced its power marketing business, and there can be no
assurance that its power marketing strategy will be successful or that the
Company's goals will be achieved.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The Company's activities are subject to complex and stringent energy,
environmental and other governmental laws and regulations. The construction and
operation of power generation facilities require numerous permits, approvals and
certificates from appropriate federal, state and local governmental agencies, as
well as compliance with environmental protection legislation and other
regulations. While the Company believes that it has obtained the requisite
approvals for its existing operations and that its business is operated in
accordance with applicable laws, the Company remains subject to a varied and
complex body of laws and regulations that both public officials and private
individuals may seek to enforce. There can be no assurance that existing laws
and regulations will not be revised or that new laws and regulations will not be
adopted or become applicable to the Company that may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business or results of operations, nor can there be any
assurance that the Company will be able to obtain all necessary licenses,
permits, approvals and certificates for proposed projects or that completed
facilities will comply with all applicable permit conditions, statutes or
regulations. In addition, regulatory compliance for the construction of new
facilities is a costly and time consuming process, and intricate and changing
environmental and other regulatory requirements may necessitate substantial
expenditures to obtain permits and may create a significant risk of expensive
delays or significant loss of value in a project if the project is unable to
function as planned due to changing requirements or local opposition. See
"Business -- Government Regulation."
 
     The Company's operations are subject to the provisions of various energy
laws and regulations, including PURPA, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
1935, as amended ("PUHCA"), and state and local regulations. See
"Business -- Government Regulation." PUHCA provides for the extensive regulation
of public utility holding companies and their subsidiaries. PURPA provides to
qualifying facilities ("QFs") and owners of QFs certain exemptions from certain
federal and state regulations, including rate and financial regulations.
 
     Under present federal law, the Company is not and will not be subject to
regulation as a holding company under PUHCA as long as the power plants in which
it has an interest are QFs under PURPA or are subject to
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
another exemption. In order to be a QF, a facility must be not more than 50%
owned by an electric utility or electric utility holding company. A QF that is a
cogeneration facility must produce not only electricity, but also useful thermal
energy for use in an industrial or commercial process or heating or cooling
applications in certain proportions to the facility's total energy output, and
it must meet certain energy efficiency standards. Therefore, loss of a thermal
energy customer could jeopardize a cogeneration facility's QF status. All
geothermal power plants up to 80 megawatts that meet PURPA's ownership
requirements and certain other standards are considered QFs. If one of the power
plants in which the Company has an interest were to lose its QF status and not
otherwise receive a PUHCA exemption, the project subsidiary or partnership in
which the Company has an interest owning or leasing that plant could become a
public utility company, which could subject the Company to significant federal,
state and local laws, including rate regulation and regulation as a public
utility holding company under PUHCA. This loss of QF status, which may be
prospective or retroactive, in turn, could cause all of the Company's other
power plants to lose QF status because, under FERC regulations, a QF cannot be
owned by an electric utility or electric utility holding company. In addition, a
loss of QF status could, depending on the power sales agreement, allow the power
purchaser to cease taking and paying for electricity or to seek refunds of past
amounts paid and thus could cause the loss of some or all contract revenues or
otherwise impair the value of a project and could trigger defaults under
provisions of the applicable project contracts and financing agreements
(rendering such debt immediately due and payable). If a power purchaser ceased
taking and paying for electricity or sought to obtain refunds of past amounts
paid, there can be no assurance that the costs incurred in connection with the
project could be recovered through sales to other purchasers. See
"Business -- Government Regulation -- Federal Energy Regulation."
 
     Currently, Congress is considering proposed legislation that would amend
PURPA by eliminating the requirement that utilities purchase electricity from
QFs at avoided costs. The Company does not know whether such legislation will be
passed or what form it may take. The Company believes that if any such
legislation is passed, it would apply to new projects. As a result, although
such legislation may adversely affect the Company's ability to develop new
projects, the Company believes it would not affect the Company's existing QFs.
There can be no assurance, however, that any legislation passed would not
adversely impact the Company's existing projects.
 
     Many states are implementing or considering regulatory initiatives designed
to increase competition in the domestic power generation industry. In a December
20, 1995 policy decision, the CPUC outlined a new market structure that would
provide for a competitive power generation industry and direct access to
generation for all consumers within five years. As part of its policy decision,
the CPUC indicated that power sales agreements of existing QFs would be honored.
The Company cannot predict the final form or timing of the proposed
restructuring and the impact, if any, that such restructuring would have on the
Company's existing business or results of operations.
 
SEISMIC DISTURBANCES
 
     Areas in which the Company operates and is developing many of its
geothermal and gas-fired projects are subject to frequent low-level seismic
disturbances, and more significant seismic disturbances are possible. While the
Company's existing power generation facilities are built to withstand relatively
significant levels of seismic disturbances, and the Company believes it
maintains adequate insurance protection, there can be no assurance that
earthquake, property damage or business interruption insurance will be adequate
to cover all potential losses sustained in the event of serious seismic
disturbances or that such insurance will continue to be available to the Company
on commercially reasonable terms.
 
AVAILABILITY OF NATURAL GAS
 
     To date, the Company's fuel acquisition strategy has included various
combinations of Company-owned gas reserves, gas prepayment contracts and short-,
medium- and long-term supply contracts. In its gas supply arrangements, the
Company attempts to match the fuel cost with the fuel component included in the
facility's power sales agreements, in order to minimize a project's exposure to
fuel price risk. The Company believes that there will be adequate supplies of
natural gas available at reasonable prices for each of its facilities when
current gas supply agreements expire. There can be no assurance, however, that
gas supplies will be available
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
for the full term of the facilities' power sales agreements, or that gas prices
will not increase significantly. If gas is not available, or if gas prices
increase above the fuel component of the facilities' power sales agreements,
there could be a material adverse impact on the Company's net revenues.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The power generation industry is characterized by intense competition, and
the Company encounters competition from utilities, industrial companies and
other power producers. In recent years, there has been increasing competition in
an effort to obtain new power sales agreements, and this competition has
contributed to a reduction in electricity prices. In this regard, many utilities
often engage in "competitive bid" solicitations to satisfy new capacity demands.
This competition adversely affects the ability of the Company to obtain power
sales agreements and the price paid for electricity. There also is increasing
competition between electric utilities, particularly in California where the
CPUC has launched an initiative designed to give all electric consumers the
ability to choose between competing suppliers of electricity. See
"Business -- Government Regulation -- State Regulation." This competition has
put pressure on electric utilities to lower their costs, including the cost of
purchased electricity, and increasing competition in the future will increase
this pressure. See "Business -- Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 
     The Company's success is largely dependent on the skills, experience and
efforts of its senior management. The loss of the services of one or more
members of the Company's senior management could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business and development. To date, the Company generally has
been successful in retaining the services of its senior management. See
"Management."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
     Certain provisions of Delaware law applicable to the Company could have the
effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the Company,
including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a
Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any
interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person
became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met. In addition,
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws contain certain
provisions that could discourage potential takeover attempts and make more
difficult attempts by stockholders to change management. The Company's Board of
Directors is classified into three classes of directors serving staggered,
three-year terms and has the authority without action by the Company's
stockholders to fix the rights and preferences and issue shares of Preferred
Stock, and to impose various procedural and other requirements that could make
it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. The
Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that Directors may be removed
only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of
capital stock of the Company entitled to vote. Any vacancy on the Board of
Directors may be filled only by vote of the majority of Directors then in
office. Further, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that any
"Business Combination" (as therein defined) requires the affirmative vote of the
holders of two-thirds of the shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to
vote, voting together as a single class. These provisions, and certain other
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation which may have the effect of
delaying proposed stockholder actions until the next annual meeting of
stockholders, could have the effect of delaying or preventing a tender offer for
the Company's Common Stock or other changes of control or management of the
Company, which could adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common
Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
NO PRIOR MARKET; STOCK PRICE VOLATILITY; DILUTION
 
     Prior to the Common Stock Offering, there has been no public market for the
Company's Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be
determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the
Representatives of the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the prices that
prevail in the public market. There can be no assurance that an active public
market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the Common Stock
Offering. The trading price of the Company's
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to
quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results, announcements of new
acquisitions or power projects by the Company or its competitors, general
conditions in the independent power production industry, and other events or
factors. In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and trading
volume volatility in recent years. This volatility has had a substantial effect
on the market prices of securities of many companies for reasons frequently
unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. These broad
market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Company's
Common Stock. Moreover, investors in the Common Stock Offering will incur
immediate, substantial book value dilution. See "Dilution" and "Underwriting."
 
QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS; SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and
may continue to do so in the future as a result of a number of factors,
including but not limited to the timing and size of acquisitions, the completion
of development projects, the timing and amount of curtailment, and variations in
levels of production. Furthermore, the majority of capacity payments under
certain of the Company's power sales agreements are received during the months
of May through October. The market price of the Common Stock could be subject to
significant fluctuations in response to those variations in quarterly operating
results and other factors. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Quarterly Results of Operations
and Seasonality."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market after the
Common Stock Offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the
Common Stock. Other than the 18,045,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby,
there will be no shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the
completion of the Common Stock Offering. All of the shares of Common Stock sold
in the Common Stock Offering will be freely transferable without registration or
further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), unless held by an "affiliate" of the Company (as defined in
the Securities Act). As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase
2,392,026 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the Company's Stock
Option Program. Of such amount, options to purchase 1,366,696 shares were
exercisable, all of which will become eligible for sale 180 days after the date
of this Prospectus, upon expiration of certain lock-up agreements with the
Underwriters and pursuant to Rule 701, subject in some cases to certain volume
and other resale restrictions. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The aggregate net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 5,477,820
shares of Common Stock offered by the Company in the Common Stock Offering
(assuming an initial public offering price of $18.50 per share and after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses), are estimated to be approximately $94.8 million ($142.1 million if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company
expects to use a portion of the net proceeds from the Common Stock Offering to
repay the outstanding balance on the Credit Suisse Credit Facility. The
outstanding balance is approximately $13.0 million as of the date of this
Prospectus and bears interest at 6.0% per annum. The remaining net proceeds are
expected to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, and for
the development and acquisition of power generation facilities, including
investments in the Pasadena Cogeneration Project and the Indonesian Geothermal
Project. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business --
Development and Future Projects." Pending such uses, the Company expects to
invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing securities.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common
Stock in the foreseeable future because it intends to retain its earnings to
finance the expansion of its business and for general corporate purposes. In
addition, the Company's ability to pay cash dividends is restricted under the
Indentures and will be restricted under the Bank of Nova Scotia Facility. Future
cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of
Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's future
operations and earnings, capital requirements, general financial condition,
contractual restrictions and such other factors as the Board of Directors may
deem relevant.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1996: (i) the actual
consolidated capitalization of the Company; (ii) the pro forma consolidated
capitalization of the Company after giving effect to the Gilroy Transaction and
the conversion of the Company's outstanding Preferred Stock into Common Stock
upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering; and (iii) the pro forma as
adjusted consolidated capitalization of the Company after giving effect to the
sale of the shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed
initial public offering price of $18.50 per share and the application of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom (after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions). This table should be read in conjunction with "Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements and
related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                         ACTUAL         PRO FORMA        AS ADJUSTED
                                                        --------       -----------       -----------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>               <C>
Short-term debt:
  Current portion of non-recourse project
     financing.......................................   $ 27,178        $  27,178         $  27,178
                                                        ========        =========         =========
Long-term debt:
  Long-term line of credit...........................         --               --                --
  Non-recourse long-term project financing, less
     current portion.................................   $180,974        $ 296,974         $ 296,974
  Notes payable......................................      6,598            6,598             6,598
  Senior notes.......................................    285,000          285,000           285,000
                                                        --------       -----------       -----------
     Total long-term debt............................    472,572          588,572           588,572
                                                        --------       -----------       -----------
Stockholder's equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value: 5,000,000 shares
     authorized and outstanding; pro forma and pro
     forma as adjusted, 10,000,000 shares authorized,
     no shares outstanding...........................          5               --                --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value: 33,760,000 shares
     authorized, 10,387,693 shares outstanding; pro
     forma, 33,760,000 shares authorized, 12,567,180
     shares outstanding; pro forma as adjusted,
     100,000,000 shares authorized, 18,045,000 shares
     outstanding(1)..................................         10               13                18
  Additional paid-in capital.........................     56,209           56,211           151,036
  Retained earnings..................................     23,463           23,463            23,463
  Cumulative translation adjustment..................        (31)             (31)              (31)
                                                        --------       -----------       -----------
     Total stockholder's equity......................     79,656           79,656           174,486
                                                        --------       -----------       -----------
       Total capitalization..........................   $552,228        $ 668,228         $ 763,058
                                                        ========        =========         =========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Does not include 2,392,026 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of options previously granted and outstanding as of June 30, 1996
    under the Company's Stock Option Program. See "Management -- Stock Option
    Program" and "-- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
                                    DILUTION
 
     The net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1996 was $69.7
million, or $5.55 per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book value per share
is equal to the Company's total assets (excluding deferred financing and
offering expenses) less its total liabilities, divided by the total number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock. After giving effect to the sale of 5,477,820
shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed initial
public offering price of $18.50 per share), and the receipt and application of
the net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company
as of June 30, 1996 would have been approximately $164.5 million or $9.12 per
share. This represents an immediate dilution of $9.38 per share to new
stockholders purchasing shares in the Common Stock Offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                           <C>       <C>
        Assumed initial public offering price.....................              $18.50
          Net tangible book value before the Common Stock
             Offering.............................................    $5.55
          Increase attributable to new stockholders...............     3.57
                                                                      -----
        Pro forma net tangible book value after the Common Stock
          Offering................................................                9.12
                                                                                ------
        Total dilution to new stockholders........................              $ 9.38
                                                                                ======
</TABLE>
 
     The calculations in the table set forth above assume no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option and do not reflect 2,392,026 shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted and outstanding
as of June 30, 1996 under the Company's Stock Option Program. See
"Management -- Stock Option Program" and "-- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The consolidated financial data set forth below for and as of the five
years ended December 31, 1995 have been derived from the audited consolidated
financial statements of the Company. The consolidated financial data for the six
months ended June 30, 1995 and June 30, 1996 and as of June 30, 1996 are
unaudited, but have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair
presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these
periods. Consolidated operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1996
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
entire year. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           JUNE 30,
                                            --------------------------------------------------------     -------------------
                                             1991        1992        1993        1994         1995        1995        1996
                                            -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     -------     -------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
                                                                    (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
  Electricity and steam sales.............       --          --     $53,000     $90,295     $127,799     $49,014     $72,030
  Service contract revenue................  $29,067     $29,817      16,896       7,221        7,153       3,129       5,434
  Income (loss) from unconsolidated
    investments in power projects.........    9,985       9,760          19      (2,754)      (2,854)     (1,791)      1,713
  Interest income on loans to power
    projects..............................       --          --          --          --           --          --       2,817
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
    Total revenue.........................   39,052      39,577      69,915      94,762      132,098      50,352      81,994
Cost of revenue...........................   25,064      25,921      42,501      52,845       77,388      30,618      51,319
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
Gross profit..............................   13,988      13,656      27,414      41,917       54,710      19,734      30,675
Project development expenses..............    1,067         806       1,280       1,784        3,087       1,308       1,410
General and administrative expenses.......    3,443       3,924       5,080       7,323        8,937       3,659       5,874
Compensation expense related to stock
  options(1)..............................       --       1,224          --          --           --          --          --
Provision for write-off of project
  development costs(2)....................       --         800          --       1,038           --          --          --
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
Income from operations....................    9,478       6,902      21,054      31,772       42,686      14,767      23,391
Interest expense..........................    1,925       1,225      13,825      23,886       32,154      15,116      18,665
Other income, net.........................     (416)       (310)     (1,133)     (1,988)      (1,895)       (855)     (2,777)
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
    Income before provision for income
      taxes, extraordinary item and
      cumulative effect of change in
      accounting
      principle...........................    7,969       5,987       8,362       9,874       12,427         506       7,503
Provision for income taxes................    3,149       2,527       4,195       3,853        5,049         208       3,080
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
    Income before extraordinary item and
      cumulative effect of change in
      accounting principle................    4,820       3,460       4,167       6,021        7,378         298       4,423
Extraordinary item:
  Utilization of net operating loss
    carryforward..........................    1,138          --          --          --           --          --          --
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
    Income before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting principle......    5,958       3,460       4,167       6,021        7,378         298       4,423
Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No.
  109.....................................       --          --        (413)         --           --          --          --
                                            --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
        Net income........................  $ 5,958     $ 3,460     $ 3,754     $ 6,021     $  7,378     $   298     $ 4,423
                                            ========    ========    ========    ========    ========     ========    ========
Weighted average shares outstanding(3)....                                                    14,187                  14,476
                                                                                            ========                 ========
Net income per share(3)...................                                                  $   0.52                 $  0.31
                                                                                            ========                 ========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  Depreciation and amortization...........  $   219     $   232     $12,540     $21,580     $ 26,896     $ 9,882     $15,757
  EBITDA(4)...............................  $ 4,909     $ 9,898     $42,370     $53,707     $ 69,515     $25,440     $41,345
</TABLE>
 
                                                    (See footnotes on next page)
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------     AS OF JUNE 30,
                                                1991        1992         1993         1994         1995            1996
                                               -------     -------     --------     --------     --------     --------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..................    $   958     $ 2,160     $  6,166     $ 22,527     $ 21,810        $ 38,403
Property, plant and equipment, net.........        351         424      251,070      335,453      447,751         530,203
Total assets...............................     41,245      55,370      302,256      421,372      554,531         792,812
Total liabilities..........................     34,624      44,865      288,827      402,723      529,304         713,156
Stockholder's equity.......................      6,621      10,505       13,429       18,649       25,227          79,656
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (1) Represents a non-cash charge for compensation expense associated with the
     grant of certain options under the Company's Stock Option Program. See
     "Management -- Stock Option Program."
 
 (2) Represents a write-off of certain capitalized project costs.
 
 (3) The weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share for the year
     ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 give effect
     to the issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Company's
     outstanding Preferred Stock.
 
 (4) EBITDA is defined as income from operations plus depreciation, capitalized
     interest, other income, non-cash charges and cash received from investments
     in power projects, reduced by the income from unconsolidated investments in
     power projects. EBITDA is presented not as a measure of operating results
     but rather as a measure of the Company's ability to service debt. EBITDA
     should not be construed as an alternative either (i) to income from
     operations (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles) or (ii) to cash flows from operating activities (determined in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles).
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
                     PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for
the year ended December 31, 1995 gives effect to: (i) the Transactions; (ii) the
Preferred Stock Investment and the application of the proceeds therefrom; and
(iii) the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 1995. The
following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 gives effect to: (i) the King City Transaction; (ii)
the Gilroy Transaction; and (iii) the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom, as if such transactions had occurred
on January 1, 1996. For further discussion regarding the Transactions, see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Description of Facilities." The following unaudited
pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1996 gives effect to the
Gilroy Transaction as if such transaction had occurred on June 30, 1996. The
following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data does not give effect
to the Common Stock Offering or the application of the net proceeds therefrom.
 
     The pro forma consolidated financial data and accompanying notes should be
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The pro forma adjustments are
based upon available information and certain assumptions that management
believes are reasonable and are described in the notes accompanying the pro
forma consolidated financial data. The pro forma consolidated financial data are
presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what
the Company's results of operations or financial position would actually have
been had such transactions in fact occurred at such dates, or to project the
Company's results of operations or financial position at any future date or for
any future period. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to
present fairly such pro forma consolidated financial data have been made.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                PRO FORMA FOR THE
                                                                                                TRANSACTIONS, THE
                                                                                                 PREFERRED STOCK
                                                       ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE      ADJUSTMENTS     INVESTMENT AND THE
                                                       TRANSACTIONS AND THE    FOR THE SALE        SALE OF THE
                                                         PREFERRED STOCK      OF THE 10 1/2%      10 1/2% SENIOR
                                             ACTUAL       INVESTMENT(1)        SENIOR NOTES           NOTES
                                            --------   --------------------   ---------------   ------------------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>                    <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
  Electricity and steam sales.............  $127,799         $ 89,349                  --            $217,148
  Service contract revenue................     7,153              250                  --               7,403
  Income (loss) from unconsolidated
    investments in power projects.........    (2,854)              --                  --              (2,854)
  Interest income on loans to power
    projects..............................        --            2,564                  --               2,564
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
    Total revenue.........................   132,098           92,163                  --             224,261
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
Cost of revenue:
  Plant operating expenses................    33,162           37,369                  --              70,531
  Depreciation and amortization...........    26,264           15,838                  --              42,102
  Operating lease expense.................     1,542           11,703                  --              13,245
  Service contract expense................     5,846               --                  --               5,846
  Production royalties....................    10,574               --                  --              10,574
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
    Total cost of revenue.................    77,388           64,910                  --             142,298
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
Gross profit..............................    54,710           27,253                  --              81,963
Project development expenses..............     3,087               --                  --               3,087
General and administrative expenses.......     8,937               --                  --               8,937
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
    Income from operations................    42,686           27,253                  --              69,939
Interest expense..........................    32,154           16,193             $ 9,176(2)           57,523
Other income, net.........................    (1,895)          (7,263)                 --              (9,158)
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
  Income before provision for income
    taxes.................................    12,427           18,323              (9,176)             21,574
Provision for income taxes................     5,049            7,443              (3,728)              8,764
                                            --------         --------         ---------------      ----------
      Net income..........................  $  7,378         $ 10,880             $(5,448)           $ 12,810
                                            =========  ==================     ==============    ==================
      Net income per share................  $   0.52                                                 $   0.90
                                            =========                                           ==================
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Depreciation and amortization.............  $ 26,896                                                 $ 42,734
EBITDA....................................  $ 69,515                                                 $123,770
</TABLE>
 
          See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
 
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA FOR THE
                                                                                                          KING CITY
                                                                                     ADJUSTMENTS        TRANSACTION,
                                              ADJUSTMENTS          ADJUSTMENTS         FOR THE           THE GILROY
                                                FOR THE              FOR THE         SALE OF THE       TRANSACTION AND
                                               KING CITY             GILROY            10 1/2%         THE SALE OF THE
                                ACTUAL     TRANSACTION(3)(5)    TRANSACTION(4)(5)   SENIOR NOTES    10 1/2% SENIOR NOTES
                                -------   -------------------   -----------------   -------------   ---------------------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                             <C>       <C>                   <C>                 <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
  Electricity and steam
    sales.....................  $72,030         $ 1,583              $ 9,491                --             $83,104
  Service contract revenue....    5,434              --                   --                --               5,434
  Income (loss) from
    unconsolidated investments
    in power projects.........    1,713              --                   --                --               1,713
  Interest income on loans to
    power
    projects..................    2,817              --                   --                --               2,817
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
    Total revenue.............   81,994           1,583                9,491                --              93,068
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
Cost of revenue:
  Plant operating expenses....   22,901           1,669                4,035                --              28,605
  Depreciation and
    amortization..............   15,413           2,800                2,745                --              20,958
  Operating lease expense.....    3,239           3,372                   --                --               6,611
  Service contract expense....    4,484              --                   --                --               4,484
  Production royalties........    5,282              --                   --                --               5,282
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
    Total cost of revenue.....   51,319           7,841                6,780                --              65,940
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
Gross profit..................   30,675          (6,258)               2,711                --              27,128
Project development
  expenses....................    1,410              --                   --                --               1,410
General and administrative
  expenses....................    5,874              --                   --                --               5,874
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
    Income from operations....   23,391          (6,258)               2,711                --              19,844
Interest expense..............   18,665           1,391                4,585           $ 3,259(6)           27,900
Other income, net.............   (2,777)         (2,526)                  --                --              (5,303)
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
    Income (loss) before
      provision for income
      taxes...................    7,503          (5,123)              (1,874)           (3,259)             (2,753)
Provision for (benefit from)
  income taxes................    3,080          (2,103)                (769)           (1,338)             (1,130)
                                -------         -------              -------          --------              ------
         Net income (loss)....  $ 4,423         $(3,020)             $(1,105)          $(1,921)            $(1,623)
                                =======         =======              =======          ========              ======
         Net income (loss) per
           share..............  $  0.31                                                                    $ (0.11)
                                =======                                                                     ======
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Depreciation and
  amortization................  $15,757                                                                    $21,302
EBITDA........................  $41,345                                                                    $46,993
</TABLE>
 
          See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
            NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
(1) Represents the pro forma results of operations for the facilities involved
     in the Transactions for the periods during 1995 prior to the completion of
     the Transactions, as if the Transactions had been completed on January 1,
     1995, including: (i) the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities for the period
     through April 21, 1995; (ii) the Watsonville Facility for the period
     through June 28, 1995; (iii) the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields for the period
     through December 14, 1995; (iv) the King City Facility for the period
     through December 31, 1995; and (v) the Gilroy Facility for the period
     through December 31, 1995. The information provided for the Cerro Prieto
     Steam Fields does not include the portion of service contract revenue which
     is contingent on future results. The pro forma adjustments reflect the
     historical results of operations of the facilities, as adjusted to give
     effect to the changes resulting from purchase price allocations and other
     transaction effects, as applicable. Such adjustments include depreciation
     and amortization applicable to new asset bases, interest expense amounts
     applicable to debt instruments outstanding, income tax amounts at the
     estimated effective rate of approximately 41%, and other adjustments. The
     following table sets forth adjustments to results of operations for such
     periods:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      GREENLEAF
                                                       1 AND 2    WATSONVILLE   CERRO PRIETO   KING CITY    GILROY
                                                      FACILITIES   FACILITY     STEAM FIELDS   FACILITY    FACILITY    TOTAL
                                                      ---------   -----------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------
     <S>                                              <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenue:
       Electricity and steam sales..................   $ 5,314      $ 3,978            --       $43,836    $ 36,221   $89,349
       Service contract revenue.....................        --           --        $  250            --          --       250
       Income (loss) from unconsolidated investments
         in power projects..........................        --           --            --            --          --        --
       Interest income on loans to power projects...        --           --         2,564            --          --     2,564
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
         Total revenue..............................     5,314        3,978         2,814        43,836      36,221    92,163
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
     Cost of revenue:
       Plant operating expenses.....................     5,954        2,857            --        14,743      13,815    37,369
       Depreciation and amortization................     1,802          147            --         8,399       5,490    15,838
       Operating lease expense......................        --        1,586            --        10,117          --    11,703
       Service contract expense.....................        --           --            --            --          --        --
       Production royalties.........................        --           --            --            --          --        --
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
         Total cost of revenue......................     7,756        4,590            --        33,259      19,305    64,910
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
     Gross profit...................................    (2,442)        (612)        2,814        10,577      16,916    27,253
     Project development expenses...................        --           --            --            --          --        --
     General and administrative expenses............        --           --            --            --          --        --
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
         Income from operations.....................    (2,442)        (612)        2,814        10,577      16,916    27,253
     Interest expense...............................     1,921           --           932         4,172       9,168    16,193
     Other income, net..............................      (105)          --            --        (7,158)         --    (7,263)
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
         Income before provision for income taxes...    (4,258)        (612)        1,882        13,563       7,748    18,323
     Provision (benefit) for income taxes...........    (1,730)        (249)          765         5,509       3,148     7,443
                                                       -------       ------        ------       -------     -------
             Net income.............................   $(2,528)     $  (363)       $1,117       $ 8,054    $  4,600   $10,880
                                                       =======       ======        ======       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The adjustments reflected in the table set forth above for the Greenleaf 1
     and 2 Facilities and the Watsonville Facility are not necessarily
     indicative of a full year's results. See "Risk Factors -- Quarterly
     Fluctuations; Seasonality." Other income, net for the King City Facility
     reflects interest income from amounts contractually invested pursuant to
     collateral fund requirements. See "Business -- Description of
     Facilities -- Power Generation Facilities -- King City Facility."
 
(2) Reflects $18.9 million of interest expense related to the 10 1/2% Senior
    Notes and $540,000 of amortization expense for the costs associated with the
    sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes, reduced by $4.4 million of actual
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
    interest expense in 1995 as a result of the repayment of the $57 million
    loan from The Bank of Nova Scotia to Calpine Thermal Company, a wholly-owned
    subsidiary of the Company (the "$57 Million Bank of Nova Scotia Loan"), $3.4
    million of interest expense as a result of the repayment of the $45 million
    loan from The Bank of Nova Scotia to the Company (the "$45 Million Bank of
    Nova Scotia Loan") (assuming an interest rate of 7.5%) and $2.4 million of
    interest expense as a result of the repayment of all amounts outstanding
    under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility. The $2.4 million represents
    $704,000 of actual interest expense in 1995 and $1.7 million of assumed
    interest expense to fund the King City and Cerro Prieto Transactions
    (assuming an interest rate of 6.0%).
 
(3) Represents the pro forma results of operations for the King City Facility
    for the period of January 1 through April 30, 1996. Other income, net for
    the King City Facility reflects interest income from amounts contractually
    invested pursuant to collateral fund requirements. See
    "Business -- Description of Facilities -- Power Generation
    Facilities -- King City Facility."
 
(4) Represents the pro forma results of operations for the Gilroy Facility for
    the period of January 1 through June 30, 1996.
 
(5) Results for the six months ended June 30, 1996 reflected in the Pro Forma
    Consolidated Statement of Operations are not necessarily indicative of a
    full year's results. See "Risk Factors -- Quarterly Fluctuations;
    Seasonality."
 
(6) Reflects $7.0 million of interest expense related to the 10 1/2% Senior
    Notes and $201,000 of amortization expense for the costs associated with the
    sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes, reduced by $1.9 million of actual interest
    expense as a result of the repayment of the $57 Million Bank of Nova Scotia
    Loan, $1.1 million of interest expense as a result of the repayment of the
    $45 Million Bank of Nova Scotia Loan (assuming an interest rate of 7.5%) and
    $973,000 of interest expense as a result of the repayment of all amounts
    outstanding under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility. The $973,000 represents
    $707,000 of actual interest expense and $266,000 of assumed interest expense
    to fund a portion of the King City Transaction (assuming an interest rate of
    6.0%).
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                               -------------------------------------------
                                                                          ADJUSTMENTS        PRO FORMA
                                                                            FOR THE           FOR THE
                                                                             GILROY           GILROY
                                                                ACTUAL    TRANSACTION       TRANSACTION
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................................  $ 38,403     $(22,356)(1)     $  16,047
  Accounts receivable........................................    43,227        9,000(2)         52,227
  Collateral securities, current portion.....................     9,745           --             9,745
  Other current assets.......................................    13,369           --            13,369
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
    Total current assets.....................................   104,744      (13,356)           91,388
Property, plant and equipment, net...........................   530,203      127,521(3)        657,724
Investments in power projects................................    12,693           --            12,693
Notes receivable.............................................    37,386           --            37,386
Collateral securities, net of current portion................    88,669           --            88,669
Other assets.................................................    19,117        4,000(4)         23,117
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
    Total assets.............................................  $792,812     $118,165         $ 910,977
                                                               =========  =============  ==================
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of non-recourse project financing..........  $ 27,178     $     --         $  27,178
  Other current liabilities..................................    25,680        2,165(5)         27,845
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
    Total current liabilities................................    52,858        2,165            55,023
Long-term credit facility....................................        --           --                --
Non-recourse long-term project financing, less current
  portion....................................................   180,974      116,000(6)        296,974
Notes payable................................................     6,598           --             6,598
Senior Notes Due 2004........................................   105,000           --           105,000
Senior Notes Due 2006........................................   180,000           --           180,000
Deferred lease incentive.....................................    81,495           --            81,495
Deferred income taxes, net...................................   100,068           --           100,068
Other liabilities............................................     6,163           --             6,163
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
    Total liabilities........................................   713,156      118,165           831,321
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
Stockholder's equity:
  Preferred stock............................................    50,000           --            50,000
  Common stock...............................................     6,224           --             6,224
  Retained earnings..........................................    23,463           --            23,463
  Cumulative translation adjustment..........................       (31)          --               (31)
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
    Total stockholder's equity...............................    79,656           --            79,656
                                                               --------   ------------   -----------------
    Total liabilities and stockholder's equity...............  $792,812     $118,165         $ 910,977
                                                               =========  =============  ==================
</TABLE>
    
 
               See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
   
                 NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
    
 
   
(1)  Represents the cash required to finance, in part, the Gilroy Transaction.
    
 
   
(2)  Represents the accounts receivable in the Gilroy Transaction.
    
 
   
(3)  Represents the property, plant and equipment acquired in the Gilroy
     Transaction.
    
 
   
(4)  Represents debt reserve amount.
    
 
   
(5)  Represents the accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Gilroy
     Transaction.
    
 
   
(6)  Project financing required to finance, in part, the Gilroy Transaction.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, the consolidated financial statements
of the Company, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
   
     Calpine is engaged in the acquisition, development, ownership and operation
of power generation facilities and the sale of electricity and steam in the
United States and selected international markets. The Company has interests in
15 power generation facilities and steam fields having an aggregate capacity of
1,057 megawatts. Since its inception in 1984, Calpine has developed substantial
expertise in all aspects of electric power generation. The Company's vertical
integration has resulted in significant growth over the last five years as
Calpine has applied its extensive engineering, construction management,
operations, fuel management and financing capabilities to successfully implement
its acquisition and development program. During the last five years, Calpine has
expanded substantially, from $41.2 million of total assets as of December 31,
1991 to $911.0 million of total assets on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1996.
Calpine's revenue on a pro forma basis for 1995 increased to $224.3 million,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 55% since 1991. The Company's
EBITDA on a pro forma basis for 1995 increased to $123.8 million. See "Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Data."
    
 
   
     On September 9, 1994, the Company acquired Thermal Power Company, which
owns a 25% undivided interest in certain steam fields at The Geysers steam
fields in northern California (the "Geysers") with a total capacity of 604
megawatts for a purchase price of $66.5 million. In January 1995, the Company
purchased the working interest in certain of the geothermal properties at the
PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields from a third party for a purchase price of
$6.75 million. On April 21, 1995, the Company acquired the stock of certain
companies that own 100% of the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities, consisting of two
49.5 megawatt natural gas-fired cogeneration facilities, for an adjusted
purchase price of $81.5 million. On June 29, 1995, the Company acquired the
operating lease for the Watsonville Facility, a 28.5 megawatt natural gas-fired
cogeneration facility, for a purchase price of $900,000. On November 17, 1995,
the Company entered into a series of agreements to invest up to $20.0 million in
the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields. In April 1996, the Company entered into a
transaction involving a lease for the 120 megawatt King City Facility, which
required an investment of $108.3 million, primarily related to the collateral
fund requirements. On August 29, 1996, the Company acquired the 120 megawatt
Gilroy Facility for a purchase price of $125.0 million plus certain contingent
consideration, which the Company currently estimates will amount to
approximately $24.1 million. See "Business -- Description of Facilities."
    
 
     Each of the power generation facilities produces electricity for sale to a
utility. Thermal energy produced by the gas-fired cogeneration facilities is
sold to governmental and industrial users, and steam produced by the geothermal
steam fields is sold to utility-owned power plants. The electricity, thermal
energy and steam generated by these facilities are typically sold pursuant to
long-term take-and-pay power or steam sales agreements generally having original
terms of 20 or 30 years.
 
     Each of the Company's power and steam sales agreements contains curtailment
provisions under which the purchasers of energy or steam are entitled to reduce
the number of hours of energy or amount of steam purchased thereunder. During
1995, certain of the Company's power generation facilities experienced maximum
curtailment primarily as a result of low gas prices and a high degree of
precipitation during the period, which resulted in high levels of energy
generation by hydroelectric power facilities that supply electricity. The
Company expects maximum curtailment during 1996 under its power sales agreements
for certain of its facilities. See "Business -- Description of Facilities."
 
     Many states are implementing or considering regulatory initiatives designed
to increase competition in the domestic power generation industry. In December
1995, the CPUC issued an electric industry restructuring decision which
envisions commencement of deregulation and implementation of customer choice of
electricity supplier by January 1, 1998. As part of its policy decision, the
CPUC indicated that power sales
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
 
agreements of existing QFs would be honored. The Company cannot predict the
final form or timing of the proposed restructuring and the impact, if any, that
such restructuring would have on the Company's existing business or results of
operations. The Company believes that any such restructuring would not have a
material effect on its power sales agreements and, accordingly, believes that
its existing business and results of operations would not be materially
affected, although there can be no assurance in this regard.
 
   
     Electricity and steam sales represents the sale of electricity and
geothermal steam from the Company's majority-owned facilities to utilities under
the terms and conditions of long-term power and steam sales agreements. Revenue
attributable to the West Ford Flat Facility, the Bear Canyon Facility, the
Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities, the Watsonville Facility, the King City Facility,
the Gilroy Facility, the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields, the Thermal
Power Company Steam Fields and the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields is included in
electricity and steam sales. See "Business -- Description of Facilities."
    
 
     Service contract revenue consists of revenue earned on services performed
under operating and maintenance agreements for projects that are not
consolidated in the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company
recognizes revenue on these agreements at the time services are performed.
 
     Income from unconsolidated investments in power projects represents the
Company's share of income from projects that are not consolidated in the
Company's consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, are accounted for
under the equity method of accounting. The Company's share of income from such
projects is calculated according to the Company's equity ownership or in
accordance with the terms of the appropriate partnership agreement. The
Company's current investments which are accounted for under the equity method
consist of the Aidlin Facility, the Agnews Facility and the Sumas Facility.
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense for natural gas-fired cogeneration
facilities is computed using a straight-line method over the estimated remaining
useful life. Depreciation and amortization expense also reflects the
amortization of the Company's geothermal power generation facilities and steam
fields using the units of production method of depreciation. The Company
capitalizes all capital costs related to the operating power plants and steam
fields, as well as the cost of drilling wells and estimated future development
and de-commissioning costs. These capital costs are then amortized using the
units of production method based on current production over the estimated useful
life of the geothermal resource. It is reasonably possible that the estimate of
useful lives, total units of production or total capital costs to be amortized
using the units of production method could differ materially in the near term
from the amounts assumed in arriving at current depreciation and amortization
expense.
 
     Capitalized project costs are costs related to the development or
acquisition of new projects which are capitalized upon the execution of a
memorandum of understanding or a power sales agreement. Upon the start-up of
plant operations or the completion of an acquisition, such costs are generally
transferred to property, plant and equipment and amortized over the estimated
useful life of the project. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had deferred $2.8
million of development costs associated with projects currently in the
development stage.
 
     General and administrative expenses include administrative, accounting,
finance, legal, human resources, insurance and other expenses incurred in
connection with the Company's operations. In addition, general and
administrative expenses also include the expenses associated with management of
the Company's operating and maintenance agreements and the expenses incurred in
the management of the Company's project investments.
 
     Provision for income taxes includes income taxes calculated at the
effective rate for each applicable period reflecting statutory rates and as
adjusted for percentage depletion in excess of basis and other items.
 
SELECTED OPERATING INFORMATION
 
     Set forth below is certain selected operating information for the power
generation facilities and steam fields, for which results are consolidated in
the Company's statements of operations. The information set forth under power
plants consists of the results for the West Ford Flat Facility, the Bear Canyon
Facility, the
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities and the Watsonville Facility since their
acquisitions on April 21, 1995 and June 29, 1995, respectively, and the King
City Facility subsequent to May 2, 1996. The information set forth under steam
fields consists of the results for the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields,
the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields and, for 1994 and 1995, the Thermal Power Company
Steam Fields since the acquisition of Thermal Power Company on September 9,
1994. The information provided for the other interest included under steam
revenue prior to 1995 represents revenue attributable to a working interest that
was held by a third party in the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields. In
January 1995, the Company purchased this working interest. Prior to the
Company's acquisition of the remaining interest in the West Ford Flat Facility,
Bear Canyon Facility, the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields and the SMUDGEO
#1 Steam Fields in April 1993, the Company's revenue from these facilities was
accounted for under the equity method and, therefore, does not represent the
actual revenue of the Company from these facilities for the periods set forth
below. See "-- General."
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                                                             1995                                  1996
                                                                    -----------------------               -----------------------
                         1991       1992       1993       1994      ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(1)      1995      ACTUAL     PRO FORMA(2)
                        -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   ------------     -------    -------    ------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
POWER PLANTS:
  Electricity
    revenue:
    Energy...........   $33,426    $38,325    $37,088    $45,912    $54,886      $ 89,292      $22,323    $34,362        $36,839
    Capacity(3)......   $ 7,562    $ 7,707    $ 7,834    $ 7,967    $30,485      $ 83,591      $ 9,051    $19,774        $28,364
  Megawatt hours
    produced.........   392,471    403,274    378,035    447,177    1,033,566   2,387,730      324,059    736,759        860,969
  Average energy
    price per
    kilowatt
    hour(3)..........    8.517c     9.503c     9.811c    10.267c     5.310c        3.740c       6.889c     4.664c         4.279c
STEAM FIELDS:
  Steam revenue:
    Calpine..........   $36,173    $33,385    $31,066    $32,631    $39,669      $ 39,669      $17,639    $15,866        $15,866
    Other interest...   $ 2,820    $ 2,501    $ 2,143    $ 2,051         --            --           --         --             --
  Megawatt hours
    produced.........   2,095,576  2,105,345  2,014,758  2,156,492  2,415,059   2,415,059      1,027,317  1,040,271    1,040,271
  Average price per
    kilowatt hour....    1.861c     1.705c     1.648c     1.608c     1.643c        1.643c       1.717c     1.525c         1.525c
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 1995 give effect to the
    Greenleaf Transaction, the Watsonville Transaction, the King City
    Transaction and the Gilroy Transaction as if such transactions had occurred
    on January 1, 1995.
 
(2) Pro forma results for the six months ended June 30, 1996 give effect to the
    King City Transaction and the Gilroy Transaction as if such transactions had
    occurred on January 1, 1996.
 
(3) Represents energy revenue divided by the kilowatt hours produced. The
    significant increase in capacity revenue and the accompanying decline in
    average energy price per kilowatt hours since 1994 reflects the increase in
    the Company's megawatt hour production as a result of acquisitions of
    gas-fired cogeneration facilities by the Company.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
 
     Revenue.  Revenue increased 63% to $82.0 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1996 compared to $50.4 million for the comparable period in 1995.
Electricity and steam sales revenue increased 47% to $72.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996, compared to $49.0 million for the comparable period
in 1995. The increase in electricity and steam sales revenue was primarily
attributable to $11.0 million of revenue from the King City Facility, an
increase in revenue of $6.0 million from the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities, and
$3.9 million of revenue from the Watsonville Facility. The remaining increase in
electricity and steam sales revenue of $2.1 million is primarily a result of
higher generation and higher prices at other Company power generation facilities
and steam fields. Service contract revenue from related parties increased 48% to
$4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $3.1 million for
the same period in 1995, primarily as a result of service revenue earned in
connection with overhauls at the Aidlin Facility and the Agnews Facility. Income
from unconsolidated investments in power projects increased to $1.7 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to a loss of $1.8 million for the
comparable period in 1995, primarily as a result of $1.9 million of equity
income from the Company's investment in the Sumas Facility. This increase is
primarily
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
attributable to a contractual increase in the energy price under the power sales
agreement. Interest income on loans to power projects increased to $2.8 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 as a result of $1.9 million attributable
to the recognition of interest income on loans to the sole shareholder of the
general partner in the Sumas Facility, and interest income of $962,000 on loans
to Coperlasa related to the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields.
 
     Cost of revenue.  Cost of revenue increased 68% to $51.3 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $30.6 million for the comparable
period in 1995. The increase was primarily due to plant operating, depreciation
and operating lease expenses attributable to (i) a full six months of operations
during 1996 at the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities, which were purchased on April
21, 1995, (ii) a full six months of operations during 1996 at the Watsonville
Facility which was acquired on June 29, 1995, and (iii) operations at the King
City Facility subsequent to May 2, 1996. The increase in cost of revenue was
also due to the increase in service contract expenses as a result of expenses
related to the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields, partially offset by lower operating
and depreciation expenses at the Company's other existing power generation
facilities and steam fields.
 
     General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses
increased 60% to $5.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to
$3.7 million for the comparable period in 1995. The increase was primarily due
to additional personnel and related expenses necessary to support the Company's
expanding operations.
 
     Interest expense.  Interest expense increased 24% to $18.7 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $15.1 million for the comparable
period in 1995. The increase was primarily attributable to $2.4 million of
interest on the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Notes issued in May 1996 and $1.7
million of interest expense related to the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities acquired
in April 1995, offset in part by a $1.5 million decrease in interest expense as
a result of repayments of principal on certain indebtedness.
 
     Other income, net.  Other income, net increased to $2.8 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $855,000 for the comparable period in
1995. The increase was primarily due to $1.5 million of interest income on
collateral securities purchased in connection with the King City Transaction and
to an increase in interest income from the investment of the proceeds of the
Preferred Stock Investment and a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the
10 1/2% Senior Notes.
 
     Provision for income taxes.  The effective rate for the income tax
provision was approximately 41% for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The
effective rate was based on statutory tax rates.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
     Revenue.  Revenue increased 39% to $132.1 million in 1995 compared to $94.8
million in 1994, primarily due to a 42% increase in electricity and steam sales
to $127.8 million in 1995 compared to $90.3 million in 1994. Such an increase
was primarily attributable to the $28.3 million of revenue from the Greenleaf 1
and 2 Facilities, $5.9 million of revenue from the Watsonville Facility, the
$5.2 million of additional revenue from the Thermal Power Company Steam Fields
as a result of a full year of operation in 1995, and an increase of $3.0 million
of revenue from the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields attributable to increased production
as a result of an extended outage during 1994. Such an increase also reflects a
substantial increase in capacity payments for electricity sales from $8.0
million in 1994 to $30.5 million in 1995 as a result of the transactions stated
above. This revenue increase was partially offset by a $2.7 million decrease in
revenue from the West Ford Flat and Bear Canyon Facilities as a result of
curtailments by PG&E due to low gas prices and high levels of precipitation
during 1995 as compared to 1994, offset in part by contractual price increases
for 1995. Without such curtailment, the West Ford Flat and Bear Canyon
Facilities would have generated an additional $5.2 million of revenue in 1995.
Revenue for 1995 also reflects curtailment of steam production at the Thermal
Power Company Steam Fields as a result of higher precipitation and lower gas
prices in 1995, and at the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields as a result of
hydro-spill conditions. Without curtailment, the Thermal Power Company Steam
Fields and the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields would have generated an
additional $5.7 million and $800,000 of revenue during 1995, respectively.
 
     Revenue for 1995 and 1994 reflects reversals of $2.7 million and $3.2
million, respectively, of previously deferred revenue. Company revenue from
sales of steam were previously calculated considering a future period
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
when steam would be delivered without receiving corresponding revenue. See Note
2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. In May 1994, the Company ceased deferring revenue and recognized
$4.0 million of its previously deferred revenue. Based on estimates and analyses
performed by the Company, the Company no longer expects that it will be required
to make these deliveries to SMUD. Concurrently, $800,000 of the revenue increase
was reserved for future construction of gathering systems required for future
production of the steam fields, with the offset recorded in property, plant and
equipment. In October 1995, PG&E agreed to the termination of the free steam
provision with respect to the PG&E Unit 13 Steam Fields. During 1995, the
Company took additional measures regarding future capital commitments and other
actions which will increase steam production and, based on additional analyses
and estimates performed, the Company recognized the remaining $2.7 million of
previously deferred revenue.
 
     Cost of revenue.  Cost of revenue increased 47% to $77.4 million in 1995
compared to $52.8 million in 1994. The increase was due to plant operating,
production royalty and depreciation and amortization expenses attributable to
(i) a full year of operations at Thermal Power Company, which was purchased on
September 9, 1994, (ii) operations at the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities
subsequent to April 21, 1995, and (iii) operations at the Watsonville Facility
subsequent to June 29, 1995. The increases were partially offset by lower
depreciation and production royalty expenses at the West Ford Flat and Bear
Canyon Facilities and the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields due to
curtailment by PG&E during 1995.
 
     Project development expenses.  Project development expenses increased to
$3.1 million in 1995, compared to $1.8 million in 1994, due to new project
development activities.
 
     General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses
were $8.9 million in 1995 compared to $7.3 million in 1994. The increase in 1995
was primarily due to additional personnel and related expenses necessary to
support the Company's expanded operations.
 
     Interest expense.  Interest expense increased to $32.2 million in 1995 from
$23.9 million in 1994. Approximately $3.6 million of the increase was
attributable to a full year of interest expense incurred on the debt related to
the Thermal Power Company acquisition in September 1994 and $4.1 million of
interest expense incurred on the debt related to the Greenleaf Transaction in
April 1995. In addition, 1995 included a full year of interest expense on the
9 1/4% Senior Notes issued on February 17, 1994.
 
     Provision for income taxes.  The effective rate for the income tax
provision was approximately 41% for 1995 and 39% for 1994. The effective rates
were based on statutory tax rates, with minor reductions for depletion in excess
of tax basis benefits. Due to curtailment of production during 1995, the
allowance for statutory depletion decreased in 1995 from 1994.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     Revenue.  Revenue increased 36% to $94.8 million in 1994 from $69.9 million
in 1993, primarily due to a 70% increase in electricity and steam sales to $90.3
million in 1994 compared to $53.0 million in 1993. Such increases were primarily
attributable to the $5.8 million of revenue from the Thermal Power Company Steam
Fields, the $5.1 million and $3.0 million of additional revenue from the West
Ford Flat and the Bear Canyon Facilities, respectively, as a result of the
acquisition of the additional interests in such facilities in 1994, the effects
of curtailment at such facilities in 1993 as a result of higher precipitation in
1993 and the sale of $804,000 of electricity to the Northern California Power
Agency. These revenue increases were partially offset by a decrease of $3.5
million in electricity and steam sales from the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields as a
result of a four-month shut-down for major maintenance.
 
     In May 1994, the Company recognized approximately $5.9 million of its
previously deferred revenue. The revenue was previously deferred when it was
expected that steam would have been delivered without receiving corresponding
revenue. Based on current estimates and analyses performed by the Company, the
Company no longer expects that it will be required to make these deliveries to
SMUD. This resulted in a $4.0 million increase in revenue during 1994, while the
remaining $1.9 million was treated as a purchase price reduction to property,
plant and equipment. Concurrently, $800,000 of the revenue increase was reserved
for future
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
construction of gathering systems required for future production of the steam
fields, with the offset recorded in property, plant and equipment.
 
     Service contract revenue decreased 57% to $7.2 million in 1994 compared to
$16.9 million in 1993, primarily reflecting the elimination of intercompany
revenue for services provided to the power generation facilities and steam
fields owned by CGC after the acquisition of the remaining interest in CGC in
April 1993. In addition, the decline reflected the higher revenue recognized in
1993 on services associated with the Aidlin Facility overhaul, maintenance at
the Agnews Facility, the start-up of the Sumas Facility and the completion of
the Sumas construction management project.
 
     Unconsolidated investments in power projects contributed a loss of $2.8
million in 1994 compared to income of $19,000 in 1993. The decrease is partially
attributable to a full year of operating loss at the Sumas Facility of $2.9
million in 1994, as compared to approximately eight months of operating loss of
$1.9 million in 1993. The 1994 Sumas Facility operating loss is attributable to
higher interest, depreciation and general and administrative expenses. The
decrease from 1993 income from unconsolidated investments in power projects is
also attributable to $2.0 million of equity income from CGC recognized prior to
the April 1993 acquisition under the equity method of accounting.
 
     Cost of revenue.  Cost of revenue increased 24% to $52.8 million in 1994
from $42.5 million in 1993. The increase was attributable to higher plant
operating, production royalty and depreciation expenses due to a full year of
operations at CGC during 1994, and to additional expenses of Thermal Power
Company as a result of its acquisition by the Company on September 9, 1994.
Service contract expenses decreased by $8.8 million primarily due to the
elimination of $6.2 million of operation expenses incurred at CGC after the
acquisition of the remaining interest in April 1993, as well as higher 1993
costs incurred in connection with the Aidlin Facility overhaul and higher
maintenance expenses at the Agnews Facility.
 
     Project development expenses.  Project development expenses increased to
$1.8 million in 1994 from $1.3 million in 1993 due to increased expenses
attributable to new project development activities.
 
     General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses
increased 43% to $7.3 million in 1994 from $5.1 million in 1993 due to
additional personnel and related expenses necessary to support the Company's
expanded operations.
 
     Provision for write-off of project development expenses.  The Company
established in 1994 a $1.0 million reserve for capitalized project costs
associated with the development of projects which the Company has determined may
not be consummated.
 
     Interest expense.  Interest expense increased to $23.9 million in 1994 from
$13.8 million in 1993. The Company incurred $8.5 million of interest expense
related to the 9 1/4% Senior Notes issued in February 1994. A portion of the
proceeds of the 9 1/4% Senior Notes was used to repay all of the $52.6 million
then outstanding under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility, and to repay the
non-recourse notes payable to Freeport-McMoran Resource Partners, L.P. ("FMRP")
plus accrued interest. Interest expense also increased approximately $1.0
million due to a full year of interest expense at higher interest rates related
to CGC debt. Additionally, interest expense of $1.3 million was incurred on the
new debt related to the Company's acquisition of Thermal Power Company in
September 1994.
 
     Provision for income taxes.  The effective rate for the income tax
provision was 39% in 1994 compared to 50% for 1993. The 1994 effective rate
reflects a reduction for a depletion in excess of tax basis benefit at Thermal
Power Company and CGC. The effective rate for 1993 reflects a provision of
$700,000 due to a change in the California state income tax regulations to
disallow 50% of net operating loss carryforwards.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and
may continue to do so in the future as a result of a number of factors,
including, but not limited to, the timing and size of acquisitions, the
completion of development projects, the timing and amount of curtailment and
variations in levels of production. Furthermore, the majority of capacity
payments under certain of the Company's power sales agreements are received
during the months of May through October. The market price of the Common Stock
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to those variations in
quarterly operating results and other factors.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     To date, the Company has obtained cash from its operations, borrowings
under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility and other working capital lines, equity
contributions from Electrowatt and proceeds from non-recourse project financings
and other long-term debt. The Company utilized this cash to fund its operations,
service debt obligations, fund the acquisition, development and construction of
power generation facilities, finance capital expenditures and meet its other
cash and liquidity needs.
 
     The following table summarizes the Company's cash flow activities for the
periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    30,
                                     ----------------------------------     ----------------------
                                       1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                     --------     --------     --------     --------     ---------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash flows from:
  Operating activities...........    $ 24,310     $ 34,196     $ 26,653     $  5,126     $   5,035
  Investing activities...........     (27,082)     (84,444)     (38,497)     (23,874)     (126,051)
  Financing activities...........       6,778       66,609       11,127        3,742       137,609
                                     --------     --------     --------     --------     ---------
     Total.......................    $  4,006     $ 16,361     $   (717)    $(15,006)    $  16,593
                                     ========     ========     ========     ========     =========
</TABLE>
 
     Operating activities for 1995 consisted of approximately $7.4 million of
net income from operations, $25.9 million of depreciation and amortization and a
$2.9 million loss from unconsolidated investments in power projects, offset by
an $8.5 million net increase in operating assets and liabilities. Operating
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1996 consisted of approximately
$4.4 million of net income from operations, $15.0 million of depreciation and
amortization and $1.7 million in deferred income taxes, offset by $1.7 million
of income from unconsolidated investments in power projects and a $14.4 million
net increase in operating assets and liabilities.
 
     Investing activities used $38.5 million during 1995, primarily due to $17.4
million of capital expenditures, $14.8 million for the acquisition of the
Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities and a $6.3 million investment in notes receivable.
Investing activities used $126.1 million during the six months ended June 30,
1996, primarily due to $11.0 million of capital expenditures and capitalized
project costs, $98.4 million for the purchase of collateral securities, a $12.1
million investment in Coperlasa and $4.9 million for deferred transaction costs
in connection with the King City Transaction, offset by a $1.1 million decrease
in restricted cash requirements.
 
     Financing activities provided $11.1 million of cash during 1995. Borrowings
in 1995 included $76.0 million of non-recourse project financing and $37.5
million from the Company's lines of credit. Proceeds were primarily used to
repay $60.4 million of project debt assumed in the acquisition of the Greenleaf
1 and 2 Facilities, and $15.0 million borrowed from the lines of credit for the
acquisition of the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities. In addition, $19.0 million was
used to reduce the balance outstanding under non-recourse project financing, and
$6.0 million was used to repay short-term borrowings. Financing activities
provided $137.6 million of cash during the six months ended June 30, 1996. The
Company issued $50.0 million of Preferred Stock to Electrowatt, incurred the $45
Million Bank of Nova Scotia Loan and borrowed an additional $33.8 million under
the Credit Suisse Credit Facility and received net proceeds of $175.2 million
from the 10 1/2% Senior Notes during the six months ended June 30, 1996. In
addition, the Company repaid $46.2 million of bank debt and all of the $53.7
million of borrowings outstanding under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility and
$66.6 million of non-recourse project financing.
 
     In 1995, working capital decreased $50.5 million and cash and cash
equivalents decreased $717,000. The decrease in working capital is primarily due
to the reclassification of the $57 Million Bank of Nova Scotia Loan from
long-term to current. On May 16, 1996, the Company issued the 10 1/2% Senior
Notes, a portion of the net proceeds of which was used to refinance current
indebtedness and to repay the $57 Million Bank of
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
Nova Scotia Loan. As of June 30, 1996, cash and cash equivalents were $38.4
million and working capital was $51.9 million. For the six months ended June 30,
1996, working capital increased $100.9 million and cash and cash equivalents
increased $16.6 million as compared to the twelve months ended December 31,
1995. Working capital at December 31, 1995 included the $57 Million Bank of Nova
Scotia Loan. A portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 10 1/2%
Senior Notes was used to refinance current bank debt and borrowings under the
Credit Suisse Credit Facility and to repay the $57 Million Bank of Nova Scotia
Loan. Working capital also increased as a result of the investment of the
balance of the proceeds from the issuance of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes in
short-term marketable securities. The increase in working capital was also due
to the proceeds from the issuance of $50.0 million of preferred stock which were
invested until May 1, 1996 for the King City Transaction.
 
     As a developer, owner and operator of power generation projects, the
Company may be required to make long-term commitments and investments of
substantial capital for its projects. The Company historically has financed
these capital requirements with borrowings under its credit facilities, other
lines of credit, non-recourse project financing or long-term debt.
 
     At June 30, 1996, the Company had $208.2 million of non-recourse project
financing associated with power generating facilities and steam fields at the
West Ford Flat Facility, the Bear Canyon Facility, the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16
Steam Fields, the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields and the Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities.
As of June 30, 1996, the annual maturities for all non-recourse project debt
were $18.1 million for the remainder of 1996, $24.8 million for 1997, $26.0
million for 1998, $18.7 million for 1999, $18.0 million for 2000 and $100.2
million thereafter.
 
     The Company currently has the Credit Suisse Credit Facility, which was
arranged by Electrowatt and provides for total borrowings of up to $50.0
million, with borrowings bearing interest at either LIBOR or at the Credit
Suisse base rate plus a mutually-agreed margin. As of June 30, 1996, the Company
had no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility. Upon the
completion of the Common Stock Offering, the Credit Suisse Credit Facility will
terminate and is expected to be replaced by a comparable facility. On July 20,
1996, the Company entered into a Commitment Letter with The Bank of Nova Scotia
for a $50.0 million three-year revolving credit facility. The Bank of Nova
Scotia Facility will become effective upon the completion of the Common Stock
Offering.
 
     The Company currently has outstanding $105.0 million of its 9 1/4% Senior
Notes which mature on February 1, 2004 and bear interest at 9 1/4% payable
semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year and $180.0 million of its
10 1/2% Senior Notes which mature on May 15, 2006 and bear interest at 10 1/2%
payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. Under the
provisions of the Indentures, the Company may, under certain circumstances, be
limited in its ability to make restricted payments, as defined, which include
dividends and certain purchases and investments, incur additional indebtedness
and engage in certain transactions. In addition, the Bank of Nova Scotia
Facility will contain certain restrictions that will significantly limit or
prohibit, among other things, the ability of the Company or its subsidiaries to
incur indebtedness, make prepayments of certain indebtedness, pay dividends,
make investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, create liens, sell
assets and engage in mergers and consolidations.
 
     The Company has a $1.2 million working capital line with a commercial
lender that may be used to fund short-term working capital commitments and
letters of credit. At June 30, 1996, the Company had no borrowings under this
working capital line and $900,000 of letters of credit outstanding. Borrowings
are at prime plus 1%.
 
     The Company also had outstanding a non-interest bearing promissory note to
Natomas Energy Company in the amount of $6.5 million representing a portion of
the September 1994 purchase price of Thermal Power Company. This note, which has
been discounted to yield 8% per annum, is due September 9, 1997.
 
   
     On August 29, 1996, in connection with the acquisition of the Gilroy
Facility, the Company entered into a non-recourse project loan in the aggregate
amount of $116.0 million. Such loan, which was provided by Banque Nationale de
Paris, consists of a 15-year tranche in the amount of $81.0 million and an
18-year tranche in the amount of $35.0 million and bears interest at fixed and
floating rates.
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
     The Company intends to continue to seek the use of non-recourse project
financing for new projects, where appropriate. The debt agreements of the
Company's subsidiaries and other affiliates governing the non-recourse project
financing generally restrict their ability to pay dividends, make distributions
or otherwise transfer funds to the Company. The dividend restrictions in such
agreements generally require that, prior to the payment of dividends,
distributions or other transfers, the subsidiary or other affiliate must provide
for the payment of other obligations, including operating expenses, debt service
and reserves. However, the Company does not believe that such restrictions will
adversely affect its ability to meet its debt obligations.
 
     At June 30, 1996, the Company had commitments for capital expenditures in
1996 totaling $6.5 million related to various projects at its geothermal
facilities. The Company intends to fund capital expenditures for the ongoing
operation and development of the Company's power generation facilities primarily
through the operating cash flow of such facilities. Capital expenditures for
1995 were $17.4 million compared to $7.0 million for 1994, primarily due to the
purchase of new equipment and the additional working interest. For the six
months ended June 30, 1996, capital expenditures included $4.0 million for the
purchase of geothermal leases for the Glass Mountain Project and $2.7 million
for the new rotor at the PG&E Unit 13 facility.
 
     The Company continues to pursue the acquisition and development of
geothermal resources and new power generation projects. The Company expects to
commit significant capital during the remainder of 1996 and in future years for
the acquisition and development of these projects. The Company's actual capital
expenditures may vary significantly during any year.
 
     In April 1996, the Company entered into a transaction involving a lease of
the King City Facility. The Company financed this transaction with the $45
Million Bank of Nova Scotia Loan, $13.3 million of borrowings under the Credit
Suisse Credit Facility (both of which were repaid with a portion of the net
proceeds from the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes) and $50.0 million of
proceeds from the Preferred Stock Investment by Electrowatt. See
"Business -- Description of Facilities -- King City Facility."
 
     The Company believes that it will have sufficient liquidity from cash flow
from operations, borrowings available from lines of credit and working capital
lines to satisfy all obligations under outstanding indebtedness, to finance
anticipated capital expenditures and to fund working capital requirements.
 
IMPACT OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of. This
pronouncement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangible assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. An impairment loss is to be recognized when the sum of undiscounted
cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Measurement of the
loss for assets that the entity expects to hold and use are to be based on the
fair market value of the asset. SFAS No. 121 must be adopted for fiscal years
beginning in 1996. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 121 effective January 1,
1996, and determined that adoption of this pronouncement had no material impact
on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company as of January
1, 1996.
 
     In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. The disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 are effective for the
Company's 1996 fiscal year. The Company does not expect the new pronouncement to
have an impact on its results of operations since the intrinsic value-based
method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 and also allowed by SFAS No. 123 will
continue to be used by the Company to account for its stock-based compensation
plans.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     Calpine is engaged in the acquisition, development, ownership and operation
of power generation facilities and the sale of electricity and steam in the
United States and selected international markets. The Company has interests in
15 power generation facilities and steam fields having an aggregate capacity of
1,057 megawatts. Since its inception in 1984, Calpine has developed substantial
expertise in all aspects of electric power generation. The Company's vertical
integration has resulted in significant growth over the last five years as
Calpine has applied its extensive engineering, construction management,
operations, fuel management and financing capabilities to successfully implement
its acquisition and development program. During the last five years, Calpine has
expanded substantially, from $41.2 million of total assets as of December 31,
1991 to $911.0 million of total assets on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1996.
Calpine's revenue on a pro forma basis for 1995 increased to $224.3 million,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 55% since 1991. The Company's
EBITDA on a pro forma basis for 1995 increased to $123.8 million. See "Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Data." Calpine's strategy is to capitalize on
opportunities in the power market through an ongoing program to acquire,
develop, own and operate electric power generation facilities, as well as
marketing power and energy services to utilities and other end users.
    
 
THE MARKET
 
     The power generation industry represents the third largest industry in the
United States, with an estimated end user market of approximately $207.5 billion
of electricity sales and 3.0 million gigawatt hours of production in 1995. In
response to increasing customer demand for access to low cost electricity and
enhanced services, new regulatory initiatives are currently being adopted or
considered at both state and federal levels to increase competition in the
domestic power generation industry. To date, such initiatives are under
consideration at the federal level and in approximately thirty states. For
example, in April 1996, FERC adopted Order No. 888, opening wholesale power
sales to competition and providing for open and fair electric transmission
services by public utilities. In addition, the CPUC has issued an electric
industry restructuring decision which envisions commencement of deregulation and
implementation of customer choice of electricity supplier by January 1, 1998.
Calpine believes that industry trends and such regulatory initiatives will lead
to the transformation of the existing market, which is largely characterized by
electric utility monopolies selling to a captive customer base, to a more
competitive market where end users may purchase electricity from a variety of
suppliers, including non-utility generators, power marketers, public utilities
and others. The Company believes that those market trends will create
substantial opportunities for companies such as Calpine that are low cost power
producers and have an integrated power services capability which enables them to
produce and sell energy to customers at competitive rates.
 
     The Company also believes that these market trends will result in the
disposition of power generation facilities by utilities, independent power
producers and industrial companies. Utilities such as PG&E and Southern
California Edison Company have announced their intentions to sell power
generation facilities totalling approximately 3,150 megawatts and 5,000
megawatts, respectively. The independent power industry, which represents
approximately 8% of the installed capacity in the United States, or
approximately 59,000 megawatts, and has accounted for approximately 50% of all
additional capacity in the United States since 1990, is currently undergoing
significant consolidation. Many independent producers operating a limited number
of power plants are seeking to dispose of such plants in response to competitive
pressures, and industrial companies are selling their power plants to redeploy
capital in their core businesses. Over 200 independent power plant and portfolio
sale transactions have occurred in the past two years. The Company believes that
this consolidation will continue in the highly fragmented independent power
industry.
 
     The power generation industry outside the United States is approximately
three times larger than the domestic market, and the demand for electricity is
growing rapidly. In 1996, it has been estimated that in excess of 590 gigawatts
of new capacity will be required outside the United States over the ensuing
ten-year period. In order to satisfy this anticipated increase in demand, many
countries have adopted active government programs designed to encourage private
investment in power generation facilities. The Company believes that
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
these programs will create significant opportunities to acquire and develop
power generation facilities in such countries.
 
STRATEGY
 
     Calpine's objective is to become a leading power company by capitalizing on
these emerging market opportunities in the domestic and international power
markets. The key elements of the Company's strategy are as follows:
 
   
     Expand and diversify its domestic portfolio of power projects.  In pursuing
its growth strategy, the Company intends to focus on opportunities where it is
able to capitalize on its extensive management and technical expertise to
implement a fully integrated approach to the acquisition, development and
operation of power generation facilities. This approach includes design,
engineering, procurement, finance, construction, management, fuel and resource
acquisition, operations and power marketing, which Calpine believes provides it
with a competitive advantage. By pursuing this strategy, the Company has
significantly expanded and diversified its project portfolio. Since 1993, the
Company has completed transactions involving five gas-fired cogeneration
facilities and two steam fields. As a result of these transactions, the Company
has more than doubled its aggregate power generation capacity and substantially
diversified its fuel mix since 1993.
    
 
     The Company is also pursuing the development of highly efficient, low cost
power plants that seek to take advantage of inefficiencies in the electricity
market. The Company intends to sell all or a portion of the power generated by
such merchant plants into the competitive market, rather than exclusively
through long-term power sales agreements. As part of Calpine's initial effort to
develop merchant plants, the Company entered into an agreement with Phillips
Petroleum Company to develop a gas-fired cogeneration project with a capacity of
240 megawatts. Under this agreement, approximately 90 megawatts of electricity
will be sold to the Phillips Houston Chemical Complex, with the remainder to be
sold into the competitive market through Calpine's power marketing activities.
The Company expects that this project will represent a prototype for future
merchant plant developments. The development of this project is subject to the
satisfaction of various conditions, including completion of financing and
obtaining required approvals. See "-- Development and Future Projects."
 
     Enhance the performance and efficiency of existing power projects.  The
Company continually seeks to maximize the power generation potential of its
operating assets and minimize its operating and maintenance expenses and fuel
costs. To date, the Company's power generation facilities have operated at an
average availability in excess of 97%. The Company believes that achieving and
maintaining a low cost of production will be increasingly important to compete
effectively in the power generation market.
 
     Continue to develop an integrated power marketing capability.  The Company
has established an integrated power marketing capability, conducted through its
wholly owned subsidiary, CPSC. In 1995, CPSC received approval from the FERC to
conduct power marketing activities. The Company believes that a power marketing
capability complements its business strategy of providing low cost power
generation services. CPSC's power marketing activities will focus on the
development of long-term customer service relationships, supported primarily by
generating assets that are owned, operated or controlled by Calpine. CPSC will
aggregate the Company's own resources, the resources of its customers, power
pool resources, and market power supply to provide the customized services
demanded by its customers at a competitive price.
 
     Selectively expand into international markets.  Internationally, the
Company intends to utilize its geothermal and gas-fired expertise in selected
markets of Southeast Asia and Latin America, where demand for power is rapidly
growing and private investment is encouraged. In November 1995, the Company made
an investment in the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields, located in Baja California,
Mexico. In March 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement to
pursue the development of a geothermal resource in Indonesia with an estimated
potential capacity in excess of 500 megawatts. Calpine believes that its
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
investments in these projects will effectively position it for future expansion
in Southeast Asia and Latin America.
 
POWER GENERATION TECHNOLOGIES
 
NATURAL GAS-FIRED
 
     Natural gas-fired power plants offer significant advantages over power
plants utilizing other fuel sources, such as coal, oil and nuclear energy,
including readily available supplies of natural gas, currently favorable prices,
highly efficient technology, higher availabilities, shorter construction periods
and lower capital and operating costs. In addition, natural gas-fired power
plants have fewer environmental impacts, including significantly lower emission
levels of certain pollutants than power plants utilizing other fossil fuels such
as coal and oil. During recent years, natural gas-fired power plants have
accounted for a substantial portion of the annual increase in independent power
capacity in the United States, and natural gas-fired power generation has become
the predominant power generation technology utilized for the production of
electricity by new power plants in the United States. Industry analysts have
predicted that natural gas will continue to be the dominant fuel for new power
generation facilities in the United States for the foreseeable future.
LOGO
GEOTHERMAL
 
     Geothermal energy is a clean, alternative source of power that is produced
by utilizing hot water or steam that has been naturally heated by the earth.
Geothermal energy is found in areas of the world where heat within the earth's
crust is close to the surface. These areas generally coincide with the
boundaries of the earth's tectonic plates. Exploitable geothermal reservoirs
have three primary defining characteristics: (i) a high heat flow near the
surface, (ii) a porous geologic medium where water can circulate to become
heated
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
and (iii) an impermeable cap rock to prevent dispersion of the heated fluids.
Factors that affect the ability to exploit geothermal energy include the ability
to drill wells and produce fluids from the porous medium, the temperature and
quantity of the fluids and the chemical characteristics of the fluids. In
addition, the productive capacity of geothermal wells decreases over time,
requiring the drilling of new wells in an effort to maintain production.
 
                                      LOGO
 
     Geothermal energy facilities, such as those currently owned and operated by
the Company, provide significant advantages over other alternative power
generation technologies, such as wind, solar or solid waste/biomass, including
lower operating and maintenance costs per kilowatt hour, shorter construction
periods and higher plant availability. Geothermal energy also provides a
reliable and environmentally preferred source of electricity, emitting
significantly lower levels of pollutants than are released from power plants
utilizing fossil fuels. As a result of these and other advantages, as well as
federal and state tax incentives that have been adopted to encourage the
development of geothermal power generation projects, the Company believes that
there will continue to be demand for the production of electricity using
geothermal energy.
 
     The geothermal energy capacity of the United States is located
predominantly in the western states in tectonically active regions. Total
installed geothermal capacity in the United States was approximately 2,925
megawatts as of the end of 1995, with approximately 2,650 megawatts located in
California and 275 megawatts located in Nevada, Utah and Hawaii. The Geysers
constitute the world's largest developed geothermal reservoir. The Geysers steam
fields have been in commercial production since 1960, and currently are capable
of producing an amount of steam sufficient to generate 1,200 megawatts of
electricity.
 
DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES
 
   
     The Company has interests in 15 power generation facilities and steam
fields with a current aggregate capacity of approximately 1,057 megawatts,
consisting of seven natural gas-fired cogeneration facilities with a total
capacity of 522 megawatts, three geothermal power generation facilities (which
include a steam field and a power plant) with a total capacity of 67 megawatts
and five geothermal steam fields that supply utility power plants with a total
current capacity of approximately 468 megawatts. Each of the power generation
facilities produces electricity for sale to a utility. Thermal energy produced
by the gas-fired cogeneration facilities is sold to governmental and industrial
users, and steam produced by the geothermal steam fields is sold to utility-
owned power plants.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
     The natural gas-fired and geothermal power generation projects in which the
Company has an interest produce electricity, thermal energy and steam that are
typically sold pursuant to long-term, take-and-pay power or steam sales
agreements generally having original terms of 20 or 30 years. Revenue from a
power sales agreement usually consists of two components: energy payments and
capacity payments. Energy payments are based on a power plant's net electrical
output, where payment rates may be determined by a schedule of prices covering a
fixed number of years under the power sales agreement, after which payment rates
are usually indexed to the fuel costs of the contracting utility or to general
inflation indices. Capacity payments are based on a power plant's net electrical
output and/or its available capacity. Energy payments are made for each kilowatt
hour of energy delivered, while capacity payments, under certain circumstances,
are made whether or not any electricity is delivered. The Company is paid for
steam supplied by its steam fields on the basis of the amount of electrical
energy produced by, or steam delivered to, the contracting utility's power
plants.
 
     The Company currently provides operating and maintenance services for all
power generation facilities in which the Company has an interest, except for the
Thermal Power Company Steam Fields and the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields. Such
services include the operation of power plants, geothermal steam fields, wells
and well pumps, gathering systems and gas pipelines. The Company also supervises
maintenance, materials purchasing and inventory control; manages cash flow;
trains staff; and prepares operating and maintenance manuals for each power
generation facility. As a facility develops an operating history, the Company
analyzes its operation and may modify or upgrade equipment or adjust operating
procedures or maintenance measures to enhance the facility's reliability or
profitability. These services are performed under the terms of an operating and
maintenance agreement pursuant to which the Company is generally reimbursed for
certain costs, is paid an annual operating fee and may also be paid an incentive
fee based on the performance of the facility. The fees payable to the Company
are generally subordinated to any lease payments or debt service obligations of
non-recourse debt for the project.
 
     In order to provide fuel for the gas-fired power generation projects in
which the Company has an interest, natural gas reserves are acquired or natural
gas is purchased from third parties under supply agreements. The Company
structures a gas-fired power facility's fuel supply agreement so that gas costs
have a direct relationship to the fuel component of revenue energy payments.
 
     Certain power generation facilities in which the Company has an interest
have been financed primarily with non-recourse project financing that is
structured to be serviced out of the cash flows derived from the sale of
electricity, thermal energy and/or steam produced by such facilities and
provides that the obligations to pay interest and principal on the loans are
secured almost solely by the capital stock or partnership interests, physical
assets, contracts and/or cash flow attributable to the entities that own the
projects. The lenders under non-recourse project financing generally have no
recourse for repayment against the Company or any assets of the Company or any
other entity other than foreclosure on pledges of stock or partnership interests
and the assets attributable to the entities that own the facilities.
 
     Substantially all of the power generation facilities in which the Company
has an interest are located on sites which are leased on a long-term basis. The
Company currently holds interests in geothermal leaseholds in the Thermal Power
Company Steam Fields that produce steam for sale under steam sales agreements
and for use in producing electricity from its wholly owned geothermal power
generation facilities. See "-- Properties."
 
     The continued operation of power generation facilities and steam fields
involves many risks, including the breakdown or failure of power generation
equipment, transmission lines, pipelines or other equipment or processes and
performance below expected levels of output or efficiency. To date, the
Company's power generation facilities have operated at an average availability
in excess of 97%, and although from time to time the Company's power generation
facilities and steam fields have experienced certain equipment breakdowns or
failures, such breakdowns or failures have not had a material adverse effect on
the operation of such facilities or on the Company's results of operations.
Although the Company's facilities contain certain redundancies and back-up
mechanisms, there can be no assurance that any such breakdown or failure would
not prevent the affected facility or steam field from performing under
applicable power and/or steam sales agreements. In
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
addition, although insurance is maintained to protect against certain of these
operating risks, the proceeds of such insurance may not be adequate to cover
lost revenue or increased expenses, and, as a result, the entity owning such
power generation facility or steam field may be unable to service principal and
interest payments under its financing obligations and may operate at a loss. A
default under such a financing obligation could result in the Company losing its
interest in such power generation facility or steam field.
 
                                      LOGO
 
     Insurance coverage for each power generation facility includes commercial
general liability, workers' compensation, employer's liability and property
damage coverage which generally contains business interruption insurance
covering debt service and continuing expenses for a period ranging from 12 to 18
months.
 
     The Company believes that each of the currently operating power generation
facilities in which the Company has an interest is exempt from financial and
rate regulation as a public utility under federal and state laws. See
"-- Government Regulation."
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
     The table below sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
power generation facilities and steam fields currently in operation.
 
                          POWER GENERATION FACILITIES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COMMENCEMENT                    TERM OF
                          POWER         NAMEPLATE       CALPINE     CALPINE NET        OF                          POWER
                        GENERATION       CAPACITY       INTEREST     INTEREST      COMMERCIAL       UTILITY        SALES
      FACILITY          TECHNOLOGY    (MEGAWATTS)(1)   (PERCENTAGE) (MEGAWATTS)    OPERATION       PURCHASER     AGREEMENT
- ---------------------  ------------   --------------   ----------   -----------   ------------   -------------   ---------
<S>                    <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Sumas................   Gas-Fired            125            75%(2)        93.8        1993        Puget Sound       2013
                       Cogeneration                                                                 Power &
                                                                                                     Light
King City............   Gas-Fired            120           100%          120          1989       Pacific Gas &      2019
                       Cogeneration                                                                Electric
Gilroy...............   Gas-Fired            120           100%          120          1988       Pacific Gas &      2018
                       Cogeneration                                                                Electric
Greenleaf 1..........   Gas-Fired             49.5         100%           49.5        1989       Pacific Gas &      2019
                       Cogeneration                                                                Electric
Greenleaf 2..........   Gas-Fired             49.5         100%           49.5        1989       Pacific Gas &      2019
                       Cogeneration                                                                Electric
Agnews...............   Gas-Fired             29            20%            5.8        1990       Pacific Gas &      2021
                       Cogeneration                                                                Electric
Watsonville..........   Gas-Fired             28.5         100%           28.5        1990       Pacific Gas &      2009
                       Cogeneration                                                                Electric
West Ford Flat.......   Geothermal            27           100%           27          1988       Pacific Gas &      2008
                                                                                                   Electric
Bear Canyon..........   Geothermal            20           100%           20          1988       Pacific Gas &      2008
                                                                                                   Electric
Aidlin...............   Geothermal            20             5%            1          1989       Pacific Gas &      2009
                                                                                                   Electric
</TABLE>
    
 
                                  STEAM FIELDS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  APPROXIMATE      CALPINE      CALPINE NET   COMMENCEMENT
                                   CAPACITY        INTEREST      INTEREST     OF COMMERCIAL        UTILITY         ESTIMATED
         STEAM FIELD             (MEGAWATTS)(3)   (PERCENTAGE)  (MEGAWATTS)     OPERATION         PURCHASER         LIFE(4)
- ------------------------------   -------------    ----------    ----------    -------------    ----------------    ---------
<S>                              <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>                 <C>
Thermal Power Company.........        151             100%          151            1960          Pacific Gas          2018
                                                                                                  & Electric
PG&E Unit 13..................        100             100%          100            1980          Pacific Gas          2018
                                                                                                  & Electric
PG&E Unit 16..................         78             100%           78            1985          Pacific Gas          2018
                                                                                                  & Electric
SMUDGEO #1....................         59             100%           59            1983           Sacramento          2018
                                                                                                  Municipal
                                                                                               Utility District
Cerro Prieto..................         80             100%(5)        80            1973            Comision           2000(6)
                                                                                                  Federal de
                                                                                                 Electricidad
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Nameplate capacity may not represent the actual output for a facility at any
    particular time.
 
   
(2) See "-- Power Generation Facilities -- Sumas Facility" for a description of
    the Company's interest in the Sumas partnership and current sales of power
    by the Sumas Facility.
    
 
   
(3) Capacity is expected to gradually diminish as the production of the related
    steam fields declines. See "-- Steam Fields."
    
 
   
(4) Other than for the Cerro Prieto Steam Fields, the steam sales agreements
    remain in effect so long as steam is produced in commercial quantities.
    There can be no assurance that the estimated life shown accurately predicts
    actual productive capacity of the steam fields. See "-- Steam Fields."
    
 
   
(5) See "-- Steam Fields -- Cerro Prieto Steam Fields" for a description of the
    Company's interest in and current sales of steam by the Cerro Prieto Steam
    Fields.
    
 
   
(6) Represents the actual termination of the steam sales agreement. See
    "-- Steam Fields -- Cerro Prieto Steam Fields."
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
POWER GENERATION FACILITIES
 
Sumas Facility
 
     The Sumas cogeneration facility (the "Sumas Facility") is a 125 megawatt
natural gas-fired, combined cycle cogeneration facility located in Sumas,
Washington, near the Canadian border. In 1991, the Company and Sumas Energy,
Inc. ("SEI") formed Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. ("Sumas") for the purpose
of developing, constructing, owning and operating the Sumas Facility. The
Company is the sole limited partner in Sumas and SEI is the general partner. The
Company currently holds a 50% interest in Sumas and SEI holds the other 50%
interest. At the time the Company receives a 24.5% pre-tax rate of return on its
partnership investment in Sumas, the Company's interest will be reduced to
11.33% and SEI's interest will increase to 88.67%. Further, the Company receives
an additional 25% of the cash flow of the Sumas Facility to repay principal and
interest on $11.5 million of loans to the sole shareholder of SEI. A $1.5
million loan bears interest at 20% and matures in 2003 and a $10.0 million loan
bearing interest at 16.25% and matures in 2004. The Sumas Facility commenced
commercial operation in April 1993.
 
     The Company managed the engineering, procurement and construction of the
power plant and related facilities of the Sumas Facility, including the gas
pipeline. The Sumas Facility was constructed by a Washington joint venture
formed by Industrial Power Corporation and Haskell Corporation. The Sumas
Facility is comprised of an MS 7001EA combined cycle gas turbine manufactured by
General Electric Company ("General Electric"), a Vogt heat recovery steam
generator, a General Electric steam turbine and a 3.5 mile gas pipeline. Since
start-up in April 1993, the Sumas Facility has operated at an average
availability of approximately 96.5%.
 
     The Sumas Facility's $135.0 million construction and gas reserves
acquisition cost was financed through $120.0 million of construction and term
loan financing provided to Sumas and ENCO Gas, Ltd. ("ENCO"), a wholly owned
Canadian subsidiary of Sumas, by The Prudential Insurance Company of America
("Prudential") and Credit Suisse. The credit facilities originally included term
loans of $70.0 million at a combined fixed interest rate of 10.28% per annum and
variable rate loans of $50.0 million currently based on LIBOR, which are
amortized over a 15-year period.
 
     Electrical energy generated by the Sumas Facility is sold to Puget Sound
Power & Light Company ("Puget") under the terms of a 20-year power sales
agreement terminating in 2013. Under the power sales agreement, Puget has agreed
to purchase an annual average of 123 megawatts of electrical energy.
 
     The power sales agreement provides for the sale of electrical energy at a
total price equal to the sum of (i) a fixed price component and (ii) a variable
price component multiplied by an escalation factor for the year in which the
energy is delivered. The schedule of annual fixed average energy prices
(expressed in cents per kilowatt hour) in effect through 2013 under the Sumas
power sales agreement is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      FIXED                              FIXED                              FIXED
                      ENERGY                             ENERGY                             ENERGY
        YEAR          PRICE                YEAR          PRICE                YEAR          PRICE
- --------------------  ------       --------------------  ------       --------------------  ------
<S>                   <C>          <C>                   <C>          <C>                   <C>
1996................  3.19c
1997................  3.38c
1998................  3.64c
1999................  3.98c
2000................  4.23c
2001................  6.23c
2002................  6.11c
2003................  6.22c
2004................  6.33c
2005................  6.45c
2006................  6.57c
2007................  5.23c
2008................  5.31c
2009................  5.40c
2010................  5.49c
2011................  5.58c
2012................  5.58c
2013................  5.58c
</TABLE>
 
The variable price component is set according to a scheduled rate set forth in
the agreement, which in 1995 was .97c per kilowatt hour, and escalates annually
by a factor equal to the U.S. Gross National Product Implicit Price Deflator.
For 1995, the average price paid by Puget under the power sales agreement was
2.954c per kilowatt hour. Pursuant to the power sales agreement, Puget may
displace the production of the Sumas Facility when the cost of Puget's
replacement power is less than the Sumas Facility's incremental power generation
costs. Thirty-five percent of the savings to Puget under this displacement
provision are shared with
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
the Sumas Facility. In 1995, the Sumas Facility's net profit was increased by
$278,000 as a result of the displacement provision. The Company currently
estimates a similar level of displacement in 1996 as that experienced in 1995.
 
     In addition to the sale of electricity to Puget, pursuant to a long-term
steam supply and dry kiln lease agreement, the Sumas Facility produces and sells
approximately 23,000 pounds per hour of low pressure steam to an adjacent
lumber-drying facility owned by Sumas, which has been leased to and is operated
by Socco, Inc. ("Socco"), an SEI affiliate. It is necessary to continue to
operate the dry kiln facility in order to maintain the Sumas Facility's QF
status. See "-- Government Regulation."
 
     In connection with the development of the Sumas Facility, Canadian natural
gas reserves located primarily in northeastern British Columbia, Canada were
acquired by Sumas through its wholly owned subsidiary, ENCO. The gas reserves
owned by ENCO totalled 138 billion cubic feet as of January 1, 1996. Firm
transportation is contracted for on the Westcoast Energy Inc. pipeline. Gas is
delivered to Huntington, British Columbia where it is transferred into Sumas'
own pipeline for transportation to the plant. ENCO is currently supplying
approximately 12,000 million British thermal units per day ("mmbtu/day") to the
Sumas Facility. The remaining 13,000 mmbtu/day requirement is being supplied
under a one-year contract with West Coast Gas Services, Inc. The Company
believes that the gas reserves owned by ENCO and the availability of
supplemental gas supplies are sufficient to fuel the Sumas Facility through the
year 2013.
 
     The Company operates and maintains the Sumas Facility under an operating
and maintenance agreement pursuant to which the Company is reimbursed for
certain costs and is entitled to a fixed annual fee and an incentive payment
based on project performance. This agreement has an initial term of ten years
expiring in April 2003 and provides for extensions.
 
     The Sumas Facility is located on 13.5 acres located in Sumas, Washington,
which are leased from the Port of Bellingham under the terms of a 23.5-year
lease expiring in 2014, subject to renewal. The lease provides for rental
payments according to a fixed schedule.
 
     During 1995, the Sumas Facility generated approximately 1,026,000,000
kilowatt hours of electrical energy and approximately $31.5 million of total
revenue. In 1995, the Company recognized a loss of approximately $3.0 million in
accordance with the terms of the Sumas partnership agreement, and recorded
revenue of $2.0 million for services performed under the operating and
maintenance agreement.
 
King City Facility
 
     The King City cogeneration facility (the "King City Facility") is a 120
megawatt natural gas-fired combined cycle facility located in King City,
California. In April 1996, the Company entered into a long-term operating lease
for this facility with BAF Energy, A California Limited Partnership ("BAF").
Under the terms of the operating lease, Calpine makes semi-annual lease payments
to BAF, a portion of which is supported by a $100.7 million collateral fund,
owned by the Company. The collateral consists of a portfolio of investment grade
and U.S. Treasury Securities that will mature serially in amounts equal to a
portion of the lease payments.
 
     The Company financed the collateral fund and other transaction costs with
the $45 Million Bank of Nova Scotia Loan and $13.3 million of borrowings under
the Credit Suisse Credit Facility (both of which were repaid with a portion of
the net proceeds from the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes), as well as $50.0
million of proceeds from the Preferred Stock Investment by Electrowatt.
 
     The power plant consists of a General Electric Frame 7 Model EA combustion
turbine generator, a Nooter/Eriksen heat recovery steam generator, an ASEA Brown
Boveri ("ABB") steam turbine generator and two Nebraska Boiler auxiliary
boilers. The King City Facility commenced commercial operation in 1989 and has
operated at an average availability of approximately 97%.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
     Electricity generated by the King City Facility is sold to PG&E under a
30-year power sales agreement terminating in 2019. The power sales agreement
contains payment provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales agreement
provides for a firm capacity payment of $184 per kilowatt year for 111 megawatts
for the term of the agreement so long as the King City Facility delivers 80% of
the firm capacity during designated periods of the year. Additional capacity
payments are received for as-delivered capacity in excess of 111 megawatts
delivered during peak and partial peak hours. The following schedule sets forth
the as-delivered capacity prices per kilowatt year:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS-DELIVERED
                                        YEAR                          CAPACITY PRICE
                ----------------------------------------------------  --------------
                <S>                                                   <C>
                1996................................................       $176
                1997................................................       $188
                1998................................................       $188
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, the payment for as-delivered capacity will be the greater of $188
per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current as-delivered capacity rate. Through
1998, payments for electrical energy produced are based on 100% of PG&E's
avoided cost of energy for the period of January 1 through April 30, and 80% at
avoided cost and 20% at fixed prices for the period of May 1 through December
31. The schedule of fixed average energy prices (expressed in cents per kilowatt
hour) in effect through 1998 under the King City Facility power sales agreement
is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ENERGY
                                          YEAR                            PRICE
                --------------------------------------------------------  ------
                <S>                                                       <C>
                1996....................................................  12.24c
                1997....................................................  13.14c
                1998....................................................  13.14c
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, PG&E is required to pay for electrical energy actually delivered at
prices equal to PG&E's then avoided cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC).
PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to month and has ranged from an
annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour since 1992. During 1995,
PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately 1.84c per kilowatt hour.
 
     Through April 28, 1999, the power sales agreement allows for dispatchable
operation which gives PG&E the right to curtail the number of hours per year
that the King City Facility operates. PG&E has an option to extend its
curtailment rights for two additional one-year terms. If PG&E exercises the
curtailment extension option, it will be required to pay an additional .7c per
kilowatt hour for all energy delivered from the King City Facility.
 
     In addition to the sale of electricity to PG&E, the King City Facility
produces and sells thermal energy to a thermal host, Basic Vegetable Products,
Inc. ("BVP"), an affiliate of BAF, under a long-term contract coterminous with
the power sales agreement. It is necessary to continue to operate the host
facility in order to maintain the King City Facility's QF status. See
"-- Government Regulation." The BVP facility was built in 1957 and processes
between 30% and 40% of the dehydrated onion and garlic production in the United
States.
 
     Natural gas for the King City Facility is supplied pursuant to a contract
with Chevron U.S.A. Inc. ("Chevron") expiring June 30, 1997. Natural gas is
transported under a firm transportation agreement, expiring June 30, 1997, via a
dedicated 38-mile pipeline owned and operated by PG&E. The Company believes that
upon expiration of these agreements that it will be able to obtain sufficient
quantities and firm transportation of natural gas to operate the King City
Facility for the remaining term of the power sales agreement.
 
     Fee title to the premises is owned by Basic American, Inc., who has leased
the premises to an affiliate of BAF for a term equivalent to the term of the
power sales agreement for the King City Facility. The Company is subleasing the
premises, together with certain easements, from such affiliate of BAF pursuant
to a ground sublease for approximately 15 acres.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   50
 
Gilroy Facility
 
   
     On August 29, 1996, the Company acquired the Gilroy cogeneration facility
(the "Gilroy Facility"), a 120 megawatt gas-fired cogeneration power plant
located in Gilroy, California, from McCormick & Company, Inc. The Company
purchased the Gilroy Facility for a purchase price of $125.0 million plus
certain contingent consideration, which the Company currently estimates will
amount to approximately $24.1 million.
    
 
   
     The acquisition of the Gilroy Facility was financed utilizing a
non-recourse project loan in the aggregate amount of $116.0 million. Such loan,
which was provided by Banque Nationale de Paris, consists of a 15-year tranche
in the amount of $81.0 million and an 18-year tranche in the amount of $35.0
million and bears interest at fixed and floating rates.
    
 
     The power plant consists of a General Electric Frame 7 Model EA combustion
turbine generator, an AEG-KANIS (ABB) steam turbine, a Henry Vogt heat recovery
steam generator, two auxiliary boilers and an inlet chiller using a Henry Vogt
ice machine. The Gilroy Facility commenced commercial operation in March 1988
and has operated at an average availability of approximately 98.5%.
 
     Electricity generated by the Gilroy Facility is sold to PG&E under an
original 30-year power sales agreement terminating in 2018. The power sales
agreement contains payment provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales
agreement provides for a firm capacity payment of $172 per kilowatt year for 120
megawatts for the term of the agreement so long as the Gilroy Facility delivers
80% of the firm capacity during designated periods of the year. Additional
capacity payments are received for as-delivered capacity in excess of 120
megawatts delivered. The following schedule sets forth the as-delivered capacity
prices per kilowatt year:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS-DELIVERED
                                      YEAR                            CAPACITY PRICE
            --------------------------------------------------------  --------------
            <S>                                                       <C>
            1996....................................................       $176
            1997....................................................       $188
</TABLE>
 
     Thereafter, the payment for as-delivered capacity will be the greater of
$188 per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current as-delivered capacity rate. In
addition, the power sales agreement provides for payments for electrical energy
actually delivered during the period of dispatchable operation at a price equal
to PG&E's avoided cost of energy excluding adders (as determined by the CPUC).
Thereafter, during the period of baseload operation, PG&E is required to pay for
electrical energy actually delivered at prices equal to PG&E's then avoided cost
of energy. PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to month and has
ranged from an annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour since 1992.
During 1995, PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately 1.84c per
kilowatt hour.
 
   
     Through December 31, 1998, the power sales agreement allows for
dispatchable operation which gives PG&E the right to curtail the number of hours
per year that the Gilroy Facility operates.
    
 
   
     In addition to the sale of electricity to PG&E, the Gilroy Facility
produces and sells thermal energy to a thermal host, Gilroy Foods, Inc. ("Gilroy
Foods"), under a long-term contract that is coterminous with the power sales
agreement. Gilroy Foods is a recognized leader in the production of dehydrated
onions and garlic. Simultaneously with the acquisition by the Company of the
Gilroy Facility, Gilroy Foods was acquired by ConAgra, Inc., an international
food company with 1995 revenues of approximately $24.1 billion. It is necessary
to continue to operate the host facility in order to maintain the Gilroy
Facility's QF status. See "-- Government Regulation."
    
 
     Natural gas for the Gilroy Facility is supplied pursuant to a contract with
Amoco Energy Trading Corporation ("Amoco") expiring July 31, 1997. The Company
believes that upon expiration of this fuel supply agreement, it will be able to
obtain a sufficient quantity of natural gas to operate the Gilroy Facility for
the remaining term of the power sales agreement. Natural gas is transported
under a firm transportation agreement, expiring July 1, 1997, via a dedicated
300-yard pipeline owned and maintained by PG&E.
 
   
     The Gilroy Facility is located on approximately five acres of land which is
leased to the Company by Gilroy Foods. The lease term runs concurrent with the
term of the power sales agreement.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   51
 
Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities
 
     On April 21, 1995, Calpine completed the acquisition of the Greenleaf 1 and
2 cogeneration facilities (the "Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities") from Radnor Power
Corporation, an affiliate of LFC Financial Corporation ("LFC"), for an adjusted
purchase price of $81.5 million.
 
     On June 30, 1995, Calpine refinanced the existing debt on the Greenleaf 1
and 2 Facilities by borrowing $76.0 million from Sumitomo Bank. The non-recourse
project financing with Sumitomo Bank is divided into two tranches, a $60.0
million fixed rate loan facility which bears interest on the unpaid principal at
a fixed rate of 7.415% per annum with amortization of principal based on a fixed
schedule through June 30, 2005, and a $16.0 million floating rate loan facility
which bears interest based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin (6.5% as of
December 31, 1995) with the amortization of principal based on a fixed schedule
through December 31, 2010.
 
     The Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities have a combined natural gas requirement of
approximately 22,000 mmbtu/day. The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary
Calpine Fuels Corporation ("Calpine Fuels"), entered into a gas supply agreement
with Montis Niger, Inc. ("MNI"), an affiliate of LFC, which owns and operates a
local gas field that is connected to the facilities. Calpine Fuels is committed
to purchasing all gas produced by MNI under this agreement which terminates in
December 2019. The quantity of gas produced by MNI varies and is currently less
than the facilities' full requirements. As a result, Calpine Fuels has
supplemented the MNI gas supply with a short-term contract with Coastal Gas
Marketing Company, which expires on September 30, 1996. This gas is delivered
over PG&E's intrastate pipeline which is directly connected to each facility.
The Greenleaf 1 and 2 Facilities have interruptible transportation agreements
with PG&E, expiring in June 1997. The Company believes that it will be able to
obtain a sufficient quantity of natural gas to operate the Greenleaf 1 and 2
Facilities for the remaining term of the power sales agreement.
 
     Greenleaf 1 Facility.  The Greenleaf 1 cogeneration facility (the
"Greenleaf 1 Facility") is a 49.5 megawatt natural gas-fired cogeneration
facility located near Yuba City, California. The Greenleaf 1 Facility includes
an LM5000 gas turbine manufactured by General Electric, a Vogt heat recovery
steam generator and a condensing General Electric steam turbine. The Greenleaf 1
Facility commenced commercial operation in March 1989. Since its acquisition by
the Company in April 1995, the power plant has operated at an average
availability of approximately 94.4%.
 
     Electricity generated by the Greenleaf 1 Facility is sold to PG&E under a
30-year power sales agreement terminating in 2019 which contains payment
provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales agreement provides for a
firm capacity payment of $184 per kilowatt year for 49.2 megawatts for the term
of the agreement, so long as the Greenleaf 1 Facility delivers 80% of its firm
capacity during certain designated periods of the year, and an as-delivered
capacity payment for an additional .3 megawatts of capacity. The following
schedule sets forth the as-delivered capacity prices per kilowatt year through
1997 under the Greenleaf 1 Facility power sales agreement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS-DELIVERED
                                        YEAR                          CAPACITY PRICE
                ----------------------------------------------------  --------------
                <S>                                                   <C>
                1996................................................       $176
                1997................................................       $188
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, the payment for as-delivered capacity will be the greater of $188
per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current as-delivered capacity rate. In
addition, the power sales agreement provides for payments for up to 49.5
megawatts of electrical energy actually delivered at a price equal to PG&E's
avoided cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC). PG&E's avoided cost of
energy varies from month to month and has ranged from an annual average of 1.84c
to 2.96c per kilowatt hour since 1992. During 1995, PG&E's avoided cost of
energy averaged approximately 1.84c per kilowatt hour.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   52
 
     In accordance with the power sales agreement, PG&E is entitled to curtail
the Greenleaf 1 Facility during hydro-spill periods, or during periods of
negative avoided costs. During 1995, the Greenleaf 1 Facility did not experience
curtailment, and the Company does not expect to experience curtailment at such
facility during 1996. PG&E may also interrupt or reduce deliveries if necessary
to repair its system or because of system emergencies, forced outages, force
majeure and compliance with prudent electrical practices.
 
     In addition to the sale of electricity to PG&E, the Greenleaf 1 Facility
sells thermal energy, in the form of hot exhaust to dry wood waste, to a thermal
host which is owned and operated by the Company. It is necessary to continue to
operate the host facility in order to maintain the Greenleaf 1 Facility's QF
status. See "-- Government Regulation."
 
     The Greenleaf 1 Facility is located on 77 acres owned by the Company near
the rural area of Yuba City, California.
 
     From April 21, 1995 through December 31, 1995, the Greenleaf 1 Facility
generated approximately 258,921,000 kilowatt hours of electric energy for sale
to PG&E and approximately $13.9 million in revenue.
 
     Greenleaf 2 Facility.  The Greenleaf 2 cogeneration facility (the
"Greenleaf 2 Facility") is a 49.5 megawatt natural gas-fired cogeneration
facility located near Yuba City, California. The Greenleaf 2 Facility includes a
STIG LM5000 gas turbine manufactured by General Electric and a Deltak heat
recovery steam generator. The Greenleaf 2 Facility commenced commercial
operation in December 1989. Since its acquisition by the Company in April 1995,
the power plant has operated at an average availability of approximately 95%.
 
     Electricity generated by the Greenleaf 2 Facility is sold to PG&E under a
30-year power sales agreement terminating in 2019 which includes payment
provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales agreement provides for a
firm capacity payment of $184 per kilowatt year for 49.2 megawatts for the term
of the agreement, so long as the Greenleaf 2 Facility delivers 80% of its firm
capacity during certain designated periods of the year, and an as-delivered
capacity payment for an additional .3 megawatts of capacity. The following
schedule sets forth the as-delivered capacity prices per kilowatt year through
1997 under the Greenleaf 2 Facility power sales agreement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS-DELIVERED
                                        YEAR                          CAPACITY PRICE
                ----------------------------------------------------  --------------
                <S>                                                   <C>
                1996................................................       $176
                1997................................................       $188
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, the payment for as-delivered capacity will be the greater of $188
per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current as-delivered capacity rate. In
addition, the power sales agreement provides for payments for up to 49.5
megawatts of electrical energy actually delivered at a price equal to PG&E's
avoided cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC). PG&E's avoided cost of
energy varies from month to month and has ranged from an annual average of 1.84c
to 2.96c per kilowatt hour since 1992. During 1995, PG&E's avoided cost of
energy averaged approximately 1.84c per kilowatt hour.
 
     In accordance with the power sales agreement, PG&E is entitled to curtail
the Greenleaf 2 Facility during hydro-spill periods or during any period of
negative avoided costs. During 1995, the Greenleaf 2 Facility did not experience
curtailment, and the Company does not expect to experience curtailment at such
facility during 1996. PG&E may also interrupt or reduce deliveries if necessary
to repair its system or because of system emergencies, forced outages, force
majeure and compliance with prudent electrical practices.
 
     In addition to the sale of electricity to PG&E, the Greenleaf 2 Facility
sells thermal energy to Sunsweet Growers, Inc. ("Sunsweet") pursuant to a
30-year contract. Sunsweet is the largest producer of dried fruit in the United
States. It is necessary to continue to operate the host facility in order to
maintain the status of the Greenleaf 2 Facility as a QF. See "-- Government
Regulation."
 
     The Greenleaf 2 Facility is located on 2.5 acres of land under a lease from
Sunsweet, which runs concurrent with the power sales agreement.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   53
 
     From April 21, 1995 through December 31, 1995, the Greenleaf 2 Facility
generated approximately 276,038,000 kilowatt hours of electric energy for sale
to PG&E and approximately $14.5 million of revenue.
 
Agnews Facility
 
     The Agnews cogeneration facility (the "Agnews Facility") is a 29 megawatt
natural gas-fired combined cycle cogeneration facility located on the East
Campus of the state-owned Agnews Developmental Center in San Jose, California.
Calpine holds a 20% ownership interest in GATX Calpine-Agnews, Inc., which is
the sole stockholder of O.L.S. Energy-Agnews, Inc. ("O.L.S. Energy-Agnews").
O.L.S. Energy-Agnews leases the Agnews Facility under a sale leaseback
arrangement. The other stockholder of GATX Calpine-Agnews, Inc. is GATX Capital
Corporation ("GATX"), which has an 80% ownership interest. In connection with
the sale leaseback arrangement, Calpine has agreed to reimburse GATX for its
proportionate share of certain payments that may be made by GATX with respect to
the Agnews Facility. The Company and GATX managed the development and financing
of the Agnews Facility, which commenced commercial operations in December 1990.
 
     The Company managed the engineering, construction and start-up of the
Agnews Facility. The construction work was performed by Power Systems
Engineering, Inc. under a turnkey contract. The power plant consists of an
LM2500 aeroderivative gas turbine manufactured by General Electric, a Deltak
unfired heat recovery steam generator and a Shin Nippon steam turbine-generator.
Since start-up, the Agnews Facility has operated at an average availability of
approximately 96.5%.
 
     The total cost of the Agnews Facility was approximately $39 million. The
construction financing was provided by Credit Suisse in the amount of $28.0
million. After the commencement of commercial operation, the facility was sold
to Nynex Credit Corporation under a sale leaseback arrangement with O.L.S.
Energy-Agnews. Under the sale leaseback, O.L.S. Energy-Agnews has entered into a
22-year lease, commencing March 1991, providing for the payment of a fixed base
rental, renewal options and a purchase option at fair market value at the
termination of the lease.
 
     Electricity generated by the Agnews Facility is sold to PG&E under a
30-year power sales agreement terminating in 2021 which contains payment
provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales agreement provides for a
payment of $196 per kilowatt year for 24 megawatts of firm capacity for the term
of the agreement, so long as the Agnews Facility delivers at least 80% of its
firm capacity of 24 megawatts during certain designated periods of the year, and
an as-delivered capacity payment for an additional 4 megawatts of capacity. The
following schedule sets forth the as-delivered capacity prices per kilowatt year
through 1998 under the Agnews Facility power sales agreement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS-DELIVERED
                                        YEAR                          CAPACITY PRICE
                ----------------------------------------------------  --------------
                <S>                                                   <C>
                1996................................................       $176
                1997................................................       $188
                1998................................................       $188
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, the payment for as-delivered capacity will be at the greater of $188
per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current as-delivered capacity rate. In
addition, the power sales agreement provides for payments for up to 32 megawatts
of electrical energy actually delivered at a price equal to (i) through 1998,
the product of PG&E's fixed incremental energy rate and PG&E's utility electric
generation gas cost, and (ii) thereafter, PG&E's avoided cost of energy (as
determined by the CPUC). PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to
month and has ranged from an annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour
since 1992. During 1995, PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately
1.84c per kilowatt hour.
 
     Under certain circumstances, PG&E may curtail energy deliveries for up to
1,000 off-peak hours per year. During 1995, PG&E curtailed the energy purchased
under the power sales agreement by 1,000 hours. The Company currently expects
the maximum amount of curtailment allowed under the agreement during 1996.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   54
 
     In addition to the sale of electricity to PG&E, the Agnews Facility
produces and sells electricity and approximately 7,000 pounds per hour of steam
to the Agnews Developmental Center pursuant to a 30-year energy service
agreement. The energy service agreement provides that the State of California
will purchase from the Agnews Facility all of its requirements for steam (up to
a specified maximum) and for electricity (which has historically been less than
one megawatt per year) for the East Campus of the Agnews Developmental Center
for the term of the agreement. Steam sales are priced at the cost of production
for the Agnews Developmental Center. Electricity sales are priced at the rates
that would otherwise be paid to PG&E by the Agnews Developmental Center. The
State of California is required to utilize the minimum amount of steam required
to maintain the Agnews Facility's QF status. See "-- Government Regulation."
 
     The supply of natural gas for the Agnews Facility is currently provided
under a full requirements fuel supply agreement between O.L.S. Energy-Agnews and
Amoco Energy Trading Corporation ("Amoco") which expires June 30, 1997. The
Company believes that, upon expiration of this fuel supply agreement, it will be
able to obtain a sufficient quantity of natural gas to operate the Agnews
Facility for the remaining term of the power sales agreement. Intrastate
transportation is provided under a firm gas transportation agreement with PG&E
expiring in June 1997.
 
     The Agnews Facility is operated by the Company under an operating and
maintenance agreement pursuant to which the Company is reimbursed for certain
costs and is entitled to a fixed annual fee and an incentive payment based on
performance. This agreement has an initial term of six years expiring on
December 31, 1996 and may be automatically renewed for an additional six-year
term, provided certain performance standards are met, and thereafter upon
mutually agreeable terms. The Company expects the contract will be renewed on
December 31, 1996.
 
     The Agnews Facility is located on 1.4 acres of land leased from the Agnews
Development Center under the terms of a 30-year lease that expires in 2021. This
lease provides for rental payments to the State of California on a fixed payment
basis until January 1, 1999, and thereafter based on the gross revenues derived
from sales of electricity by the Agnews Facility, as well as a purchase option
at fair market value.
 
     During 1995, the Agnews Facility generated approximately 225,683,000
kilowatt hours of electrical energy and total revenue of $10.8 million. In 1995,
the Company recognized a loss of approximately $82,000 as a result of the
Company's 20% ownership interest and recorded revenue of $1.5 million for
services performed under the operating and maintenance agreement.
 
Watsonville Facility
 
     The Watsonville cogeneration facility (the "Watsonville Facility") is a
28.5 megawatt natural gas-fired combined cycle cogeneration facility located in
Watsonville, California. On June 29, 1995, the Company acquired the operating
lease for this facility for $900,000 from Ford Motor Credit Company. Under the
terms of the lease, rent is payable each month from July through December. The
lease terminates on December 29, 2009. The Watsonville Facility commenced
commercial operation in May 1990. The power plant consists of a General Electric
LM2500 gas turbine, a Deltak heat recovery steam generator and a Shin Nippon
steam turbine. Since its acquisition by the Company in June 1995, the power
plant has operated at an average availability of approximately 96.5%.
 
     Electricity generated by the Watsonville Facility is sold to PG&E under a
20-year power sales agreement terminating in 2009 which contains payment
provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales agreement provides for a
payment of $178 per kilowatt year for 20.9 megawatts of firm capacity for the
term of the agreement, so long as the Watsonville Facility delivers at least 80%
of its firm capacity of 20.9 megawatts during certain designated periods of the
year, and an as-delivered capacity payment for an additional 7.6 megawatts of
capacity. In addition, the power sales agreement provides for payments for up to
28.5 megawatts of electrical energy actually delivered. Through April of 2000,
1% of energy will be sold under the fixed energy price schedule set forth below,
and 99% of the energy will be sold at PG&E's avoided cost of energy. The
following schedule sets forth the fixed average energy prices (expressed in
cents per kilowatt
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   55
 
hour) and the as-delivered capacity prices per kilowatt year through 2000 for
energy deliveries under the Watsonville Facility power sales agreement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ENERGY     AS-DELIVERED
                                    YEAR                       PRICE    CAPACITY PRICE
                --------------------------------------------  -------   --------------
                <S>                                           <C>       <C>
                1996........................................  12.24c         $176
                1997........................................  13.14c         $188
                1998........................................  13.90c         $188
                1999........................................  13.90c         $188
                2000........................................  13.90c         $188
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, PG&E will pay for energy delivered at prices equal to PG&E's avoided
cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC), and will pay for as-delivered
capacity at the greater of $188 per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current
as-delivered capacity rate. PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to
month and has ranged from an annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour
since 1992. During 1995, PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately
1.84c per kilowatt hour.
 
     Under certain circumstances, PG&E may curtail energy deliveries for a block
of up to 400 hours between January 1 and April 15 and an additional 900 off-peak
hours from October 1 though April 30. From June 29, 1995 through December 31,
1995, PG&E curtailed energy purchases of 212 hours under the power sales
agreement.
 
     In addition to the sale of electricity to PG&E, during 1995 the Watsonville
Facility produced and sold steam to two thermal hosts, Norcal Frozen Foods, Inc.
("Norcal") and Farmers Processing, both food processors. In August 1995, Norcal
sold its facility to a subsidiary of Dean Foods ("Dean Foods"), which closed the
facility on February 9, 1996. The lessor of the Watsonville Facility has
constructed a water distillation facility on the site of the Watsonville
Facility to replace the Dean Foods food processing facility. This facility
commenced operations in August 1996 and is operated by the Company. It is
necessary to continue to operate the host facilities in order to maintain the
Watsonville Facility's QF status. See "-- Government Regulation."
 
     Amoco is the supplier of natural gas to the Watsonville Facility. The
Company has negotiated a contract with Amoco, which it expects to execute by
September 1, 1996 and which will be effective through June 30, 1997. In the
interim, the Company has executed a series of monthly contracts with Amoco. PG&E
provides firm gas transportation to the Watsonville Facility under a contract
expiring June 30, 1997. The Company believes that upon expiration of this fuel
supply agreement, it will be able to obtain a sufficient quantity of natural gas
to operate the Watsonville Facility for the remaining term of the power sales
agreement.
 
     The Watsonville Facility is located on 1.8 acres of land leased from Dean
Foods under the terms of a 30-year lease expiring in 2010.
 
     For the period from June 29, 1995 to December 31, 1995, the Watsonville
Facility generated approximately 117,147,000 kilowatt hours of electrical energy
for sale to PG&E and approximately $5.9 million in revenue.
 
West Ford Flat Facility
 
     The West Ford Flat geothermal facility (the "West Ford Flat Facility")
consists of a 27 megawatt geothermal power plant and associated steam fields
located in the eastern portion of The Geysers area of northern California. The
West Ford Flat Facility includes a power plant consisting of two turbines
manufactured by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Inc. with rotors remanufactured by
ABB Industries, Inc., two generators manufactured by Electric Machinery, Inc.,
and seven production wells and steam leases. The West Ford Flat Facility
commenced commercial operation in December 1988. Since start-up, the West Ford
Flat Facility has operated at an average availability of approximately 98%.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   56
 
     Electricity generated by the West Ford Flat Facility is sold to PG&E under
a 20-year power sales agreement terminating in 2008 which contains payment
provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales agreement provides for a
firm capacity payment of $167 per kilowatt year for 27 megawatts of firm
capacity for the term of the agreement, so long as the West Ford Flat Facility
delivers 80% of its firm capacity during certain designated periods of the year.
In addition, the power sales agreement provides for energy payments for
electricity actually delivered based on a fixed price derived from a scheduled
forecast of energy prices over the initial ten-year term of the agreement ending
December 1998. The schedule of fixed average energy prices (expressed in cents
per kilowatt hour) in effect through 1998 under the West Ford Flat Facility
power sales agreement is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ENERGY
                                          YEAR                            PRICE
                --------------------------------------------------------  ------
                <S>                                                       <C>
                1996....................................................  12.89c
                1997....................................................  13.83c
                1998....................................................  13.83c
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, PG&E is required to pay for electrical energy actually delivered at
prices equal to PG&E's avoided cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC).
PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to month and has ranged from an
annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour since 1992. During 1995,
PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately 1.84c per kilowatt hour.
The Company cannot accurately predict the avoided cost of energy prices that
will be in effect at the expiration of the fixed price period under this
agreement.
 
     Under certain circumstances, PG&E may curtail energy deliveries for up to
1,000 off-peak hours per year. During 1995, PG&E curtailed the energy purchased
under this agreement by 1,000 hours. In the event of any such curtailment, the
Company's results of operations may be materially adversely affected. The
Company currently expects the maximum amount of curtailment allowed under the
agreement during 1996.
 
     The Company believes that the geothermal reserves that supply energy for
use by the West Ford Flat Facility will be sufficient to operate at full
capacity for the entire term of the power sales agreement due principally to
high reservoir pressures, low projected decline rates, limited development in
adjacent areas and the substantial productive acreage dedicated to the West Ford
Flat Facility.
 
     The West Ford Flat Facility is located on 267 acres of leased land located
in The Geysers. For a description of the leases covering the properties located
in The Geysers, see "-- Properties."
 
     During 1995, the West Ford Flat Facility generated approximately
216,614,000 kilowatt hours of electrical energy for sale to PG&E and
approximately $29.4 million of revenue.
 
Bear Canyon Facility
 
     The Bear Canyon facility (the "Bear Canyon Facility") consists of a 20
megawatt geothermal power plant and associated steam fields located in the
eastern portion of The Geysers area of northern California, two miles south of
the West Ford Flat Facility. The Bear Canyon Facility includes a power plant
consisting of two turbine generators manufactured by Mitsubishi Heavy
Industries, Inc. with rotors remanufactured by ABB Industries, Inc., as well as
eight production wells, an injection well and steam reserves. The Bear Canyon
Facility commenced commercial operation in October 1988. Since start-up, the
Bear Canyon Facility has operated at an average availability of approximately
98.4%.
 
     Electricity generated by the Bear Canyon Facility is sold to PG&E under two
10 megawatt, 20-year power sales agreements terminating in 2008 which contain
payment provisions for capacity and energy. One of the power sales agreements
provides for a firm capacity payment of $156 per kilowatt year on four megawatts
for the term of the agreement, so long as the Bear Canyon Facility delivers 80%
of its firm capacity during certain designated periods of the year, and an
as-delivered capacity payment for the additional six megawatts of capacity. The
other agreement provides for an as-delivered capacity payment for the entire 10
megawatts. Both agreements provide for energy payments for electricity actually
delivered based on a fixed price basis
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   57
 
through the initial ten-year term of the agreement ending September 1998. The
following schedule sets forth the fixed average energy prices (expressed in
cents per kilowatt hour) and the as-delivered capacity prices per kilowatt year
through 1998 for energy deliveries under the Bear Canyon Facility power sales
agreements:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ENERGY     AS-DELIVERED
                                    YEAR                       PRICE    CAPACITY PRICE
                --------------------------------------------  -------   --------------
                <S>                                           <C>       <C>
                1996........................................  12.89c         $176
                1997........................................  13.83c         $188
                1998........................................  13.83c         $188
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, PG&E will pay for energy delivered at prices equal to PG&E's avoided
cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC), and will pay for as-delivered
capacity at the greater of $188 per kilowatt year or PG&E's then current
as-delivered capacity rate. PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to
month and has ranged from an annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour
since 1992. During 1995, PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately
1.84c per kilowatt hour. The Company cannot accurately predict the avoided cost
of energy prices that will be in effect at the expiration of the fixed price
period under this agreement.
 
     Under certain circumstances, PG&E may curtail energy deliveries for up to
1,000 off-peak hours per year. During 1995, PG&E curtailed the energy purchased
under this agreement by 1,000 hours. In the event of any such curtailment, the
Company's results of operations may be materially adversely affected. The
Company currently expects the maximum amount of curtailment allowed under the
agreement during 1996.
 
     The Company believes that the geothermal reserves for the Bear Canyon
Facility will be sufficient to operate at full capacity for substantially all of
the remaining term of the power sales agreements due principally to high
reservoir pressures, low projected decline rates, limited development in
adjacent areas and the substantial productive acreage dedicated to the Bear
Canyon Facility.
 
     The Bear Canyon Facility is located on 284 acres of land located in The
Geysers covered by two leases, one with the State of California and the other
with a private landowner. For a description of the leases covering the
properties located at The Geysers, see "-- Properties."
 
     During 1995, the Bear Canyon Facility generated approximately 164,847,000
kilowatt hours of electrical energy and approximately $21.8 million of revenue.
 
Aidlin Facility
 
     The Aidlin geothermal facility (the "Aidlin Facility") consists of a 20
megawatt geothermal power plant and associated steam fields located in the
western portion of The Geysers area of northern California. The Company holds an
indirect 5% ownership interest in the Aidlin Facility. The Company's ownership
interest is held in the form of a 10% general partnership interest in a limited
partnership (the "Aidlin Partnership"), which in turn owns a 50% ownership
interest, as both a limited and general partner, in Geothermal Energy Partners
Ltd. ("GEP"), a limited partnership which is the owner of the Aidlin Facility.
MetLife Capital Corporation owns the remaining 90% interest in the Aidlin
Partnership as a limited partner. The remaining 50% of GEP is owned by
subsidiaries of Mission Energy Company and Sumitomo Corporation. The Aidlin
Facility commenced commercial operation in May 1989.
 
     The Aidlin Facility includes a power plant consisting of two turbine
generators manufactured by Fuji Electric and ABB Industries, Inc., as well as
seven production wells and two injection wells. Since start-up, the Aidlin
Facility has operated at an average availability of approximately 99%.
 
     The construction of the Aidlin Facility was financed with a $59.4 million
term loan provided by Prudential, which bears interest at a fixed rate of 10.48%
per annum and matures on June 30, 2008 according to a specified amortization
schedule.
 
     Electricity generated by the Aidlin Facility is sold to PG&E under two 10
megawatt, 20-year power sales agreements terminating in 2009 which contain
payment provisions for capacity and energy. The power sales
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   58
 
agreements provide for an aggregate firm capacity payment for 17 megawatts of
$167 per kilowatt year for the term of the agreements, so long as the Aidlin
Facility delivers 80% of its capacity during certain designated periods of the
year. In addition, the Aidlin Facility power sales agreements provide for energy
payments for 20 megawatts based on a schedule of fixed energy prices (expressed
in cents per kilowatt hour) in effect through 1999 as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ENERGY
                                          YEAR                            PRICE
                --------------------------------------------------------  ------
                <S>                                                       <C>
                1996....................................................  12.89c
                1997....................................................  13.83c
                1998....................................................  13.83c
                1999....................................................  13.83c
</TABLE>
 
Thereafter, PG&E is required to pay for electrical energy actually delivered at
prices equal to PG&E's avoided cost of energy (as determined by the CPUC).
PG&E's avoided cost of energy varies from month to month and has ranged from an
annual average of 1.84c to 2.96c per kilowatt hour since 1992. During 1995,
PG&E's avoided cost of energy averaged approximately 1.84c per kilowatt hour.
The Company cannot accurately predict the avoided cost of energy that will be in
effect at the expiration of the fixed price period under this agreement.
 
     Under certain circumstances, PG&E may curtail energy deliveries for up to
1,000 off-peak hours per year. During 1995, PG&E curtailed the energy purchased
under this agreement by 1,000 hours. The Company currently expects the maximum
amount of curtailment under the agreement in 1996.
 
     The output of the Aidlin Facility is expected to decline over the remaining
life of the facility unless additional reserves are developed on existing or
adjacent leases and enhanced water injection projects are successful in reducing
field declines. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Related to the Development and
Operation of Geothermal Energy Resources."
 
     The Aidlin Facility is operated and maintained by the Company under an
operating and maintenance agreement pursuant to which the Company is reimbursed
for certain costs and is entitled to an incentive payment based on project
performance. This agreement expires on December 31, 1999.
 
     The Aidlin Facility is located on 713.8 acres of land located in The
Geysers, which is leased by GEP from a private landowner. The lease will remain
in force so long as geothermal steam is produced in commercial quantities.
 
     During 1995, the Aidlin Facility generated approximately 174,087,000
kilowatt hours of electrical energy and revenue of $21.7 million. In 1995, the
Company recognized revenue of approximately $277,000 as a result of the
Company's 5% ownership interest and $3.5 million for services performed under
the operating and maintenance agreement.
 
STEAM FIELDS
 
Thermal Power Company Steam Fields
 
     The Company acquired Thermal Power Company on September 9, 1994 for a
purchase price of $66.5 million. Thermal Power Company owns a 25% undivided
interest in certain geothermal steam fields located at The Geysers in northern
California (the "Thermal Power Company Steam Fields"). Union Oil Company of
California ("Union Oil") owns the remaining 75% interest in the steam fields and
operates and maintains the steam fields. The Thermal Power Company Steam Fields
include the leasehold rights to 13,908 acres of steam fields which supply steam
to 12 PG&E power plants located in The Geysers and include 247 production wells,
19 injection wells and 52 miles of steam-transporting pipeline. See
"-- Properties." The 12 plants have a nameplate capacity of 978 megawatts and
currently have the capability to operate at 604 megawatts providing the Company
with an effective interest in 151 megawatts. The steam fields commenced
commercial operation in 1960.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   59
 
     The Thermal Power Company Steam Fields produce steam for sale to PG&E under
a long-term steam sales agreement. Under this steam sales agreement, the Company
is paid on the basis of the amount of electricity produced by the power plants
to which steam is supplied. PG&E is obligated to use its best efforts to operate
its power plants to maintain monthly and annual steam field capacity. The price
paid for steam under the steam sales agreement is determined according to a
formula that consists of the average of three indices multiplied by a fixed
price of 1.65c per kilowatt hour. The indices used are the Producer Price Index
for Crude Petroleum, the Producer Price Index for Natural Gas and the Consumer
Price Index ("CPI"). The price of steam under the steam sales agreement in 1995
was 1.647c per kilowatt hour. In addition, the Company receives a monthly fee
for effluent disposal and maintenance. During 1995, such monthly fee was
$144,000 per month.
 
     In March 1996, the Company and Union Oil Company of California ("Union
Oil") entered into an alternative pricing agreement with PG&E for any steam
produced in excess of 40% of average field capacity as defined in the steam
sales contract. The alternative pricing strategy is effective through December
31, 2000. Under the alternative pricing agreement, PG&E has the option to
purchase a portion of the steam that PG&E would likely curtail under the
existing steam sales agreement. The price for this portion of steam will be set
by the Company and Union Oil with the intent that it be at competitive market
prices. The Company and Union Oil will solely determine the price and duration
of these alternative prices.
 
     The steam sales agreement with PG&E also provides for offset payments,
which constitute a remedy for insufficient steam. Under the steam sales
agreement, the Company is required to pay PG&E for the unamortized costs,
including site clean-up, removal and abandonment costs, of power plants that are
installed but are unused as a result of steam supply deficiency. The offset
payments are calculated based upon a fixed amortization schedule for all power
plants, which may be adjusted for future capital expenditures, and upon the
steam fields' capacity in megawatts. In accordance with the steam sales
agreement, the Company makes offset payments at a reduced rate until total
offsets calculated since July 1, 1991 equal $15 million. Accordingly, the
Company's share of offsets in 1995 was $757,000. In approximately 1999, when
total offsets may exceed $15 million in accordance with the agreement, the
Company's share of offset payments to PG&E would be approximately 2 1/2 times
their current rate (as calculated at the current steam field capacity).
 
     In accordance with the steam sales agreement, PG&E may curtail the power
plants which receive steam in order to produce energy from lower cost sources.
PG&E is contractually obligated to operate all of the power plants at a minimum
of 40% of the field capacity during any given year, and at 25% of the field
capacity in any given month. During 1995, the Thermal Power Company Steam Fields
experienced extensive curtailment of steam production due to low gas prices and
abundant hydro power. The Company receives a monthly fee for PG&E's right to
curtail its power plants. Such fee was $12,800 per month during 1995. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
     The steam sales agreement with PG&E terminates two years after the closing
of the last operating power plant. In addition, PG&E may terminate the contract
earlier with a one-year written notice. If PG&E terminates in accordance with
the steam sales agreement, the Company will provide capacity maintenance
services for five years after the termination date, and will retain a right of
first refusal to purchase the PG&E facilities at PG&E's unamortized cost.
Alternatively, the Company may terminate the agreement with a two-year written
notice to PG&E. If the Company terminates, PG&E has the right to take assignment
of the Thermal Power Company Steam Fields' facilities on the date of
termination. In that case, the Company would continue to pay offset payments for
three years following the date of termination. Under the steam sales agreement,
PG&E may retire older power plants upon a minimum of six-months' notice. The
Company is unable to predict PG&E's schedule for the retirement of such power
plants, which may change from time to time. If steam is abandoned (i.e., cannot
be transported to the remaining plants), the abandoned steam may be delivered
for use to other PG&E power plants, subject to existing contract conditions, or
to other customers upon closure of a PG&E power plant.
 
     The Thermal Power Company Steam Fields currently supply steam sufficient to
operate the PG&E power plants at approximately 60% of their combined nameplate
capacity. This percentage reflects a decline in productivity since the
commencement of operations. While it is not possible to accurately predict
long-term
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   60
 
steam field productivity, the Company has estimated that the current annual rate
of decline in steam field productivity of the Thermal Power Company Steam Fields
was approximately 9% until 1995, during which year extensive curtailment
interrupted the decline trend. The Company expects steam field productivity to
continue to decline in the future. The Company plans to work with Union Oil and
PG&E to partially offset the expected rate of decline by the development of
water injection projects and power plant improvements.
 
     During 1995, the PG&E power plants produced 2,688,176,000 kilowatt hours of
electrical energy of which the Company's 25% share is 672,044,000 kilowatt hours
for approximately $11.0 million of revenue.
 
PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields
 
     The Company holds the leasehold rights to 1,631 acres of steam fields (the
"PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields") that supply steam to PG&E's Unit 13
power plant (the "Unit 13") and PG&E's Unit 16 power plant (the "Unit 16"), all
of which are located in The Geysers. See "-- Properties." Unit 13 and Unit 16
have nameplate capacities of 134 and 113 megawatts, respectively, and currently
operate at outputs of approximately 100 and 78 megawatts, respectively. The PG&E
Unit 13 Steam Field includes 956 acres, 30 production wells, two injection wells
and five miles of pipeline, and commenced commercial operations in May 1980. The
PG&E Unit 16 Steam Field includes 675 acres, 19 producing wells, two injection
wells, and three miles of pipeline, and commenced commercial operation in
October 1985.
 
     The PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields produce steam for sale to PG&E
under long-term steam sales agreements. Under the steam sales agreements with
PG&E, the Company is paid for steam on the basis of the amount of electricity
produced by Unit 13 and Unit 16. The price paid for steam under the PG&E Unit 13
and Unit 16 Steam Fields agreements is determined according to a formula that is
essentially a weighted average of PG&E's fossil (oil and gas) fuel price and
PG&E's nuclear fuel price. The price of steam for 1995 was 1.207c per kilowatt
hour. The price for 1996 is expected to be approximately .995c. The Company
receives an additional .05c per kilowatt hour from PG&E for the disposal of
liquid effluents produced at Unit 13 and Unit 16.
 
     During conditions of hydro-spill, PG&E may curtail energy deliveries from
Unit 13 and Unit 16 which would reduce deliveries of steam under this agreement.
Curtailments are primarily the result of a higher degree of precipitation during
the period, which results in higher levels of energy generation by hydroelectric
power facilities that supply electricity for sale by PG&E. In the event of any
such curtailment, the Company's results of operations may be materially
adversely affected. PG&E curtailed approximately 64,000,000 kilowatt hours under
the steam sales agreement during 1995. The Company currently expects
approximately the same amount of curtailment under the agreement during 1996
that was experienced in 1995.
 
     The steam sales agreement with PG&E continues in effect for as long as
either Unit 13 or Unit 16 remains in commercial operation, which depends on
maintaining the productive capacity of the respective steam fields. However,
PG&E may terminate the agreement if the quantity, quality or purity of the steam
is such that the operation of Unit 13 or Unit 16 becomes economically
impractical. The Company currently estimates that the productive capacity of the
PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields is approximately 22 years. However, no
assurance can be given that the operation of either Unit 13 or Unit 16 will not
become economically impractical at any time during these periods.
 
     The Company is required to supply a sufficient quantity of steam of
specified quality to Unit 16. If an insufficient quantity of steam is delivered,
the Company may be subject to penalty provisions, including suspension of PG&E's
obligation to pay for steam delivered. Specifically, if the Company fails to
deliver to Unit 16 in any calendar month a sufficient quantity of steam adequate
to operate the power plant at or above a capacity factor of 50%, no payment
shall be made for steam delivered to such Unit during such month until the cost
of that Unit has been completely amortized by PG&E.
 
     In order to increase the efficiency of Unit 13 by approximately 20%, the
Company agreed to purchase new rotors for approximately $10 million. In
exchange, PG&E agreed to amend the steam sales agreement to remove the penalty
provision for a failure to deliver a sufficient quantity of steam to Unit 13 and
to require
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   61
 
PG&E to operate at variable pressure operations which will optimize production
at the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields.
 
     The PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields currently supply steam sufficient
to operate Unit 13 and Unit 16 at approximately 72% of their combined nameplate
capacities. This percentage reflects a decline in the productivity of the PG&E
Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields since the commencement of operations of Unit 13
and Unit 16. While it is not possible to accurately predict long-term steam
field productivity, the Company has estimated that the annual rate of decline in
steam field productivity of the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields was
approximately 10% until curtailment of neighboring plants and Unit 13 and Unit
16 in 1995 reduced the decline to zero. The Company expects steam field
productivity to continue to decline in the future, but at decreasing annual
rates of decline. The Company considered these declines in steam field
productivity in developing its original projections for the PG&E Unit 13 and
Unit 16 Steam Fields at the time the Company acquired its initial interest in
1990. The Company plans to partially offset the expected rate of decline by
implementing enhanced water injection and power plant improvements.
 
     During 1995, the PG&E Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields produced sufficient
steam to permit Unit 13 and Unit 16 to produce approximately 1,296,900,000
kilowatt hours of electrical energy and approximately $16.3 million of revenue.
 
SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields
 
     The Company holds the leasehold rights to 394 acres of steam fields that
supply steam to the power plant for SMUD SMUDGEO #1 steam fields (the "SMUDGEO
#1 Steam Fields"). See "-- Properties." The SMUD power plant has a nameplate
capacity of 72 megawatts and currently operates at an output of 59 megawatts.
The SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields include 19 producing wells, one injection well and
two miles of pipeline. Commercial operation of the SMUD power plant commenced in
October 1983.
 
     The steam sales agreement with SMUD provides that SMUD will pay for steam
based upon the quantity of steam delivered to the SMUD power plant. The current
price paid for steam delivered under the steam sales agreement is $1.746 per
thousand pounds of steam, which is adjusted semi-annually based on changes in
the Gross National Product Implicit Price Deflator Index and Producers Price
Index for Fuels, Related Products and Power. SMUD may suspend payments for steam
in any month if the Company is unable to deliver 50% of the steam requirement
until the cost of the plant and related facilities have been completely
amortized by the value of such steam delivered to the plant. Based on current
estimates and analyses performed by the Company, the Company does not expect
SMUD to suspend payments for steam under this provision. The Company receives an
additional .15c per kilowatt hour from SMUD for the disposal of liquid effluents
produced at the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields.
 
     The steam sales agreement with SMUD continues until the expiration or
termination of the geothermal lease covering the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields, which
continues for so long as steam is produced in commercial quantities. The Company
and SMUD each have the right to terminate the agreement if their respective
operations become economically impractical. In the event that SMUD exercises its
right to terminate, the Company will have no further obligation to deliver steam
to the power plants.
 
     The SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields currently supply steam sufficient to operate
the SMUD power plant at approximately 82% of its nameplate capacity. This
percentage reflects a decline in the productivity of the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields
since commencement of operations. Although the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields increased
in productivity in 1995 due to curtailment of neighboring plants, the Company
expects the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields' productivity to decline in the future.
 
     During 1995, the SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields produced approximately 6,600,835
thousand pounds of steam and approximately $12.3 million of revenue.
 
Cerro Prieto Steam Fields
 
     On November 17, 1995, the Company entered into a series of agreements with
Constructora y Perforadora Latina, S.A. de C.V. ("Coperlasa") and certain of
Coperlasa's creditors pursuant to which the
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   62
 
Company has agreed to invest up to $20 million in the Cerro Prieto steam fields
(the "Cerro Prieto Steam Fields") located in Baja California, Mexico. The Cerro
Prieto Steam Fields provide geothermal steam to three geothermal power plants
owned and operated by Comision Federal de Electricidad, the Mexican national
utility ("CFE").
 
   
     The Company's investment consists of a loan of up to $18.5 million and a
$1.5 million payment for an option to purchase a 29% equity interest in
Coperlasa for $5.8 million, which payment was made in December 14, 1995. This
option expires in May 1997.
    
 
     The $18.5 million loan was made in installments throughout 1996, which
provided capital to Coperlasa to fund the drilling of new wells and the repair
of existing wells to meet its performance under its agreement with CFE. The loan
matures in November 1999 and bears interest at an effective rate of 18.8% per
annum. Repayment of this loan will be interest only for the first 18 months.
Thereafter, 100% of the cash flow generated from the sale of steam less
operating expenses and capital expenditures will be used to pay principal and
interest on the loan. The Company's loan is senior to the existing debt at
Coperlasa.
 
     Pursuant to a technical services agreement, the Company receives fees for
its technical services provided to Coperlasa. In addition, if the Company is
successful in assisting Coperlasa in producing steam at a lower cost, the
Company will receive 30% of the savings.
 
     The Cerro Prieto Steam Fields are located near the city of Mexicali, Baja
California, at the border of Baja California and the State of California. The
Cerro Prieto geothermal resource, which has been commercially produced by CFE
since 1973, provides approximately 70% of Baja California's electricity
requirements since this region is not connected to the Mexican national power
grid.
 
     The steam sales agreement between Coperlasa and CFE was entered into in May
1991. Under this agreement, CFE pays for steam delivered up to 1,600 tons per
hour plus 10%. Payments for the steam delivered are made in Mexican pesos and
are adjusted by a formula that accounts for the increases in inflation in Mexico
and the United States as well as for the devaluation of the peso against the
U.S. dollar. This agreement has a termination date of October 2000. While the
Company believes that Coperlasa is in an advantageous position to renegotiate or
bid for the right to supply steam over a longer term, there can be no assurance
that the steam sales agreement will be extended beyond its current termination
date.
 
DEVELOPMENT AND FUTURE PROJECTS
 
     The Company is continually engaged in the evaluation of various
opportunities for the development and acquisition of additional power generation
facilities. However, there is no assurance the Company will be successful in the
acquisition or development of power generation projects in the future. See "Risk
Factors -- Project Development Risks."
 
PASADENA COGENERATION PROJECT
 
     Calpine was selected by Phillips Petroleum Company ("Phillips") to
negotiate for the development of a 240 megawatt gas-fired cogeneration project
at the Phillips Houston Chemical Complex ("HCC") located in Pasadena, Texas (the
"Pasadena Cogeneration Project"). In July 1995 and March 1996, the Company
entered into Energy Project Development Agreements with Phillips pursuant to
which the Company and Phillips propose to enter into 20-year agreements for the
purchase and sale of all of the HCC's steam and electricity requirements of
approximately 90 megawatts. It is anticipated that the remainder of available
electricity output will be sold into the competitive market through Calpine's
power marketing activities. Pursuant to the Energy Project Development
Agreements, the Company has agreed to make $3.5 million of capital expenditures
on the Pasadena Cogeneration Project during 1996. In addition, the Company has
provided a $3.0 million letter of credit to Phillips to secure the performance
under the Energy Project Development Agreement. On August 2, 1996, the Company
entered into a commitment letter with ING Capital Corporation to provide $100.0
million of non-recourse project financing for the Pasadena Cogeneration Project.
The Company expects to complete financing and commence construction in September
1996, with commercial operation scheduled to begin in August 1998. However,
there can be no assurances that the Company will be successful in completing
either the agreements with Phillips or any additional power sales agreements or
that the anticipated schedule for financing and construction will be met.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   63
 
GLASS MOUNTAIN GEOTHERMAL PROJECT
 
     Calpine is pursuing the development of a geothermal power project at Glass
Mountain, which is located in northern California about 25 miles south of the
Oregon border (the "Glass Mountain Project"). Glass Mountain is believed to be
the largest undeveloped geothermal resource in the United States. In area, the
resource is larger than The Geysers, where approximately 1,200 megawatts of
capacity is operating. The Company believes that Glass Mountain has an estimated
potential in excess of 1,000 megawatts.
 
     In August 1994, the Company entered into a partnership with Trans-Pacific
Geothermal Glass Mountain, Ltd. ("TGC") to construct and operate a 30 megawatt
project at Glass Mountain. TGC had previously signed a memorandum of
understanding ("MOU") with Bonneville Power Administration ("BPA") and the
Springfield, Oregon Utility Board ("SUB") to develop the project at Vale,
Oregon. BPA and SUB consented on August 25, 1994 to the assignment of the MOU to
the Calpine partnership and the relocation of the project to Glass Mountain. The
memorandum of understanding contemplates execution of a 45-year power purchase
agreement subject to satisfaction of certain conditions precedent and includes
an option for an additional 100 megawatts.
 
     Subject to the execution of the power purchase agreement with BPA, the
Company plans to begin construction of an initial 45 megawatt phase of the Glass
Mountain Project in 1998. The Company is in the process of preparing an
Environmental Impact Statement and commercial operation is planned for 2000.
There can be no assurances, however, that the Company and BPA will enter into a
definitive agreement, that this project will be completed on this schedule, if
at all, or that commercial operation of this project will be successful.
 
     In March 1996, the Company completed the acquisition of certain Glass
Mountain geothermal leases previously held by FMRP. As a result, the Company
currently holds an interest in approximately 29,000 acres of federal geothermal
leases at Glass Mountain. See "-- Properties."
 
COSO GEOTHERMAL PROJECT
 
     In January 1992, the Company was selected by the Los Angeles Department of
Water and Power (the "Department") to negotiate for the development of up to 150
megawatts of electric generating capacity utilizing geothermal energy from the
Department's Coso geothermal leaseholds. Data from four deep exploration wells
and a number of shallow, temperature gradient wells indicate that a productive
area could exist with a capacity to support 200 megawatts or more. The resource
is on land leased by the Department from the United States Bureau of Land
Management ("BLM"), which is subleased to the Company.
 
     The Company entered into definitive agreements with the Department in 1995
which granted the Company the right to develop the Department's Coso geothermal
leaseholds located in Inyo County, California and to produce steam or
electricity for sale to third parties. In addition, the agreements include an
amended power sales agreement with the Department which grants the Department an
option to purchase up to 150 megawatts of electricity from the geothermal
resource. The ordinance approving the agreements has been passed by the Los
Angeles City Council and approved by the Mayor.
 
     In January 1996, certain litigation was filed against the Department
seeking to compel the Department to submit the agreements entered into with the
Company to a public bidding procedure in accordance with the Charter of the City
of Los Angeles. In August 1996, the court ruled that certain of the rights
granted by the Department in the agreements, including the right to produce
steam or electricity for sale to third parties, were void and were required to
be submitted to such a public bidding procedure. The Company is unable to
predict the impact of such ruling on the agreements and the development of the
Department's Coso geothermal leaseholds.
 
NAVAJO SOUTH COAL PROJECT
 
     Calpine, BHP Minerals International Inc. and BHP Power Inc. have entered
into a memorandum of understanding to assess the development of the Navajo South
Project, a 1,700 megawatt coal-fired power generation facility in the Four
Corners area of New Mexico. It is anticipated that this new power plant will
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   64
 
provide electricity to the west and southwest United States markets. BHP
Minerals International Inc. is the owner and operator of three coal mines in the
Four Corners area of New Mexico. One of these, the Navajo Mine, is located on
the Navajo Reservation.
 
BLACK HILLS COAL PROJECT
 
     Calpine and Black Hills Corporation have entered into a joint venture
agreement to assess the development of the WYGEN Project, an 80 megawatt
coal-fired power generation facility located in northeastern Wyoming. It is
anticipated that this new power plant will provide electricity to the western
United States markets, with a commercial operation date expected in 1999. Black
Hills Corporation, the parent of Black Hills Power & Light Company, is a public
utility located in South Dakota.
 
INDONESIAN GEOTHERMAL PROJECT
 
     Calpine plans to develop geothermal facilities in the Lampung Province of
Indonesia, located in southern Sumatra. The geothermal resource at Ulubelu is
estimated to have potential capacity in excess of 500 megawatts. The Company
anticipates that the facility would sell electricity to Perusahaan Umum Listrik
Negara ("PLN"), the state-owned electric company. The first phase of the project
is expected to be 110 megawatts.
 
     The Company's joint venture partner will be PT. Dharmasatrya Arthasentosa
("DATRA"), a company with interests in coal mining and other ventures. The
Company expects that it will be the project's managing partner, with
responsibility for the design, construction and operation of the power plant.
The ownership structure, as planned, will be a joint venture with DATRA in which
the Company would be the managing partner and hold at least a 50% equity
interest, and as much as 85% of the project. DATRA would hold up to 50% of the
project.
 
     In March 1996, the Company and DATRA entered into a joint venture agreement
to develop Ulubelu. The Company and DATRA are negotiating with the National
Resource Agency Pertamina ("Pertamina"), regarding resource development. Deep
test well drilling and flow tests by Pertamina are planned during 1996 and 1997
at Ulubelu. Commercial operation is anticipated in 2001 for the initial phase of
the project. There can be no assurances, however, that this transaction will be
consummated on these terms, if at all, that the proposed timetable will be met
or that commercial operation of these resources will be feasible.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The Company is subject to complex and stringent energy, environmental and
other governmental laws and regulations at the federal, state and local levels
in connection with the development, ownership and operation of its energy
generation facilities. Federal laws and regulations govern transactions by
electrical and gas utility companies, the types of fuel which may be utilized by
an electric generating plant, the type of energy which may be produced by such a
plant and the ownership of a plant. State utility regulatory commissions must
approve the rates and, in some instances, other terms and conditions under which
public utilities purchase electric power from independent producers and sell
retail electric power. Under certain circumstances where specific exemptions are
otherwise unavailable, state utility regulatory commissions may have broad
jurisdiction over non-utility electric power plants. Energy producing projects
also are subject to federal, state and local laws and administrative regulations
which govern the emissions and other substances produced, discharged or disposed
of by a plant and the geographical location, zoning, land use and operation of a
plant. Applicable federal environmental laws typically have both state and local
enforcement and implementation provisions. These environmental laws and
regulations generally require that a wide variety of permits and other approvals
be obtained before the commencement of construction or operation of an energy-
producing facility and that the facility then operate in compliance with such
permits and approvals.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   65
 
FEDERAL ENERGY REGULATION
 
PURPA
 
     The enactment in 1978 of PURPA and the adoption of regulations thereunder
by FERC provided incentives for the development of cogeneration facilities and
small power production facilities (those utilizing renewable fuels and having a
capacity of less than 80 megawatts).
 
     A domestic electricity generating project must be a QF under FERC
regulations in order to take advantage of certain rate and regulatory incentives
provided by PURPA. PURPA exempts owners of QFs from PUHCA, and exempts QFs from
most provisions of the Federal Power Act (the "FPA") and, except under certain
limited circumstances, state laws concerning rate or financial regulation. These
exemptions are important to the Company and its competitors. The Company
believes that each of the electricity generating projects in which the Company
owns an interest currently meets the requirements under PURPA necessary for QF
status. Most of the projects which the Company is currently planning or
developing are also expected to be QFs.
 
     PURPA provides two primary benefits to QFs. First, QFs generally are
relieved of compliance with extensive federal, state and local regulations that
control the financial structure of an electric generating plant and the prices
and terms on which electricity may be sold by the plant. Second, FERC's
regulations promulgated under PURPA require that electric utilities purchase
electricity generated by QFs at a price based on the purchasing utility's
"avoided cost," and that the utility sell back-up power to the QF on a non-
discriminatory basis. The term "avoided cost" is defined as the incremental cost
to an electric utility of electric energy or capacity, or both, which, but for
the purchase from QFs, such utility would generate for itself or purchase from
another source. FERC regulations also permit QFs and utilities to negotiate
agreements for utility purchases of power at rates lower than the utility's
avoided costs. Due to increasing competition for utility contracts, the current
practice is for most power sales agreements to be awarded at a rate below
avoided cost. While public utilities are not explicitly required by PURPA to
enter into long-term power sales agreements, PURPA helped to create a regulatory
environment in which it has been common for long-term agreements to be
negotiated.
 
     In order to be a QF, a cogeneration facility must produce not only
electricity, but also useful thermal energy for use in an industrial or
commercial process for heating or cooling applications in certain proportions to
the facility's total energy output and must meet certain energy efficiency
standards. Finally, a QF (including a geothermal or hydroelectric QF or other
qualifying small power producer) must not be controlled or more than 50% owned
by an electric utility or by most electric utility holding companies, or a
subsidiary of such a utility or holding company or any combination thereof.
 
     The Company endeavors to develop its projects, monitor compliance by the
projects with applicable regulations and choose its customers in a manner which
minimizes the risks of any project losing its QF status. Certain factors
necessary to maintain QF status are, however, subject to the risk of events
outside the Company's control. For example, loss of a thermal energy customer or
failure of a thermal energy customer to take required amounts of thermal energy
from a cogeneration facility that is a QF could cause the facility to fail
requirements regarding the level of useful thermal energy output. Upon the
occurrence of such an event, the Company would seek to replace the thermal
energy customer or find another use for the thermal energy which meets PURPA's
requirements, but no assurance can be given that this would be possible.
 
     If one of the projects in which the Company has an interest should lose its
status as a QF, the project would no longer be entitled to the exemptions from
PUHCA and the FPA. This could trigger certain rights of termination under the
power sales agreement, could subject the project to rate regulation as a public
utility under the FPA and state law and could result in the Company
inadvertently becoming a public utility holding company by owning more than 10%
of the voting securities of, or controlling, a facility that would no longer be
exempt from PUHCA. This could cause all of the Company's remaining projects to
lose their qualifying status, because QFs may not be controlled or more than 50%
owned by such public utility holding companies. Loss of QF status may also
trigger defaults under covenants to maintain QF status in the projects' power
sales agreements, steam sales agreements and financing agreements and result in
termination, penalties or
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   66
 
acceleration of indebtedness under such agreements such that loss of status may
be on a retroactive or a prospective basis.
 
     If a project were to lose its QF status, the Company could attempt to avoid
holding company status (and thereby protect the QF status of its other projects)
on a prospective basis by restructuring the project, by changing its voting
interest in the entity owning the non-qualifying project to nonvoting or limited
partnership interests and selling the voting interest to an individual or
company which could tolerate the lack of exemption from PUHCA, or by otherwise
restructuring ownership of the project so as not to become a holding company.
These actions, however, would require approval of the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") or a no-action letter from the SEC, and would result in a
loss of control over the non-qualifying project, could result in a reduced
financial interest therein and might result in a modification of the Company's
operation and maintenance agreement relating to such project. A reduced
financial interest could result in a gain or loss on the sale of the interest in
such project, the removal of the affiliate through which the ownership interest
is held from the consolidated income tax group or the consolidated financial
statements of the Company, or a change in the results of operations of the
Company. Loss of QF status on a retroactive basis could lead to, among other
things, fines and penalties being levied against the Company and its
subsidiaries and claims by utilities for refund of payments previously made.
 
     Under the Energy Policy Act of 1992, if a project can be qualified as an
exempt wholesale generator ("EWG"), it will be exempt from PUHCA even if it does
not qualify as a QF. Therefore, another response to the loss or potential loss
of QF status would be to apply to have the project qualified as an EWG. However,
assuming this changed status would be permissible under the terms of the
applicable power sales agreement, rate approval from FERC and approval of the
utility would be required. In addition, the project would be required to cease
selling electricity to any retail customers (such as the thermal energy
customer) and could become subject to state regulation of sales of thermal
energy. See "-- Public Utility Holding Company Regulation."
 
     Currently, Congress is considering proposed legislation that would amend
PURPA by eliminating the requirement that utilities purchase electricity from
QFs at avoided costs. The Company does not know whether such legislation will be
passed or what form it may take. The Company believes that if any such
legislation is passed, it would apply to new projects. As a result, although
such legislation may adversely affect the Company's ability to develop new
projects, the Company believes it would not affect the Company's existing QFs.
There can be no assurance, however, that any legislation passed would not
adversely impact the Company's existing projects.
 
Public Utility Holding Company Regulation
 
     Under PUHCA, any corporation, partnership or other legal entity which owns
or controls 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a "public
utility company" or a company which is a "holding company" for a public utility
company is subject to registration with the SEC and regulation under PUHCA,
unless eligible for an exemption. A holding company of a public utility company
that is subject to registration is required by PUHCA to limit its utility
operations to a single integrated utility system and to divest any other
operations not functionally related to the operation of that utility system.
Approval by the SEC is required for nearly all important financial and business
dealings of the holding company. Under PURPA, most QFs are not public utility
companies under PUHCA.
 
     The Energy Policy Act of 1992, among other things, amends PUHCA to allow
EWGs, under certain circumstances, to own and operate non-QFs without subjecting
those producers to registration or regulation under PUHCA. The expected effect
of such amendments would be to enhance the development of non-QFs which do not
have to meet the fuel, production and ownership requirements of PURPA. The
Company believes that the amendments could benefit the Company by expanding its
ability to own and operate facilities that do not qualify for QF status, but may
also result in increased competition by allowing utilities to develop such
facilities which are not subject to the constraints of PUHCA.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   67
 
Federal Natural Gas Transportation Regulation
 
     The Company has an ownership interest in and operates six natural gas-fired
cogeneration projects. The cost of natural gas is ordinarily the largest expense
(other than debt costs) of a project and is critical to the project's economics.
The risks associated with using natural gas can include the need to arrange
transportation of the gas from great distances, including obtaining removal,
export and import authority if the gas is transported from Canada; the
possibility of interruption of the gas supply or transportation (depending on
the quality of the gas reserves purchased or dedicated to the project, the
financial and operating strength of the gas supplier, and whether firm or
non-firm transportation is purchased); and obligations to take a minimum
quantity of gas and pay for it (i.e., take-and-pay obligations).
 
     Pursuant to the Natural Gas Act, FERC has jurisdiction over the
transportation and storage of natural gas in interstate commerce. With respect
to most transactions that do not involve the construction of pipeline
facilities, regulatory authorization can be obtained on a self-implementing
basis. However, pipeline rates for such services are subject to continuing FERC
oversight. Order No. 636, issued by FERC in April 1992, mandates the
restructuring of interstate natural gas pipeline sales and transportation
services and will result in changes in the terms and conditions under which
interstate pipelines will provide transportation services, as well as the rates
pipelines may charge for such services. The restructuring required by the rule
includes: (i) the separation (unbundling) of a pipeline's sales and
transportation services, (ii) the implementation of a straight fixed-variable
rate design methodology under which all of a pipeline's fixed costs are
recovered through its reservation charge, (iii) the implementation of a capacity
releasing mechanism under which holders of firm transportation capacity on
pipelines can release that capacity for resale by the pipeline, and (iv) the
opportunity for pipelines to recover 100% of their prudently incurred costs
(transition costs) associated with implementing the restructuring mandated by
the rule. Pipelines were required to file tariff sheets implementing Order No.
636 by December 31, 1992. FERC affirmed the major components of Order No. 636 in
Order Nos. 636A and B issued in August and November 1992. The restructuring
required by the rule became effective in late 1993.
 
STATE REGULATION
 
     State public utility commissions ("PUCs") have broad authority to regulate
both the rates charged by and financial activities of electric utilities, and to
promulgate regulations implementing PURPA. Since a power sales contract will
become a part of a utility's cost structure (and therefore is generally
reflected in its retail rates), power sales contracts with independents are
potentially under the regulatory purview of PUCs, particularly the process by
which the utility has entered into the power sales contracts. If a PUC has
approved of the process by which a utility secures its power supply, a PUC
generally will be inclined to allow a utility to "pass through" the expenses
associated with an independent power contract to the utility's retail customers.
However, a regulatory commission may disallow the full reimbursement to a
utility for the purchase of electricity from QFs. In addition, retail sales of
electricity or thermal energy by an independent power producer may be subject to
PUC regulation, depending on state law.
 
     Independent power producers which are not QFs under PURPA are considered to
be public utilities in many states and are subject to broad regulation by PUCs
ranging from the requirement of certificates of public convenience and necessity
to regulation of organizational, accounting, financial and other corporate
matters. In addition, states may assert jurisdiction over the siting and
construction of facilities not qualifying as QFs (as well as QFs), and over the
issuance of securities and the sale or other transfer of assets by these
facilities (but not QFs).
 
     CPUC and the California Assembly Joint Legislative Committee on Lowering
the Cost of Electric Services commenced proceedings and hearings related to the
restructure of the California electric services industry in 1994. The
proceedings and hearings were initiated as a result of the CPUC Order
Instituting Rulemaking and Order Instituting Investigation on the Commission
Proposed Policies Governing Restructuring California's Electric Services
Industry and Reforming Regulation, issued by the CPUC on April 20, 1994. The
FERC, as authorized under the Energy Policy Act of 1992, is also holding
hearings on policy issues related to a more competitive electric services
industry.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   68
 
     On December 20, 1995, the CPUC issued an electric industry restructuring
decision which envisions commencement of deregulation and implementation of
customer choice beginning January 1, 1998, with all consumers participating by
2003. Because restructuring the California electric industry requires
participation and oversight by the FERC, the CPUC seeks to build a consensus
involving the California Legislature, the Governor, public and municipal
utilities, and customers. This consensus would be reflected in filings for
approval by the FERC and provides a cooperative spirit whereby both agencies
would move forward to implement the new market structure no later than January
1, 1998.
 
     The decision provides for phased-in customer choice, development of a
non-discriminatory market structure, recovery of utilities stranded costs,
sanctity of existing contracts and continuation of existing public policy
programs including the promotion of fuel diversity through a renewable energy
purchase requirement.
 
     On February 5, 1996, the CPUC issued a proposed procedural plan that
facilitates the transition of the electric generation market to competition by
January 1, 1998. This electric restructuring "roadmap" focuses on the multiple
and interrelated tasks that must be accomplished and sets forth the process to
achieve the necessary procedural milestones that must be completed in order to
meet the implementation goal.
 
     In addition to the significant opportunity provided for power producers
such as Calpine resulting from the implementation of direct access, the decision
recognizes the sanctity of existing QF contracts. The decision recognizes that
horizontal market power concerns will likely require investor owned utilities to
divest themselves of a substantial portion of their generating assets and
requires the utilities to file with the Commission a plan for voluntary
divestiture of up to 50% of their fossil generating assets. The decision to
commit to the establishment of a restructuring policy maintains California's
resource diversity provided by existing renewal resources (including geothermal)
and encourages development of new renewable resources. The continued resource
diversity would be provided by a renewable portfolio standard which establishes
that a renewable purchase requirement be placed on providers of electricity and
creates a system of tradeable credits for meeting the purchase requirement.
 
     State PUCs also have jurisdiction over the transportation of natural gas by
local distribution companies ("LDCs"). Each state's regulatory laws are somewhat
different; however, all generally require the LDC to obtain approval from the
PUC for the construction of facilities and transportation services if the LDC's
generally applicable tariffs do not cover the proposed transaction. LDC rates
are usually subject to continuing PUC oversight.
 
REGULATION OF CANADIAN GAS
 
     The Canadian natural gas industry is subject to extensive regulation by
governmental authorities. At the federal level, a party exporting gas from
Canada must obtain an export license from the Canadian National Energy Board
("NEB"). The NEB also regulates Canadian pipeline transportation rates and the
construction of pipeline facilities. Gas producers also must obtain a removal
permit or license from provincial authorities before natural gas may be removed
from the province, and provincial authorities may regulate intraprovincial
pipeline and gathering systems. In addition, a party importing natural gas into
the United States first must obtain an import authorization from the U.S.
Department of Energy.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
     The exploration for and development of geothermal resources and the
construction and operation of power projects are subject to extensive federal,
state and local laws and regulations adopted for the protection of the
environment and to regulate land use. The laws and regulations applicable to the
Company primarily involve the discharge of emissions into the water and air and
the use of water, but can also include wetlands preservation, endangered
species, waste disposal and noise regulations. These laws and regulations in
many cases require a lengthy and complex process of obtaining licenses, permits
and approvals from federal, state and local agencies.
 
     Noncompliance with environmental laws and regulations can result in the
imposition of civil or criminal fines or penalties. In some instances,
environmental laws also may impose clean-up or other remedial
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   69
 
obligations in the event of a release of pollutants or contaminants into the
environment. The following federal laws are among the more significant
environmental laws as they apply to the Company. In most cases, analogous state
laws also exist that may impose similar, and in some cases more stringent,
requirements on the Company as those discussed below.
 
Clean Air Act
 
     The Federal Clean Air Act of 1970 (the "Clean Air Act") provides for the
regulation, largely through state implementation of federal requirements, of
emissions of air pollutants from certain facilities and operations. As
originally enacted, the Clean Air Act sets guidelines for emissions standards
for major pollutants (i.e., sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide) from newly built
sources. In late 1990, Congress passed the Clean Air Act Amendments (the "1990
Amendments"). The 1990 Amendments attempt to reduce emissions from existing
sources, particularly previously exempted older power plants. The Company
believes that all of the Company's operating plants are in compliance with
federal performance standards mandated for such plants under the Clean Air Act
and the 1990 Amendments. With respect to its Aidlin geothermal plant and one of
its steam field pipelines, the Company's operations have, in certain instances,
necessitated variances under applicable California air pollution control laws.
However, the Company believes that it is in material compliance with such laws
with respect to such facilities.
 
Clean Water Act
 
     The Federal Clean Water Act (the "Clean Water Act") establishes rules
regulating the discharge of pollutants into waters of the United States. The
Company is required to obtain a wastewater and stormwater discharge permit for
wastewater and runoff, respectively, from certain of the Company's facilities.
The Company believes that, with respect to its geothermal operations, it is
exempt from newly-promulgated federal stormwater requirements. The Company
believes that it is in material compliance with applicable discharge
requirements under the Clean Water Act.
 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
 
     The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA") regulates the
generation, treatment, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of solid
and hazardous waste. The Company believes that it is exempt from solid waste
requirements under RCRA. However, particularly with respect to its solid waste
disposal practices at the power generation facilities and steam fields located
at The Geysers, the Company is subject to certain solid waste requirements under
applicable California laws. The Company believes that its operations are in
material compliance with such laws.
 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
 
     The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980, as amended ("CERCLA" or "Superfund"), requires cleanup of sites from which
there has been a release or threatened release of hazardous substances and
authorizes the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") to take any
necessary response action at Superfund sites, including ordering potentially
responsible parties ("PRPs") liable for the release to take or pay for such
actions. PRPs are broadly defined under CERCLA to include past and present
owners and operators of, as well as generators of wastes sent to, a site. As of
the present time, the Company is not subject to liability for any Superfund
matters. However, the Company generates certain wastes, including hazardous
wastes, and sends certain of its wastes to third-party waste disposal sites. As
a result, there can be no assurance that the Company will not incur liability
under CERCLA in the future.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company competes with independent power producers, including affiliates
of utilities, in obtaining long-term agreements to sell electric power to
utilities. In addition, utilities may elect to expand or create generating
capacity through their own direct investments in new plants. Over the past
decade, obtaining a power sales agreement with a utility has become an
increasingly more difficult, expensive and competitive process. In the past few
years, more contracts have been awarded through some form of competitive
bidding. Increased competition also has lowered profit margins of successful
projects. The Company believes that the
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   70
 
power marketing business represents an opportunity to take advantage of growing
competition in the electric power industry. The Company also believes that the
power marketing business will be highly competitive.
 
     The demand for power in the United States traditionally has been met by
utilities constructing large-scale electric generating plants under rate-based
regulation. The enactment of PURPA in 1978 spawned the growth of the independent
power industry, which expanded rapidly in the 1980s. The initial independent
power producers were an entrepreneurial group of cogenerators and small power
producers who recognized the potential business opportunities offered by PURPA.
This initial group of independents was later joined by larger, better
capitalized companies, such as subsidiaries of fuel supply companies,
engineering companies, equipment manufacturers and affiliates of other
industrial companies. In addition, a number of regulated utilities have created
subsidiaries (known as utility affiliates) that compete with independent power
producers. Some independent power producers specialize in market "niches," such
as a specific technology or fuel (e.g., gas-fired cogeneration, geothermal,
hydroelectric, refuse-to-energy, wind, solar, coal and wood), or a specific
region of the country where they believe they have a market advantage. The
Company presently conducts its operations primarily in the United States and
concentrates on gas-fired and geothermal cogeneration plants.
 
     The Company is the second largest producer of geothermal energy in the
United States. Although the Company is an established leader in the geothermal
power industry and has been rapidly growing, most of the Company's competitors
have significantly greater capital, financial and operational resources than the
Company.
 
     Recent amendments to PUHCA made by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 are likely
to increase the number of competitors in the independent power industry by
reducing certain restrictions currently applicable to certain projects that are
not QFs under PURPA. However, the recent amendments also should make it simpler
for the Company to develop new projects itself, for example, by enabling the
Company to develop large, gas-fired generation projects without the necessity of
locating its projects in the vicinity of a steam host or otherwise finding a
steam host to accept the useful thermal output required of a cogeneration
facility under PURPA.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of July 31, 1996, the Company employed 235 people. None of the Company's
employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and the Company has
never experienced a work stoppage, strike or labor dispute. The Company
considers relations with its employees to be good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     The Company's principal executive office is located in San Jose, California
under a lease that expires in June 2001. The Company also maintains a regional
office in Santa Rosa, California under a lease that expires in 1999.
 
     The Company, through its ownership of CGC and Thermal Power Company, has
leasehold interests in 111 leases comprising 27,287 acres of federal, state and
private geothermal resource lands in The Geysers area in northern California.
These leases comprise its West Ford Flat Facility, Bear Canyon Facility, PG&E
Unit 13 and Unit 16 Steam Fields, SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields and Thermal Power
Company's 25% undivided interest in the Thermal Power Company Steam Fields which
are operated by Union Oil. The Company has subleasehold interests in three
leases comprising 6,825 acres of federal geothermal resource lands in the Coso
area in central California. In the Glass Mountain and Medicine Lake areas in
northern California, the Company holds leasehold interests in 23 leases
comprising approximately 29,000 acres of federal geothermal resource lands.
 
     In general, under the leases, the Company has the exclusive right to drill
for, produce and sell geothermal resources from these properties and the right
to use the surface for all related purposes. Each lease requires the payment of
annual rent until commercial quantities of geothermal resources are established.
After such time, the leases require the payment of minimum advance royalties or
other payments until production commences, at which time production royalties
are payable. Such royalties and other payments are payable to landowners, state
and federal agencies and others, and vary widely as to the particular lease. The
leases are generally for
 
                                       68
<PAGE>   71
 
initial terms varying from 10 to 20 years or for so long as geothermal resources
are produced and sold. Certain of the leases contain drilling or other
exploratory work requirements. In certain cases, if a requirement is not
fulfilled, the lease may be terminated and in other cases additional payments
may be required. The Company believes that its leases are valid and that it has
complied with all the requirements and conditions material to their continued
effectiveness. A number of the Company's leases for undeveloped properties may
expire in any given year. Before leases expire, the Company performs geological
evaluations in an effort to determine the resource potential of the underlying
properties. No assurance can be given that the Company will decide to renew any
expiring leases.
 
     The Company, through its ownership of the Greenleaf 1 Facility, owns 77
acres in Sutter County, California.
 
     See "-- Description of Facilities" for a description of the other material
properties leased or owned by the projects in which the Company has ownership
interests. The Company believes that its properties are adequate for its current
operations.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
     The Company, together with over 100 other parties, was named as a defendant
in the second amended complaint in an action brought in August 1993 by the
bankruptcy trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation ("Bonneville"), captioned
Roger G. Segal, as the Chapter 11 Trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation v.
Portland General Corporation, et al., in the United States District Court for
the District of Utah (the "Court"). This complaint alleges that, in conjunction
with top executives of Bonneville and with the alleged assistance of the other
100 defendants, the Company engaged in a broad conspiracy and fraud. The
complaint has been amended a number of times. The Company has answered each
version of the complaint by denying all claims. In August 1994, the Company
successfully moved for an order severing the trustee's claims against the
Company from the claims against the other defendants. Although the case involves
over 25 separate financial transactions entered into by Bonneville, the severed
case concerns the Company in respect of only one of these transactions. In 1988,
the Company invested $2.0 million in a partnership formed with Bonneville to
develop four hydroelectric projects in the State of Hawaii. The projects were
not successfully developed by the partnership and, subsequent to Bonneville's
Chapter 11 filing, the Company filed a claim as a creditor against Bonneville's
bankruptcy estate. The trustee alleges that the investment was actually a loan
and was designed to inflate Bonneville's earnings. The trustee initially alleged
that Calpine is one of many defendants in this case responsible for Bonneville's
"deepening insolvency" and the amount of damages attributable to the Company
based on the $2.0 million partnership investment was alleged to be $577.2
million. Based upon statements made by the Court and the trustee at a pre-trial
hearing in September 1996, the Company believes that the maximum compensatory
damages which the trustee may seek will not exceed $2.0 million. There can be no
assurance, however, of the actual amount of damages to be sought by the trustee.
The Company believes the claims against it are without merit and will continue
to defend the action vigorously. The Company further believes that the
resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on its
financial position or results of operations.
    
 
   
     In connection with the Company's unsuccessful attempt to acquire O'Brien
Environmental Energy, Inc. ("O'Brien") in 1995 through the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
proceedings, the Company incurred approximately $3.6 million of third-party
expenses, all of which have been capitalized by the Company. Pursuant to the
terms of a contract with O'Brien, the Company is seeking the reimbursement of
$2.3 million of such expenses and a $2.0 million break-up fee, each of which is
subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court. On June 6, 1996, the Bankruptcy
Court ruled that the Company had the right to seek reimbursement of its fees and
expenses and conducted an evidentiary hearing on August 28, 1996 to determine
the amount to be awarded. The Bankruptcy Court is scheduled to decide this
matter on September 30, 1996. Although the Company believes it will be awarded
all or a substantial part of the fees and expenses which it is seeking, there
can be no assurance as to the ultimate resolution of this claim.
    
 
     The Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising
out of the normal course of business. Management does not expect that the
outcome of these cases will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   72
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each
person who is a Director, a nominee for Director or an executive officer of the
Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       NAME                      AGE                      POSITION
    ------------------------------------------   ----   ---------------------------------------------
    <S>                                          <C>    <C>
    Peter Cartwright..........................    66    President, Chief Executive Officer, Director
                                                        and Chairman of the Board Nominee
    Pierre Krafft.............................    66    Chairman of the Board
    Hans-Peter Aebi...........................    48    Director
    Rudolf Boesch.............................    59    Director
    Ann B. Curtis.............................    45    Senior Vice President and Director Nominee
    George J. Stathakis.......................    66    Director Nominee
    Rodney M. Boucher.........................    53    Senior Vice President
    Lynn A. Kerby.............................    58    Senior Vice President
    Kenneth J. Kerr...........................    52    Senior Vice President
    Peter W. Camp.............................    57    Vice President
    Robert D. Kelly...........................    38    Vice President
    Larry R. Krumland.........................    56    Vice President
    Alicia N. Noyola..........................    46    Vice President
    John P. Rocchio...........................    58    Vice President
    Ron A. Walter.............................    47    Vice President
</TABLE>
 
     Set forth below is certain information with respect to each current
Director, nominee for Director and executive officer of the Company. Upon
completion of the Common Stock Offering, Mr. Krafft, Mr. Aebi and Mr. Boesch
will resign from the Board of Directors of the Company and Ms. Curtis and Mr.
Stathakis will be appointed to fill two of the vacancies. Accordingly, following
the Common Stock Offering, the Board of Directors will be comprised of Mr.
Cartwright, Ms. Curtis and Mr. Stathakis and Mr. Cartwright will serve as
Chairman of the Board. The Company is actively seeking to add up to four
additional independent Directors who are not directors, officers or employees of
the Company, Electrowatt or an affiliate of Electrowatt. The Company anticipates
that at least one additional independent Director will be appointed within six
months of the completion of the Common Stock Offering.
 
     Peter Cartwright founded the Company in 1984 and has since served as a
Director and as the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr.
Cartwright will become Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company
effective upon completion of the Common Stock Offering. From 1979 to 1984, Mr.
Cartwright was Vice President and General Manager of Gibbs & Hill, Inc.'s
Western Regional Office, an office which he established. Gibbs & Hill, Inc. is
an architect-engineering firm which specializes in power engineering projects.
From 1960 to 1979, Mr. Cartwright worked for General Electric's Nuclear Energy
Division. His responsibilities included plant construction, project management
and new business development. He served on the Board of Directors of nuclear
fuel manufacturing companies in Germany, Italy and Japan. Mr. Cartwright was
responsible for General Electric's technology development and licensing programs
in Europe and Japan. Mr. Cartwright obtained a Master of Science Degree in Civil
Engineering from Columbia University in 1953 and a Bachelor of Science Degree in
Geological Engineering from Princeton University in 1952. Mr. Cartwright is a
Professional Engineer licensed in the states of New York and California.
 
     Pierre Krafft has been the Company's Chairman of the Board since March
1991. Mr. Krafft served as Executive Vice President of Electrowatt from 1971
until his retirement in April 1995. He also serves as a director of several
electric utility companies in Switzerland, Germany and France and as Chairman of
the Swiss National Committee of the World Energy Council. Mr. Krafft obtained a
Master of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering from the Georgia Institute of
Technology in 1956 and an undergraduate degree in Electrical Engineering from
the Federal Institute of Technology in 1953.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   73
 
     Hans-Peter Aebi has been a Director of the Company since June 1994. Mr.
Aebi has served as the President of Elektrizitats-Gesellschaft Laufenburg AG,
Executive Vice President of the Electric Power Operations Division and a member
of Electrowatt's executive management since October 1994. He was also named
Executive Vice President for Landis & Gyr AG in March 1996. He served as the
Senior Vice President of the Energy Division of Electrowatt from 1993 to 1994.
Mr. Aebi's prior experience includes 14 years with an Electrowatt affiliate,
CKW, in various capacities including Executive Vice President from 1991 to 1992,
and as the First Vice President from 1988 to 1990. Mr. Aebi obtained a Master of
Science Degree in Engineering from the Federal Institute of Technology in 1972.
 
     Rudolf Boesch has been a Director of the Company since its inception in
1984. Dr. Boesch serves as a member of the Executive Committee of Electrowatt,
and as Executive Vice President of Electrowatt's Services Division. His prior
experience with Electrowatt includes over ten years in the areas of marketing
and sales and technical development. Dr. Boesch obtained a Ph.D. in Physics from
the Federal Institute of Technology in 1965.
 
     Ann B. Curtis has served as the Company's Senior Vice President since
September 1992 and has been employed by the Company since its inception in 1984.
Ms. Curtis will become a Director of the Company effective upon the completion
of the Common Stock Offering. She is responsible for the Company's financial and
administrative functions, including the functions of general counsel, corporate
and project finance, accounting, human resources, public relations and investor
relations. Ms. Curtis also serves as Corporate Secretary for the Company, and
serves as an officer of each of the Company's subsidiaries. Ms. Curtis also
represents the Company on partnership management committees. From the Company's
inception in 1984 through 1992, she served as the Company's Vice President for
Management and Financial Services. Prior to joining Calpine, Ms. Curtis was
Manager of Administration for Gibbs & Hill, Inc.
 
     George J. Stathakis has been a Senior Advisor to the Company since 1994 and
will be a Director of the Company effective upon completion of the Common Stock
Offering. Mr. Stathakis has been providing financial, business and management
advisory services to numerous international investment banks since 1985. He also
served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Ramtron
International Corporation, an advanced technology semiconductor company, from
1990 to 1994. From 1986 to 1989, he served as Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of International Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of American
Express. Prior to 1986, Mr. Stathakis served thirty-two years with General
Electric Corporation in various management and executive positions. During his
service with General Electric Corporation, Mr. Stathakis founded the General
Electric Trading Company and was appointed its first President and Chief
Executive Officer. Mr. Stathakis obtained a Bachelor of Science Degree in
Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley in 1952 and a Master
of Science Degree in Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley
in 1953.
 
     Rodney M. Boucher joined the Company in June 1995 as Senior Vice President,
and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company's subsidiary,
Calpine Power Services Company. He is responsible for the purchase, sale and
marketing of electric power, as well as the restructuring of contract,
transmission and generation rights. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Boucher
served as Chief Operating Officer of Citizens Power & Light Company from 1992 to
1995 and as Senior Vice President of Citizens Lehman Power L.P., in Boston,
Massachusetts from 1994 to 1995. Prior to joining Citizens he served as
President for Electrical Interconnections-International from 1991 to 1992. Mr.
Boucher also served as Vice President and Chief Information Officer with
PacifiCorp from 1984 to 1991, and held various other positions with PacifiCorp
since 1975. Mr. Boucher holds a Master of Science Degree in Power Systems from
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical
Engineering from Oregon State University.
 
     Lynn A. Kerby joined the Company in January 1991 and served as Vice
President of Operations through January 1993, at which time he became a Senior
Vice President for the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kerby served
as Senior Vice President-Operations of Guy F. Atkinson Company, an engineering
and construction company, from 1989 to 1990, and served in various other
positions within Guy F. Atkinson since 1961. Mr. Kerby served on Calpine's Board
of Directors from 1984 to 1988 as a Guy F. Atkinson representative. He obtained
a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering and Business from the
University of Idaho in 1961. Mr. Kerby holds a Class A Contractors License in
the states of California, Arizona and Hawaii.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>   74
 
     Kenneth J. Kerr joined the Company in March 1996 as Senior Vice
President-International. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Senior Vice
President-Commercial Development for Magma Power Company from 1993 to 1995. From
1989 to 1993 he served as Business Vice President-Plastics, Pacific Area with
The Dow Chemical Company. From 1966 to 1989, he served in various marketing and
management positions also with The Dow Chemical Company. Mr. Kerr obtained a
Bachelor of Science Degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of
Delaware in 1966.
 
     Peter W. Camp joined the Company in November 1993 and served as Director of
Project Development through January 1995, at which time he became a Vice
President of Project Development. From 1992 to 1993 he served as a full-time
consultant with the Company. From 1988 to 1992, he served as President for
Altran Corporation, a nuclear waste technology company. From 1975 to 1987, Mr.
Camp worked for General Electric Company as General Manager, Nuclear Fuel
Marketing and Projects Department, and as Manager, Nuclear Energy Strategic
Planning. He obtained a Master of Business Administration Degree from Stanford
University in 1970 and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering
from Yale University in 1962.
 
     Robert D. Kelly has served as the Company's Vice President, Finance since
1994. Mr. Kelly's responsibilities include all project and corporate finance
activities. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Kelly served as Project Finance Manager, and
from 1992 to 1994, he served as Director-Project Finance for the Company. Prior
to joining the Company, he was the Marketing Manager of Westinghouse Credit
Corporation from 1990 to 1991. From 1989 to 1990, Mr. Kelly was Vice President
of Lloyds Bank PLC. From 1982 to 1989, Mr. Kelly was employed in various
positions with The Bank of Nova Scotia. He obtained a Master of Business
Administration Degree from Dalhousie University, Canada in 1980 and a Bachelor
of Commerce Degree from Memorial University, Canada, in 1979.
 
     Larry R. Krumland has served as the Company's Vice President of Asset
Management since January 1993. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Krumland served as
Director-Asset Management. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Krumland served as
Manager-Geothermal Development. Prior to joining the Company, he served as
Director of Sales and Manager of Geothermal Projects for Gibbs & Hill, Inc. Mr.
Krumland obtained a Master of Business Administration Degree in Business
Economics and Finance from the University of California, Los Angeles in 1972; a
Master of Science Degree in Engineering, Energy Systems, from the University of
California, Los Angeles in 1967; and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical
Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley in 1964.
 
     Alicia N. Noyola joined the Company in March 1991 and served as a full-time
consultant through March 1992, at which time she became employed by the Company
as Special Counsel. Ms. Noyola became a Vice President of Project Development in
January 1993. From 1987 to 1991, Ms. Noyola was a partner in the San Francisco,
California-based law firm Thelen, Marrin, Johnson and Bridges, where she
concentrated on commercial and corporate finance. Ms. Noyola obtained a Juris
Doctor Degree in 1973 from Hastings College of the Law, University of California
and obtained a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Architecture in 1970 from the
University of California, Berkeley.
 
     John P. Rocchio joined the Company at inception in 1984 as Vice President
of Project Development. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Manager of
Business Development for Gibbs & Hill, Inc. from 1979 to 1984. Prior to 1979,
Mr. Rocchio served for 17 years with General Electric in various positions,
including Manager International Sales for the Nuclear Energy Group from 1970 to
1979 and various engineering and marketing positions from 1962 to 1979. He
obtained a Bachelor of Science Degree in Marine Engineering from the U.S.
Merchant Marine Academy in 1959.
 
     Ron A. Walter has served as the Company's Vice President of Project
Development since July 1990. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Walter served as the
Company's Manager-Geothermal Projects. Prior to joining the Company, he served
as Director of Sales-Geothermal for the San Jose-based architect-engineering
firm, Gibbs & Hill, Inc. from 1983 to 1984 and Senior Engineer from 1982 to
1983. From 1981 to 1982 he served as Project Manager Geothermal Projects with
Rogers Engineering Co. and from 1972 to 1981 he served in engineering and
management positions with Batelle Northwest Laboratories. Mr. Walter obtained a
Master of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Oregon State University
in 1976 and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering from the
University of Nebraska in 1971.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>   75
 
CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Company's Amended and Restated By-laws, which will become effective
upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering, will provide that the number
of directors shall be between three and nine, with the actual number of
directors to be established from time to time by resolution of the Board of
Directors. Following the Common Stock Offering, the Company's Board of Directors
will be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III,
with each class having a three-year term. Initially, Mr. Stathakis will serve in
Class I, Ms. Curtis will serve in Class II and Mr. Cartwright will serve in
Class III. The initial Directors in each class will hold office for terms of one
year, two years and three years, respectively. Thereafter each class will serve
a three-year term. The Company's Directors are elected by the stockholders at
the annual meeting of stockholders and will serve until their successors are
elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Additional
Directors will be designated to serve as Class I, Class II or Class III
Directors upon their appointment to the Board of Directors following the Common
Stock Offering.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Board of Directors will establish an Audit Committee and a Compensation
Committee upon completion of the Common Stock Offering. The Audit Committee will
review internal auditing procedures, the adequacy of internal controls and the
results and scope of the audit and other services provided by the Company's
independent auditors. The Compensation Committee will administer salaries,
incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees of
the Company, as well as the incentive compensation and benefit plans of the
Company. Initially, Mr. Stathakis will serve as the sole Director on the Audit
Committee and the Compensation Committee. Thereafter, the Board of Directors
will designate one or more additional non-employee Directors to serve on the
Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee upon appointment to the Board of
Directors.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Directors currently do not receive any compensation or other services as
members of the Board of Directors. The Company has determined that, following
the completion of the Common Stock Offering, non-employee Directors will receive
an annual fee of $25,000 and will be reimbursed for expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. The
chairman of the Compensation Committee and the chairman of the Audit Committee
will receive an additional annual fee of $5,000. In addition, Directors will be
eligible to participate in the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. See "-- 1996
Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       73
<PAGE>   76
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table provides certain summary information concerning the
compensation earned, paid or awarded for services rendered to the Company in all
capacities during each of the three years ended December 31, 1995 to the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the five other most highly
compensated executive officers of the Company serving in that capacity as of
December 31, 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        LONG-TERM
                                                                       COMPENSATION
                                                                       ------------
                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION            SHARES
                                       ----------------------------     UNDERLYING        ALL OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR     SALARY      BONUS        OPTIONS       COMPENSATION(1)
- -------------------------------------  ----    --------    --------    ------------    ---------------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>
Peter                                  1995    $341,000    $255,750       178,668          $21,420
Cartwright...........................  1994     300,000     292,500       155,815           11,934
  President and Chief Executive        1993     220,055     176,000            --            7,722
Officer
Lynn A.                                1995     195,000      72,000        53,600            4,815
Kerby................................  1994     180,000      72,000        38,954            4,275
  Senior Vice President                1993     173,250      90,000        41,551            4,228
Ann B.                                 1995     160,000      60,000        53,600              877
Curtis...............................  1994     130,000      75,000        38,954              694
  Senior Vice President                1993     122,500      70,000            --              648
Alicia N.                              1995     140,000      45,000        13,400            1,288
Noyola...............................  1994     133,875      40,162            --            1,134
  Vice President                       1993     124,417      40,000        31,163              660
Ron A.                                 1995     135,000      45,000        13,400            1,235
Walter...............................  1994     120,000      40,000            --            1,027
  Vice President                       1993     112,500      30,000            --              587
Robert D.                              1995     126,684      42,000        22,334              436
Kelly................................  1994     115,208      60,000        31,163              389
  Vice President                       1993     103,347      50,000        23,372              343
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Represents the taxable value of an employer-sponsored life insurance policy.
    The amount is calculated based on the age of the employee and the life
    insurance coverage in excess of $50,000.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, CONSULTING AGREEMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into employment agreements with Mr. Peter
Cartwright, Mr. Lynn Kerby, Ms. Ann Curtis, Mr. Ron Walter and Mr. Robert Kelly.
Each of the employment agreements expires during 1999 unless earlier terminated
or subsequently extended. The employment agreements provide for the payment of a
base salary, subject to periodic adjustment by the Board of Directors, and
provide for annual bonuses and participation in all benefit and equity plans.
The employment agreements also provide for other employee benefits such as life
insurance and health care, in addition to certain disability and death benefits.
Severance benefits, including the acceleration of outstanding options, are also
payable upon an involuntary termination or a termination following a change of
control in the Company. Severance benefits would not be payable in the event
that termination was for cause.
 
     On December 1, 1994, the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement with
Mr. George J. Stathakis, a Director nominee. The Consulting Agreement was
amended and restated effective June 3, 1996. Pursuant to the Consulting
Agreement, Mr. Stathakis has been retained to provide, among other things,
advice to the Company with regard to domestic and international business, to
identify project investment opportunities, and to provide advisory support to
the Company's management in identifying potential buyers for, and negotiating
the sale of, Electrowatt's equity interest in the Company. The Consulting
Agreement provides for a monthly retainer of $5,000. In addition, for services
rendered in connection with the Common Stock Offering, the Company will pay Mr.
Stathakis $250,000 plus 0.25% of all payments received by Electrowatt in excess
of $200 million. The Consulting Agreement terminates on January 1, 1997 unless
otherwise earlier terminated or extended by mutual agreement of the parties.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>   77
 
     Should the Company be acquired by merger or asset sale, then all
outstanding options held by the Chief Executive Officer and the other executive
officers under the Company's Stock Option Program or the 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan will automatically accelerate and vest in full, except to the extent those
options are to be assumed by the successor corporation. In addition, the
Compensation Committee as Plan Administrator of the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
will have the authority to provide for the accelerated vesting of the shares of
Common Stock subject to outstanding options held by the Chief Executive Officer
or any other executive officer or any unvested shares of Common Stock subject to
direct issuances held by such individual, in connection with the termination of
that individual's employment following: (i) a merger or asset sale in which
these options are assumed or are assigned or (ii) certain hostile changes in
control of the Company. However, certain executive officers have existing
employment agreements that provide for the acceleration of their options upon a
termination of their employment following certain changes in control or
ownership of the Company.
 
STOCK OPTION PROGRAM
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of
stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 to each of the
executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above. The table also
sets forth hypothetical gains or "option spreads" for the options at the end of
their respective ten-year terms. These gains are based on the assumed rates of
annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the date the option
was granted over the full option term.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1)                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                          -------------------------------------------------------------     VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                               PERCENTAGE OF                                ANNUAL RATES OF
                                               TOTAL OPTIONS                                     STOCK
                                                GRANTED TO                                 PRICE APPRECIATION
                               OPTIONS           EMPLOYEES      EXERCISE                   FOR OPTION TERM(4)
                               GRANTED           IN FISCAL      PRICE PER    EXPIRATION   --------------------
          NAME            (NO. OF SHARES)(2)      YEAR(3)         SHARE         DATE         5%         10%
- ------------------------  ------------------   -------------   -----------   ----------   --------   ---------
<S>                       <C>                  <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Peter Cartwright........        178,668              40%          $4.91       1/1/05      $551,704   $1,398,126
Lynn A. Kerby...........         53,600              12            4.91       1/1/05       165,510     419,435
Ann B. Curtis...........         53,600              12            4.91       1/1/05       165,510     419,435
Alicia N. Noyola........         13,400               3            4.91       1/1/05        41,377     104,859
Ron A. Walter...........         13,400               3            4.91       1/1/05        41,377     104,859
Robert D. Kelly.........         22,334               5            4.91       1/1/05        68,965     174,770
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) The exercise price may be paid in cash, in shares of the Company's Common
    Stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date or through a cashless
    exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchased shares. The
    Company may also finance the option exercise by loaning the optionee
    sufficient funds to pay the exercise price for the purchased shares,
    together with any federal and state income tax liability incurred by the
    optionee in connection with such exercise. The Compensation Committee of the
    Board of Directors, as the Plan Administrator of the Company's 1996 Stock
    Incentive Plan, will have the discretionary authority to reprice the options
    through the cancellation of those options and the grant of replacement
    options with an exercise price based on the fair market value of the option
    shares on the grant date.
 
(2) Each option set forth in the table above was granted on January 1, 1995 and
    has a maximum term of ten years measured from the grant date, subject to
    earlier termination upon the executive officer's termination of service with
    the Company. Each option is immediately exercisable, but the underlying
    shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original exercise
    price paid per share should the executive officer's service with the Company
    cease prior to vesting in such shares. The Company's repurchase right will
    lapse with respect to, and the executive officer will vest in, four equal
    annual installments over the four-year period of service measured from the
    grant date. The Company's right to repurchase with respect to the option
    shares will terminate immediately upon an acquisition of the Company by
    merger or asset sale if the options are not assumed by the successor
    corporation.
 
(3) The Company granted options to purchase 446,930 shares of Common Stock
    during the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
   
(4) The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compound stock price appreciation are
    mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
    "Commission") and do not represent the Company's estimate or a projection by
    the Company of future stock prices.
    
 
     In addition to the options described above, in March 1996 the Board of
Directors granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Company's
Stock Option Program to the following individuals in the designated amounts; Mr.
Cartwright, an option for 181,785 shares; Mr. Kerby, an option for 41,551
shares; Ms. Curtis, an option for 51,938 shares; Ms. Noyola, an option for
20,775 shares; Mr. Walter, an option for
 
                                       75
<PAGE>   78
 
20,775 shares; and Mr. Kelly, an option for 36,357 shares. The exercise price
for each option is $8.57 per share. Each option has a maximum term of ten (10)
years measured from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in the
event of the optionee's cessation of service with the Company. The Company's
right of repurchase will lapse with respect to, and the optionee will vest in,
the option shares in a series of four equal annual installments over the
four-year period of service measured from January 1, 1996. The Company's right
to repurchase with respect to the option shares will terminate immediately upon
an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale if the options are not
assumed by the successor corporation.
 
     No executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table above
exercised stock options during the year ended December 31, 1995. The following
table sets forth certain information concerning the number of shares subject to
exercisable and unexercisable stock options held by the executive officers named
in the Summary Compensation Table above as of December 31, 1995. Also reported
are values for "in-the-money" options that represent the positive spread between
the respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and the fair market
value of the Company's Common Stock.
 
   AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED OPTIONS     VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                           AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 (NO. OF            MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                     OPTIONS)                    DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
                                           -----------------------------     -----------------------------
                 NAME                      EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------------    -----------     -------------     -----------     -------------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Peter Cartwright.......................      597,292          256,576        $11,049,902      $ 4,746,656
Lynn A. Kerby..........................       50,640           83,465            936,840        1,544,103
Ann B. Curtis..........................      144,129           73,077          2,666,387        1,351,925
Alicia N. Noyola.......................       23,372           21,191            432,382          392,034
Ron A. Walter..........................      114,265           13,400          2,113,903          247,900
Robert D. Kelly........................       33,111           43,758            612,554          809,523
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) For purposes of the computation of the value of unexercised in-the-money
    options at December 31, 1995, the table above assumes that the value of the
    underlying shares is the initial public offering price of the shares offered
    hereby, which is assumed to be $18.50 per share.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     For 1995, the members of the Board of Directors, other than Mr. Cartwright,
acted as the Compensation Committee for the purposes of establishing the
compensation for Mr. Cartwright, the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer. All decisions regarding the compensation of the Company's other
executive officers were made by Mr. Cartwright. Upon the consummation of the
Common Stock Offering, there will be established a Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors. Following the Common Stock Offering, no member of the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company will serve as a
member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that
has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors or Compensation Committee.
 
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
   
     The Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan") is intended to
serve as the successor equity incentive program to the Company's Stock Option
Program (the "Predecessor Plan"). See "-- Stock Option Program." The 1996 Plan
was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company's stockholder
on July 17, 1996. The 1996 Plan will become effective on the date of this
Prospectus. The Company has initially authorized 4,041,858 shares of Common
Stock for issuance under the 1996 Plan. This initial share reserve is comprised
of (i) the 2,596,923 shares which remained available for issuance under the
Predecessor Plan, including the 2,392,026 shares subject to outstanding options
thereunder, plus (ii) an additional increase of 1,444,935 shares. In addition,
the share reserve will automatically be increased on the first trading day of
January each calendar year, beginning in January 1997, by a number of shares
equal to one percent (1%) of
    
 
                                       76
<PAGE>   79
 
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day of the
immediately preceding calendar year. However, in no event may any one
participant in the 1996 Plan receive option grants or direct stock issuances for
more than 500,000 shares in the aggregate per calendar year.
 
     Outstanding options under the Predecessor Plan will be incorporated into
the 1996 Plan upon the consummation of the Common Stock Offering, and no further
option grants will be made under the Predecessor Plan. The incorporated options
will continue to be governed by their existing terms, unless the Plan
Administrator elects to extend one or more features of the 1996 Plan to those
options. However, except as otherwise noted below, the outstanding options under
the Predecessor Plan contain substantially the same terms and conditions
summarized below for the Discretionary Option Grant Program in effect under the
1996 Plan.
 
     The 1996 Plan is divided into five separate components: (i) the
Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible individuals in the
Company's employ or service (including officers and other employees,
non-employee Board members and independent consultants) may, at the discretion
of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock
at an exercise price not less than 85% of their fair market value on the grant
date, (ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which such individuals may, in the
Plan Administrator's discretion, be issued shares of Common Stock directly,
through the purchase of such shares at a price not less than 100% of their fair
market value at the time of issuance or as a bonus tied to the performance of
services, (iii) the Salary Investment Option Grant Program under which executive
officers and other highly compensated employees may elect to apply a portion of
their base salary to the acquisition of special stock option grants, (iv) the
Automatic Option Grant Program under which option grants will automatically be
made at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee Directors to purchase shares
of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of their fair market value on
the grant date and (v) the Director Fee Option Grant Program pursuant to which
the non-employee Directors may apply a portion of the annual retainer fee, if
any, otherwise payable to them in cash each year to the acquisition of special
stock option grants.
 
     The Discretionary Option Grant, Stock Issuance and Salary Investment Option
Grant Programs will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The
Compensation Committee as Plan Administrator will have complete discretion to
determine which eligible individuals are to receive option grants or stock
issuances, the time or times when such option grants or stock issuance are to be
made, the number of shares subject to each such grant or issuance, the vesting
schedule to be in effect for the option grant or stock issuance, the maximum
term for which any granted option is to remain outstanding and the status of any
granted option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock
option under the Federal tax laws, except that all options granted under the
Salary Investment Option Grant Program will be non-statutory stock options. The
administration of the Automatic Option Grant and Director Fee Option Grant
Programs will be self-executing in accordance with the express provisions of
each such program.
 
     The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock subject to option grants
made under the 1996 Plan may be paid in cash or in shares of Common Stock valued
at fair market value on the exercise date. The option may also be exercised
through a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the optionee. In
addition, the Plan Administrator may provide financing to one or more optionees
in the exercise of their outstanding options by allowing such individuals to
deliver a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note in payment of the
exercise price and any associated withholding taxes incurred in connection with
such exercise.
 
     In the event that the Company is acquired by merger or asset sale, each
outstanding option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program which is not to
be assumed by the successor corporation will automatically accelerate in full,
and all unvested shares under the Stock Issuance Program will immediately vest,
except to the extent the Company's repurchase rights with respect to those
shares are to be assigned to the successor corporation. The Plan Administrator
will have the authority under the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance
Programs to grant options and to structure repurchase rights so that the shares
subject to those options or repurchase rights will automatically vest in the
event the individual's service is terminated, whether involuntarily or through a
resignation for good reason, within a specified period (not to exceed 18 months)
following (i) a merger or asset sale in which those options are assumed or (ii)
a hostile
 
                                       77
<PAGE>   80
 
change in control of the Company effected by a successful tender offer for more
than 50% of the outstanding voting stock or by proxy contest for the election of
Directors. Options currently outstanding under the Predecessor Plan will
accelerate upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, unless
those options are assumed by the acquiring entity. However, such options under
the Predecessor Plan are not subject to acceleration upon the termination of the
optionee's service following an acquisition in which those options are assumed
or following a hostile change in control, except to the extent provided in any
employment contract or severance agreement in effect between the optionee and
the Company.
 
     Stock appreciation rights may be issued in tandem with option grants made
under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. The holders of such rights will
have the opportunity to elect between the exercise of their outstanding stock
options for shares of Common Stock or the surrender of those options for an
appreciation distribution from the Company equal to the excess of (i) the fair
market value of the vested shares of Common Stock subject to the surrendered
option over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such
appreciation distribution may be made in cash or in shares of Common Stock.
There are currently no outstanding stock appreciation rights under the
Predecessor Plan.
 
     The Plan Administrator has the authority to effect the cancellation of
outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program (including
options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan) in return for the grant of new
options for the same or different number of option shares with an exercise price
per share based upon the fair market value of the Common Stock on the new grant
date.
 
     In the event the Plan Administrator elects to activate the Salary
Investment Option Grant Program for one or more calendar years, each executive
officer and other highly compensated employee of the Company selected for
participation may elect, prior to the start of the calendar year, to reduce his
or her base salary for that calendar year by a specified dollar amount not less
than $10,000 nor more than $50,000. If such election is approved by the Plan
Administrator, the officer will be granted, on or before the last trading day in
January in the calendar year for which the salary reduction is to be in effect,
a non-statutory option to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock
determined by dividing the salary reduction amount by two-thirds of the fair
market value per share of Common Stock on the grant date. The option will be
exercisable at a price per share equal to one-third of the fair market value of
the option shares on the grant date. As a result, the total spread on the option
shares at the time of grant will be equal to the amount of salary invested in
that option. The option will vest in a series of 12 equal monthly installments
over the calendar year for which the salary reduction is in effect and will be
subject to full and immediate vesting upon certain changes in the ownership or
control of the Company.
 
     Under the Automatic Option Grant Program, each individual who is serving as
a non-employee Director on the date the Underwriting Agreement for the Common
Stock Offering is executed will receive at that time a stock option for 10,000
shares of Common Stock, provided that individual has not previously received an
option grant from the Company in connection with his or her service on the Board
of Directors. Each individual who becomes a non-employee Director after such
date will receive an option grant for 10,000 shares of Common Stock at the time
of his or her commencement of service on the Board of Directors, provided such
individual has not otherwise been in the prior employment of the Company. In
addition, at each Annual Stockholders Meeting, beginning with the 1997 Annual
Stockholders Meeting, each individual who is to continue to serve as a
non-employee Director will receive an option grant to purchase 1,500 shares of
Common Stock, whether or not such individual has been in the prior employment of
the Company or has previously received a stock option grant from the Company.
 
     Each automatic grant will have an exercise price equal to the fair market
value per share of Common Stock on the grant date and will have a maximum term
of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation
of service on the Board of Directors. Each automatic option will be immediately
exercisable; however, any shares purchased upon exercise of the option will be
subject to repurchase, at the option exercise price paid per share, should the
optionee's service as a non-employee Director cease prior to vesting in the
shares. The 10,000-share grant will vest in four successive equal annual
installments over the optionee's period of service on the Board of Directors
measured from the grant date. Each annual 1,500-share grant will vest upon the
optionee's completion of one year of service on the Board of Directors measured
from
 
                                       78
<PAGE>   81
 
the grant date. However, each outstanding option will immediately vest upon (i)
certain changes in the ownership or control of the Company or (ii) the death or
disability of the optionee while serving as a Director.
 
     Should the Director Fee Option Grant Program be activated in the future,
each non-employee Director would have the opportunity to apply all or a portion
of his or her annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash to the acquisition
of a below-market option grant. The option grant would automatically be made on
the first trading day in January in the year for which the retainer fee would
otherwise be payable in cash. The option will have an exercise price per share
equal to one-third of the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock on the
grant date, and the number of shares subject to the option will be determined by
dividing the amount of the retainer fee applied to the program by two-thirds of
the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the grant date. As a result,
the total spread on the option (the fair market value of the option shares on
the grant date less the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares) will
be equal to the portion of the retainer fee invested in that option. The option
will become exercisable for the option shares in a series of installments over
the optionee's period of service on the Board of Directors as follows: one half
of the option shares will become exercisable upon the optionee's completion of
six months of service on the Board of Directors during the calendar year of the
option grant and the balance will become exercisable in six successive equal
monthly installments upon his or her completion of each additional month of
service on the Board of Directors in such calendar year. However, the option
will become immediately exercisable for all the option shares upon (i) certain
changes in the ownership or control of the Company or (ii) the death or
disability of the optionee while serving as a Director.
 
     The Board of Directors may amend or modify the 1996 Plan at any time. The
1996 Plan will terminate on July 16, 2006, unless sooner terminated by the Board
of Directors.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     The Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was
adopted by the Board of Directors on July 17, 1996. The Purchase Plan is
designed to allow eligible employees of the Company and participating
subsidiaries to purchase shares of Common Stock, at semi-annual intervals,
through their periodic payroll deductions under the Purchase Plan, and a reserve
of 275,000 shares of Common Stock has been established for this purpose.
 
     The Purchase Plan will be implemented in a series of successive offering
periods, each with a maximum duration of 24 months. However, the initial
offering period will begin on the day the Underwriting Agreement is executed in
connection with the Common Stock Offering and will end on the last business day
in August 1998.
 
     Individuals who are eligible employees on the start date of any offering
period may enter the Purchase Plan on that start date or on any subsequent
semi-annual entry date (March 1 or September 1 each year). Individuals who
become eligible employees after the start date of the offering period may join
the Purchase Plan on any subsequent semi-annual entry date within that period.
 
     Payroll deductions may not exceed 15% of the participant's cash
compensation for each semi-annual period of participation, and the accumulated
payroll deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on the
participant's behalf on each semi-annual purchase date (February 28 and August
31 each year, with the first such purchase date to occur on February 28, 1997)
at a purchase price per share not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the
lower of (i) the fair market value of the Common Stock on the participant's
entry date into the offering period or (ii) the fair market value on the
semi-annual purchase date. In no event, however, may any participant purchase
more than 300 shares on any one semi-annual purchase date. Should the fair
market value of the Common Stock on any semi-annual purchase date be less than
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first day of the offering
period, then the current offering period will automatically end and a new
24-month offering period will begin, based on the lower fair market value.
 
                                       79
<PAGE>   82
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of
directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides
that a director of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary
damages for breach of such individual's fiduciary duties as a director except
for liability (i) for any breach of such director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful
payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided
in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any
transaction from which a director derives an improper personal benefit.
 
     The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify its directors
and may indemnify its officers, employees and other agents to the full extent
permitted by law. The Company believes that indemnification under its Bylaws
covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of an indemnified
party and permits the Company to advance expenses incurred by an indemnified
party in connection with the defense of any action or proceeding arising out of
such party's status or service as a director, officer, employee or other agent
of the Company upon an undertaking by such party to repay such advances if it is
ultimately determined that such party is not entitled to indemnification.
 
     The Company has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each
of its directors and officers. These agreements require the Company, among other
things, to indemnify such director or officer against expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlements (collectively, "Liabilities")
paid by such individual in connection with any action, suit or proceeding
arising out of such individual's status or service as a director or officer of
the Company (other than Liabilities arising from willful misconduct or conduct
that is knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest) and to advance expenses
incurred by such individual in connection with any proceeding against such
individual with respect to which such individual may be entitled to
indemnification by the Company. The Company believes that its Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary
to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
 
     At present the Company is not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding
involving any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company where
indemnification will be required or permitted. The Company is not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such
indemnification.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     CS Holding, a Swiss corporation, holds approximately 44.9% of the
outstanding shares of Electrowatt, which indirectly holds all of the outstanding
capital stock of the Company. CS Holding also holds (i) approximately 100% of
the outstanding shares of Credit Suisse and (ii) approximately 69.3% of the
outstanding common stock of CS First Boston, Inc., which holds all of the
outstanding common stock of CS First Boston Corporation. CS First Boston
Corporation was one of the underwriters of the Company's 9 1/4% Senior Notes
issued in February 1994 and was one of the placement agents in the sale of the
10 1/2% Senior Notes in May 1996. CS First Boston Corporation is acting as an
Underwriter in the Common Stock Offering.
 
     In January 1990, O.L.S. Energy-Agnews entered into a credit agreement with
Credit Suisse providing for a $28 million loan to finance the construction of
the Agnews Facility. The Company holds a 20% interest in O.L.S. Energy-Agnews.
The loan is collateralized by all of the assets of the Agnews Facility and bears
interest on the unpaid principal balance based on LIBOR plus a margin rate
varying between .50% and 1.50%. After commencement of commercial operation of
the Agnews Facility, the Facility was sold to Nynex Credit Corporation under a
sale leaseback arrangement with O.L.S. Energy-Agnews and Credit Suisse. Under
the sale leaseback, O.L.S. Energy-Agnews entered into a 22-year lease,
commencing February 1991, providing for the payment of a fixed base rental, as
well as renewal options and a purchase option at the termination of the lease.
As of December 31, 1995, O.L.S. Energy-Agnews's outstanding obligation of its
sale leaseback arrangement was $37.6 million.
 
     In September 1990, the Company obtained a $25.3 million Credit Facility
from Credit Suisse. In April 1993, the Credit Suisse Credit Facility was amended
to increase the amount of credit available to the
 
                                       80
<PAGE>   83
 
   
Company to $54.0 million. The Credit Suisse Credit Facility is unsecured and
bears interest on the amounts outstanding from time to time, if any, at LIBOR
plus .50% per annum. During 1994, the Company completed a $105.0 million public
debt offering of the 9 1/4% Senior Notes. A portion of the net proceeds were
used to repay $52.6 million indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Suisse
Credit Facility. On April 21, 1995, the Company entered into the Credit Suisse
Credit Facility providing for advances of $50.0 million. On April 29, 1996, the
amount of advances available under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility was
increased to $58.0 million. A portion of the proceeds of the sale of the 10 1/2%
Senior Notes was used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Credit Suisse
Credit Facility of approximately $53.7 million on May 16, 1996. The amount of
advances available under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility was subsequently
reduced to $50.0 million. Borrowings of approximately $13.0 million are
outstanding under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility as of the date of this
Prospectus. All of such borrowings will be repaid with a portion of the net
proceeds to the Company from the Common Stock Offering. Upon the completion of
the Common Stock Offering, the Credit Suisse Credit Facility will terminate.
    
 
     In January 1992, Sumas and its wholly owned subsidiary, ENCO, entered into
loan agreements with Prudential and Credit Suisse providing for a $120.0 million
loan to finance the construction of the Sumas Facility and acquisition of
associated gas reserves. See "Business -- Description of Facilities -- Power
Generation Facilities -- Sumas Facility." As of December 31, 1995, the
outstanding indebtedness of Sumas and ENCO under the term loan was $119.0
million.
 
     In January 1995, the Company and Electrowatt entered into a management
services agreement, which replaced a prior similar agreement, under which
Electrowatt agreed to provide the Company with advisory services in connection
with the construction, financing, acquisition and development of power projects,
as well as any other advisory services as may be required by the company in
connection with the operation of the Company. The Company has agreed to pay
Electrowatt $200,000 per year for all services rendered under the management
services agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, $200,000 was paid in 1995. Upon
the completion of the Common Stock Offering, the management services agreement
will terminate.
 
     In 1995, the Company paid $106,000 to Electrowatt pursuant to a guarantee
fee agreement whereby Electrowatt agreed to guarantee the payment when due of
any and all indebtedness of the Company to Credit Suisse in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Credit Suisse Credit Facility. Under the guarantee
fee agreement, the Company has agreed to pay to Electrowatt an annual fee equal
to 1% of the average outstanding balance of the Company's indebtedness to Credit
Suisse during each quarter as compensation for all services rendered under the
guarantee fee agreement. Upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering, the
guarantee fee agreement will terminate.
 
     In June 1995, Calpine repaid $57.5 million of non-recourse financing to
Credit Suisse which was outstanding indebtedness related to the Greenleaf 1 and
2 Facilities at the time of the acquisition of such facilities.
 
     In December 1994, the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement with Mr.
Stathakis, a Director nominee, which was amended and restated effective June 3,
1996. See "Management--Employment Agreements, Consulting Agreement and Change of
Control Agreements."
 
   
     In March 1996, Electrowatt invested $50.0 million in the Company in the
form of shares of Preferred Stock, all of which have been converted into shares
of Common Stock in connection with the Common Stock Offering.
    
 
     The Company believes that all transactions between the Company and its
officers, Directors, principal shareholders and affiliates have been and will be
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from
unaffiliated parties.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>   84
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of June 30, 1996 and as adjusted to
reflect the Common Stock Offering by: (i) each person known by the Company to be
the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of the
Company's Common Stock, (ii) each Director and nominee for Director of the
Company, (iii) each executive officer of the Company listed in the Summary
Compensation Table, (iv) Electrowatt (the "Selling Stockholder"), and (v) all
executive officers and Directors and nominees for Director of the Company as a
group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                           OWNED                                           OWNED
                                       PRIOR TO THE                                      AFTER THE
                                       COMMON STOCK                                     COMMON STOCK
                                        OFFERING(1)                                     OFFERING(1)
        NAME AND ADDRESS          -----------------------     NUMBER OF SHARES     ----------------------
      OF BENEFICIAL OWNER           NUMBER        PERCENT     BEING OFFERED(2)      NUMBER        PERCENT
- --------------------------------  ----------      -------     ----------------     ---------      -------
<S>                               <C>             <C>         <C>                  <C>            <C>
Electrowatt Ltd.(2).............  12,567,180        100%(2)      12,567,180               --         --
Pierre Krafft...................          --          --                 --               --         --
Hans-Peter Aebi.................          --          --                 --               --         --
Rudolf Boesch...................          --          --                 --               --         --
Peter Cartwright(3).............     641,959        4.9%                 --          641,959        3.4%
Ann B. Curtis(3)................     157,529        1.2%                 --          157,529          *
George J. Stathakis.............          --          --                 --               --         --
Lynn A. Kerby(3)................      74,428           *                 --           74,428          *
Ron A. Walter(3)................     117,615           *                 --          117,615          *
Alicia N. Noyola(3).............      34,513           *                 --           34,513          *
Robert D. Kelly(3)..............      44,537           *                 --           44,537          *
All executive officers and
  Directors and nominees for
  Director as a group (15
  persons)(3)...................   1,366,696        9.8%                 --        1,366,696        7.0%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*   Less than one percent
 
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
    Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to
    securities. Shares of Common Stock subject to options, warrants and
    convertible notes currently exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or
    convertible within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for computing the
    percentage of the person holding such options but are not deemed outstanding
    for computing the percentage of any other person. Subject to community
    property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table have sole
    voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown
    as beneficially owned by them.
 
(2) Electrowatt's address is: Bellerivestrasse 36, P.O. Box CH-8022, Zurich,
    Switzerland.
 
(3) Represents shares of the Company's Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60
    days after June 30, 1996.
 
                                       82
<PAGE>   85
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
   
     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, $.001 par value, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
$.001 par value. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, which
have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus constitutes a part.
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     There will be 18,045,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding upon the
completion of the Common Stock Offering. The holders of Common Stock are
entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the
stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding
Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably
such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend Policy." In the
event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities, subject to prior liquidation rights of Preferred Stock,
if any, then outstanding. The Common Stock has no preemptive or conversion
rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund
provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock to be outstanding upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering will be
fully paid and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred Stock in
one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued shares of
undesignated preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any
series and the designations of such series, without any further vote or action
by the stockholders. The Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, can
issue Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely
affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock. The issuance of
Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of the Company, or could delay or prevent a transaction that
might otherwise give stockholders of the Company an opportunity to realize a
premium over the then prevailing market price of the Common Stock. There will be
no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding upon the completion of the Common Stock
Offering.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
 
  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the
Company's Board of Directors is classified into three classes of Directors
serving staggered, three-year terms. The Certificate of Incorporation also
provides that Directors may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the
holders of two-thirds of the shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to
vote. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by vote of the
majority of Directors then in office. Further, the Certificate of Incorporation
provides that any "Business Combination" (as therein defined) requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of capital stock of
the Company entitled to vote, voting together as a single class. The Certificate
of Incorporation also provides that all stockholder actions must be effected at
a duly called meeting and not by a consent in writing. The Bylaws provide that
the Company's stockholders may call a special meeting of stockholders only upon
a request of stockholders owning at least 50% of the Company's capital stock.
These provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could discourage
potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control
of the Company. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the
policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of
transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of the
Company. These provisions are designed to reduce the vulnerability of the
Company to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended
to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such
provisions could have the effect of
 
                                       83
<PAGE>   86
 
discouraging others from making tender offers for the Company's shares and, as a
consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the
Company's shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in the management
of the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Anti-Takeover Provisions" and
"Management -- Classified Board of Directors."
 
  Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
 
     The Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law ("Section 203"), which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware
corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of
directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
(ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of
shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also
officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not
have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent
to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting
stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
     Section 203 defines business combination to include: (i) any merger or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the
corporation involving the interested stockholder; (iii) subject to certain
exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation
beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (v) the receipt by the
interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In
general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person
beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company's Common Stock is First
Chicago Trust Company of New York. Its address is 525 Washington Boulevard,
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310 and its telephone number is (201) 222-4114.
 
LISTING
 
   
     The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the trading symbol "CPN," subject to notice of issuance.
    
 
                                       84
<PAGE>   87
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon the completion of the Common Stock Offering, the Company will have
18,045,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option and assuming no exercise of outstanding
options). All of the shares sold in the Common Stock Offering will be freely
tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
except that any shares purchased by "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is
defined under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"), may generally only be sold in
compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below.
 
SALES OF RESTRICTED SHARES
 
   
     Shares of Common Stock not freely tradeable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act are deemed "restricted" under Rule 144 of
the Securities Act. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale in
the public market is limited by restrictions under the Securities Act and
lock-up agreements under which the holders of such shares have agreed with the
Underwriters not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of CS First Boston. The Company intends to register with the Commission
on a registration statement on Form S-8 a total of 4,041,858 shares of Common
Stock issuable pursuant to the Company's 1996 Plan, including the 2,392,026
shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options previously granted under
the Predecessor Plan. Upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, the
shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or otherwise under the
1996 Plan will become freely tradeable upon issuance thereof, subject to the
restrictions on Affiliates under the Securities Act.
    
 
     In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect,
beginning 90 days after the Common Stock Offering, a person (or persons whose
shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned "restricted" shares for at
least two years, including a person who may be deemed an Affiliate of the
Company, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of
Common Stock that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then-outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company (approximately 180,450 shares after giving
effect to the Common Stock Offering) or the average weekly trading volume of the
Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks
preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain restrictions
relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public
information about the Company. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated)
who is not an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the ninety days
preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares for at least three
years, would be entitled to sell such shares immediately following the Common
Stock Offering without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale
provisions or notice or other requirements of Rule 144 of the Securities Act
pursuant to Rule 144(k). However, the transfer agent may require an opinion of
counsel that a proposed sale of shares comes within the terms of Rule 144(k)
prior to effecting a transfer of such shares.
 
     Prior to the Common Stock Offering, there has been no public market for the
Common Stock of the Company and no predictions can be made of the effect, if
any, that the sale or availability for sale of shares of additional Common Stock
will have on the market price of the Common Stock. Nevertheless, sales of
substantial amounts of such shares in the public market, or the perception that
such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise capital through an
offering of its equity securities.
 
OPTIONS
 
   
     As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase a total of 2,392,026
shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the Company's 1996 Plan. Of such
amount, options to purchase 1,366,696 shares were exercisable, all of which will
become eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this Prospectus upon
expiration of certain lock-up agreements with the Underwriters and pursuant to
Rule 701, subject in some cases to certain volume and other resale restrictions.
Rule 701 under the Securities Act provides that shares of Common Stock acquired
on the exercise of outstanding options may be resold (i) by persons other than
Affiliates, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, subject only to
the manner of sale provisions of
    
 
                                       85
<PAGE>   88
 
Rule 144 and (ii) by Affiliates, beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, subject to all provisions of Rule 144 except its two-year minimum
holding period.
 
LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS
 
     All holders of options to purchase shares of Common Stock have agreed with
the Underwriters that they will not, without the prior written consent of CS
First Boston, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares
of Common Stock beneficially owned by them or any shares issuable upon exercise
of stock options for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus. See
"Underwriting."
 
                 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
                              TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
     The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal
income and estate tax consequences of an investment in Common Stock by a holder
that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not a "United States
person" (a "Non-U.S. Holder"). For purposes of this discussion, a "United States
person" means a citizen or resident (as defined for United States federal income
and estate tax purposes, as the case may be) of the United States, a corporation
or partnership created or organized in the United States or under the laws of
the United States or of any State thereof or an estate or trust whose income is
includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes
regardless of its source. The discussion is based on the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as in
effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly
retroactively, and is for general information only. The discussion does not
address aspects of United States federal taxation other than income and estate
taxation and does not address all aspects of United States federal income and
estate taxation. The discussion does not consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-U.S. Holder. PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE UNITED
STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
THEM OF AN INVESTMENT IN COMMON STOCK.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to
withholding of United States federal income tax at a rate equal to 30% of the
gross amount of the distribution (or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable
tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business within the United States by the Non-U.S. Holder, in which case
the dividends generally will not be subject to withholding (if the Non-U.S.
Holder files certain forms with the payor of the dividend) and generally will be
subject to the United States federal income tax on net income that applies to
United States persons generally (and, in the case of corporate holders,
effectively connected dividends may also, under certain circumstances, be
subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty). An applicable income tax treaty
may, however, change these rules. To determine the applicability of a tax treaty
providing for a lower rate of withholding, dividends paid to an address in a
foreign country are presumed under current interpretation of existing Treasury
regulations to be paid to a resident of that country. Treasury regulations
proposed to be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997, which have
not been finally adopted, however, would require Non-U.S. Holders to file
certain new forms to obtain the benefit of any applicable tax treaty providing
for a lower rate of withholding tax on dividends. Such forms would contain the
holder's name and address and certain other information.
 
     The gross amount of a distribution with respect to Common stock will be
treated as a dividend to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated
earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the
event that such a distribution exceeds the amount of the Company's earnings and
profits, it will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the
extent of the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in Common Stock (but not below zero), and
thereafter as capital gain. A Non-U.S. Holder will have to file a refund claim
to obtain a refund of tax withheld on distributions in excess of the dividend
portion of any distribution.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>   89
 
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
 
     A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal
income tax on gain recognized upon a sale or other disposition of shares of
Common Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business within the United States by the Non-U.S. Holder, (ii) the
Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who has a tax home (as specifically defined
under the United States federal income tax laws) in the United States (or
maintains an office or other fixed place of business in the United States to
which the gain from the sale of the stock is attributable), holds the shares of
Common Stock as a capital asset, and is present in the United States for 183
days or more in the taxable year of the disposition or (iii) except as discussed
below, the Company is or has been a "United States real property holding
corporation" ("USRPHC") within the meaning of section 897(c)(2) of the Code at
any time within the shorter of the five year period preceding such disposition
or such holder's holding period.
 
     Gain that is (or is treated as being) effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Non-U.S. Holder
will be subject to the United States federal income tax on net income that
applies to United States persons generally (and, with respect to corporate
holders and under certain circumstances, the branch profits tax) but will not be
subject to withholding. If the Company is a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder may be
subject to taxation under certain provisions of the Codes enacted pursuant to
the Foreign Investors Real Property Tax Act ("FIRPTA"). The determination of
whether the Company is a USRPHC depends in part upon unresolved issues of what
constitutes real property for purposes of the FIRPTA provisions and upon
difficult and uncertain questions of valuation. If the Company were or were to
become a USRPHC, gains realized upon a disposition of Common Stock by a Non-U.S.
Holder that is not deemed to own more than 5% of the Common Stock would not be
subject to tax under the FIRPTA provisions provided that the Common Stock is
"regularly traded" on an established securities market. Since the Common Stock
will trade on the New York Stock Exchange, the Company believes the Common Stock
will be "regularly traded" on an established securities market.
 
     Non-U.S. Holders should consult applicable treaties, which may provide for
different rules (including possibly the exemption of certain capital gains from
tax).
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
 
     Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a
citizen or resident (as specially defined for United States federal estate tax
purposes) of the United States at the time of death will be includible in the
individual's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless
an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Such individual's estate may
be subject to the United States federal estate tax on the property includible in
the estate for United States federal estate tax purposes.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
     The Company or its designated paying agent (the "payor") must report
annually to the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") and to each Non-U.S.
Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax, if any, withheld with
respect to, such holder. That information may also be made available to the tax
authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.
 
     United States federal backup withholding (imposed at a 31% rate on certain
payments to nonexempt persons) and information reporting with respect to such
withholding will generally not apply to dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that
are otherwise subject to withholding or taxed as effectively connected income as
described above under "Dividends."
 
     The backup withholding and information reporting requirements also apply to
the payment of gross proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder upon the disposition of
Common Stock by or through a United States office of a United States or foreign
broker, unless the holder certifies to the broker under penalties of perjury as
to its name, address, and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or the holder otherwise
establishes an exemption. Information reporting requirements (but not backup
withholding if the payor does not have actual knowledge that the payee is a
United States person) will apply to a payment of the proceeds of a disposition
of Common
 
                                       87
<PAGE>   90
 
Stock by or through a foreign office of (i) a United States broker, (ii) a
foreign broker 50% or more of whose gross income for certain periods is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States or (iii) a foreign broker that is a "controlled foreign corporation" for
United States federal income tax purposes, unless the broker has documentary
evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder and certain other
conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Neither
backup withholding nor information reporting will generally apply to a payment
of the proceeds of a disposition of Common Stock by or through a foreign office
of a foreign broker not subject to the preceding sentence.
 
     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules will be refunded (or credited against the Non-U.S.
Holder's United States federal income tax liability, if any), provided that the
required information is furnished to the Service.
 
     These information reporting and backup withholding rules are under review
by the United States Treasury and their application to the Common Stock could be
changed by future regulations. The Service recently issued proposed Treasury
regulations concerning the withholding of tax and reporting for certain amounts
paid to non-resident individuals and foreign corporations. The proposed Treasury
regulations, if adopted in their present form, would be effective for payments
made after December 31, 1997. Prospective investors should consult their tax
advisors concerning the potential adoption of such proposed Treasury regulations
and the potential effect on their ownership of the Common Stock.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>   91
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an Underwriting
Agreement dated                          , 1996 (the "U.S. Underwriting
Agreement"), the underwriters named below (the "U.S. Underwriters"), for whom CS
First Boston Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, PaineWebber
Incorporated and Salomon Brothers Inc are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), have severally but not jointly agreed to purchase from
Calpine and the Selling Stockholder the following respective number of U.S.
Shares:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NUMBER OF
                                   UNDERWRITER                             U.S. SHARES
        -----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
        <S>                                                                <C>
        CS First Boston Corporation......................................
        Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated................................
        PaineWebber Incorporated.........................................
        Salomon Brothers Inc ............................................
                                                                           -----------
                  Total..................................................   14,436,000
                                                                             =========
</TABLE>
 
     The U.S. Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the U.S.
Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the U.S.
Underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of the U.S. Shares offered hereby
(other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below)
if any are purchased. The U.S. Underwriting Agreement provides that, in the
event of a default by a U.S. Underwriter, in certain circumstances the purchase
commitments of non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters may be increased or the U.S.
Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
 
     Calpine has entered into a Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription
Agreement") with the Managers of the International Offering (the "Managers" and,
together with the U.S. Underwriters, the "Underwriters") providing for the
concurrent offer and sale of the International Shares outside the United States
and Canada. The closing of the U.S. Offering is a condition to the closing of
the International Offering and vice versa.
 
     Calpine has granted to the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers an option,
exercisable by CS First Boston Corporation, expiring at the close of business on
the 30th day after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 2,706,750
additional shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting
discounts and commissions, all as set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus. Such option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the
sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that this
option to purchase is exercised, each U.S. Underwriter and each Manager will
become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage of additional shares being sold to the U.S. Underwriters and the
Managers as the number of U.S. Shares set forth next to such U.S. Underwriter's
name in the preceding table and as the number set forth next to such Manager's
name in the corresponding table in the Prospectus relating to the International
Offering bears to the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock in such
tables.
 
     Calpine has been advised by the Representatives that the U.S. Underwriters
propose to offer the U.S. Shares in the United States and Canada to the public
initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and, through the Representatives, to certain dealers at such price
less a concession of $     per share, and the U.S. Underwriters and such dealers
may allow a discount of $          per share on sales to certain other dealers.
After the initial public offering, the public offering price and concession and
discount to dealers may be changed by the Representatives.
 
     The public offering price, the aggregate underwriting discounts and
commissions per share and per share concession and discount to dealers for the
U.S. Offering and the concurrent International Offering will be identical.
Pursuant to an Agreement between the U.S. Underwriters and Managers (the
"Intersyndicate Agreement") relating to the Common Stock Offering, changes in
the public offering price, concession and discount to dealers will be made only
upon the mutual agreement of CS First Boston Corporation, as
 
                                       89
<PAGE>   92
 
representative of the U.S. Underwriters, and CS First Boston Limited ("CSFBL"),
on behalf of the Managers.
 
     Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, each of the U.S. Underwriters has
agreed that, as part of the distribution of the U.S. Shares and subject to
certain exceptions, it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or distribute any prospectus
relating to the Common Stock to any person outside the United States or Canada
or to any other dealer who does not so agree. Each of the Managers has agreed or
will agree that, as part of the distribution of the International Shares and
subject to certain exceptions, it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or
sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or distribute any
prospectus relating to the Common Stock in the United States or Canada or to any
other dealer who does not so agree. The foregoing limitations do not apply to
stabilization transactions or to transactions between the U.S. Underwriters and
the Managers pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement. As used herein, "United
States" means the United States of America (including the States and District of
Columbia), its territories, possessions and other areas subject to its
jurisdiction, "Canada" means Canada, its provinces, territories, possessions and
other areas subject to its jurisdiction, and an offer or sale shall be in the
United States or Canada if it is made to (i) any individual resident in the
United States or Canada or (ii) any corporation, partnership, pension,
profit-sharing or other trust or other entity (including any such entity acting
as an investment adviser with discretionary authority) whose office most
directly involved with the purchase is located in the United States or Canada.
 
     Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, sales may be made between the
U.S. Underwriters and the Managers of such number of shares of Common Stock as
may be mutually agreed upon. The price of any shares so sold will be the public
offering price, less such amount as may be mutually agreed upon by CS First
Boston Corporation, as representative of the U.S. Underwriters, and CSFBL, on
behalf of the Managers, but not exceeding the selling concession applicable to
such shares. To the extent there are sales between the U.S. Underwriters and the
Managers pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the number of shares of
Common Stock initially available for sale by the U.S. Underwriters or by the
Managers may be more or less than the amount appearing on the cover page of the
Prospectus. Neither the U.S. Underwriters nor the Managers are obligated to
purchase from the other any unsold shares of Common Stock.
 
   
     Calpine has agreed that it will not offer, sell, contract to sell, announce
its intention to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement
under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8)
relating to, any additional shares of its Common Stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its Common Stock without
the prior written consent of CS First Boston Corporation for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the
exercise of employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof. In addition,
all holders of options to purchase shares of Common Stock have agreed that they
will not, without the prior written consent of CS First Boston Corporation,
offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock
beneficially owned by them or any shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus.
    
 
     Calpine has agreed to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers
against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities
Act, or to contribute to payments that the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers
may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
     CS First Boston Corporation, one of the Underwriters, is an affiliate of
the Company. The Common Stock Offering therefore is being conducted in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 to the Conduct Rules of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Rule 2720 requires that the
initial public offering price of the Common Stock not be higher than that
recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter" meeting certain standards.
Accordingly, PaineWebber Incorporated is assuming the responsibilities of acting
as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the Common Stock Offering
and conducting due diligence. The initial public offering price of the Common
Stock set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus is no higher than the price
recommended by PaineWebber Incorporated.
 
     In connection with the Common Stock Offering, PaineWebber Incorporated in
its role as qualified independent underwriter has performed due diligence
investigations and reviewed and participated in the
 
                                       90
<PAGE>   93
 
preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part. In addition, the Underwriters may not confirm sales to
any discretionary account without the prior specific written approval of the
customer.
 
     The decision made by CS First Boston Corporation and CSFBL to underwrite
the Common Stock Offering was made independently of the Company, CS Holding and
Electrowatt. The net proceeds from the Common Stock Offering will not be applied
for the benefit of CS First Boston Corporation or CSFBL. CS First Boston
Corporation and CSFBL will not receive any benefit from the Common Stock
Offering other than their respective portion of the underwriting discounts and
commissions.
 
     The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "CPN." In connection
with the listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the
Underwriters have undertaken to sell round lots of 100 shares or more to a
minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
     Prior to the Common Stock Offering, there has been no public market for the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The initial public offering price for the
shares was determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder
and CS First Boston Corporation, as one of the Representatives of the U.S.
Underwriters, and by CSFBL, on behalf of the Managers, and does not necessarily
reflect the secondary market prices for the Common Stock following the initial
offering hereby. Among the principal factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price were prevailing economic prospects, the sales,
earnings and financial and operating performance of the Company in recent
periods, the future prospects of the Company, market valuations of companies in
related businesses and the history and prospects for the industries in which the
Company competes. Additionally, consideration has been given to the general
condition of the securities markets, the market for new issues of securities and
the demand for securities of comparable companies.
 
     In the ordinary course of their business, CS First Boston Corporation and
certain of the other Underwriters and their affiliates have engaged and may in
the future engage in investment banking transactions with Calpine, including the
provision of certain advisory services to Calpine. CS Holding, a Swiss
corporation, holds approximately 44.9% of the outstanding shares of Electrowatt,
which indirectly holds all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company. CS
Holding also holds (i) approximately 100% of the outstanding shares of Credit
Suisse and (ii) approximately 69.3% of the outstanding common stock of CS First
Boston, Inc., which holds all of the outstanding common stock of CS First Boston
Corporation and of CSFBL. CS First Boston Corporation was one of the
Underwriters in connection with the public offering of the Company's 9 1/4%
Senior Notes in February 1994, one of the placement agents in connection with
the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes in May 1996 and is one of the
Representatives of the U.S. Underwriters in the U.S. Offering, and CSFBL is one
of the Managers in the International Offering. See "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       91
<PAGE>   94
 
                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
RESALE RESTRICTIONS
 
     The distribution of the Common Stock in Canada is being made only on a
private placement basis exempt from the requirement that the Company prepare and
file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province
where trades of Common Stock are effected. Accordingly, any resale of the Common
Stock in Canada must be made in accordance with applicable securities laws which
will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales
to be made in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant to a
discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory
authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of
the Common Stock.
 
REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASERS
 
     Each purchaser of Common Stock in Canada who receives a purchase
confirmation will be deemed to represent to the Company and the dealer from whom
such purchase confirmation is received that (i) such purchaser is entitled under
applicable provincial securities laws to purchase such Common Stock without the
benefit of a prospectus qualified under such securities laws, (ii) where
required by law, that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as
agent, and (iii) such purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale
Restrictions."
 
RIGHTS OF ACTION AND ENFORCEMENT
 
     The securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and Ontario
purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action prescribed by
section 32 of the Regulation under the Securities Act (Ontario). As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available, including
common law rights of action for damages or rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
 
     All of the issuer's directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible
for Ontario purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon the
issuer or such persons. All or a substantial portion of the assets of the issuer
and such persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not
be possible to satisfy a judgment against the issuer or such persons in Canada
or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against such issuer or
persons outside of Canada.
 
NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS
 
     A purchaser of Common Stock to whom the Securities Act (British Columbia)
applies is advised that such purchaser is required to file with the British
Columbia Securities Commission a report within ten days of the sale of any
Common Stock acquired by such purchaser pursuant to this offering. Such report
must be in the form attached to British Columbia Securities Commission Blanket
Order BOR #95/17, a copy of which may be obtained from the Company. Only one
such report must be filed in respect of Common Stock acquired on the same date
and under the same prospectus exemption.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock will be passed upon for the Company by
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, San Francisco, California and for the
Underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, New York, New York.
 
                                       92
<PAGE>   95
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements and schedules of the Company as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the three years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993, the financial statements of Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. for the
period ended April 18, 1993 and the financial statements of BAF Energy, A
California Limited Partnership as of October 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the three
years ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 included in this Prospectus and
elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports. In the reports for the Company, that firm states
that with respect to Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P., its opinion is based on
the reports of other independent public accountants, namely Moss Adams LLP.
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P.
and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the three years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 appearing in this Prospectus have been audited
by Moss Adams LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports
with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon authority of said
firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
     The combined financial statements of LFC No. 38 Corp. and Portsmouth
Leasing Corporation and Subsidiaries and the consolidated financial statements
of LFC No. 60 Corp. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1994 and 1993 and for the
years then ended appearing in this Prospectus have been audited by Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, as indicated in their reports with
respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon authority of said firm
as experts in giving said reports.
 
     The financial statements of Gilroy Energy Company, a wholly owned
subsidiary of Gilroy Foods, Inc. which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of
McCormick & Company, Inc., at November 30, 1995 and 1994, and for each of the
two years in the period ended November 30, 1995, appearing in this Prospectus
and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. As
permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission, this Prospectus omits
certain information, exhibits and undertakings contained in the Registration
Statement. The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in
accordance therewith, files periodic reports and other information with the
Commission. For further information with respect to the Company and the Common
Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement, including
the exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes and schedules filed as
a part thereof, as well as the periodic reports and other information filed by
the Company with the Commission, which may be inspected and copied at the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the
Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048
and Suite 1400, Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public reference facilities in New
York, New York and Chicago, Illinois, at the prescribed rates. The Commission
maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants, such as the Company, that file
electronically with the Commission and the address of such site is
http://www.sec.gov. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents
of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each
instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference.
 
                                       93
<PAGE>   96
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
CALPINE CORPORATION
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................   F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1995 and 1994...............................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,
  1994 and 1993.......................................................................   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................   F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994
  and 1993............................................................................   F-8
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and December 31,
  1995................................................................................  F-30
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996
  and 1995 (unaudited)................................................................  F-31
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996
  and 1995 (unaudited)................................................................  F-32
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30,
  1996 and 1995 (unaudited)...........................................................  F-33
SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................  F-38
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1995 and 1994...............................  F-39
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................  F-40
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners' Deficit for the Years Ended December
  31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.............................................................  F-41
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................  F-42
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994
  and 1993............................................................................  F-43
CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................  F-52
Statement of Operations for the Period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993.........  F-53
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993.........  F-54
Notes to Financial Statements for the Period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993...  F-55
LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................  F-60
Combined Balance Sheets, December 31, 1994 and 1993...................................  F-61
Combined Statement of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.......  F-62
Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Deficiency for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994 and 1993..........................................................  F-63
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993......  F-64
Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................  F-65
LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................  F-69
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1994 and 1993...............................  F-70
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................  F-71
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Deficiency for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994 and 1993..........................................................  F-72
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................  F-73
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and
  1993................................................................................  F-74
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   97
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
BAF ENERGY, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................  F-77
Balance Sheets, October 31, 1995 and 1994.............................................  F-78
Statements of Income for the Years Ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993..............  F-79
Statements of Partners' Equity for the Years Ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993....  F-80
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993..........  F-81
Notes to Financial Statements for the Years Ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.....  F-82
Condensed Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1996 (unaudited) and October 31, 1995......  F-86
Condensed Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended January 31, 1996 and 1995
  (unaudited).........................................................................  F-87
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended January 31, 1996 and
  1995 (unaudited)....................................................................  F-88
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements as of January 31, 1996........................  F-89
GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
Report of Independent Auditors........................................................  F-91
Balance Sheets, November 30, 1995 and 1994 and May 31, 1996 (unaudited)...............  F-92
Statements of Income for the Years Ended November 30, 1995 and 1994 and for the Six
  Months Ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)......................................  F-93
Statement of Shareholder's Equity for the Years Ended November 30, 1995 and 1994 and
  for the Six Months Ended May 31, 1996 (unaudited)...................................  F-94
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended November 30, 1995 and 1994 and for the
  Six Months Ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)..................................  F-95
Notes to Financial Statements for the Years Ended November 30, 1995 and 1994 and for
  the Six Months Ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)..............................  F-96
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   98
 
   
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
To The Board of Directors
  of Calpine Corporation:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Calpine
Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995
and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder's
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of
Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. (Sumas), the investment in which is reflected
in the accompanying financial statements using the equity method of accounting.
The investment in Sumas represents approximately 1% and 2% of the Company's
total assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company has
recorded a loss of $3.0 million, $2.9 million and $1.9 million representing its
share of the net loss of Sumas for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. The financial statements of Sumas were audited by other
auditors whose report has been furnished to us and our opinion, insofar as it
relates to the amounts included for Sumas, is based solely on the report of
other auditors.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Calpine Corporation and subsidiaries as of December
31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 15, 1996 (except with respect to
  the matter discussed in Note 26, as to
   
  which the date is September 13, 1996)
    
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   99
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1995         1994
                                                                                  --------     --------
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>
                                                ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................  $ 21,810     $ 22,527
  Accounts receivable
     from related parties.......................................................     2,177        1,864
     from others................................................................    17,947       12,723
  Acquisition project receivables...............................................     8,805           --
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.....................................     5,491        4,256
                                                                                  --------     --------
          Total current assets..................................................    56,230       41,370
Property, plant and equipment, net..............................................   447,751      335,453
Investments in power projects...................................................     8,218       11,114
Capitalized project costs.......................................................     1,123          645
Notes receivable from related parties...........................................    19,391       16,882
Notes receivable from Coperlasa.................................................     6,394           --
Restricted cash.................................................................     9,627       10,813
Deferred charges and other assets...............................................     5,797        5,095
                                                                                  --------     --------
          Total assets..........................................................  $554,531     $421,372
                                                                                  ========     ========
                                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Current non-recourse project financing........................................  $ 84,708     $ 22,800
  Notes payable to bank and short-term borrowings...............................     1,177        4,500
  Accounts payable..............................................................     6,876        1,869
  Accrued payroll and related expenses..........................................     2,789        2,624
  Accrued interest payable......................................................     7,050        5,622
  Other accrued expenses........................................................     2,657        2,517
                                                                                  --------     --------
          Total current liabilities.............................................   105,257       39,932
Long-term line of credit........................................................    19,851           --
Non-recourse long-term project financing, less current portion..................   190,642      196,806
Notes payable...................................................................     6,348        5,296
Senior Notes Due 2004...........................................................   105,000      105,000
Deferred income taxes, net......................................................    97,621       50,928
Deferred revenue................................................................     4,585        4,761
                                                                                  --------     --------
          Total liabilities.....................................................   529,304      402,723
                                                                                  --------     --------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 25)
Stockholder's equity
  Common stock, authorized 33,760 shares, issued and
     outstanding -- 10,388 shares in 1995 and 1994..............................        10           10
  Additional paid-in capital....................................................     6,214        6,214
  Retained earnings.............................................................    19,034       12,456
  Cumulative translation adjustment.............................................       (31)         (31)
                                                                                  --------     --------
          Total stockholder's equity............................................    25,227       18,649
                                                                                  --------     --------
          Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............................  $554,531     $421,372
                                                                                  ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   100
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995         1994         1993
                                                             --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue
  Electricity and steam sales..............................  $127,799     $ 90,295     $ 53,000
  Service contract revenue from related parties............     7,153        7,221       16,896
  Income (loss) from unconsolidated investments in power
     projects..............................................    (2,854)      (2,754)          19
                                                             --------      -------      -------
          Total revenue....................................   132,098       94,762       69,915
                                                             --------      -------      -------
Cost of revenue
  Plant operating expenses.................................    33,162       14,944        9,078
  Depreciation.............................................    26,264       21,202       12,272
  Production royalties.....................................    10,574       11,153        6,814
  Operating lease expense..................................     1,542           --           --
  Service contract expenses................................     5,846        5,546       14,337
                                                             --------      -------      -------
          Total cost of revenue............................    77,388       52,845       42,501
                                                             --------      -------      -------
Gross profit...............................................    54,710       41,917       27,414
  Project development expenses.............................     3,087        1,784        1,280
  General and administrative expenses......................     8,937        7,323        5,080
  Provision for write-off of project development costs.....        --        1,038           --
                                                             --------      -------      -------
          Income from operations...........................    42,686       31,772       21,054
Other (income) expense
  Interest expense
     Related party.........................................     1,663          375        2,613
     Other.................................................    30,491       23,511       11,212
  Other income, net........................................    (1,895)      (1,988)      (1,133)
                                                             --------      -------      -------
     Income before provision for income taxes and
       cumulative effect of change in accounting
       principle...........................................    12,427        9,874        8,362
  Provision for income taxes...............................     5,049        3,853        4,195
                                                             --------      -------      -------
     Income before cumulative effect of change in
       accounting principle................................     7,378        6,021        4,167
  Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No. 109............        --           --         (413)
                                                             --------      -------      -------
          Net income.......................................  $  7,378     $  6,021     $  3,754
                                                             ========      =======      =======
As adjusted earnings per share assuming conversion of
  preferred stock:
                                                               14,187
  As adjusted weighted average shares outstanding..........  ========
                                                             $   0.52
  Net income per share.....................................  ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   101
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL              CUMULATIVE
                                                   ---------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED   TRANSLATION
                                                   SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS   ADJUSTMENT    TOTAL
                                                   ------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------   -------
<S>                                                <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992.......................  10,388    $ 10      $6,214     $ 4,281       $ --      $10,505
  Dividend ($0.08 per share).....................      --      --          --        (800 )       --         (800)
  Net income.....................................      --      --          --       3,754         --        3,754
  Cumulative translation adjustment..............      --      --          --          --        (31)         (31)
                                                    -----     ---     -------        ----    -------
Balance, December 31, 1993.......................  10,388      10       6,214       7,235        (31)      13,428
  Dividend ($0.08 per share).....................      --      --          --        (800 )       --         (800)
  Net income.....................................      --      --          --       6,021         --        6,021
                                                    -----     ---     -------        ----    -------
Balance, December 31, 1994.......................  10,388      10       6,214      12,456        (31)      18,649
  Dividend ($0.08 per share).....................      --      --          --        (800 )       --         (800)
  Net income.....................................      --      --          --       7,378         --        7,378
                                                    -----     ---     -------        ----    -------
Balance, December 31, 1995.......................  10,388    $ 10      $6,214     $19,034       $(31)     $25,227
                                                    =====     ===     =======        ====    =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   102
 
                      CALPLNE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995        1994        1993
                                                               --------     -------     -------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income.................................................  $  7,378     $ 6,021     $ 3,754
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization, net......................    25,931      20,342      11,318
     Deferred income taxes, net..............................    (1,027)      3,180       4,619
     (Income) loss from unconsolidated investments in power
       projects..............................................     2,854       2,754         (19)
     Distributions from investments in power projects........        --          --       7,352
     Provision for write-off of project development costs....        --       1,038          --
       Change in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable...................................    (3,354)     (2,578)       (615)
       Acquisition project receivables.......................    (8,805)         --          --
       Other current assets..................................      (737)         79        (956)
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses.................     6,847       6,218      (3,040)
       Deferred revenue......................................    (2,434)     (2,858)      1,897
                                                               --------     --------    --------
          Net cash provided by operating activities..........    26,653      34,196      24,310
                                                               --------     --------    --------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment...............   (17,434)     (7,023)     (8,445)
  Acquisition of Greenleaf, net of cash on hand..............   (14,830)         --          --
  Investment in Watsonville, net of cash on hand.............       494          --          --
  Acquisition of TPC, net of cash on hand....................        --     (62,770)         --
  Acquisition of CGC, net of CGC cash on hand................        --          --     (20,296)
  Increase in notes receivable...............................    (6,348)    (13,556)         --
  Investments in power projects..............................        --        (118)       (627)
  Capitalized project costs..................................    (1,258)       (175)       (952)
  Decrease (increase) in restricted cash.....................     1,186        (900)      2,968
  Other, net.................................................      (307)         98         270
                                                               --------     --------    --------
          Net cash used in investing activities..............   (38,497)    (84,444)    (27,082)
                                                               --------     --------    --------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Payment of dividends.......................................      (800)       (800)       (800)
  Borrowings from line of credit.............................    34,851          --      23,000
  Repayments of line of credit...............................   (15,000)    (52,595)     (5,873)
  Borrowings from non-recourse project financing.............    76,026      60,000          --
  Repayments of non-recourse project financing...............   (79,388)    (12,735)     (8,800)
  Short-term borrowings......................................     2,683       4,500          --
  Repayments of short-term borrowings........................    (6,006)         --          --
  Senior Notes Due 2004......................................        --     105,000          --
  Financing costs............................................    (1,239)     (3,921)       (749)
  Repayment of note payable to shareholder...................        --      (1,200)         --
  Proceeds from note payable.................................        --       5,167          --
  Repayment of notes payable -- FMRP.........................        --     (36,807)         --
                                                               --------     --------    --------
          Net cash provided by financing activities..........    11,127      66,609       6,778
                                                               --------     --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.........      (717)     16,361       4,006
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...............    22,527       6,166       2,160
                                                               --------     --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.....................  $ 21,810     $22,527     $ 6,166
                                                               ========     ========    ========
Supplementary information -- cash paid during the year for:
  Interest...................................................  $ 32,162     $19,890     $15,084
  Income taxes...............................................     4,294         683          13
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   103
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
     Calpine Corporation (Calpine) and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company)
are engaged in the development, acquisition, ownership and operation of power
generation facilities in the United States. The Company has ownership interests
in and operates geothermal steam fields, geothermal power generation facilities,
and natural gas-fired cogeneration facilities in Northern California and
Washington. Each of the generation facilities produces electricity for sale to
utilities. Thermal energy produced by the gas-fired cogeneration facilities is
sold to governmental and industrial users, and steam produced by the geothermal
steam fields is sold to utility-owned power plants. For the year ended December
31, 1995, primarily all electricity and steam sales revenue from consolidated
subsidiaries was derived from sales to two customers in Northern California (see
Note 24), of which 73% related to geothermal activities.
 
     Founded in 1984, the Company is wholly owned by Electrowatt Services, Inc.,
which is wholly owned by Electrowatt Ltd. (Electrowatt), a Swiss company. The
Company has expertise in the areas of engineering, finance, construction and
plant operations and maintenance.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles of Consolidation -- The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of Calpine Corporation and its wholly owned and majority
owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are
eliminated in consolidation. During 1993, the Company acquired the remaining
interests in Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (CGC) (see Note 3). Prior to the
acquisition, the Company recognized its share of the net income of CGC under the
equity method of accounting. During 1994, the Company formed Calpine Thermal
Power, Inc. (Calpine Thermal) and Calpine Siskiyou Geothermal Partners, L.P.
(see Notes 4 and 7, respectively). Calpine Thermal acquired Thermal Power
Company (TPC) during 1994. During 1995, the Company formed Calpine Greenleaf
Corporation (Calpine Greenleaf), Calpine Monterey Cogeneration, Inc. (CMCI) and
Calpine Vapor, Inc. (Calpine Vapor). Calpine Greenleaf indirectly acquired two
operating gas-fired cogeneration plants (see Note 5) and CMCI acquired an
operating lease for a gas-fired cogeneration facility (see Note 6). Calpine
Vapor made loans to fund construction of new geothermal wells in Mexico (see
Note 8).
 
     Accounting for Jointly Owned Geothermal Properties -- The Company uses the
proportionate consolidation method to account for TPC's 25% interest in jointly
owned geothermal properties. TPC has a steam sales agreement with Pacific Gas
and Electric Company (PG&E) pursuant to which the steam derived from its
interest in the properties is sold. See Note 4 for further information regarding
TPC.
 
     Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements -- The preparation
of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates with regard to these
financial statements relate to future development costs and total productive
resources of the geothermal facilities (see Property, Plant and Equipment and
Note 4), the estimated "free steam" liability (see Revenue Recognition and
Deferred Revenue), receivables which the Company believes to be collectible (see
Note 10), and the realization of deferred income taxes (see Note 19).
 
     Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue -- Revenue from electricity and
steam sales is recognized upon transmission to the customer. Revenues from
contracts entered into or acquired since May 21, 1992 are recognized at the
lesser of amounts billable under the contract or amounts recognizable at an
average rate over the term of the contract. The Company's power sales agreements
related to CGC were entered into prior to
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   104
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
May 1992. Had the Company applied this principle, the revenues of the Company
recorded for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the period from
April 19, 1993 to December 31, 1993, would have been approximately $12.6
million, $11.9 million and $6.5 million less, respectively.
 
     CGC revenues from sales of steam were calculated considering a future
period when steam would be delivered without receiving corresponding revenue.
The estimated "free steam" obligation was recorded at an average rate over
future steam production as deferred revenue in 1993. As of December 31, 1993,
the Company had deferred revenue of $8.6 million. During 1994, based on
estimates and analyses performed, the Company determined that these deliveries
would no longer be required for a customer. In May 1994, the Company reversed
approximately $5.9 million of its deferred revenue liability. This reversal was
recorded as a $1.9 million purchase price reduction to property, plant and
equipment, with the remaining $4.0 million as an increase in revenue.
Concurrently, $800,000 of the revenue increase was reserved for future
construction of gathering systems required for future production of the steam
fields, with the offset recorded in property, plant and equipment.
 
     In October 1994, PG&E agreed to the termination of the free steam provision
for one of the geothermal steam fields. During 1995, CGC took additional
measures regarding future capital commitments and other actions which will
increase steam production and, based on additional analyses and estimates
performed, the Company recognized the remaining $2.7 million of previously
deferred revenue.
 
     The Company performs operations and maintenance services for projects in
which it has an interest. Revenue from investees is recognized on these
contracts when the services are performed. Revenue from consolidated
subsidiaries are eliminated in consolidation.
 
     Cash and Cash Equivalents -- The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. The carrying amount of these instruments approximates fair value
because of their short maturity.
 
     Restricted Cash -- The Company is required to maintain cash balances that
are restricted by provisions of its debt agreements and by regulatory agencies.
The Company's debt agreements specify restrictions based on debt service
payments and drilling costs for the following year. Regulatory agencies require
cash to be restricted to ensure that funds will be available to restore property
to its original condition. Restricted cash is invested in accounts earning
market rates; therefore, their carrying value approximates fair value. Such cash
is excluded from cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the statements of
cash flows.
 
     Concentration of Credit Risk -- Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash
and accounts/notes receivable. The Company's cash accounts are held by five
major financial institutions. The Company's accounts/notes receivable are
concentrated within entities engaged in the energy industry, mainly within the
United States, some of which are related parties. Certain of the Company's notes
receivable are with a company in Mexico (see Note 8).
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment -- Property, plant and equipment are stated
at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
 
     The Company capitalizes costs incurred in connection with the development
of geothermal properties, including costs of drilling wells and overhead
directly related to development activities, together with the costs of
production equipment, the related facilities and the operating power plants.
Geothermal properties include the value attributable to the geothermal resources
of CGC and all of the property, plant and equipment of Calpine Thermal. Proceeds
from the sale of geothermal properties are applied against capitalized costs,
with no gain or loss recognized.
 
     Geothermal costs, including an estimate of future development costs to be
incurred and the estimated costs to dismantle, are amortized by the units of
production method based on the estimated total productive output over the
estimated useful lives of the related steam fields. Depreciation of the
buildings and roads is
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   105
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
computed using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. It is
reasonably possible that the estimate of useful lives, total units of production
or total capital costs to be amortized using the units of production method
could differ materially in the near term from the amounts assumed in arriving at
current depreciation expense. These estimates are affected by such factors as
the ability of the Company to continue selling steam and electricity to
customers at estimated prices, changes in prices of alternative sources of
energy such as hydro-generation and gas, and changes in the regulatory
environment.
 
     Gas-fired power production facilities include the cogeneration plants and
related equipment and are stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded utilizing the
straight-line method over the estimated original useful life of up to thirty
years. Depreciation of office equipment is provided on the straight-line method
over useful lives of three to five years. Amortization of leasehold improvements
is provided based on the straight-line method over the lesser of the useful life
of the asset or the life of the lease. When assets are disposed of, the cost and
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and the
resulting gains or losses are included in the results of operations.
 
     As of December 31, 1995 and 1994, the components of property, plant and
equipment are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1995         1994
                                                                     --------     --------
    <S>                                                              <C>          <C>
    Geothermal properties..........................................  $216,042     $209,243
    Buildings......................................................   147,532       29,149
    Machinery and equipment........................................    50,826       47,125
    Wells and well pads............................................    44,706       43,982
    Steam gathering and control systems............................    28,363       28,296
    Roads..........................................................     7,384        7,384
    Miscellaneous assets...........................................     2,425        1,694
                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                      497,278      366,873
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.................    60,511       34,020
                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                      436,767      332,853
    Land...........................................................       754          413
    Construction in progress.......................................    10,230        2,187
                                                                     --------     --------
      Property, plant and equipment, net...........................  $447,751     $335,453
                                                                     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
     Investments in Power Projects -- The Company accounts for its
unconsolidated investments in power projects under the equity method. The
Company's share of income from these investments is calculated according to the
Company's equity ownership or in accordance with the terms of the appropriate
partnership agreement (see Note 11).
 
     Capitalized Project Costs -- The Company capitalizes project development
costs upon the execution of a memorandum of understanding or a letter of intent
for a power or steam sales agreement. These costs include professional services,
salaries, permits and other costs directly related to the development of a new
project. Outside services and other third-party costs are capitalized for
acquisition projects. Upon the start-up of plant operations or the completion of
an acquisition, these costs are generally transferred to property, plant and
equipment and amortized over the estimated useful life of the project.
Capitalized project costs are charged to expense when the Company determines
that the project will not be consummated or is impaired.
 
     As Adjusted Earnings Per Share -- Net income per share is computed using
weighted average shares outstanding, which includes the net additional number of
shares which would be issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options,
assuming that the Company used the proceeds received to purchase additional
shares at an assumed public offering price. Net income per share also gives
effect, even if antidilutive, to common equivalent shares from preferred stock
that will automatically convert upon the closing of the
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   106
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Company's initial public offering (using the as-if-converted method). If the
offering contemplated by the Company is consummated, all of the convertible
preferred stock outstanding as of the closing date will automatically be
converted into shares of common stock based on the shares of convertible
preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 1996.
 
     Reclassifications -- Prior years' amounts in the consolidated financial
statements have been reclassified where necessary to conform to the 1995
presentation.
 
3. CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
     CGC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is the owner of
two operating geothermal power plants and their respective steam fields, Bear
Canyon and West Ford Flat, and three geothermal steam fields, which provide
steam to PG&E's Unit 13 and Unit 16 power plants and to Sacramento Municipal
Utility District's (SMUD) geothermal power plant. The power plants and steam
fields are located in The Geysers area of Northern California. Electricity from
CGC's two operating geothermal power plants is sold to PG&E under 20-year
agreements. Under the terms of the agreements which began in 1989, CGC is paid
for energy delivered based upon a fixed price which escalates annually through
December 1998, and upon PG&E's full short-run avoided operating costs for the
subsequent ten years. CGC also receives capacity payments from PG&E. Under
certain circumstances, if CGC is unable to deliver firm capacity, then CGC may
owe PG&E certain minimum damages as specified in the agreements.
 
     Under the steam sales agreements with PG&E and SMUD, the price paid for the
steam is determined annually and semiannually, respectively, based on contract
price formulas and steam delivery terms.
 
     Under the PG&E Unit 16 and the SMUD agreements, if the quantity of steam
delivered is less than 50% of the units' capacities, then neither PG&E nor SMUD
is required to make payment for steam delivered during such month until the cost
of the affected power plant has been completely amortized (see Note 2). Further,
both PG&E and SMUD can terminate their agreements with written notice under
conditions specified in the agreement if further operation of the plants becomes
uneconomical. In the event that CGC terminates the agreements, PG&E or SMUD may
require CGC to assign them all rights, title and interest to the wells, lands
and related facilities. In consideration for such an assignment to SMUD, SMUD
shall reimburse CGC for its original costs net of depreciation for any
associated materials or facilities.
 
     Prior to April 19, 1993 the Company owned a minority interest in CGC and
recognized its share of CGC's net income under the equity method. On April 19,
1993, the Company acquired Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, L.P.'s (FMRP)
interest in CGC for $23.0 million in cash and non-recourse notes payable to FMRP
totaling $40.5 million. On February 17, 1994, the Company exercised its option
to prepay the notes utilizing a discount rate of 10% by paying $36.9 million
including interest in full satisfaction of its obligations under the FMRP notes.
The difference between the original carrying amount of the notes and the
prepayment was recorded as an adjustment to the purchase price.
 
4. CALPINE THERMAL POWER, INC.
 
     On September 9, 1994, Calpine Thermal acquired the outstanding capital
stock of TPC from Natomas Energy Company (Natomas), a wholly owned subsidiary of
Maxus Energy Company, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 27,
1994. Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, Calpine Thermal acquired
the stock of TPC for a total purchase price of $66.5 million, consisting of a
$60.0 million cash payment and the issuance by Calpine of a non-interest bearing
promissory note to Natomas in the amount of $6.5 million (discounted to $5.2
million), which is due September 9, 1997. At or subsequent to the closing of the
acquisition, Calpine received payments of $3.0 million from Natomas, which
represented cash from TPC's operations for the period from July 1, 1994 to
September 8, 1994. These payments were treated as purchase price adjustments.
The Company funded the cash portion of the purchase price in the acquisition
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   107
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
through a two-year non-recourse secured financing provided by The Bank of Nova
Scotia pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated September 9, 1994 (see Note 16).
 
     Calpine Thermal owns a 25% undivided interest in certain producing
geothermal steam fields located at The Geysers area of Northern California.
Union Oil Company of California, a wholly owned subsidiary of Unocal
Corporation, owns the remaining 75% interest in the steam fields, which deliver
geothermal steam to twelve operating plants owned by PG&E. The steam fields
currently provide the twelve operating plants with sufficient steam to generate
approximately 604 megawatts of electricity.
 
     Steam from Calpine Thermal's steam field is sold to PG&E under a steam
sales agreement. In addition, Calpine Thermal receives a monthly capacity
maintenance fee, which provides for effluent disposal costs and facilities
support costs, and a monthly fee for PG&E's right to curtail its power plants.
The steam price, capacity maintenance and curtailment fees are adjusted
annually. Calpine Thermal is required to compensate PG&E for the unused capacity
of its geothermal power plants due to insufficient field capacities of its steam
supply (offset payment).
 
     In accordance with the steam sales agreement, PG&E may curtail the power
plants which receive steam from the Union Oil/Calpine Thermal Steam Fields in
order to produce energy from lower cost sources. However, PG&E is constrained by
its contractual obligation to operate all the power plants at a minimum of 40%
of the field capacity during any given year. During 1995, Calpine Thermal
experienced extensive curtailments of steam production due to low gas prices and
abundant hydro power.
 
     In March 1995, PG&E notified Union Oil and TPC of its plan to accelerate
the retirement of the geothermal power plants to which steam is supplied.
Calpine Thermal had considered plant retirements in its analysis leading to the
acquisition of TPC in September 1994. Calpine Thermal had no assurance that PG&E
would follow the accelerated schedule which was not in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the steam sales agreement, and, with Union Oil, entered into
intensive discussions with PG&E regarding alternatives. As a result of those
discussions, the March 1995 accelerated closure schedule has been reevaluated in
accordance with expected steam supply projections, curtailment levels, and
actual contract terms and conditions to result in estimates of future project
output and revised closure schedules. Closure schedules will continue to be
modified throughout the life of the power sales agreement to be consistent with
actual production levels based on competitive energy prices and weather.
 
     On August 9, 1995, the Company, Union Oil and PG&E executed a letter
agreement on alternative steam pricing for the calendar year 1995. Under this
agreement, all steam delivered up to 40% of field capacity remained at the
original contract rate, and all other steam was sold at a 33% reduction to the
contract rate, thus lowering the cost to PG&E and enhancing production and
revenue from The Geysers to Union Oil and Calpine Thermal. On February 1, 1996,
the Company and Union Oil entered into an alternative steam pricing agreement
with PG&E for the month of February 1996, which was subsequently extended
through at least March 15, 1996. The parties to this agreement are currently in
the process of negotiating a longer term alternative pricing agreement. The
Company is unable to predict the sales and prices that may result from such an
alternative pricing program.
 
     The steam sales agreement between Calpine Thermal and PG&E terminates two
years after the closing of the last PG&E operating unit. PG&E may terminate the
agreement upon a one-year written notice to Calpine Thermal. In the event the
agreement is terminated by PG&E, Calpine Thermal has the right to purchase
PG&E's facilities at PG&E's unamortized cost. Calpine Thermal will provide
capacity maintenance services for five years after termination by PG&E or
closure of the last PG&E operating unit. Alternatively, Calpine Thermal may
terminate the agreement upon two years written notice to PG&E. PG&E has the
right to take assignment of Calpine Thermal's facilities on the date of
termination. In such a case, Calpine Thermal would generally continue to pay
offset payments for 36 months following the date of termination.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   108
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
5. CALPINE GREENLEAF CORPORATION
 
     On April 21, 1995, Calpine Greenleaf acquired the outstanding capital stock
of Portsmouth Leasing Corporation, LFC No. 38 Corp. and LFC No. 60 Corp.
(collectively, the Acquired Companies) from Radnor Power Corporation (Radnor)
for $80.5 million pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement dated March 30, 1995.
 
     The Acquired Companies own 100% of the assets of two 49.5 megawatt natural
gas-fired cogeneration facilities (collectively, the Greenleaf facilities),
Greenleaf Unit One and Greenleaf Unit Two, located in Yuba City in Northern
California. The Greenleaf facilities burn natural gas in the cogeneration of
electrical and thermal energy. The Greenleaf facilities produce electrical power
for sale to PG&E pursuant to two long-term power sales agreements that provide
for electricity payments over an original thirty-year period (expiring in 2019)
at prices equal to PG&E's full short-run avoided operating costs, adjusted
annually. In addition, the Company receives firm capacity payments through 2019
for up to 49.2 megawatts on each unit and as-delivered capacity on excess
deliveries. PG&E, at its discretion, may curtail purchases of electricity from
the Greenleaf facilities due to hydro-spill or uneconomic cost conditions. The
thermal energy generated is used by thermal hosts adjacent to the Greenleaf
facilities. The Greenleaf facilities are qualifying facilities, as defined by
the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978, as amended (PURPA).
 
     Natural gas for the Greenleaf facilities is supplied by Montis Niger, Inc.
(MNI) pursuant to a long-term gas purchase agreement, and by Chevron USA
Production Company (Chevron). MNI is a wholly owned subsidiary of LFC Financial
Corporation, the parent company of Radnor. See Note 25 for further information
regarding these agreements.
 
     The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the purchase price has
been allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities based on the estimated
fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as shown below. The
allocation may be adjusted as additional information becomes available (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                 <C>
        Current assets....................................................  $  6,572
        Property, plant and equipment.....................................   120,752
                                                                            --------
          Total assets....................................................   127,324
                                                                            --------
        Current liabilities...............................................      (944)
        Deferred income taxes, net........................................   (45,844)
                                                                            --------
          Total liabilities...............................................   (46,788)
                                                                            --------
        Net purchase price................................................  $ 80,536
                                                                            ========
</TABLE>
 
     The purchase price included a cash payment of $20.3 million and the
assumption of project debt totalling $60.2 million. The final purchase price,
which is to be adjusted after the determination of the final net working capital
amount, was determined upon an arms-length transaction between Calpine and
Radnor. The parties are currently in dispute regarding certain provisions of the
Share Purchase Agreement, and the outcome of the dispute may affect the purchase
price.
 
     The $20.3 million cash payment was funded by borrowings from the Credit
Suisse lines of credit described in Note 13 below. The $60.2 million debt
assumed by the Company in the acquisition of the Greenleaf facilities consisted
of $57.6 million of non-recourse long-term project financing payable to Credit
Suisse and $2.6 million of installment payments to individuals. On June 30,
1995, the Company refinanced the Greenleaf project by borrowing $76.0 million
from banks (described in Note 16 below). Net proceeds of $74.9 million were used
to repay $57.5 million of Credit Suisse debt including interest, and $2.9
million of installment and premium payments to individuals. The remaining $14.5
million of net proceeds and $500,000 of internal funds were used to repay the
Credit Suisse line of credit borrowings related to the Greenleaf project.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   109
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Pro forma consolidated results for the Company as if the Greenleaf
acquisition had been consummated on January 1, 1995 and as if the Greenleaf and
TPC acquisitions had been consummated on January 1, 1994, respectively, are (in
thousands, except per share amounts):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1995             1994
                                                                 ------------     ------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                          <C>              <C>
    Revenue....................................................    $137,412         $143,137
    Net income.................................................    $  4,868         $ 11,708
    Earnings per share (assuming stock split and conversion of
      preferred stock; see Note 2).............................    $   0.34
</TABLE>
 
     The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of results that
actually would have occurred had the acquisition been made on the dates
indicated or of results which may occur in the future.
 
     Also in connection with the Greenleaf acquisition, the Company borrowed
$1.9 million on April 21, 1995 against an uncommitted demand loan facility with
The Bank of Nova Scotia to finance the prepayment for natural gas to be
delivered to the Greenleaf facilities from MNI (see Note 13 for further
information).
 
6. CALPINE MONTEREY COGENERATION, INC.
 
     On June 29, 1995, CMCI acquired a 14.5 year operating lease (through
December 2009) for a 28.5 megawatt natural gas-fired cogeneration power plant
located in Watsonville in Northern California. The Company acquired the
operating lease from Ford Motor Credit Company, acting through its agent, USL
Capital Corporation, for $900,000. The Watsonville plant sells electricity to
PG&E under the terms of a 20-year power sales agreement, generally at prices
equal to PG&E's full short-run avoided operating costs. Basic and contingent
lease rental payments are described in Note 25. As a cogenerator, the plant
provides steam to two local food processing plants, and is a qualifying facility
as defined by PURPA. The Company also provides project and fuels management
services.
 
     In connection with this acquisition, the Company obtained a $5.0 million
uncommitted line of credit with The Bank of Nova Scotia for letters of credit.
On December 31, 1995, the Company had $2.9 million of letters of credit
outstanding (see Note 13 for further information).
 
7. CALPINE SISKIYOU GEOTHERMAL PARTNERS, L.P.
 
     On August 24, 1994, the Company formed a partnership with Trans-Pacific
Geothermal Glass Mountain, Ltd. (TGGM), an affiliate of Trans-Pacific Geothermal
Corporation of Oakland, California, and is planning to build a geothermal power
generation facility. The power generation facility will be located at Glass
Mountain in Northern California near the Oregon border. The partnership is
consolidated as the Company owns a controlling interest.
 
8. CALPINE VAPOR, INC.
 
     In November 1995, Calpine Vapor entered into agreements with Constructora y
Perforadora Latina, S.A. de C.V. (Coperlasa) and certain Mexican bank lenders to
Coperlasa in connection with a geothermal steam production contract at the Cerro
Prieto geothermal resource in Baja California, Mexico. The resource currently
produces electricity from geothermal power plants owned and operated by Comision
Federal de Electricidad (CFE), Mexico's national utility. The steam field
contract is between Coperlasa and CFE. Calpine will loan up to $18.5 million to
Coperlasa, and will receive fees for technical services provided to the project.
At December 31, 1995, notes receivable (see Note 12) totaled $4.9 million. In
February 1996, the Company loaned an additional $3.4 million to Coperlasa.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   110
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     In December 1995, Calpine Vapor also paid $1.5 million for an option to
purchase an equity interest in Coperlasa. The option expires in May 1997 and is
being amortized over the estimated repayment period of the Coperlasa loan
(through the year 1999) using the interest method, as the Company views the
option as a loan acquisition fee. The unamortized balance of the option is also
included in notes receivable from Coperlasa.
 
9. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     The Company has both billed and unbilled receivables. The components of
accounts receivable as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1995        1994
                                                                       -------     -------
    <S>                                                                <C>         <C>
    Billed...........................................................  $18,341     $13,809
    Unbilled.........................................................      525         768
    Other............................................................    1,258          10
                                                                       -------     -------
                                                                       $20,124     $14,587
                                                                       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Other accounts receivable consist primarily of disputed amounts related to
the Greenleaf facilities purchase price (see Note 5).
 
     Accounts receivable from related parties at December 31, 1995 and 1994
include the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1995       1994
                                                                         ------     ------
    <S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
    O.L.S. Energy-Agnews, Inc..........................................  $  806     $  538
    Geothermal Energy Partners, Ltd....................................     462        793
    Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P....................................     908        528
    Electrowatt and subsidiaries.......................................       1          5
                                                                         ------     ------
                                                                         $2,177     $1,864
                                                                         ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
10. ACQUISITION PROJECT RECEIVABLES
 
     On October 17, 1995, in connection with the Company's unsuccessful bid to
acquire O'Brien Environmental Energy, Inc. (OEE) through the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court -- District of New Jersey proceedings, the Company purchased accounts
receivable of $1.9 million, and two notes receivable totaling $3.7 million. The
remaining balance of $3.2 million represents capitalized project acquisition
costs. The recovery of these costs is subject to approval by the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court in 1996.
 
     The Company purchased $1.9 million of accounts receivable from two
cogeneration facilities owned by subsidiaries of OEE. Payments are made to the
Company based on cash availability for each project. In February 1996, the
Company received approximately $1.1 million against these receivables. The
Company currently expects repayment of the balance of these accounts receivable
during 1996.
 
     The Company purchased for $900,000 from Stewart & Stevenson, Inc. (S&S) a
90% participation interest in a $1.0 million note issued by OEE (the O'Brien
Note). Calpine and S&S entered into an agreement in February 1996 whereby S&S
assigned 100% of its interest in the O'Brien Note to Calpine, without any
additional consideration. Interest accrues at approximately 5% after January 20,
1996. The Company currently expects repayment of the note receivable during
1996.
 
     The Company entered into a purchase agreement for all of S&S's rights and
obligations in a Subordinated Loan Agreement dated March 11, 1994 between S&S
and O'Brien (Newark) Cogeneration, Inc. (O'Brien Newark), the Subordinated Note
relating thereto and any related documents and agreements. The purchase price
was $2.8 million and the notes bear interest at prime plus 2.0%. The Company
receives
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   111
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
$80,000 per month until the note is fully amortized. As of December 31, 1995,
$2.7 million of principal was receivable bearing interest at 10.5%. Through
February 1996, the Company received $160,000 in payment of this note. The
Company currently expects repayment of the note receivable upon restructuring of
O'Brien Newark debt during 1996.
 
11. INVESTMENTS IN POWER PROJECTS
 
     As of December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company had unconsolidated
investments in power projects which are accounted for under the equity method.
Financial information related to these investments is as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SUMAS         O.L.S.      GEOTHERMAL
                                              COGENERATION     ENERGY-       ENERGY
                                                COMPANY,       AGNEWS,     PARTNERS,
                      1995                      L.P.(A)         INC.          LTD.
    ----------------------------------------  ------------     -------     ----------
    <S>                                       <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>
    Operating revenue.......................    $ 31,526       $10,779      $ 21,676
    Net income (loss).......................      (6,098)         (483)        5,538
    Assets..................................     122,802        40,330        76,017
    Liabilities.............................     123,377        39,034        51,439
    Company's percentage ownership..........          (b)          20%            5%
    Equity investments in power projects....       5,763           314         1,229
    Project development costs...............         912            --            --
                                                --------       -------       -------
    Total investments in power projects.....    $  6,675       $   314      $  1,229
    Company's share of net income (loss)....      (3,049)          (82)          277
                                                --------       -------       -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SUMAS         O.L.S.      GEOTHERMAL
                                              COGENERATION     ENERGY-       ENERGY
                                                COMPANY,       AGNEWS,     PARTNERS,
                      1994                      L.P.(A)         INC.          LTD.
    ----------------------------------------  ------------     -------     ----------
    <S>                                       <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>
    Operating revenue.......................    $ 32,060       $11,985      $ 21,721
    Net income (loss).......................      (5,777)         (415)        5,548
    Assets..................................     130,148        42,596        77,081
    Liabilities.............................     124,625        40,864        58,041
    Company's percentage ownership..........          (b)          20%            5%
    Equity investments in power projects....       8,812           396           952
    Project development costs...............         946             8            --
                                                --------       -------       -------
    Total investments in power projects.....    $  9,758       $   404      $    952
    Company's share of net income (loss)....      (2,888)         (143)          277
                                                --------       -------       -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   112
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SUMAS         O.L.S.      GEOTHERMAL     CALPINE
                                              COGENERATION     ENERGY-       ENERGY       GEYSERS
                                                COMPANY,       AGNEWS,     PARTNERS,      COMPANY,
                      1993                      L.P.(A)         INC.          LTD.        L.P.(C)
    ----------------------------------------  ------------     -------     ----------     -------
    <S>                                       <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>
    Operating revenue.......................    $ 23,671       $12,485      $ 18,451      $20,759
    Net income (loss).......................      (3,739)         (931)        1,090        2,689
    Assets..................................     134,579        44,249        74,994           --
    Liabilities.............................     123,279        42,249        61,503           --
    Company's percentage ownership..........          (b)          20%            5%           --
    Equity investments in power projects....      11,700           515           674           --
    Project development costs...............         981            17             7           --
                                                --------       -------       -------      -------
    Total investments in power projects.....    $ 12,681       $   532      $    681      $    --
    Company's share of net income (loss)....      (1,870)         (127)           55        1,961
                                                --------       -------       -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(a) Commercial operations commenced April 1993 and dry kiln operations commenced
    in May 1993.
 
(b) Distributions will be made out of operating income after certain required
    deposits are made and certain minimum balances are met. After receiving
    certain preferential distributions, the Company will have a 50% interest in
    the profits and losses of Sumas until earning a 24.5% pre-tax cumulative
    return on its investment, at which time the Company's interest in Sumas will
    be reduced to 11.33%.
 
(c) 1993 CGC information is for the period from January 1, 1993 to April 19,
    1993, the date of the acquisition. Subsequent to April 19, 1993, the
    operating results of CGC are included in the accounts of the Company.
 
     Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. -- Sumas Cogeneration Company, L P.
(Sumas) is a Delaware limited partnership formed between Sumas Energy, Inc.
(SEI), a Washington State Subchapter S corporation, and Whatcom Cogeneration
Partners, L.P. (Whatcom), a wholly owned partnership of the Company. SEI is the
general partner and Whatcom is the limited partner. Sumas has a wholly owned
Canadian subsidiary, ENCO Gas, Ltd. (ENCO), which is incorporated in New
Brunswick, Canada.
 
     Sumas is the owner and operator of a power generation facility (the
Generation Facility) in Sumas, Washington. The Generation Facility is a natural
gas-fired combined cycle electrical generation plant with a production capacity
of approximately 125 megawatts. In connection with the Generation Facility,
there is a lumber dry kiln facility and a 3.5 mile private natural gas pipeline.
ENCO acquired, developed and is operating a portfolio of proven natural gas
reserves in British Columbia and Alberta, Canada to provide a dedicated fuel
supply for the Generation Facility.
 
     Sumas produces and sells electrical energy to Puget Sound Power & Light
Company (Puget) under a 20-year agreement for approximately 110 megawatts of
power, which was subsequently increased to an average 123 megawatts in 1994.
Sumas leases the dry kiln facility and sells steam to Socco, Inc. (Socco), a
custom lumber drying operation owned by an affiliated individual. Under the kiln
lease and steam sale agreements with Socco, both of which are for 20 years, the
Generating Facility is a qualifying facility as defined by PURPA.
 
     Construction financing was provided through a $95.2 million construction
and term loan agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America
(Prudential) and Credit Suisse, an affiliate of the Company. In addition, ENCO
has a $24.8 million loan agreement with Prudential and Credit Suisse. On May 25,
1993, the entire $120.0 million was converted to a term loan. Sumas established
and funded all reserve accounts as required under the terms of the loan
agreements with Prudential and Credit Suisse.
 
     In addition to its interest stated above, the Company has been contracted
by Sumas to provide operations and maintenance services. For these services, the
Company receives a fixed fee of $1.1 million per year
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   113
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
adjusted annually based on the Consumer Price Index, an annual base fee of
$150,000 per year also adjusted based on the Consumer Price Index and certain
other reimbursable expenses. In addition, the Company is entitled to an annual
performance bonus of up to $400,000 based upon the achievement of certain
performance levels. This arrangement will expire upon the date Whatcom receives
its 24.5% pre-tax return or 10 years, subject to renewal terms, whichever is
later. The Company recorded revenue of approximately $2.0 million, $1.9 million
and $1.4 million associated with this arrangement during the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
     The Company has also provided construction management services to the Sumas
project. The Company recorded revenue of approximately $72,300 and $934,000
related to construction management services during the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company defers the profit on these contracts,
to the extent of their ultimate ownership percentage, and amortizes it over the
life of the project.
 
     Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. -- In addition to its interest as stated
above, the Company had been contracted by CGC to provide operations and
maintenance services at cost plus overhead and fees. The Company recorded
revenue of approximately $6.8 million associated with this service agreement and
for other services provided to CGC for the period from January 1, 1993 to April
19, 1993.
 
     O.L.S. Energy-Agnews, Inc. -- The Company has a 20% interest in O.L.S.
Energy-Agnews, Inc., a joint venture with GATX Capital Corporation, which owns
and operates a 29 megawatt gas-fired combined-cycle cogeneration facility at the
State-owned Agnews Developmental Center (Center) in San Jose, California. The
cogeneration plant, which commenced operations in December 1990, provides the
Center with all of its thermal and electric requirements. Excess electricity is
sold to PG&E under a Standard Offer No. 4 contract. The Company's original
investment was $1.8 million.
 
     In addition to its interest as stated above, the Company has been
contracted by the joint venture to provide operations and maintenance services
at cost plus overhead and fees, as specified. The Company recorded revenue of
$1.5 million, $1.4 million and $2.3 million associated with this service
agreement and for other services provided to the joint venture for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
     In January 1990, O.L.S Energy-Agnews, Inc. entered into a credit agreement
with Credit Suisse providing for a $28.0 million loan. The loan is secured by
all of the assets of the Agnews Facility and bears interest on the unpaid
principal balance based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a
margin rate varying between 0.05% and 1.5%
 
     Geothermal Energy Partners, Ltd. -- During 1989, the Company acquired a 5%
interest in Geothermal Energy Partners Ltd. (GEP). GEP was established in 1988
to develop, finance and construct a 20 megawatt geothermal power production
facility located in The Geysers area of Northern California. The facility began
operations on June 6, 1989.
 
     In addition to its interest as stated above, the Company has been
contracted by GEP to provide operations and maintenance services at cost plus
overhead and fees, as specified. The Company recorded revenue of $3.5 million,
$3.7 million and $4.5 million associated with this service agreement to GEP for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
     The Company accounts for its investment in GEP under the equity methods
because control of the project is deemed to be shared under the terms of the
partnership agreement and the Company has significant influence over the
operation of the venture.
 
12. NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
     On May 25, 1993, in accordance with certain provisions of the Sumas
partnership agreement, the Company was entitled to receive a distribution of
$1.5 million. In addition, in accordance with provisions of
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   114
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
the Sumas partnership agreement, SEI was required to make a capital contribution
of $1.5 million. In order to meet SEI's $1.5 million capital contribution
requirement, the Company loaned $1.5 million to the sole shareholder of SEI, who
in turn loaned the funds to SEI, who in turn contributed the capital to Sumas.
The loan bears interest at 20% and is secured by a security interest in the loan
between SEI and its sole shareholder. The Company will receive payments of 50%
of SEI's cash distributions from Sumas. The payments will first reduce any
accrued and unpaid interest and then reduce the principal balance. On May 25,
2003, all unpaid principal and interest is due. The Company is deferring the
recognition of interest income from this note until Sumas generates net income.
 
     On March 15, 1994, the Company completed a $10.0 million loan to the sole
shareholder of SEI, the Company's partner in Sumas. The loan matures in 10 years
and bears interest at 16.25%. The loan is secured by a pledge to Calpine of the
partner's interest in Sumas. In order to provide for the payment of principal
and interest on the loan, an additional 25% of the cash flow generated by Sumas,
estimated to begin in 1996, has been assigned to Calpine. The Company is
deferring the recognition of interest income from this note until Sumas
generates net income.
 
     On August 25, 1994, the Company entered into a loan agreement providing for
loans up to $4.8 million to TGGM (see Note 7). The loan bears interest at 10%
and has a maturity date which is based on certain future events. Based on
current forecasts, the maturity date will be in the year 2022. The loan is
secured by a pledge to Calpine of the partner's interest in the project. The
Company is deferring the recognition of income from this note until the Glass
Mountain project generates sufficient income to support collectibility of
interest earned. As of December 31, 1995, $3.8 million was outstanding.
 
     As of December 31, 1995, Calpine Vapor had notes receivable of $4.9 million
and unamortized loan acquisition fees of $1.5 million from Coperlasa (see Note
8). Interest accrues on the $4.9 million of outstanding notes receivable at
approximately 18.8% and is due semi-annually. Principal payments in six equal
installments are due beginning in May 1997 through November 1999. In January
1996, the Company loaned an additional $3.4 million to Coperlasa. The fair value
of the notes receivable approximates its carrying value since the loan was
entered into near the end of 1995.
 
13. REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AND LINES OF CREDIT
 
     At December 31, 1995, the line of credit with Credit Suisse (whose parent
company owns approximately 44.9% of Electrowatt) provided for advances of $50.0
million. Interest may be paid at either LIBOR or the Credit Suisse base rate,
plus applicable margins in both cases. At December 31, 1995, the Company had
$19.9 million of borrowings outstanding, bearing interest at LIBOR plus 0.5%
(6.4% at December 31, 1995). At the Company's discretion, the debt outstanding
can be held for various maturity periods of up to six months. Interest is paid
on the last day of each interest period for such loans, but not less often than
quarterly, based on the principal amount outstanding during the period. No
stated amortization exists for this indebtedness. From January 1 to March 13,
1996, the Company borrowed an additional $8.8 million and issued a letter of
credit for $3.0 million to fund an additional loan to Coperlasa (see Note 8) and
other developmental project and working capital requirements. No borrowings were
outstanding at December 31, 1994. The credit agreement specifies that the
Company maintain certain covenants with which the Company was in compliance.
 
     At December 31, 1995, the Company had three loan facilities with available
borrowings totaling $10.2 million. Borrowings and letters of credit outstanding
were $1.2 million and $3.8 million as of December 31, 1995, respectively, with
interest payable at variable interest rates based on bank base rates, LIBOR or
prime plus applicable margins in all cases (approximately 7.6% at December 31,
1995 on borrowings). At December 31, 1994, no borrowings and $900,000 of letters
of credit were outstanding on these facilities. The credit agreements specify
that the Company maintain certain covenants with which the Company was in
compliance.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   115
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
14. WORKING CAPITAL LOAN
 
     The Company has a $5.0 million working capital loan agreement with a bank
providing for advances and letters of credit. The aggregate unpaid principal of
the working capital loan is payable in full at least once a year, with the final
payment of principal, interest and fees due June 30, 1998. Interest on
borrowings accrues at the option of the Company at either a base rate, LIBOR, or
a certificate of deposit rate (plus applicable margins in all cases) over the
term of the loan. No borrowings were outstanding at December 31, 1995. At
December 31, 1994, $4.5 million was outstanding under the working capital
agreement, with interest at 7.625%. The Company had letters of credit
outstanding of $459,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994. Outstanding letters of
credit bear interest at 0.625% payable quarterly.
 
15. NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER
 
     On December 31, 1991, the Company declared a dividend of $1.2 million to
its parent company, Electrowatt Services, Inc. On the same date, the Company
issued a note payable to Electrowatt Services, Inc. for $1.2 million. Interest
was paid quarterly at a rate of 4.25%, which approximated market. The note was
paid on June 30, 1994, the maturity date.
 
16. NON-RECOURSE PROJECT FINANCING
 
     The components of non-recourse project financing as of December 31, 1995
and 1994 are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1995       1994
                                                                       --------   --------
    <S>                                                                <C>        <C>
    Senior-term loans
      Fixed rate portion.............................................  $ 99,400   $116,800
      Variable rate portion..........................................    20,000     20,000
      Premium on debt................................................     2,959      4,341
                                                                       --------   --------
              Total senior-term loans................................   122,359    141,141
    Junior-term loans................................................    19,965     19,965
    Notes payable to banks...........................................   133,026     58,500
                                                                       --------   --------
              Total long-term debt...................................   275,350    219,606
              Less current portion...................................    84,708     22,800
                                                                       --------   --------
              Long-term debt, less current portion...................  $190,642   $196,806
                                                                       ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     Senior-Term Loans -- Principal and interest are payable in quarterly
installments at variable amounts with the final payment of principal, interest
and fees due June 30, 2002. A portion of the senior-term loans bears interest
fixed at 9.93% (see discussion on swap agreement below) with the remainder
accruing interest at LIBOR plus 0.75% to 1.25% (6.69% and 7.25% at December 31,
1995 and 1994, respectively) over the term of the loan, collateralized by all of
CGC's assets and the Company's interest in CGC. In connection with the
acquisition of CGC's assets in 1993, the Company recorded a premium on the fixed
rate portion of the senior-term loans reflecting the fixed rate in excess of
market. The premium is amortized over the life of the fixed rate portion of the
loan using the interest method, and the unamortized balance is included in
long-term debt outstanding.
 
     On January 2, 1996, $5.4 million of principal was repaid, and $2.5 million
of interest calculated through January 1, 1996 was paid.
 
     Junior-Term Loans -- Principal and interest are payable in quarterly
installments at variable amounts beginning September 30, 2002 with the final
payment of principal, interest and fees due June 30, 2005; interest accrues at
LIBOR plus 1.5% to 2.75% (7.69% and 8.5% at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively) over the term of the loan, collateralized by all of CGC's assets
and the Company's interest in CGC.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   116
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements to minimize the
impact of changes in interest rates on a portion of its senior-term loans. These
agreements, with a commercial bank and a financing company, effectively fix the
interest on this portion at 9.93%. The Company records the fixed rate interest
as interest expense. At December 31, 1995, the swap agreements were applicable
to debt with a principal balance total of $99.4 million. The interest rate swap
agreements mature through December 31, 2000. The premium on debt was recorded in
conjunction with the acquisition as discussed above. The premium effectively
adjusts the recognized interest rate on the fixed-rate debt to 7.05% per annum.
The floating interest rate associated with this portion of the senior-term loans
was LIBOR plus 1.0% (6.99%) at December 31, 1995 and LIBOR plus 0.75% (7.25%) at
December 31, 1994. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-
performance by the other parties to the agreements.
 
     Notes Payable to Banks -- On September 9, 1994, the Company entered into a
two-year agreement with The Bank of Nova Scotia to finance the acquisition of
TPC. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had $57.0 million of non-recourse
project financing outstanding under this agreement. This indebtedness is secured
by TPC's interest in The Geysers steam field assets. Among other restrictions,
TPC is required to maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2.5 to 1.0,
and to maintain a loan to value ratio (as defined) of no more than 0.7 to 1.0.
At the Company's discretion, the debt outstanding can be held for various
maturity periods of at least 30 days up to the final maturity date, September 9,
1996. The entire outstanding balance bears interest at variable rates currently
based on LIBOR plus 1% (averaging 6.9% as of December 31, 1995). Interest is
paid on each maturity date, but not less often than quarterly, based on the
principal amount outstanding during the period. No stated principal amortization
exists for this indebtedness. The Company may elect to repay principal at any
time. All unpaid principal is due and payable on September 9, 1996. The Company
currently intends to refinance the $57.0 million of debt before September 9,
1996.
 
     On June 26, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with Sumitomo Bank
to finance the acquisition of the Greenleaf facilities. Of the $76.0 million
debt outstanding at December 31, 1995, $60.0 million bears interest fixed at
7.4%, with the remaining floating rate portion accruing interest at LIBOR plus
an applicable margin (6.5% as of December 31, 1995). This debt is secured by all
of the assets of Greenleaf Unit One and Greenleaf Unit Two. Interest on the
floating rate portion may be at Sumitomo's base rate plus an applicable margin
or at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. Interest on base rate loans is paid at
the end of each calendar quarter, and interest on LIBOR based loans is paid on
each maturity date, but not less often than quarterly, based on the principal
amount outstanding during the period. At the Company's discretion, the LIBOR
based loans may be held for various maturity periods of at least 1 month up to
12 months. The $76.0 million debt will be repaid quarterly, with a final
maturity date of December 31, 2010.
 
     The annual principal maturities of the non-recourse long-term debt
outstanding at December 31, 1995 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                 <C>
        1996..............................................................  $ 84,708
        1997..............................................................    24,772
        1998..............................................................    25,993
        1999..............................................................    18,733
        2000..............................................................    17,991
        Thereafter........................................................   100,194
                                                                            --------
                                                                             272,391
        Unamortized premium on fixed portion of senior loan...............     2,959
                                                                            --------
                  Total...................................................  $275,350
                                                                            ========
</TABLE>
 
     The carrying value of $99.4 million and $116.8 million of the senior-term
loan as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, has an effective rate of
9.93% under the Company's interest rate swap agreements
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   117
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(7.05% after consideration of the debt premium). Based on the borrowing rates
currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and
maturities, the fair value of the debt as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 is
approximately $107.3 million and $120.0 million, respectively. The carrying
value of the remaining $20.0 million of the senior and the $20.0 million
junior-term loans and the long-term notes payable to banks approximates the
debt's fair market value as the rates are variable and based on the current
LIBOR rate.
 
     The non-recourse long-term debt is held by subsidiaries of Calpine. The
debt agreements of the Company's subsidiaries and other affiliates governing the
non-recourse project financing generally restrict their ability to pay
dividends, make distributions or otherwise transfer funds to the Company. The
dividend restrictions in such agreements generally require that, prior to the
payment of dividends, distributions or other transfers, the subsidiary or other
affiliate must provide for the payment of other obligations, including operating
expenses, debt service and reserves.
 
17. LONG-TERM NOTES PAYABLE
 
     At December 31, 1995, the Company had a non-interest bearing promissory
note for $6.5 million payable to Natomas Energy Company, a wholly owned
subsidiary of Maxus Energy Company. This note has been discounted to yield 8.0%
per annum, due September 9, 1997. The carrying amount of $5.7 million at
December 31, 1995 approximates fair market value.
 
     In January 1995, the Company purchased the working interest covering
certain properties in its geothermal properties at CGC from Santa Fe Geothermal,
Inc. The purchase price included $6.0 million cash, and a $750,000 non-interest
bearing note discounted to yield 9% per annum and due on December 26, 1997. The
Company may repay all or any part of the note at any time without penalty. The
carrying value of $627,000 of the discounted non-interest bearing note at
December 31, 1995 approximates fair market value.
 
18. SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
 
     On February 17, 1994, the Company completed a $105.0 million public debt
offering of 9 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2004 (Senior Notes). The net proceeds of
$100.9 million were used to repay all of the indebtedness outstanding under the
Company's existing line of credit, and to repay the non-recourse notes payable
to FMRP plus accrued interest (see Note 3). The remaining proceeds were used for
general corporate purposes, including the loan to the sole shareholder of SEI
discussed in Note 12. The transaction costs of $4.1 million incurred in
connection with the public debt offering were recorded as a deferred charge and
are amortized over the ten-year life of the Senior Notes using the interest
method.
 
     The Senior Notes will mature on February 1, 2004 and bear interest at
9 1/4% payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing
August 1, 1994, to holders of record. Based on the traded yield to maturity, the
approximate fair market value of the Senior Notes was $97.0 million as of
December 31, 1995. The agreement specifies that the Company maintain certain
covenants with which the Company was in compliance.
 
     Under provisions of the indenture applicable to the Senior Notes, the
Company may, under certain circumstances, be limited in its ability to make
restricted payments, as defined, which include dividends and certain purchases
and investments, incur additional indebtedness and engage in certain
transactions.
 
19. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS No. 109) and
recorded $413,000 as the cumulative effect of adoption in the accompanying
financial statements. SFAS No. 109 requires that the Company follow the
liability method of accounting for income taxes whereby deferred income taxes
are recognized for the tax consequences of
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   118
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
"temporary differences" to the extent they are not reduced by net operating loss
and tax credit carryforwards by applying enacted statutory rates.
 
     The components of the deferred tax liability as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995          1994
                                                                    ---------     --------
    <S>                                                             <C>           <C>
    Deferred state income taxes...................................  $     256     $  1,389
    Expenses deductible in a future period........................      1,865        1,536
    Net operating loss and credit carryforwards...................     19,797       15,566
    Other differences.............................................      2,034        1,129
                                                                    ---------     --------
      Deferred tax asset, before valuation allowance..............     23,952       19,620
    Valuation allowance...........................................       (749)        (749)
                                                                    ---------     --------
      Deferred tax asset..........................................     23,203       18,871
                                                                    ---------     --------
    Property differences..........................................   (116,763)     (66,552)
    Difference in taxable income and income from investments
      recorded on the equity method...............................     (2,311)      (2,119)
    Other differences.............................................     (1,750)      (1,128)
                                                                    ---------     --------
      Deferred tax liabilities....................................   (120,824)     (69,799)
                                                                    ---------     --------
         Net deferred tax liability...............................  $ (97,621)    $(50,928)
                                                                    =========     ========
</TABLE>
 
     The net operating loss and credit carryforwards consist of Federal and
State net operating loss carryforwards which expire 2005 through 2010 and 1999,
respectively, and Federal and State alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards
which can be carried forward indefinitely. During 1991, the State of California
suspended the usage of net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce
taxable income for 1992 and 1991. In September 1993, the State of California
removed the suspension on utilization of net operating loss carryforwards,
although they can only be carried forward five years. Fifty percent of the State
net operating loss carryforwards are available to reduce future taxable income.
During 1993, the Company increased the tax provision by approximately $700,000
as a result of the change in the California State Tax regulations. At December
31, 1995, Federal and State net operating loss carryforwards were approximately
$41.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 1995 the State net
operating losses have been fully reserved for in the valuation allowance due to
the limited carryforward period allowed by the State of California. At December
31, 1995, Federal and State alternative minimum tax carryforwards were
approximately $3.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively.
 
     Realization of the deferred tax assets and federal net operating loss
carryforwards is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to
expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although realization is not assured,
management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax
asset will be realized based on estimates of future taxable income. The amount
of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in
the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward
period are reduced.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   119
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993 consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995       1994       1993
                                                               ------     ------     ------
    <S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
    Current
      Federal................................................  $3,085     $   96     $   --
      State..................................................   1,163        365         11
    Deferred
      Federal, excluding items listed below..................     816      2,546      2,581
         Adjustment in federal tax rate......................      --         --         88
      State, excluding items listed below....................     (15)       547      1,250
         Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.....      --         --       (192)
         Increase in valuation allowance.....................      --        299        457
                                                               ------     ------     ------
              Total provision................................  $5,049     $3,853     $4,195
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's effective rate for income taxes for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 differs from the U.S. statutory rate for the same
periods due to state income taxes, depletion allowances and the limitation on
use of state net operating loss carryforwards discussed above, as reflected in
the following reconciliation.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1995     1994     1993
                                                                     ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                                              <C>      <C>      <C>
    U.S. statutory tax rate........................................  35.0%    35.0%    35.0%
    State income tax, net of Federal benefit.......................   6.0      6.0      8.1
    Depletion allowance............................................  (0.3)    (8.6)      --
    Adjustment to deferred for change in tax rates.................    --       --      1.0
    Utilization of state net operating loss carryforward...........    --       --     (2.3)
    Other, net.....................................................  (0.1)    (1.2)     2.9
    Increase in valuation allowance................................    --      7.8      5.5
                                                                     ----     ----     ----
         Effective income tax rate.................................  40.6%    39.0%    50.2%
                                                                     ====     ====     ====
</TABLE>
 
20. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
 
     The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(a)
and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan provides for tax deferred
salary deductions and after-tax employee contributions. Employees automatically
become participants on the first quarterly entry date after completion of three
months of service. Contributions include employee salary deferral contributions
and a 3% employer profit-sharing contribution. Employer profit-sharing
contributions in 1995, 1994 and 1993 totaled $350,000, $311,000 and $293,000,
respectively.
 
21. COMMON STOCK
 
     Prior to the merger and the stock split discussed in Note 26, the Company
had Class A and Class B common stock. Each class of common stock fully
participated in any dividends declared. Although Class A shareholders were
precluded from receiving stock dividends of Class B common stock, Class B shares
were convertible into Class A shares on a share-for-share basis at the option of
the holder. Each share of Class A common stock was entitled to one vote per
share, and each share of Class B common stock was entitled to ten votes per
share -- see Note 26.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   120
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
22. STOCK OPTION PROGRAM
 
     The Company adopted a Stock Option Program effective December 31, 1992.
Under the plan, the Board of Directors may grant non-qualified stock options to
officers and other senior employees of the Company, not to exceed 35
participants, to purchase Class A common stock of the Company. The plan is
administered by a committee of the Board of Directors. The committee determines
the timing of awards, individuals to be granted awards, the number of options to
be awarded, and the price, term, vesting schedule and other conditions of the
options. The Company has reserved a total of 2,596,923 Class A common shares for
issuance under the plan.
 
     Options outstanding to officers and other senior employees are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       GRANT                        OPTIONS        PER         EXPIRATION
                        DATE                      OUTSTANDING     SHARE           DATE
    --------------------------------------------  -----------     -----     -----------------
    <S>                                           <C>             <C>       <C>
    December 31, 1992...........................     934,893      $ .50     December 31, 2002
    April 1, 1993...............................     179,188      $1.85     April 1, 2003
    October 1, 1994.............................     296,049      $4.57     October 1, 2004
    January 1, 1995.............................     418,364      $4.91     January 1, 2005
    June 16, 1995...............................      25,969      $4.91     June 16, 2005
                                                     -------
                                                   1,854,463
                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The options were granted at fair value as determined by the Board of
Directors based, in part or in whole, on the most recent applicable independent
appraisal. The options granted on December 31, 1992 were fully exercisable on
the date of grant. The options granted in 1993 and 1994 were vested 25% at the
date of issuance with the balance vesting equally over a three-year period. The
options granted on January 1, 1995 vest equally over a four-year period
beginning on January 1, 1996. The options granted on June 16, 1995 vest 50% on
June 16, 1997 and 50% on June 16, 1999. The number of options exercisable at
December 31, 1995 totaled 1,217,308. No options have been exercised to date.
 
23. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     In January 1995, the Company and Electrowatt entered into a management
services agreement whereby Electrowatt agreed to provide the Company with
advisory services in connection with the construction, financing, acquisition
and development of power projects, as well as any other advisory services as may
be required by the Company in connection with the operation of the Company. The
Company currently pays Electrowatt $200,000 per year for all services rendered
under the management services agreement. The management services agreement
terminates in January 1998.
 
     During 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company paid $106,000, $69,000 and
$474,000, respectively, to Electrowatt pursuant to a guarantee fee agreement
whereby Electrowatt agreed to guarantee the payment, when due, of any and all
indebtedness of the Company to Credit Suisse in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the line of credit. Under the guarantee fee agreement, the Company
has agreed to pay to Electrowatt an annual fee equal to 1% of the average
outstanding balance of the Company's indebtedness to Credit Suisse during each
quarter as compensation for all services rendered under the guarantee fee
agreement. The guarantee fee agreement terminates in January 1998.
 
24. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
     The Company's electricity and steam sales revenue is primarily from two
sources -- PG&E and SMUD. During 1994, the Company entered into a three-year
agreement to sell 5 megawatts of electricity to Northern California Power Agency
(NCPA). The Company terminated this agreement on December 31, 1994.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   121
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Revenues earned from these sources for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for the period from April 19, 1993 to December 31, 1993 were (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1995        1994        1993
                                                           --------     -------     -------
    <S>                                                    <C>          <C>         <C>
    PG&E.................................................  $112,522     $77,010     $45,819
    SMUD.................................................    12,345       9,296       9,014
    NCPA.................................................        --         804          --
    Other................................................       173          --          --
                                                           --------     -------     -------
                                                            125,040      87,110      54,833
    Revenues recognized (deferred) (see Note 2)..........     2,759       3,185      (1,833)
                                                           --------     -------     -------
    Total electricity and steam sales....................  $127,799     $90,295     $53,000
                                                           ========     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
See Note 25 regarding CPUC Restructuring.
 
25. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     Capital Projects -- The Company has 1996 commitments for capital
expenditures totaling $6.8 million related to various projects at its geothermal
facilities. In March 1996, the Company entered into an energy development
agreement with Phillips Petroleum Company to develop, construct, own and operate
a 240 megawatt gas-fired cogeneration facility at Phillips Houston Chemical
Complex in Pasadena, Texas. The initial permitting process is underway, with
construction of the facility planned to begin in late 1996 and to be completed
in 1998. The Company is currently evaluating options to finance the construction
of this facility. The Company issued a $3.0 million letter of credit and has a
1996 capital commitment of $3.0 million in connection with this facility. In a
separate transaction, as of March 15, 1996, the Company was negotiating the
potential acquisition of an operating lease for a 120 megawatt gas-fired
cogeneration facility located in Northern California.
 
     Royalties and Leases -- The Company is committed under several geothermal
leases and right-of-way, easement and surface agreements. The geothermal leases
generally provide for royalties based on production revenue, with reductions for
property taxes paid, and the right-of-way, easement and surface agreements are
based on flat rates and are not material. Under the terms of certain geothermal
leases, royalties accrue at rates ranging from 7% to 12.5% of steam and effluent
revenue. Certain properties also have net profits and overriding royalty
interests ranging from approximately 1.45% to 28%, which are in addition to the
land royalties. Most lease agreements contain clauses providing for minimum
lease payments to lessors if production temporarily ceases or if production
falls below a specified level.
 
     The Company also has working interest agreements with third parties
providing for the sharing of approximately 25% to 30% of drilling and other well
costs, various percentages of other operating costs and 25% to 30% of revenues
on specified wells.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   122
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Expenses under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for the period from April 19,1993 to December 31, 1993, are (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995        1994        1993
                                                             -------     -------     ------
    <S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
    Production royalties...................................  $10,574     $11,153     $6,814
    Lease payments.........................................  $   225     $   252     $  172
</TABLE>
 
     Natural Gas Purchases -- Natural gas for the Greenleaf facilities is
supplied by MNI pursuant to a long-term gas purchase agreement. Under the terms
of the gas purchase agreement, MNI may nominate on a monthly basis to provide
firm gas deliveries from certain specified wells. If MNI is unable to deliver
the nominated quantity of gas from its reserves, MNI must purchase and deliver
sufficient gas at no additional cost to the Company. The Company is committed to
purchase gas at the forecasted weighted average incremental cost per decatherm
of gas procured by PG&E at the California border, adjusted annually to actual
cost. The fuel purchase agreement may be terminated by the Company under
specified contract conditions, or upon disbursement of contract suspension
payments.
 
     The Company is committed to purchase and receive natural gas from Chevron
in an amount sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Greenleaf facilities,
in excess of the nominated quantity supplied by MNI. If MNI supplies less than
the nominated quantity, Chevron shall supply the volumes of natural gas
constituting the difference between the volumes of gas delivered by MNI and the
nominated volumes (make-up gas). Chevron will have the option to be the
exclusive provider of make-up gas if Chevron agrees to sell at a price less than
or equal to 100% of the average gas rate at the burner tip for utility electric
generation as posted by PG&E for the month of delivery. If MNI supplies volumes
of gas greater than its nomination, Chevron will reduce its deliveries in a
corresponding amount. The gas supply agreement is effective through June 30,
1996, continuing month to month thereafter unless either party terminates the
agreement upon sixty days written notice.
 
     Watsonville Operating Lease -- The Company is committed under an operating
lease (through December 2009) for a 28.5 megawatt natural gas-fired cogeneration
power plant located in Watsonville, California (see Note 6). Under the terms of
the lease, basic and contingent rents are payable each month during the period
from July through December. As of December 31, 1995, future basic rent payments
are $2.9 million for each year from 1996 to 2000, and $27.3 million thereafter
through December 2009. Contingent rent payments are based on the net of revenues
less all operating expenses, fees, reserve requirements, basic rent and
supplemental rent payments. Of the remaining balance, 60% is payable to the
lessor and 40% is payable to the Company.
 
     Office and Equipment Leases -- The Company leases its corporate office,
Santa Rosa office facilities and certain office equipment under noncancellable
operating leases expiring through 2000. Future minimum lease payments under
these leases are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                   <C>
        1996................................................................  $  899
        1997................................................................     905
        1998................................................................     907
        1999................................................................     776
        2000................................................................     745
        thereafter..........................................................     286
                                                                               -----
        Total future minimum lease commitments..............................  $4,518
                                                                               =====
</TABLE>
 
     Lease payments are subject to adjustment for the Company's pro rata portion
of annual increases or decreases in building operating costs. In 1995, 1994 and
1993, rent expense for noncancellable operating leases amounted to $733,000,
$663,000 and $636,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   123
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     CPUC Restructuring -- Electricity and steam sales agreements with PG&E are
regulated by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC). In December
1995, the CPUC proposed the transition of the electric generation market to a
competitive market beginning January 1, 1998, with all consumers participating
by 2003. The proposed restructuring provides for phased-in customer choice,
development of non-discriminatory market structure, recovery of utilities'
stranded costs, sanctity of existing contracts, and continuation of existing
public policy programs including the promotion of fuel diversity through a
renewable energy purchase requirement.
 
     As the proposed restructuring has widespread impact and the market
structure requires the participation and oversight of the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC), the CPUC will seek to build a California consensus
involving the legislature, the Governor, public and municipal utilities, and
customers. The consensus would then be placed before the FERC so that both the
CPUC and FERC would implement the new market structure no later than January 1,
1998. There can be no assurance that the proposed restructuring will be enacted
in substantially the same form as discussed above. The Company is unable to
predict the ultimate outcome of the restructuring.
 
     Litigation -- The Company, together with over 100 other parties, was named
as a defendant in the second amended complaint in an action brought in August
1993 by the bankruptcy trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation (Bonneville),
captioned Roger G. Segal, as the Chapter 11 Trustee for Bonneville Pacific
Corporation v. Portland General Corporation, et al., in the United States
District Court for the District of Utah. This complaint alleges that, in
conjunction with top executives of Bonneville and with the alleged assistance of
the other 100 defendants, the Company engaged in a broad conspiracy and fraud.
The complaint has been amended a number of times. The Company has answered each
version of the complaint by denying all claims and is in the process of
conducting discovery. In August 1994, the Company successfully moved for an
order severing the trustee's claim against the Company from the claims against
the other defendants. Although the case involves over 25 separate financial
transactions entered into by Bonneville, the severed case concerns the Company
in respect of only one of these transactions. In 1988, the Company invested $2.0
million in a partnership formed with Bonneville to develop four hydroelectric
projects in the State of Hawaii. The projects were not successfully developed by
the partnership, and, subsequent to Bonneville's Chapter 11 filing, the Company
filed a claim as a creditor against Bonneville's bankruptcy estate. The trustee
alleges that the equity investment was actually a "sham" loan designed to
inflate Bonneville's earnings. The trustee further alleges that Calpine is one
of many defendants in this case responsible for Bonneville's insolvency and the
amount of damages attributable to the Company based on the $2.0 million
partnership investment is alleged to be $577.2 million. The trustee is seeking
to hold each of the other defendants liable for a portion, all or, in certain
cases, more than this amount. The Company expects the matter will be set for
trial in 1996. The Company believes the claims against it are without merit and
will continue to defend the action vigorously. The Company further believes that
the resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on its
financial position or results of operations.
 
     ENCO terminated protracted contract negotiations with two Canadian natural
gas suppliers in January 1995. One of the suppliers notified ENCO it considered
a draft contract to be effective although it had not been executed by ENCO. The
supplier indicated it may pursue legal action if ENCO would not execute the
contract. As of March 15, 1996, no legal action has been served on ENCO.
Management believes if legal action is commenced, ENCO has significant defenses
and believes such action will not result in any material adverse impact to the
Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
     The Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising
out of the normal course of business. Management does not expect that the
outcome of these cases will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   124
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
26.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   
     In July 1996, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
reincorporation of the Company into Delaware in connection with the Company's
initial public equity offering. Also, the Board of Directors approved a stock
split at a ratio of approximately 5.194 to 1. On September 13, 1996, the
reincorporation of the Company and the stock split became effective. The
accompanying financial statements reflect the reincorporation and the stock
split as if such transactions had been effective for all periods.
    
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   125
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                                          1996
                                                                      STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                                         EQUITY
                                                                        ASSUMING
                                                                       CONVERSION
                                                                      OF PREFERRED
                                                                       STOCK (NOTE      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           12)              1995
                                                         JUNE 30,     -------------     ------------
                                                           1996                         (UNAUDITED)
                                                         --------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>               <C>
                                      ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................  $ 38,403                         $ 21,810
  Accounts receivable..................................    38,691                           20,124
  Acquisition project receivables......................     4,536                            8,805
  Collateral securities, current portion...............     9,745                               --
  Prepaid expenses.....................................     6,978                            3,447
  Inventory............................................     3,444                            1,377
  Other current assets.................................     2,947                              677
                                                         --------
          Total current assets.........................   104,744                           56,230
Property, plant and equipment, net.....................   530,203                          447,751
Investments in power projects..........................    12,693                            8,218
Collateral securities, net of current portion..........    88,669                               --
Notes receivable from related parties..................    20,894                           19,391
Notes receivable from Coperlasa........................    16,492                            6,094
Restricted cash........................................     8,477                            9,627
Deferred charges and other assets......................    10,640                            7,220
                                                         --------
          Total assets.................................  $792,812                         $554,531
                                                         ========
                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current non-recourse long-term project financing.....  $ 27,178                         $ 84,708
  Notes payable to bank and short-term borrowings......        --                            1,177
  Accounts payable.....................................     9,530                            6,876
  Accrued payroll and related expenses.................     2,336                            2,789
  Accrued interest payable.............................     8,693                            7,050
  Other accrued expenses...............................     5,121                            2,657
                                                         --------
          Total current liabilities....................    52,858                          105,257
Long-term line of credit...............................        --                           19,851
Non-recourse long-term project financing, less current
  portion..............................................   180,974                          190,642
Notes payable..........................................     6,598                            6,348
Senior Notes...........................................   285,000                          105,000
Deferred income taxes, net.............................   100,068                           97,621
Deferred lease incentive...............................    81,495                               --
Other liabilities......................................     6,163                            4,585
                                                         --------
          Total liabilities............................   713,156                          529,304
                                                         --------
Stockholder's equity
  Preferred stock......................................         5              --               --
  Common stock.........................................        10              18               10
  Additional paid-in capital...........................    56,209          56,206            6,214
  Retained earnings....................................    23,432          23,432           19,003
                                                         --------        --------
          Total stockholder's equity...................    79,656          79,656           25,227
                                                         --------        --------
          Total liabilities and stockholder's equity...  $792,812       $ 792,812         $554,531
                                                         ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   126
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                                       -----------------------
                                                                         1996           1995
                                                                       --------       --------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
Revenue:
  Electricity and steam sales........................................  $ 72,030       $ 49,014
  Service contract revenue from related parties......................     4,616          3,129
  Service revenue from others........................................       818             --
  Income (loss) from unconsolidated investments in power projects....     1,713         (1,791)
  Interest income on loans to power projects.........................     2,817             --
                                                                       --------       --------
          Total revenue..............................................    81,994         50,352
                                                                       --------       --------
Cost of revenue:
  Plant operating expenses, depreciation, operating lease expense and
     production royalties............................................    46,835         28,344
  Service contract expenses and other................................     4,484          2,274
                                                                       --------       --------
          Total cost of revenue......................................    51,319         30,618
                                                                       --------       --------
Gross profit.........................................................    30,675         19,734
Project development expenses.........................................     1,410          1,308
General and administrative expenses..................................     5,874          3,659
                                                                       --------       --------
          Income from operations.....................................    23,391         14,767
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense...................................................    18,665         15,116
  Other income, net..................................................    (2,777)          (855)
                                                                       --------       --------
          Income before provision for income taxes...................     7,503            506
Provision for income taxes...........................................     3,080            208
                                                                       --------       --------
          Net income.................................................  $  4,423       $    298
                                                                       ========       ========
As adjusted earnings per share assuming conversion of preferred
  stock:
                                                                         14,476
  As adjusted weighted average shares outstanding....................  ========
                                                                       $   0.31
  Net income per share...............................................  ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   127
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                                                 30,
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                          1996          1995
                                                                        ---------     --------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>
Net cash provided by operating activities.............................  $   5,035     $  5,126
                                                                        ---------     --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment........................     (8,061)      (9,324)
  Investment in Greenleaf, net of cash on hand........................         --      (16,958)
  Investment in Watsonville, net of cash on hand......................         --          494
  Investment in King City, net of cash on hand........................     (4,877)          --
  Investment in King City collateral securities.......................    (98,414)          --
  Investments in power projects and capitalized costs.................     (2,983)        (579)
  Loans to Coperlasa..................................................    (12,104)          --
  Increase in notes receivable from related party.....................       (250)        (250)
  Decrease in restricted cash.........................................      1,150        2,766
  Other, net..........................................................       (512)         (23)
                                                                        ---------     --------
     Net cash used in investing activities............................   (126,051)     (23,874)
                                                                        ---------     --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes Due 2006.....................    180,000           --
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock...........................     50,000           --
  Borrowings from line of credit......................................     33,800       20,851
  Repayment of line of credit.........................................    (53,651)     (15,000)
  Borrowing from Bank.................................................     45,000           --
  Repayments to Bank..................................................    (46,177)          --
  Borrowings of non-recourse project financing........................         --       77,925
  Repayment of non-recourse project financing.........................    (66,600)     (73,988)
  Repayment of working capital loan...................................         --       (4,500)
  Financing costs.....................................................     (4,763)      (1,546)
                                                                        ---------     --------
     Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities.............    137,609        3,742
                                                                        ---------     --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..................     16,593      (15,006)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period........................     21,810       22,527
                                                                        ---------     --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..............................  $  38,403     $  7,521
                                                                        =========     ========
Supplementary information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest.........................................................  $  16,517     $ 17,530
     Income taxes.....................................................  $     955     $    125
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   128
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1996
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE COMPANY
 
     Calpine Corporation (Calpine) and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company)
are engaged in the development, acquisition, ownership and operation of power
generation facilities in the United States. The Company has ownership interests
in or operates geothermal steam fields, geothermal power generation facilities,
and natural gas-fired cogeneration facilities in Northern California, Washington
and Mexico. Each of the generation facilities produces electricity for sale to
utilities. Thermal energy produced by the gas-fired cogeneration facilities is
sold to governmental and industrial users, and steam produced by the geothermal
steam fields is sold to utility-owned power plants. Founded in 1984, the Company
is wholly owned by Electrowatt Services, Inc., which is wholly owned by
Electrowatt Ltd (Electrowatt), a Swiss company. The Company has expertise in the
areas of engineering, finance, construction and plant operations and
maintenance.
 
     In July 1996, the Company filed a registration statement with the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public
offering of shares of the Company's Common Stock. In the offering, the Company
will sell newly issued shares of Common Stock and Electrowatt will sell shares
of Common Stock representing its entire ownership interest in Calpine. If the
offering is completed, Electrowatt will no longer own any interest in the
Company.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Basis of Interim Presentation
 
     The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the
Company have been prepared by the Company, without audit by independent public
accountants, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, the condensed consolidated
financial statements include all and only normal recurring adjustments necessary
to present fairly the information required to be set forth therein. Certain
information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been
condensed or omitted from these statements pursuant to such rules and
regulations and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the Company's
annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. The results for
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire
year.
 
     As Adjusted Earnings Per Share and As Adjusted Stockholder's Equity
 
     Net income per share is computed using weighted average shares outstanding,
which includes the net additional number of shares which would be issuable upon
the exercise of outstanding stock options, assuming that the Company used the
proceeds received to purchase additional shares at an assumed public offering
price. Net income per share also gives effect, even if antidilutive, to common
equivalent shares from preferred stock that will automatically convert upon the
closing of the Company's initial public offering (using the as-if-converted
method). If the offering contemplated by the Company is consummated, all of the
convertible preferred stock outstanding as of the closing date will
automatically be converted into shares of common stock based on the shares of
convertible preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 1996. Unaudited as adjusted
stockholder's equity at June 30, 1996, as adjusted for the conversion of
preferred stock, is disclosed on the balance sheet.
 
     Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
     In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   129
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
to be Disposed Of. This pronouncement requires that long-lived assets and
certain identifiable intangible assets be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is to be recognized when the sum of
undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset.
Measurement of the loss for assets that the entity expects to hold and use are
to be based on the fair market value of the asset. SFAS No. 121 must be adopted
for fiscal years beginning in 1996. The Company adopted SFAS No. 121 effective
January 1, 1996, and determined that adoption of this pronouncement had no
material impact on the results of operations or financial condition as of
January 1, 1996.
 
     In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation. The disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 123 are effective for the Company's 1996 fiscal year. The new
pronouncement did not have an impact on its results of operations since the
intrinsic value-based method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25 and also allowed by SFAS No. 123 will continue to be used by the Company
to account for its stock-based compensation plans.
 
3.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     The Company has both billed and unbilled receivables. The components of
accounts receivable as of June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995 are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  1995
                                                               JUNE 30,       ------------
                                                                 1996
                                                              -----------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
        <S>                                                   <C>             <C>
        Projects:
          Billed............................................    $37,622         $ 18,341
          Unbilled..........................................        845              525
          Other.............................................        224            1,258
                                                                -------          -------
                                                                $38,691         $ 20,124
                                                                =======          =======
</TABLE>
 
     Other accounts receivable consist primarily of disputed amounts related to
the Greenleaf facilities purchase price. In May 1996, the Company reclassified
such accounts receivable to property, plant and equipment as an adjustment to
the purchase price of the Greenleaf facilities (see Note 6).
 
     Accounts receivable from related parties as of June 30, 1996 and December
31, 1995 are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  1995
                                                               JUNE 30,       ------------
                                                                 1996
                                                              -----------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
        <S>                                                   <C>             <C>
        O.L.S. Energy-Agnews, Inc. .........................    $   589         $    806
        Geothermal Energy Partners, Ltd. ...................        979              462
        Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. ...................      1,206              908
        Electrowatt and subsidiaries........................          2                1
                                                                -------          -------
                                                                $ 2,776         $  2,177
                                                                =======          =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   130
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4.  INVESTMENTS IN POWER PROJECTS
 
     The Company has unconsolidated investments in power projects which are
accounted for under the equity method. Unaudited financial information for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 related to these investments is as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996                                  1995
                                                 -----------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                                    SUMAS       O.L.S.    GEOTHERMAL      SUMAS       O.L.S.   GEOTHERMAL
                                                 COGENERATION   ENERGY-     ENERGY     COGENERATION   ENERGY-    ENERGY
                                                   COMPANY,     AGNEWS,   PARTNERS,      COMPANY,     AGNEWS,  PARTNERS,
                                                     L.P.        INC.        LTD.          L.P.        INC.       LTD.
                                                 ------------   -------   ----------   ------------   ------   ----------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>      <C>
Revenue........................................    $ 21,561     $4,604      $9,576       $ 15,265     $4,612     $9,847
Operating expenses.............................      12,752      4,349       6,219         13,530     4,300       5,064
                                                    -------     ------      ------         ------     ------     ------
Income (loss) from operations..................       8,809        255       3,357          1,735       312       4,783
Other expenses, net............................       5,098      1,040       2,444          5,283     1,034       2,865
                                                    -------     ------      ------         ------     ------     ------
    Net income (loss)..........................    $  3,711     $ (785 )    $  913       $ (3,548)    $(722 )    $1,918
                                                    =======     ======      ======         ======     ======     ======
Company's share of net income (loss)...........    $  1,855     $ (179 )    $   37       $ (1,774)    $(130 )    $  113
                                                    =======     ======      ======         ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
5.  THERMAL POWER COMPANY
 
     In March 1996, Thermal Power Company (TPC) a wholly owned subsidiary of the
company, and Union Oil Company of California (Union Oil) entered into an
alternative pricing agreement with Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E) for
any steam produced in excess of 40% of average field capacity. The alternative
pricing strategy is effective through December 31, 2000. Under the agreement,
PG&E would purchase a portion of the steam that PG&E would likely curtail under
TPC's existing steam sales agreement. The price for this portion of steam will
be set by TPC and Union Oil with the intent that it be at competitive market
prices. TPC and Union Oil will solely determine the price and duration of these
alternative price offers.
 
6.  GREENLEAF TRANSACTION
 
     In April 1995, the Company purchased the capital stock of the companies
which owned 100% of the assets of two 49.5 megawatt natural gas-fired
cogeneration facilities (collectively, the Greenleaf facilities) located in Yuba
City in Northern California. The initial purchase price included a cash payment
of $20.3 million and the assumption of project debt totalling $60.2 million. In
April 1996, the Company finalized the purchase price in accordance with the
Share Purchase Agreement dated March 30, 1995.
 
     The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the purchase price has
been allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities based on the estimated
fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as shown below. The adjusted
allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                 <C>
        Current assets....................................................  $  6,572
        Property, plant and equipment.....................................   122,545
                                                                            --------
             Total assets.................................................   129,117
                                                                            --------
        Current liabilities...............................................    (1,079)
        Deferred income taxes, net........................................   (46,580)
                                                                            --------
             Total liabilities............................................   (47,659)
                                                                            --------
        Net purchase price................................................  $ 81,458
                                                                            ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   131
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
7.  KING CITY TRANSACTION
 
     In April 1996, the Company entered into a long-term operating lease with
BAF Energy, A California Limited Partnership (BAF), for a 120 megawatt natural
gas-fired combined cycle facility located in King City, California. The facility
generates electricity for sale to PG&E pursuant to a long-term power sales
agreement through 2019. Natural gas for the facility is supplied by Chevron USA
Inc. pursuant to a contract which expires June 30, 1997.
 
     Under the terms of the operating lease, the Company makes semi-annual lease
payments to BAF on each February 15 and August 15, a portion of which is
supported by a $98.4 million collateral fund owned by the Company. The
collateral fund consists of a portfolio of investment grade and U.S. Treasury
Securities that will mature serially in amounts equal to a portion of the lease
payments. The collateral fund securities are accounted for as held-to-maturity
investments under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities. As of June 30, 1996, future rent payments are $11.8 million
for the remainder of 1996, $24.4 million for 1997, $23.8 million for 1998, $19.4
million for 1999, $20.1 million for 2000 and $204.1 million thereafter.
 
     The Company has recorded the value of the above-market pricing provided in
the power sales agreement (PSA) as an asset which is included in property, plant
and equipment, since the Company has, in substance, assumed the rights of the
PSA. The Company has also recorded a deferred lease incentive equal to the value
of the above-market payments to be received. The asset and liability are being
amortized over the life of the power sales agreement and lease, respectively.
 
     The Company financed the collateral fund and other transaction costs with
$50.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock to Electrowatt by
Calpine (see Note 10) and other short-term borrowings, which included $13.3
million of borrowings under the Credit Suisse Credit Facility (see Note 8) below
and a $45.0 million loan from The Bank of Nova Scotia. The Company repaid the
short-term borrowings from a portion of the net proceeds of the Senior Notes Due
2006 issued in May 1996 (see Note 9).
 
8.  LINES OF CREDIT
 
     At June 30, 1996, the Company had borrowings under its $50.0 million Credit
Facility with Credit Suisse (whose parent company owns 44.9% of Electrowatt) and
had a letter of credit outstanding thereunder for $3,025,000. Borrowings under
the Credit Facility bear interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)
plus 0.5%. Interest is paid on the last day of each interest period for such
loan, but not less often than quarterly, based on the principal amount
outstanding during the period. No stated principal amortization exists for this
indebtedness. Upon completion of the Company's proposed initial public offering,
the Credit Facility will terminate and is expected to be replaced by a
comparable facility. On July 20, 1996, the Company entered into a commitment
letter with The Bank of Nova Scotia to provide a $50 million three-year
Revolving Credit Facility. Such Revolving Credit Facility will become effective
upon the completion of the Company's initial public offering.
 
9.  SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006
 
     On May 16, 1996, the Company issued $180.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 10 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2006. The net proceeds of $175.2 million were
used to repay $53.7 million of borrowings under the Credit Suisse Credit
Facility, $57.0 million of non-recourse project financing, and $45.0 million of
borrowing from The Bank of Nova Scotia. The remaining $19.5 million was
available for general corporate purposes. Transaction costs of $4.8 million
incurred in connection with the public debt offering were recorded as a
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>   132
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
deferred charge and are amortized over the ten-year life of the Senior Notes Due
2006 using the straight line method.
 
     The Senior Notes Due 2006 will mature on May 15, 2006. The Company has no
sinking fund or mandatory redemption obligations with respect to the Senior
Notes Due 2006. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of
each year while the Senior Notes Due 2006 are outstanding, commencing on
November 15, 1996.
 
10.  PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Company has 5,000,000 authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
all of which were issued on March 21, 1996 and outstanding as of June 30, 1996.
All of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are held by Electrowatt. The
shares of Series A Preferred Stock are not publicly traded. No dividends are
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock contains
provisions regarding liquidation and conversion rights. Upon the consummation of
the Company's proposed initial public offering, the Series A Preferred Stock
will be converted into Common Stock and sold to the public in the offering.
 
11.  CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company, together with over 100 other parties, was named as a defendant
in the second amended complaint in an action brought in August 1993 by the
bankruptcy trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation (Bonneville), captioned
Roger G. Segal, as the Chapter 11 Trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation v.
Portland General Corporation, et al., in the United States District Court for
the District of Utah (the "Court"). This complaint alleges that, in conjunction
with top executives of Bonneville and with the alleged assistance of the other
100 defendants, the Company engaged in a broad conspiracy and fraud. The
complaint has been amended a number of times. The Company has answered each
version of the complaint by denying all claims and is in the process of
conducting discovery. In August 1994, the Company successfully moved for an
order severing the trustee's claim against the Company from the claims against
the other defendants. Although the case involves over 25 separate financial
transactions entered into by Bonneville, the severed case concerns the Company
in respect of only one of these transactions. In 1988, the Company invested $2.0
million in a partnership formed with Bonneville to develop four hydroelectric
projects in the State of Hawaii. The projects were not successfully developed by
the partnership, and, subsequent to Bonneville's Chapter 11 filing, the Company
filed a claim as a creditor against Bonneville's bankruptcy estate. The trustee
alleges that the equity investment was actually a "sham" loan designed to
inflate Bonneville's earnings. The trustee initially alleged that Calpine is one
of many defendants in this case responsible for Bonneville's "deepening
insolvency" and the amount of damages attributable to the Company based on the
$2.0 million partnership investment was alleged to be $577.2 million. Based upon
statements made by the Court and the trustee in July 1996, the Company believes
that the maximum compensatory damages which the trustee may seek will not exceed
$5 million. There can be no assurance, however, of the actual amount of damages
to be sought by the Trustee. The Company believes the claims against it are
without merit and will continue to defend the action vigorously. The Company
further believes that the resolution of this matter will not have a material
adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.
 
     The Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising
out of the normal course of business. Management does not expect that the
outcome of these cases will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
 
12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   
     In July 1996, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
reincorporation of the Company into Delaware in connection with the Company's
initial public equity offering. Also, the Board of Directors approved a stock
split at a ratio of approximately 5.194 to 1. On September 13, 1996, the
reincorporation of the Company and the stock split became effective. The
accompanying financial statements reflect the reincorporation and the stock
split as if such transactions had been effective for all periods.
    
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>   133
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
To the Partners
  Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. and Subsidiary
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Sumas
Cogeneration Company, L.P. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners' deficit,
and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sumas
Cogeneration Company, L.P. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                      MOSS ADAMS LLP
 
Everett, Washington
January 19, 1996
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>   134
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -----------------------------
                                                                      1995             1994
                                                                  ------------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
                                            ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................  $    199,169     $    353,936
  Current portion of restricted cash and cash equivalents.......     2,937,884        6,409,185
  Accounts receivable...........................................     3,090,213        4,108,206
  Prepaid expenses..............................................       222,828          232,325
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total current assets.......................................     6,450,094       11,103,652
Restricted cash and cash equivalents, net of current portion....     8,017,758        7,454,923
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, net.....................    95,589,737       97,039,459
Other assets....................................................    12,744,480       14,550,228
                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                  $122,802,069     $130,148,262
                                                                  ============     ============
                               LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities......................  $  2,051,178     $  3,651,799
  Current portion of related party payables
     Calpine Corporation........................................         4,864           41,871
     National Energy Systems Company............................         1,861            1,430
  Current portion of long-term debt.............................     2,000,000          400,000
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total current liabilities..................................     4,057,903        4,095,100
Related party payable -- Calpine Corporation, net of current
  portion.......................................................       908,679          446,624
Long-term debt, net of current portion..........................   117,000,003      119,000,002
Future removal and site restoration costs.......................       502,600          309,600
Deferred income taxes...........................................       907,800          773,800
Commitments and contingency (Notes 6 and 8)
Partners' (deficit) equity......................................      (574,916)       5,523,136
                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                  $122,802,069     $130,148,262
                                                                  ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>   135
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------------------------
                                                            1995           1994          1993
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues
  Power sales.........................................  $ 30,603,018   $ 29,206,469   $19,525,098
  Natural gas sales, net..............................       893,690      2,832,668     2,104,407
  Other...............................................        29,146         20,490       116,895
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
          Total revenues..............................    31,525,854     32,059,627    21,746,400
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
Costs and expenses
  Operating and production costs......................    18,493,245     19,032,754    11,779,505
  Depletion, depreciation and amortization............     6,965,496      6,715,156     4,986,300
  General and administrative..........................     1,400,129      1,412,326     1,563,509
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
          Total costs and expenses....................    26,858,870     27,160,236    18,329,314
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
Income from operations................................     4,666,984      4,899,391     3,417,086
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
Other income (expense)
  Interest income.....................................       490,071        436,741       250,675
  Interest expense....................................   (11,006,056)   (10,172,959)   (6,707,183)
  Other expense.......................................       (60,664)      (359,000)           --
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
          Total other expense.........................   (10,576,649)   (10,095,218)   (6,456,508)
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
Loss before provision for income taxes................    (5,909,665)    (5,195,827)   (3,039,422)
Provision for income taxes............................      (188,387)      (581,190)     (337,431)
                                                        ------------   ------------   -----------
Net loss..............................................  $ (6,098,052)  $ (5,777,017)  $(3,376,853)
                                                        ============   ============   ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>   136
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' DEFICIT
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Partners' equity, December 31, 1992.............................................  $14,688,436
Capital contributions...........................................................    1,500,000
Capital distributions...........................................................   (1,500,000)
Net loss........................................................................   (3,376,853)
Cumulative foreign exchange translation adjustment..............................      (11,430)
                                                                                  -----------
Partners' equity, December 31, 1993.............................................   11,300,153
Net loss........................................................................   (5,777,017)
                                                                                  -----------
Partners' equity, December 31, 1994.............................................    5,523,136
Net loss........................................................................   (6,098,052)
                                                                                  -----------
Partners' deficit, December 31, 1995............................................  $  (574,916)
                                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>   137
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -------------------------------------------
                                                         1995            1994            1993
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net loss..........................................  $(6,098,052)    $(5,777,017)    $(3,376,853)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from
     operating activities
     Depletion, depreciation and amortization.......    6,965,496       6,715,156       4,986,300
     Deferred income taxes..........................      134,000         532,400         241,400
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities
       Accounts receivable..........................    1,017,993      (1,254,639)     (2,064,616)
       Prepaid expenses.............................        9,497         (30,342)        203,904
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.....   (1,407,621)      1,081,431       1,168,892
       Related party payables.......................      425,479         132,296              --
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
          Net cash from operating activities........    1,046,792       1,399,285       1,159,027
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Decrease (increase) in restricted cash and cash
     equivalents....................................    2,908,466       2,922,819     (13,286,927)
  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment......   (3,710,025)     (3,690,399)    (16,558,101)
  Other assets......................................           --        (167,483)     (5,700,537)
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..........           --              --      (3,847,743)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
          Net cash from investing activities........     (801,559)       (935,063)    (39,393,308)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Proceeds from long-term debt......................           --              --      38,710,000
  Repayment of long-term debt.......................     (400,000)       (400,025)       (199,973)
  Capital contributions.............................           --              --       1,500,000
  Capital distributions.............................           --              --      (1,500,000)
  Payments to related parties.......................           --              --        (864,890)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
          Net cash from financing activities........     (400,000)       (400,025)     37,645,137
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.............           --              --         (11,430)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.......................................     (154,767)         64,197        (600,574)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year........      353,936         289,739         890,313
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year..............  $   199,169     $   353,936     $   289,739
                                                      ===========     ===========     ===========
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information
  Cash paid for interest during the year............  $11,006,056     $10,172,959     $ 8,868,183
                                                      ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>   138
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     (a) GENERAL -- Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. (the Partnership) is a
Delaware limited partnership formed on August 28, 1991 between Sumas Energy,
Inc. (SEI), the general partner which currently holds a 50% interest in the
profits and losses of the Partnership and Whatcom Cogeneration Partners, L.P.
(Whatcom), the sole limited partner which holds the remaining 50% Partnership
interest. Whatcom is owned through affiliated companies by Calpine Corporation
(Calpine). The Partnership has a wholly owned Canadian subsidiary, ENCO Gas,
Ltd. (ENCO), which is incorporated in New Brunswick, Canada. The consolidated
financial statements include the accounts of the Partnership and ENCO
(collectively, the Company). All intercompany profits, transactions and balances
have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
     Prior to the commencement of commercial operation as discussed below, the
Partnership was considered to be a development stage company in the process of
developing, constructing and owning an electrical generation facility (the
Generation Facility) in Sumas, Washington. The Generation Facility is a natural
gas-fired combined cycle electrical generation plant which has a nameplate
capacity of approximately 125 megawatts. Commercial operation of the Generation
Facility commenced on April 16, 1993. In addition, the Generation Facility
includes a lumber dry kiln facility and a 3.5 mile private natural gas pipeline.
The lumber dry kiln commenced commercial operation in May 1993.
 
     ENCO has acquired and is operating and developing a portfolio of proven
natural gas reserves in British Columbia and Alberta, Canada which provide a
dedicated fuel supply for the Generation Facility (collectively, the Project).
ENCO produces and supplies natural gas production to the Generation Facility,
with incidental off-sales to third parties. The Generation Facility also
receives a portion of its fuel under contracts with third parties.
 
     The Partnership produces and sells its entire electricity capacity to Puget
Sound Power & Light Company (Puget) under a 20-year electricity sales contract.
Under the electricity sales contract, the Partnership is required to be
certified as a qualifying cogeneration facility as established by the Public
Utility Regulatory Policy Act of 1978, as amended, and as administered by the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
 
     The Generation Facility produced and sold megawatt hours of electricity to
Puget as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDED
                            DECEMBER 31,                      MEGAWATTS       REVENUE
        ----------------------------------------------------  ---------     -----------
        <S>                                                   <C>           <C>
        1995................................................  1,026,000     $30,603,000
        1994................................................  1,000,400     $29,206,000
        1993................................................    696,400     $19,525,000
</TABLE>
 
     The Partnership leases a kiln facility and sells steam under a 20-year
agreement for the purchase and sale of steam and lease of the kiln (Note 6) to
Socco, Inc. (Socco), a custom lumber drying operation owned by an affiliate of
the Partnership. Steam use requirements under the agreement with Socco were
established to maintain the qualifying cogeneration facility status of the
Generation Facility.
 
     (b) THE PARTNERSHIP -- SEI assigned all its rights, title, and interest in
the Project, including the Puget contract, to the Partnership in exchange for
its Partnership interest. SEI and Whatcom are both currently entitled to a 50%
interest in the profits and losses of the Partnership, after the payment of
certain preferential distributions to Whatcom of approximately $6,239,000 and
$5,619,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and to SEI of
approximately $441,000 and $363,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
A portion of these preferential distributions compound at 20% per annum. After
Whatcom has received cumulative distributions representing a fixed rate of
return of 24.5% on its equity investment,
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>   139
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
exclusive of the preferential distributions referred to above, SEI's share of
operating distributions will increase to 88.67% and Whatcom's share of operating
distributions will decrease to 11.33%.
 
     (c) DISTRIBUTIONS -- Distributions of operating cash flows are permitted
quarterly after required deposits are made and minimum cash balances are met,
and subject to certain other restrictions. During 1995 and 1994, there were no
distributions of operating cash flow. In 1993 Whatcom received a distribution of
$1,500,000, reducing its equity investment in the Partnership. Whatcom loaned
the sole shareholder of SEI $1,500,000, and the sole shareholder of SEI loaned
$1,500,000 to SEI. SEI then contributed $1,500,000 in additional equity to the
Partnership.
 
     (d) REVENUE RECOGNITION -- Revenue from the sale of electricity is
recognized based on kilowatt hours generated and delivered to Puget at
contractual rates. Revenue from the sale of natural gas is recognized based on
volumes delivered to customers at contractual delivery points and rates. The
costs associated with the generation of electricity and the delivery of gas,
including operating and maintenance costs, gas transportation and royalties, are
recognized in the same period in which the related revenue is earned and
recorded.
 
     (e) GAS ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS -- ENCO follows the full cost
method of accounting for gas acquisition and development expenditures, wherein
all costs related to the development of gas reserves in Canada are initially
capitalized. Costs capitalized include land acquisition costs, geological and
geophysical expenditures, rentals on undeveloped properties, cost of drilling
productive and nonproductive wells, and well equipment. Gains or losses are not
recognized upon disposition or abandonment of natural gas properties unless a
disposition or abandonment would significantly alter the relationship between
capitalized costs and proven reserves.
 
     All capitalized costs of gas properties, including the estimated future
costs to develop proven reserves, are depleted using the unit-of-production
method based on estimated proven gas reserves as determined by independent
engineers. ENCO has not assigned any value to its investment in unproven gas
properties and, accordingly, no costs have been excluded from capitalized costs
subject to depletion.
 
     Costs subject to depletion under the full cost method include estimated
future costs of dismantlement and abandonments of $3,748,000 in 1995, $3,630,000
in 1994 and $3,026,400 in 1993. This includes the cost of production equipment
removal and environmental cleanup based upon current regulations and economic
circumstances. The provisions for future removal and site restoration costs of
$193,000 in 1995, $169,000 in 1994 and $110,000 in 1993, are included in
depletion expense.
 
     Capitalized costs are subject to a ceiling test which limits such costs to
the aggregate of the net present value of the estimated future cash flows from
the related proven gas reserves. The ceiling test calculation is made by
estimating the future net cash flows, based on current economic operating
conditions, plus the lower of cost or fair market value of unproven reserves,
and discounting those cash flows at an annual rate of 10%.
 
     (f) JOINT VENTURE ACCOUNTING -- Substantially all of ENCO's natural gas
production activities are conducted jointly with others and, accordingly, these
consolidated financial statements reflect only ENCO's proportionate interest in
such activities.
 
     (g) FOREIGN EXCHANGE GAINS AND LOSSES -- During 1995 and 1994, foreign
exchange gains and losses as a result of translating Canadian dollar
transactions and Canadian dollar denominated cash, accounts receivable and
accounts payable transactions are recognized in the statement of operations.
During 1993, ENCO's functional currency was Canadian dollars. As a result,
translation adjustments were reported separately and accumulated as separate
components of partners' equity.
 
     (h) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- For purposes of the statement of cash
flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term investments in
highly liquid instruments such as certificates of deposit, money
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>   140
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
market accounts and U.S. treasury bills with an original maturity of three
months or less, excluding restricted cash and cash equivalents.
 
     (i) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments, which
potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist
primarily of cash and short-term investments in highly liquid instruments such
as certificates of deposit, money market accounts and U.S. treasury bills with
maturities of three months or less, and accounts receivable. The Company's cash
and cash equivalents are primarily held with two financial institutions.
Accounts receivable are primarily due from Puget.
 
     (j) DEPRECIATION -- The Company provides for depreciation of property,
plant and equipment using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives
which range from 7 to 40 years for plant and equipment and 3 to 7 years for
furniture and fixtures.
 
     (k) AMORTIZATION OF OTHER ASSETS -- The Company provides for amortization
of other assets using the straight-line method as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                <C>
        Organization, start-up and development costs.....................   5-30 years
        Financing costs..................................................     15 years
        Gas contract costs...............................................     20 years
</TABLE>
 
     (l) INCOME TAXES -- Profits or losses of the Partnership are passed
directly to the partners for income tax purposes.
 
     ENCO is subject to Canadian income taxes and accounts for income taxes on
the liability method. The liability method recognizes the amount of tax payable
at the date of the consolidated financial statements as a result of all events
that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements, as measured
by currently enacted tax laws and rates. Deferred income taxes are provided for
temporary differences in recognition of revenues and expenses for financial and
income tax reporting purposes.
 
     (m) USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of the consolidated financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in
the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 2 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                                  1995             1994
                                                              ------------     ------------
    <S>                                                       <C>              <C>
    Land and land improvements..............................  $    381,071     $    381,071
    Plant and equipment.....................................    84,061,359       82,759,005
    Acquisition of gas properties, including development
      thereon...............................................    25,030,165       22,815,964
    Furniture and fixtures..................................       195,914          188,444
                                                              ------------     ------------
                                                               109,668,509      106,144,484
    Less accumulated depreciation and depletion.............    14,078,772        9,105,025
                                                              ------------     ------------
                                                              $ 95,589,737     $ 97,039,459
                                                              ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense was $3,316,748 in 1995, $3,069,446 in 1994 and
$2,133,711 in 1993. Depletion expense was $1,843,000 in 1995, $1,671,000 in 1994
and $1,332,000 in 1993.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>   141
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3 -- OTHER ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------------------
                                                                   1995            1994
                                                                -----------     -----------
    <S>                                                         <C>             <C>
    Organization, start-up and development costs..............  $ 6,165,574     $ 7,487,943
    Financing costs...........................................    4,254,719       4,598,746
    Gas contract costs........................................    2,324,187       2,463,539
                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                $12,744,480     $14,550,228
                                                                ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     The Partnership and ENCO have loan agreements with The Prudential Insurance
Company of America (Prudential) and Credit Suisse (collectively, the Lenders).
Credit Suisse is an affiliate of Whatcom. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, amounts
outstanding under the term loan agreements, by entity, were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                                  1995             1994
                                                              ------------     ------------
    <S>                                                       <C>              <C>
    Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P.........................  $ 94,367,003     $ 94,684,202
    ENCO Gas, Ltd...........................................    24,633,000       24,715,800
                                                              ------------     ------------
                                                               119,000,003      119,400,002
    Less current portion....................................     2,000,000          400,000
                                                              ------------     ------------
                                                              $117,000,003     $119,000,002
                                                              ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
     Scheduled annual principal payments under the loan agreements as of
December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  YEAR ENDING
                                 DECEMBER 31,                               AMOUNT
        ---------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
        <S>                                                              <C>
        1996...........................................................  $  2,000,000
        1997...........................................................     3,600,000
        1998...........................................................     4,200,000
        1999...........................................................     5,400,000
        2000...........................................................     7,200,000
        Thereafter.....................................................    96,600,003
                                                                         ------------
                                                                         $119,000,003
                                                                         ============
</TABLE>
 
     The Partnership's loan is comprised of a fixed rate loan in the original
amount of $55,510,000 and a variable rate loan in the original amount of
$39,650,000. Interest is payable quarterly on the fixed rate loan at a rate of
10.35%. Interest on the variable rate loan is payable quarterly at either the
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), certificate of deposit rate or Credit
Suisse's base rate, plus an applicable margin which ranges from 2.25% prior to
Loan Conversion to .875% after Loan Conversion as stated in the loan agreement.
During the year ended December 31, 1995, interest rates on the variable rate
loan ranged from 7.47% to 7.76%. The loans mature in May 2008.
 
     ENCO's loan is comprised of a fixed rate loan in the original amount of
$14,490,000 and a variable rate loan in the original amount of $10,350,000.
Interest is payable quarterly on the fixed rate loan at a rate of 9.99%.
Interest on the variable rate loan is payable quarterly at either the LIBOR,
certificate of deposit rate or Credit Suisse's base rate, plus an applicable
margin as stated in the loan agreement. During the year ended
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>   142
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
December 31, 1995, interest rates on the variable rate loan ranged from 7.47% to
7.76%. The loans mature in May 2008.
 
     The Partnership pays Prudential an agency fee of $50,000 per year, adjusted
annually by an inflation index, until the loan matures. The Partnership pays
Credit Suisse an agency fee of $40,000 per year, adjusted annually by an
inflation index, until the loan matures. The loans are collateralized by
substantially all the Company's assets and interests in the Project.
Additionally, the Company's rights under all contractual agreements are assigned
as collateral. The Partnership and ENCO loans are cross-collateralized and
contain cross-default provisions.
 
     Under the terms of the loan agreements and the deposit and disbursement
agreements with the Lenders, the Partnership is required to establish and fund
certain accounts held by Credit Suisse and Royal Trust as security agents. The
accounts require specified minimum deposits and funding levels to meet current
and future operating, maintenance and capital costs, and to provide certain
other reserves for payment of principal, interest and other contingencies. These
accounts are presented as restricted cash and cash equivalents and include cash,
certificates of deposit, money market accounts and U.S. treasury bills, all with
maturities of 3 months or less. The current portion of restricted cash and cash
equivalents is based on the amount of current liabilities for obligations which
may be funded from the restricted accounts. The balance of restricted cash and
cash equivalents has been classified as a noncurrent asset.
 
     During 1993, the Company incurred and paid $8,868,183 of interest,
including $6,707,183, which was charged to operations and $2,161,000, which was
capitalized.
 
NOTE 5 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes represents Canadian taxes which consist of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------------------
                                                           1995         1994         1993
                                                         --------     --------     --------
    <S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
    Current
      Federal large corporation tax....................  $ 34,625     $ 31,314     $ 45,262
      British Columbia capital taxes...................    19,762       17,476       50,769
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                           54,387       48,790       96,031
    Deferred...........................................   135,400      178,400      241,400
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                          189,787      227,190      337,431
    Utilization of loss carryforwards for Canadian
      income
      tax purposes.....................................    47,700      259,000           --
    Reduction of (increase in) Canadian loss
      carryforwards
      due to foreign exchange and other adjustments....   (49,100)      95,000           --
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                         $188,387     $581,190     $337,431
                                                         ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>   143
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The principal sources of temporary differences resulting in deferred tax
assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                     1995           1994
                                                                  ----------     ----------
    <S>                                                           <C>            <C>
    Deferred tax asset
      Canadian net operating loss carryforwards.................  $ (840,900)    $ (829,400)
    Deferred tax liabilities
      Acquisition and development costs of gas deducted for tax
         purposes in excess of amounts deducted for financial
         reporting purposes.....................................   1,748,700      1,603,200
                                                                  ----------     ----------
              Net deferred tax liability........................  $  907,800     $  773,800
                                                                  ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The provision for income taxes differs from the Canadian statutory rate
principally due to the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------------------
                                                           1995         1994         1993
                                                         --------     --------     --------
    <S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
    Canadian statutory rate............................     44.62%       44.34%        44.3%
    Income taxes based on statutory rate...............  $(33,852)    $ 82,909     $165,100
    Capital taxes, net of deductible portion...........    47,028       36,678       75,587
    Non-deductible provincial royalties, net of
      resource allowance...............................    95,671       39,836       50,267
    Depletion on gas properties with no tax basis......    44,641       38,420       41,778
    Other foreign exchange adjustments.................    36,299       29,347        4,699
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                         $189,787     $227,190     $337,431
                                                         ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
     As of December 31, 1995, ENCO has non-capital loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,885,000 which may be applied against taxable income of future
periods which expire as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                <C>
        1999.............................................................  $1,625,000
        2000.............................................................  $  260,000
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND COMMITMENTS
 
     (a) ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES -- As managing partner of the Partnership, SEI
receives a fee of $250,000 per year from June 1993 through December 1995 and
$300,000 per year for periods after December 1995. The fee is subject to annual
adjustment based upon an inflation index. Approximately $258,000 in 1995,
$253,000 in 1994 and $151,000 in 1993 was paid to SEI under this agreement.
 
     (b) OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES -- The Partnership has an operating
and maintenance agreement with a related party to operate, repair and maintain
the Project. For these services, the Partnership pays a fixed fee of $1,140,000
per year adjustable based on the Consumer Price Index, an annual base fee of
$150,000 per year also adjustable based on the Consumer Price Index, and certain
other reimbursable expenses as defined in the agreement. In addition, the
agreement provides for an annual performance bonus of up to $400,000, adjustable
based on the Consumer Price Index, based on the achievement of certain annual
performance levels. Payment of the performance bonus is subordinated to the
payment of operating expenses, debt service and required deposits, and minimum
balances under the loan agreements, and deposit and disbursement agreements.
Accordingly, the performance bonuses earned in 1995 and 1994 are included as a
non-current liability in the consolidated balance sheet. This agreement expires
on the date Whatcom receives its 24.5% cumulative return or the tenth
anniversary of the Project completion date, subject to renewal terms.
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>   144
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Approximately $2,031,000 in 1995, $1,946,000 in 1994 and $1,260,000 in 1993 was
earned under this agreement.
 
     (c) THERMAL ENERGY AND KILN LEASE -- The Partnership has a 20-year thermal
energy and kiln lease agreement with Socco. Under this agreement, Socco leases
the premises and the kiln and purchases certain amounts of thermal energy
delivered to dry lumber. Income recorded from Socco was approximately $19,000 in
1995, $61,000 in 1994 and $6,000 in 1993.
 
     (d) CONSULTING SERVICES -- ENCO has an agreement with National Energy
Systems Company (NESCO), an affiliate of SEI, to provide consulting services for
$8,000 per month, adjustable based upon an inflation index. The agreement
automatically renews for one-year periods unless written notice of termination
is served by either party. Approximately $100,000 in 1995, $101,000 in 1994 and
$96,000 in 1993 was paid under this agreement
 
     (e) FUEL SUPPLY AND PURCHASE AGREEMENTS -- The Partnership has a fixed
price natural gas sale and purchase agreement with ENCO. The agreement requires
ENCO to deliver up to a maximum daily contract quantity of 12,000 MMBtu's of
natural gas per day which may be increased to 24,000 MMBtu's in accordance with
the agreement. The Partnership paid ENCO $2.26 per delivered MMBtu through
October 1995 and pays $2.43 per delivered MMBtu through 1996. Prices under the
agreement then escalate at an annual rate of 7.5% until October 31, 2000, and at
4% per annum thereafter. Partnership payments to ENCO under the agreement are
eliminated in consolidation. The agreement expires on the twentieth anniversary
of the date of commercial operation.
 
     The Partnership has a gas supply agreement with Westcoast Gas Services,
Inc. (WGSI) to provide the Partnership with quantities of firm gas. Commencing
April 1, 1993, WGSI must provide the Partnership with quantities of gas ranging
from 10,000 MMBtu's per day up to 12,900 MMBtu's per day at a firm price, as
provided under the agreement. The agreement is expected to terminate on October
31, 1996.
 
     The Partnership and ENCO have a gas management agreement with WGSI. WGSI is
paid a gas management fee for each MMBtu of gas delivered to the Generation
Facility. The gas management fee is adjusted annually based on the British
Columbia Consumer Price Index. The gas management agreement expires October 31,
2008 unless terminated earlier as provided for in the agreement.
 
     ENCO is committed to the utilization of pipeline capacity on the Westcoast
Energy Inc. System. These firm capacity commitments are predominantly under
one-year renewable contracts. Firm capacity has been accepted at an annual cost
of approximately $2,569,000 in 1995, $2,776,000 in 1994 and $1,347,000 in 1993.
 
     As collateral for the obligations of the Company under the gas supply and
gas management agreements with WGSI, the Partnership secured an irrevocable
standby letter of credit with Credit Suisse in favor of WGSI. As of December 31,
1995 and 1994, the letter of credit had a face amount of $2,500,000 and the
Partnership had a cash deposit of $2,500,000 held in a restricted money market
account as collateral for the letter of credit. As of December 31, 1995 and
1994, $2,500,000 held in a restricted money market account is included in the
current portion of restricted cash and cash equivalents. In January 1996, the
letter of credit was reduced in accordance with its terms to a face amount of
$500,000.
 
     (f) UTILITY SERVICES -- The Partnership entered into an agreement for
utility services with the City of Sumas, Washington. The City of Sumas has
agreed to provide a guaranteed annual supply of water at its wholesale rate
charged to external association customers. Should the Partnership fail to
purchase the daily average minimum of 550 gallons per minute from the City of
Sumas during the first 10 years of commercial operation, except for
uncontrollable forces or reasonable and necessary shutdowns, the Partnership
shall make up the lost revenue to the City of Sumas in accordance with the
agreement.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>   145
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Partnership entered into an agreement for waste water disposal with the
City of Bellingham, Washington. The City of Bellingham has agreed to accept up
to 70,000 gallons of waste water daily at a rate of one cent per gallon. The
agreement expires on December 31, 1998.
 
     (g) LEASE COMMITMENTS -- In December 1990, the Partnership entered into a
23.5-year land lease which may be renewed for five consecutive five-year
periods. Rental expense was approximately $48,400 in 1995 and 1994, and $45,300
in 1993.
 
     In April 1992, ENCO signed an operating lease for office space which
expires in March 1997. Monthly rental expense is approximately $1,700. Rental
expense was approximately $17,700 in 1995, $17,000 in 1994 and $16,000 in 1993.
 
     Future minimum land and office lease commitments as of December 31, 1995
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   YEAR ENDING
                                  DECEMBER 31,                               AMOUNT
        -----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
        <S>                                                                <C>
        1996.............................................................  $   66,800
        1997.............................................................      51,000
        1998.............................................................      49,300
        1999.............................................................      49,300
        2000.............................................................      52,500
        Thereafter.......................................................     868,200
                                                                           ----------
                                                                           $1,137,100
                                                                           ==========
</TABLE>
 
     (h) PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES -- NESCO entered into a project management
agreement with the Partnership for which it received $45,000 per month through
June 1993. Approximately $264,000 was paid to NESCO in 1993, under this
agreement.
 
     (i) CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SERVICES -- Calpine entered into a construction
management agreement with the Partnership for which it received $40,000 per
month through June 1993. Approximately $235,000 was paid to Calpine in 1993,
under this agreement.
 
     (j) PARTNER LOAN -- In March 1994, the sole shareholder of SEI borrowed
$10,000,000 from Calpine. The loan bears interest at 16.25%, compounded
quarterly, and is collateralized by a subordinated assignment in SEI's interest
in the Partnership and a subordinated pledge of SEI's stock. The loan requires
payments of interest and principal to be made from 50% of SEI's cash
distributions from the Partnership, less amounts due to Whatcom under a previous
note made in connection with Loan Conversion (Note 1). On March 15, 2004, all
unpaid principal and interest on the loan is due.
 
NOTE 7 -- FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying amount of all cash and cash equivalents reported in the
consolidated balance sheet is estimated by the Company to approximate their fair
value.
 
     The Company is not able to estimate the fair value of its long-term debt
with a carrying amount of $119,000,003 at December 31, 1995. There is no ability
to assess current market interest rates of similar borrowing arrangements for
similar projects because the terms of each such financing arrangement is the
result of substantial negotiations among several parties.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>   146
 
                        SUMAS COGENERATION COMPANY, L.P.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8 -- CONTINGENCY
 
     ENCO terminated protracted contract negotiations with two Canadian natural
gas suppliers in January 1995. One of the suppliers notified ENCO it considered
a draft contract to be effective although it had not been executed by ENCO. The
supplier indicated it may pursue legal action if ENCO would not execute the
contract. As of January 19, 1996, no legal action has been served on ENCO.
Management believes if legal action is commenced, it has significant defenses
and believes such action will not result in any material adverse impact to the
Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>   147
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Partners of Calpine Geysers Company, L.P.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying statements of operations and cash flows
for the period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993 of Calpine Geysers
Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these statements based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Calpine
Geysers Company, L.P. for the period from January 1, 1993 through April 18, 1993
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 18, 1994
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>   148
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
             FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1993 TO APRIL 18, 1993
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Revenue from power contracts....................................................  $20,759,116
                                                                                  -----------
Costs and expenses:
  Production royalties..........................................................    3,150,076
  Operating expenses............................................................    4,893,878
  Depreciation and amortization.................................................    5,153,239
  General and administrative....................................................      787,005
                                                                                  -----------
          Total costs and expenses..............................................   13,984,198
                                                                                  -----------
          Income from operations................................................    6,774,918
Other (income) expense
  Interest expense..............................................................    4,794,952
  Other income..................................................................     (193,179)
                                                                                  -----------
          Net income............................................................  $ 2,173,145
                                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-53
<PAGE>   149
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
             FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1993 TO APRIL 18, 1993
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...................................................................  $  2,173,145
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
     activities:
     Depreciation and amortization.............................................     5,153,239
     Amortization of deferred costs............................................       146,277
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable.....................................................     2,157,353
       Supplies inventory......................................................        81,061
       Prepaid expenses........................................................       837,841
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities................................     2,634,254
       Deferred revenue........................................................       395,100
       Payment on note payable.................................................      (543,778)
                                                                                 ------------
          Net cash provided by operating activities............................    13,034,492
                                                                                 ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment.................................    (3,401,378)
  Increase in restricted cash requirements.....................................       (12,862)
                                                                                 ------------
          Net cash used for investing activities...............................    (3,414,240)
                                                                                 ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Repayment of debt............................................................    (2,200,000)
  Partner distributions........................................................    (7,416,018)
                                                                                 ------------
          Net cash used for financing activities...............................    (9,616,018)
                                                                                 ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents......................................         4,234
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...............................     2,700,135
                                                                                 ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.....................................  $  2,704,369
                                                                                 ============
Supplementary information:
  Cash paid during the period for interest.....................................  $  3,914,710
                                                                                 ============
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-54
<PAGE>   150
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
             FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1993 TO APRIL 18, 1993
 
1. BUSINESS AND FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
  Business
 
     Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. ("CGC"), a Delaware limited partnership, was
formed on April 5, 1990. CGC is the owner of two operating geothermal power
plants and their respective steam fields, and three geothermal steam fields
located in The Geysers area of northern California. Electricity and steam
generated by CGC is sold to two utilities under long-term power sales contracts
(see Note 9).
 
  Formation of the Partnership
 
     CGC was formed by Sonoma Geothermal Partners, L.P. ("SGP"), wholly owned by
Calpine Corporation ("Calpine"), and Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, Limited
Partnership ("FMRP") for the purpose of acquiring from FMRP the assets
constituting the geothermal business described above. On July 2, 1990, FMRP
contributed an undivided 15.93 percent interest in the existing assets and
geothermal business and $1,178,567 in cash for financing costs. SGP contributed
$22,165,718 in cash, including financing and closing costs of $2,008,000.
 
     Concurrent with the formation of CGC, an agreement was entered into between
CGC and FMRP to purchase the remaining undivided 84.07 percent interest in the
existing assets and geothermal business for $227.0 million in cash plus the
assumption of the liabilities, not including existing project debt. The amount
was funded by SGP's contribution and a new nonrecourse credit arrangement with a
consortium of banks (see Note 5).
 
     Under the CGC partnership agreement, profits are allocated first to SGP to
the extent necessary to achieve a target return, as defined. Thereafter, profits
are allocated 22.5 percent to SGP and 77.5 percent to FMRP.
 
     Upon liquidation, equity is allocated first to SGP to the extent necessary
to achieve a target return as defined; second, equity is allocated to achieve
the target capital account ratios (22.5 percent to SGP and 77.5 percent to
FMRP); and third, equity is allocated 22.5 percent to SGP and 77.5 percent to
FMRP.
 
     Cash distributions are allocated 99 percent to SGP and 1 percent to FMRP
until the target return is reached. Distributions made during the period from
January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993 were $7,352,017 to SGP and $64,001 to FMRP.
 
  Acquisition of FMRP Interest in CGC
 
     On April 19, 1993, Calpine purchased all of FMRP's interest in CGC for
$59.8 million, terminating the partnership with FMRP. The purchase price
includes a $23.0 million cash payment by Calpine and a $36.8 million note
payable to FMRP.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     CGC's cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are primarily held by one
major international financial institution. CGC considers all highly liquid
instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents. The carrying amount of these instruments approximates fair
value because of their short maturity.
 
                                      F-55
<PAGE>   151
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Restricted Cash
 
     CGC is required to maintain cash balances that are restricted by provisions
of its debt agreements and by regulatory agencies. CGC's debt agreements specify
restrictions based on debt service payments and drilling costs for the following
year. Regulatory agencies require cash to be restricted to ensure that funds
will be available to restore property to its original condition. Restricted cash
is invested in accounts earning market rates. Therefore, their carrying value
approximates fair value.
 
  Supplies Inventory
 
     Supplies are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost for large
replacement parts is determined using the specific identification method. For
the remaining supplies, cost is determined using the weighted average cost
method.
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
     CGC uses the full cost method of accounting for costs incurred in
connection with the exploration and development of geothermal properties. All
such costs, including geological and geophysical expenses, costs of drilling
productive, nonproductive and reinjection wells and overhead directly related to
development activities, together with the costs of production equipment, the
related facilities and the operating power plants, are capitalized.
 
     Geothermal costs, including an estimate of future development costs to be
incurred and the estimated costs to dismantle, are amortized by the units of
production method based on the estimated total productive output over the
estimated useful lives of the related steam fields. Depreciation of the
buildings and roads is computed using the straight line method over the
estimated remaining useful lives of the buildings and roads.
 
     Proceeds from the sale of assets are applied against capitalized costs,
with no gain or loss recognized.
 
  Deferred Costs
 
     Deferred costs consist of financing costs, a commitment fee and Partnership
closing costs. These costs are amortized over the following periods:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                               <C>
        Financing costs.................................................       15 years
        Partnership closing costs.......................................   5 to 7 years
</TABLE>
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Revenues from sales of electricity are recognized as service is delivered.
Revenues from sales of steam are calculated considering a future period when
steam will be delivered without receiving corresponding revenue. This free steam
is being recorded at an average rate over future steam production as deferred
revenue.
 
     A recent accounting principle requires companies to recognize revenue on
power sales agreements entered into after May 1992 using the lower of the actual
cash received or the average rate measured on a cumulative basis. CGC's power
sales agreements were entered into prior to May 1992. Had CGC applied this
principle, the revenues CGC recorded for the period from January 1, 1993 to
April 18, 1993 would have been approximately $488,000 less.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Income taxes are the responsibility of the individual partners; therefore,
there is no provision for Federal and state income taxes in the financial
statements.
 
                                      F-56
<PAGE>   152
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
3. WORKING CAPITAL LOAN
 
     CGC has a working capital agreement with a bank providing for advances not
to exceed $5.0 million less any outstanding letters of credit. The aggregate
unpaid principal of the working capital loan is payable in full at least once a
year commencing in 1991, with the final payment of principal, interest and fees
due June 30, 1995; interest accrues at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)
plus .625 percent over the term of the loan.
 
4. NOTE PAYABLE
 
     During 1992, CGC entered into a note payable with a financing company for
$543,778. The note bears interest at 3.79 percent annually and was repaid in two
installments in January and April 1993.
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     CGC has a $200.0 million ($176.8 million outstanding at April 18, 1993)
loan agreement with a bank, the components of which are as follows:
 
          Senior term loans: $156.8 million outstanding at April 18, 1993 with
     principal and interest payable in quarterly installments at variable
     amounts beginning September 30, 1990 and the final payment of principal,
     interest and fees due June 30, 2002; interest on $136.8 million is fixed at
     9.93 percent with the remainder accruing at LIBOR plus .75 percent to 1.25
     percent over the term of the loan; collateralized by all of CGC's assets
     and the partners' interest.
 
          Junior term loans: $20.0 million outstanding at April 18, 1993 with
     principal and interest payable in quarterly installments at variable
     amounts beginning September 30, 2002 and the final payment of principal,
     interest and fees due June 30, 2005; interest accrues at LIBOR plus 1.5
     percent to 2.75 percent over the term of the loan; the loan is
     collateralized by all of CGC's assets and the partners' interest.
 
     The annual principal maturities of the long-term debt outstanding at April
18, 1993 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                              <C>
        1993...........................................................  $  8,800,000
        1994...........................................................    16,000,000
        1995...........................................................    18,000,000
        1996...........................................................    21,000,000
        1997...........................................................    22,000,000
        Thereafter.....................................................    91,000,000
                                                                         ------------
                                                                         $176,800,000
                                                                         ============
</TABLE>
 
     The senior and junior term loan agreements contain a number of covenants.
Two of these covenants require that CGC maintain restricted cash balances as
defined in the agreements, and that CGC maintain certain insurance coverages.
During the period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993, CGC did not meet the
insurance covenant and has obtained a waiver for this violation.
 
     The carrying value of the $136.8 million portion of the senior term notes
has an effective rate of 9.93 percent under CGC's interest rate swap agreements
(see Note 6). Based on the borrowing rates currently available to CGC for bank
loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of the debt as of April
18, 1993 is approximately $150.2 million.
 
     The carrying value of the remaining $20.0 million of the senior and the
$20.0 million junior term loans approximates the debt's fair market value as the
rates are variable and are based on current LIBOR.
 
                                      F-57
<PAGE>   153
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
6. INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS:
 
     CGC entered into two interest rate swap agreements to minimize the impact
of changes in interest rates by effectively fixing its interest rate at 9.93
percent on a portion of its senior term note. The interest rate swap agreements
mature through December 31, 2000. CGC is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other parties to the interest rate swap agreements.
 
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Royalties and Leases
 
     CGC is committed under several geothermal and right of way leases. The
geothermal leases generally provide for royalties based on production revenue,
with reductions for property taxes paid and the right of way leases are based on
flat rates and are not material. Under the terms of certain geothermal land
leases, royalties accrue at rates ranging from 7 percent to 12.5 percent of
electricity, steam and effluent revenue, net of property taxes. Certain
properties also have net profits and overriding royalty interests ranging from
approximately 1.7 percent to 23.5 percent, which are in addition to the land
lease royalties. CGC also has a working interest agreement with a third party
providing for the sharing of approximately 30 percent of drilling and other well
costs, various percentages of other operating costs and 30 percent of revenues
on specified wells of Unit 13 and Unit 16.
 
     Most lease agreements contain clauses providing for minimum lease payments
to leaseholders if production temporarily ceases or if production falls below a
specified level.
 
     Expenses under these agreements for the period from January 1, 1993 to
April 18, 1993 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                <C>
        Production royalties.............................................  $3,150,076
        Lease payments...................................................     119,081
</TABLE>
 
  Litigation
 
     CGC is a party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of
business, principally related to royalty interests on geothermal property sites.
Management believes that the outcome of these claims and lawsuits will not have
a material adverse effect on CGC's financial position and results of operations.
 
8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The power plants and steam fields of CGC are operated by Calpine Operating
Plant Services, Inc. ("COPS"), wholly owned by Calpine Corporation, under an
Operating and Maintenance Agreement. Under the agreement, COPS is obligated to
perform all operation and maintenance services in connection with the business,
including operation, repair and maintenance of the power plants and steam
fields, arranging for new well drilling, providing administrative and billing
services, and performing technical analyses and contract administration.
 
     For performance of these services, COPS is reimbursed for its direct costs
plus a general and administrative recovery rate of 12 percent for direct labor
costs, 10 percent for specific costs, and 5 percent for capital expenditures up
to $5.0 million per year, then 2 percent for additional capital expenditures. In
addition, the contract also includes an annual operating fee of $1.0 million,
escalating in relation to the Consumer Price Index. During the period from
January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993, total charges under the Operating and
Maintenance Agreement amounted to approximately $7.1 million, including
approximately $3.7 million for capital expenditures.
 
                                      F-58
<PAGE>   154
 
                         CALPINE GEYSERS COMPANY, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Calpine also charges CGC directly for expenses in connection with its
duties as general partner, and for technical and administrative services. During
the period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993, charges amounted to
approximately $185,000.
 
     FMRP has a royalty interest in one of the properties in production. During
the period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993, production royalty expense
related to FMRP amounted to approximately $397,000.
 
9. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS:
 
     CGC's revenue is derived primarily from two sources -- Pacific Gas and
Electric ("PG&E") and Sacramento Municipal Utility District ("SMUD"). Revenue
for the period from January 1, 1993 to April 18, 1993 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                               <C>
        PG&E............................................................  $17,323,683
        SMUD............................................................    3,830,533
                                                                          -----------
                                                                           21,154,216
        Less revenues deferred..........................................     (395,100)
                                                                          -----------
                  Total.................................................  $20,759,116
                                                                          ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Operating Geothermal Power Plants
 
     Electricity from CGC's two operating geothermal power plants, Bear Canyon
and West Ford Flat, is sold to PG&E under the terms of twenty-year contracts
which began in 1989.
 
     Under the terms of the contracts, CGC is paid for energy delivered based
upon a fixed price which escalates annually for the first ten years of the
contract and upon PG&E's full short-run avoided operating costs for the second
ten years.
 
     CGC also receives capacity payments from PG&E. Under certain circumstances,
if CGC is unable to deliver firm capacity, then CGC may owe PG&E certain minimum
damages, as specified in the contracts.
 
  Geothermal Steam Fields
 
     Steam from CGC's three geothermal steam fields is sold to PG&E and SMUD
under contracts. PG&E is obligated to operate the plants (Unit 13 and Unit 16)
as close to full capacity and as continuously as possible. SMUD is obligated to
make its best effort to continuously accept steam generated by the plant, except
during outages.
 
     Under the terms of the PG&E contract, the price paid for steam is adjusted
annually based upon prices paid by PG&E for fossil fuels (oil and natural gas)
and nuclear fuel. Under the terms of the SMUD contract, the price paid for steam
is adjusted bi-annually based upon inflation and price indices reflecting the
economy and the cost of fuel.
 
     The contracts with both PG&E and SMUD also provide that CGC receive an
additional amount per mwh of net output as compensation for the cost of
disposing of liquid effluents, primarily steam condensate.
 
     In the event the quantity of steam delivered at any of the plants is less
than 50 percent of the units rated capacity during any given month, PG&E or SMUD
is not required to pay for steam delivered during such month until the cost of
the power plants has been completely amortized.
 
     The contracts may be terminated upon written notice under conditions
specified in the contract if further operation of the plants becomes
uneconomical. In the event that the contract is terminated by CGC, and if
requested by either PG&E or SMUD, CGC must assign to PG&E (Unit 13 and Unit 16)
or SMUD (SMUDGEO #1) all rights, title and interest to the wells, lands and
related facilities.
 
                                      F-59
<PAGE>   155
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholder of LFC No. 38 Corp. and Portsmouth Leasing Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of LFC No. 38 Corp. and
Portsmouth Leasing Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and
1993, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in
shareholder's deficiency and cash flows for the years then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Companies' management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the combined financial position of LFC No. 38 Corp. and
Portsmouth Leasing Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and
1993, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Companies changed their
method of accounting for income taxes in 1993.
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 3, 1995, except
  as to the information presented
  in Note 7 for which the date is
  March 30, 1995
 
                                      F-60
<PAGE>   156
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1994            1993
                                                                    -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>
                                            ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and equivalents............................................  $ 2,986,606     $ 3,911,692
  Accounts receivable.............................................    1,888,467       1,774,335
  Other current assets............................................       74,729         145,754
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total current assets....................................    4,949,802       5,831,781
Power production facility, less accumulated depreciation of
  $6,086,660 and $5,057,568, respectively.........................   24,228,646      25,239,115
Project development rights, less accumulated amortization of
  $1,093,026 and $915,778, respectively...........................    4,287,918       4,465,166
Deferred costs, less accumulated amortization of $1,335,381 and
  $1,215,708, respectively........................................      712,224         831,898
Land..............................................................      340,938         340,938
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total assets............................................  $34,519,528     $36,708,898
                                                                    ===========     ===========
                           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........................  $ 1,372,360     $ 1,606,528
  Accrued interest payable........................................      136,294         245,135
  Notes payable...................................................    1,819,071       1,633,676
  Due to affiliates...............................................      224,413         555,185
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total current liabilities...............................    3,552,138       4,040,524
Notes payable.....................................................   26,767,423      28,553,740
Liability for major maintenance...................................    1,850,728       1,266,518
Deferred income taxes.............................................    9,233,673       8,613,266
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total liabilities.......................................   41,403,962      42,474,048
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Shareholder's deficiency
  Common stock $1 par value, 2,000 shares authorized,
     2,000 shares issued..........................................        2,000           2,000
  Capital in excess of par value..................................        1,279           1,279
  Accumulated deficit.............................................     (565,743)     (1,668,429)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                                       (562,464)     (1,665,150)
  Advances to affiliates..........................................   (6,321,970)     (4,100,000)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total shareholder's deficiency..........................   (6,884,434)     (5,765,150)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total liabilities and shareholder's deficiency..........  $34,519,528     $36,708,898
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
            See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements
 
                                      F-61
<PAGE>   157
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                         1994          1993
                                                                      -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
Revenues
  Power sales.......................................................  $17,431,700   $18,134,824
  Interest income...................................................      234,154        89,318
                                                                      -----------   -----------
                                                                       17,665,854    18,224,142
                                                                      -----------   -----------
Expenses
  Operating costs...................................................   12,702,761     9,271,110
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................    1,338,734     1,515,297
  Interest expense..................................................    1,738,152     1,740,675
                                                                      -----------   -----------
                                                                       15,779,647    12,527,082
                                                                      -----------   -----------
Income before income taxes..........................................    1,886,207     5,697,060
Income tax provision................................................      783,521     2,307,233
                                                                      -----------   -----------
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle...    1,102,686     3,389,827
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes..........           --    (5,108,294)
                                                                      -----------   -----------
          Net income (loss).........................................  $ 1,102,686   $(1,718,467)
                                                                      ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
            See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements
 
                                      F-62
<PAGE>   158
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S DEFICIENCY
                (FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 RETAINED
                                                  CAPITAL IN     EARNINGS                   SHAREHOLDER'S
                                         COMMON   EXCESS OF    (ACCUMULATED   ADVANCES TO      EQUITY
                                         STOCK    PAR VALUE      DEFICIT)     AFFILIATES    (DEFICIENCY)
                                         ------   ----------   ------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                      <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992.............  $2,000     $1,279     $     50,038            --    $     53,317
Advance to affiliates..................     --          --               --   $(4,100,000)     (4,100,000)
Net loss...............................     --          --       (1,718,467)           --      (1,718,467)
                                         ------     ------        ---------    ----------      ----------
Balance, December 31, 1993.............  2,000       1,279       (1,668,429)   (4,100,000)     (5,765,150)
Advance to affiliates..................     --          --               --    (2,221,970)     (2,221,970)
Net income.............................     --          --        1,102,686            --       1,102,686
                                         ------     ------        ---------    ----------      ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994.............  $2,000     $1,279     $   (565,743)  $(6,321,970)   $ (6,884,434)
                                         ======     ======        =========    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
 
            See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements
 
                                      F-63
<PAGE>   159
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1994            1993
                                                                    -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income (loss)...............................................  $ 1,102,686     $(1,718,467)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
     by operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization................................    1,338,734       1,515,297
     Provision for major maintenance..............................      584,210         710,872
     Payments for major maintenance...............................           --        (814,244)
     Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes...           --       5,108,294
     Deferred income taxes........................................      620,408       2,306,433
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities
       Accounts receivable........................................     (114,132)        476,265
       Due to affiliates..........................................     (330,771)       (161,838)
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...................     (234,169)     (1,862,005)
       Other current assets.......................................       71,025         (20,955)
       Accrued interest payable...................................     (108,842)        (23,990)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
  Net cash provided by operating activities.......................    2,929,149       5,515,662
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Cash flows used in investing activities
  Investment in power production facility.........................      (31,343)        (10,433)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Cash flows used in financing activities
  Repayment of financing..........................................   (1,600,922)     (1,416,935)
  Advances to affiliates..........................................   (2,221,970)     (4,100,000)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
  Net cash used in financing activities...........................   (3,822,892)     (5,516,935)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Net decrease in cash and equivalents..............................     (925,086)        (11,706)
Cash and equivalents -- beginning of period.......................    3,911,692       3,923,398
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Cash and equivalents -- end of period.............................  $ 2,986,606     $ 3,911,692
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
            See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements
 
                                      F-64
<PAGE>   160
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PROJECT
 
     LFC No. 38 Corp. (the "Limited Partner"), a Delaware corporation, is the
sole Limited Partner and Greenleaf Unit One Associates, Inc. (the "General
Partner"), a California corporation, is the sole General Partner (collectively
the "Partners") of Greenleaf Unit One Associates, L.P. (the "Partnership"), a
California Limited Partnership. Portsmouth Leasing Corporation ("Portsmouth"), a
Delaware corporation, is the sole owner of the General Partner. Portsmouth and
the Partners are wholly owned subsidiaries of Radnor Energy Partners, L.P.
("L.P."). L.P. is, in turn, a majority-owned subsidiary of LFC Financial Corp
("Financial"). The combined financial statements include the accounts of the
Partners, the Partnership, and Portsmouth (collectively the "Company") after
elimination of all material intercompany balances and transactions.
 
     The Partnership owns and operates a 49.5 megawatt natural gas fired
cogeneration facility located in Yuba City, California (the "Project"). The
facility, which was completed in March 1989, produces electrical power which it
sells to Pacific Gas and Electric Company ("PG&E") pursuant to a power purchase
agreement that provides for electricity and capacity payments over a thirty-year
period. The exhaust gas generated by the Project is used to dry wood chips. The
wood drying facility is operated by Wood Fuel Processing, Inc. ("WFP") pursuant
to a processing facilities agreement. The agreement provides that WFP will pay
certain royalties to the Partnership in the future based on the profitability of
the wood drying operation. Operations and maintenance of the Project is
performed by Stockmar Energy Inc., which does business as LFC Power Systems
Corporation ("Power Systems"), an affiliate. Power Systems is a wholly owned
subsidiary of LFC Energy Corporation ("Energy"), which, in turn, is a
majority-owned subsidiary of Financial.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Power Production Facility -- The power production facility, which was
constructed by Power Systems, includes the cogeneration plant (including the
wood drying facility) and the related equipment and is stated at cost.
Depreciation is recorded utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated
useful life of the Project of thirty years. Upon disposition, the cost and
related accumulated depreciation of equipment removed from the accounts and the
resulting gain (loss) is included in gains (losses) on equipment sales for the
period.
 
     Project Development Rights -- The Project development rights include all of
the essential contracts, agreements, permits, licenses and other agreements
which were required to construct and operate the Project, as well as the
preliminary design of the Project, the power purchase agreement, the FERC
certification and other contracts and agreements. These Project development
rights are being amortized by the Partnership over a thirty-year period.
 
     Deferred Costs -- Deferred costs include lender, legal, and other
professional fees incurred in connection with the acquisition and construction
of the Project and pre-operating expenses which were capitalized. Capitalized
fees are amortized over their estimated useful lives and pre-operating expenses
are amortized over sixty months.
 
     Major Maintenance -- Major maintenance costs are accrued ratably over the
scheduled maintenance period and are included in operating costs. Costs
anticipated to be incurred within the next twelve months are classified as a
current liability.
 
     Income Taxes -- Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 -- "Accounting For Income Taxes"
("SFAS109"). SFAS109 requires the recognition of deferred income tax liabilities
and assets for the future tax consequences of transactions that have been
recognized for financial reporting or income tax purposes and includes a
requirement for adjustment of deferred tax balances for tax rate changes. The
Company joins with L.P. and affiliated companies in the filing of a consolidated
U.S. federal income tax return. The Company's policy is to provide for federal
and state
 
                                      F-65
<PAGE>   161
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
income taxes on a separate return basis. In addition, the Company has a tax
sharing arrangement with L.P. that provides to the extent that net operating
loss or investment tax credit carryforwards are not utilized by the Company on a
separate return basis, but are utilized in the consolidated tax return of L.P.,
the Company will receive a portion of these tax benefits. These payments will be
classified as capital in excess of par value.
 
     Statements of Cash Flows -- The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents for
purposes of the statement of cash flows. Net cash provided by operating
activities includes cash payments for interest of $1,846,993 and $1,764,666 in
1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
NOTE 3 -- NOTES PAYABLE
 
     Notes payable at December 31, 1994 and 1993 consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1994            1993
                                                                -----------     -----------
    <S>                                                         <C>             <C>
    Note payable -- Bank......................................  $25,996,000     $27,507,000
    Note payable -- Individuals...............................    2,590,494       2,680,416
                                                                -----------     -----------
              Total...........................................   28,586,494      30,187,416
    Less current portion......................................    1,819,071       1,633,676
                                                                -----------     -----------
    Noncurrent portion........................................  $26,767,423     $28,553,740
                                                                ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
     The Partnership's note payable is payable pursuant to a credit agreement
with the New York branch of Credit Suisse ("Credit Suisse") and is
collateralized by substantially all of the Partnership's assets. The credit
agreement contains certain restrictive covenants including the maintenance of
certain debt service coverage ratios, working capital requirements, and
limitations on distributions. In addition, all cash and equivalents are
maintained in accounts at Credit Suisse. The loan bears interest at variable
rates or fixed rates at the option of the Partnership. The effective interest
rate on the loan was 8.05% at December 31, 1994. The loan is being repaid over
ten years, commencing in 1990, in level quarterly debt service payments on a
fourteen-year amortization schedule with a balloon payment at the end of the
tenth year.
 
     The note payable-individuals is payable pursuant to a sale/purchase
agreement with the former owners of the General Partner. The loan bears interest
at a fixed rate of 8.25%. The loan is scheduled to be repaid in twenty (20)
annual installments plus interest, with each payment being based upon 1.59% of
power sales. If the obligation is repaid prior to maturity, the Company must
continue the payments as defined until the payment period ends, 2010.
 
     The required principal payments by year are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                               <C>
             1995.......................................................  $ 1,819,071
             1996.......................................................    2,016,092
             1997.......................................................    2,231,533
             1998.......................................................    2,529,127
             1999.......................................................    2,794,776
             2000.......................................................   16,092,618
             Thereafter.................................................    1,103,277
                                                                          -----------
                       Total............................................  $28,586,494
                                                                          ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-66
<PAGE>   162
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS109, which requires the
liability method of accounting for income taxes. The cumulative effect of the
change in method of accounting for income taxes of $5,108,294 was reported in
the 1993 statement of operations and as an increase in the net deferred tax
liability at January 1, 1993.
 
     The income tax provision is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1994          1993
                                                                   --------     ----------
    <S>                                                            <C>          <C>
    Current
      State......................................................  $ 26,944     $      800
      Federal....................................................   136,169             --
    Deferred
      State......................................................   175,417        529,827
      Federal....................................................   444,991      1,776,606
                                                                   --------     ----------
    Total                                                          $783,521     $2,307,233
                                                                   ========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before income tax
can be reconciled to the federal statutory rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1994     1993
                                                                             ----     ----
    <S>                                                                      <C>      <C>
    Federal statutory tax rate.............................................   34%      34%
    State tax, net of federal benefit......................................    6%       6%
    Other..................................................................    2%      --
                                                                                      -- -
                                                                             ---
    Provision for income taxes.............................................   42%      40%
                                                                             ===      ===
</TABLE>
 
     The net deferred tax liability (determined in accordance with SFAS109)
consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------------------
                                                                   1994            1993
                                                                -----------     -----------
    <S>                                                         <C>             <C>
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Accumulated depreciation................................  $10,872,804     $11,353,409
                                                                -----------     -----------
    Deferred tax assets:
      Liability for major maintenance.........................      742,845         508,355
      Investment tax credit carryforward......................      821,862       1,254,862
      Net operating loss carryforward.........................       74,424         976,926
                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                  1,639,131       2,740,143
                                                                -----------     -----------
    Net deferred tax liability................................  $ 9,233,673     $ 8,613,266
                                                                ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
     As of December 31, 1994, the Company had, on a separate company basis, a
state net operating loss carryforward of $800,260 which expires in 1996 through
1999 and investment tax credit carryforwards of $821,862 which expires in 2003.
 
NOTE 5 -- RELATED PARTIES AND OPERATING COSTS
 
     The Partnership incurred operating costs through Power Systems of
$1,976,599 and $1,910,189 in 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Partnership's 1994
and 1993 operating costs include $3,264,328 and $2,680,216, respectively, for
the purchase of natural gas from affiliates. Affiliates also provided gathering,
transportation and fuel management services at a cost of $2,328,028 and $725,000
to the Partnership in 1994 and 1993,
 
                                      F-67
<PAGE>   163
 
      LFC NO. 38 CORP. AND PORTSMOUTH LEASING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
respectively. The Partnership incurred $1,307,649 and $104,114 in 1994 and 1993,
respectively, for management services provided by L.P.
 
NOTE 6 -- COMMON STOCK
 
     The combined common stock of the Company as of December 31, 1994 and 1993
consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       CAPITAL
                                                              SHARES                     IN
                                                            AUTHORIZED     $1 PAR     EXCESS OF
                                                            AND ISSUED     VALUE      PAR VALUE
                                                            ----------     ------     ---------
    <S>                                                     <C>            <C>        <C>
    LFC No. 38 Corp.......................................     1,000       $1,000           --
    Portsmouth Leasing Corporation........................     1,000        1,000      $ 1,279
                                                               -----       ------       ------
              Total.......................................     2,000       $2,000      $ 1,279
                                                               =====       ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On March 30, 1995, Financial entered into a stock purchase agreement to
sell the stock of the Company to Calpine Corporation. The transaction is
scheduled to close by April 28, 1995. No effect of the proposed sale has been
recognized in the accompanying financial statements.
 
                                      F-68
<PAGE>   164
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholder of LFC No. 60 Corp.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LFC No. 60 Corp.
and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in shareholder's deficiency and cash flows for
the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of LFC No. 60 Corp.
and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the consolidated results of
their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Company changed its
method of accounting for income taxes in 1993.
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 3, 1995, except
  as to the information presented
  in Note 6 for which the date is
  March 30, 1995
 
                                      F-69
<PAGE>   165
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1994            1993
                                                                    -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and equivalents............................................  $ 2,088,588     $ 2,491,825
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
     $200,000 in 1993.............................................    2,076,594       1,967,998
  Due from affiliates.............................................      776,253              --
  Prepaid assets..................................................      513,954         266,690
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total current assets....................................    5,455,389       4,726,513
Power production facility, less accumulated depreciation of
  $5,430,948 and $4,339,447, respectively.........................   26,636,147      27,711,561
Project development rights, less accumulated amortization of
  $330,417 and $265,417, respectively.............................    1,619,583       1,684,583
Deferred costs, less accumulated amortization of $1,410,676 and
  $1,148,992, respectively........................................      580,706         842,390
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total assets............................................  $34,291,825     $34,965,047
                                                                    ===========     ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........................  $ 1,785,800     $   882,746
  Due to affiliates...............................................           --         634,451
  Accrued interest payable........................................       13,972         131,200
  Note payable....................................................      600,000         600,000
  Liability for major maintenance.................................           --         969,996
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total current liabilities...............................    2,399,772       3,218,393
Note payable......................................................   31,600,000      32,200,000
Liability for major maintenance...................................    1,737,908       1,273,328
Deferred income taxes.............................................    6,368,319       5,764,303
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total liabilities.......................................   42,105,999      42,456,024
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Shareholder's deficiency
  Common stock $1 par value, authorized, issued and outstanding --
     1,000 shares.................................................        1,000           1,000
  Capital in excess of par value..................................    1,199,000       1,199,000
  Deficit.........................................................     (395,931)     (1,290,977)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                                        804,069         (90,977)
  Advances to affiliates..........................................   (8,618,243)     (7,400,000)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total shareholder's deficiency..........................   (7,814,174)     (7,490,977)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total liabilities and shareholder's deficiency..........  $34,291,825     $34,965,047
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
          See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-70
<PAGE>   166
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1994            1993
                                                                    -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>
Revenues
  Power sales.....................................................  $18,495,832     $19,223,155
  Steam sales.....................................................       61,780          62,496
  Interest income.................................................      155,715          68,247
                                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                                     18,713,327      19,353,898
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Expenses
  Operating costs.................................................   13,961,525      12,620,397
  Depreciation and amortization...................................    1,418,185       1,436,668
  Interest expense................................................    1,773,839       1,702,354
                                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                                     17,153,549      15,759,419
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Income before income taxes........................................    1,559,778       3,594,479
Income tax provision..............................................     (664,732)     (1,616,815)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting
  principle.......................................................      895,046       1,977,664
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes........           --      (2,773,609)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Net income (loss).................................................  $   895,046     $  (795,945)
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
          See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-71
<PAGE>   167
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S DEFICIENCY
                (FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          CAPITAL IN
                               COMMON     EXCESS OF                      ADVANCES TO
                               STOCK      PAR VALUE        DEFICIT       AFFILIATES         TOTAL
                               ------     ----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                            <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance December 31, 1992....  $1,000     $1,199,000     $  (495,032)    $(3,600,000)    $(2,895,032)
Net loss.....................     --              --        (795,945)             --        (795,945)
Advance to affiliates........     --              --              --      (3,800,000)     (3,800,000)
                               ------     ----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Balance December 31, 1993....  1,000       1,199,000      (1,290,977)     (7,400,000)     (7,490,977)
Net income...................     --              --         895,046              --         895,046
Advance to affiliates........     --              --              --      (1,218,243)     (1,218,243)
                               ------     ----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Balance, December 31, 1994...  $1,000     $1,199,000     $  (395,931)    $(8,618,243)    $(7,814,174)
                               ======      =========      ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
 
          See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-72
<PAGE>   168
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1994            1993
                                                                    -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating expenses
  Net income (loss)...............................................  $   895,046     $  (795,945)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
     by operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization................................    1,418,185       1,436,668
     Provision for major maintenance..............................      331,134         818,329
     Payments for major maintenance...............................     (836,550)             --
     Provision for doubtful accounts..............................           --         200,000
     Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle..........           --       2,773,609
     Deferred income tax provision................................      604,016       1,364,083
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities
       Accounts receivable........................................     (108,595)         41,995
       Due from affiliates........................................   (1,410,704)       (112,443)
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...................      903,054      (1,184,769)
       Prepaid assets.............................................     (247,264)        (19,510)
       Accrued interest payable...................................     (117,228)        (20,866)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
  Net cash provided by operating activities.......................    1,431,094       4,501,151
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Cash flows used in investing activities
  Investment in power production facility.........................      (16,088)        (21,968)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Cash flows used in financing activities
  Repayment of financing..........................................     (600,000)       (600,000)
  Advances to affiliates..........................................   (1,218,243)     (3,800,000)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
  Net cash used in financing activities...........................   (1,818,243)     (4,400,000)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents...................     (403,237)         79,183
Cash and equivalents -- beginning of period.......................    2,491,825       2,412,642
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Cash and equivalents -- end of period.............................  $ 2,088,588     $ 2,491,825
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
          See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-73
<PAGE>   169
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- THE COMPANY AND THE PROJECT
 
     LFC No. 60 Corp., a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Radnor Energy Partners, L.P. ("L.P."). L.P. is, in turn, a majority-owned
subsidiary of LFC Financial Corp ("Financial"). LFC No. 60 Corp. owns 100% of
the Greenleaf Unit Two Associates, Inc. ("GUTA"). The consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of LFC No. 60 Corp. and GUTA (the "Company")
after elimination of all material intercompany balances and transactions.
 
     GUTA is a California corporation which owns and operates a 49.5 megawatt
natural gas fired cogeneration plant located in Yuba City, California (the
"Project"). The facility, which was completed in December 1989, produces
electrical power which it sells to Pacific Gas and Electric Company ("PG&E")
pursuant to a power purchase agreement that provides for electricity and
capacity payments over a thirty year period. The steam produced by the Project
is sold to Sunsweet Growers, Inc. under a long-term steam purchase agreement.
Operations and maintenance of the Project is performed by Stockmar Energy Inc.,
which does business as LFC Power Systems Corporation ("Power Systems"), an
affiliate. Power Systems is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LFC Energy Corporation
("Energy"), which, in turn, is a majority-owned subsidiary of Financial.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Power Production Facility -- The power production facility, which was
constructed by Power Systems, includes the cogeneration plant and the related
equipment and is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded utilizing the
straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the Project of thirty
years. Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of
equipment is removed from the accounts and the resulting gain (loss) is included
in gains (losses) on equipment sales for the period.
 
     Project Development Rights -- The Project development rights include all of
the essential contracts, agreements, permits, licenses and other agreements
which were required to construct and operate the Project as well as the
preliminary design of the Project, the power purchase agreement, the FERC
certification and other contracts and agreements. These Project development
rights are being amortized by the Company over a thirty-year period.
 
     Deferred Costs -- Deferred costs include lender, legal, and other
professional fees incurred in connection with the acquisition and construction
of the Project and pre-operating expenses which were capitalized. Capitalized
fees are amortized over their estimated useful lives and pre-operating expenses
are amortized over sixty months.
 
     Major Maintenance -- Major maintenance costs are accrued ratably over the
scheduled maintenance period and are included in operating costs. Costs
anticipated to be incurred within the next twelve months are classified as a
current liability.
 
     Income Taxes -- Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 -- "Accounting For Income Taxes" ("SFAS
109"). SFAS109 requires the recognition of deferred income tax liabilities and
assets for the future tax consequences of transactions that have been recognized
for financial reporting or income tax purposes and includes a requirement for
adjustment of deferred tax balances for tax rate changes. The Company joins with
L.P. and affiliated companies in the filing of a consolidated U.S. federal
income tax return. The Company's policy is to provide for federal and state
income taxes on a separate return basis. In addition, the Company has a tax
sharing arrangement with L.P. that provides to the extent that net operating
loss or investment tax credit carryforwards are not utilized by the Company on a
separate return basis, but are utilized in the consolidated tax return of L.P.,
the Company will receive a portion of these tax benefits. These payments will be
classified as capital in excess of par value.
 
                                      F-74
<PAGE>   170
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Statements of Cash Flows -- The Company considers all highly liquid
investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash
equivalents for purposes of the statement of cash flows. Net cash provided by
operating activities includes cash payments for interest of $1,891,067 and
$1,723,220 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
NOTE 3 -- NOTE PAYABLE
 
     The Company's note payable is payable pursuant to a credit agreement with
the New York branch of Credit Suisse ("Credit Suisse") and is collateralized by
substantially all of the Company's assets. The credit agreement contains certain
restrictive covenants including the maintenance of certain debt service coverage
ratios, working capital requirements, and limitations on distributions. In
addition, all cash and equivalents are maintained in accounts at Credit Suisse.
The note bears interest at variable or fixed rates at the option of the Company.
The effective interest rate on the note was 7.81% at December 31, 1994. The note
is being repaid in quarterly payments through 2005.
 
     The required principal payments by year are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                               <C>
             1995.......................................................  $   600,000
             1996.......................................................      600,000
             1997.......................................................      600,000
             1998.......................................................    2,000,000
             1999.......................................................    2,500,000
             Thereafter.................................................   25,900,000
                                                                          -----------
                  Total.................................................  $32,200,000
                                                                          ===========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS 109, which requires the
liability method of accounting for income taxes. The cumulative effect of the
change in method of accounting for income taxes of $2,773,609 was reported in
the 1993 statement of operations and as an increase in the net deferred tax
liability at January 1, 1993.
 
     The income tax provision is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1994          1993
                                                                   --------     ----------
    <S>                                                            <C>          <C>
    Deferred
      Federal....................................................  $490,009     $1,293,236
      State......................................................   114,007         70,847
    Current -- State.............................................    60,716        252,732
                                                                   --------     ----------
              Total..............................................  $664,732     $1,616,815
                                                                   ========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before income
taxes can be reconciled to the federal statutory rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1994     1993
                                                                             ----     ----
    <S>                                                                      <C>      <C>
    Federal statutory tax rate.............................................   34%      34%
    State Tax..............................................................    8%       6%
    Other..................................................................    1%       5%
                                                                              --       --
      Provision for income taxes...........................................   43%      45%
                                                                              ==       ==
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-75
<PAGE>   171
 
                        LFC NO. 60 CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The net deferred tax liability (determined in accordance with SFAS109)
consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                     1994           1993
                                                                  ----------     ----------
    <S>                                                           <C>            <C>
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Accumulated depreciation..................................  $9,123,465     $8,509,818
                                                                  ----------     ----------
    Deferred tax assets:
      Liability for major maintenance...........................     713,324        922,858
      Investment tax credit carryforward........................   1,333,448      1,333,448
      Net operating loss carryforward...........................     708,374        418,977
      Other.....................................................          --         70,232
                                                                  ----------     ----------
                                                                   2,755,146      2,745,515
                                                                  ----------     ----------
    Net deferred tax liability..................................  $6,368,319     $5,764,303
                                                                  ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     As of December 31, 1994, the Company had a tax net operating loss carry
forward determined on a separate company basis of $2,023,928 which expires in
2007 through 2009. As of December 31, 1994, the Company had ITC carryforwards
determined on a separate company basis of $1,333,448 which expire in 2004.
 
NOTE 5 -- RELATED PARTIES AND OPERATING COSTS
 
     The Company incurred operating costs of $1,610,780 and $2,330,001 through
Power Systems in 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company's 1994 and 1993
operating costs include $1,088,550 and $1,421,558, respectively, for the
purchase of natural gas from affiliates. Affiliates provided gathering,
transportation and fuel management services at a cost of $2,181,758 and $400,000
in 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company incurred $1,307,465 and $104,106 in
1994 and 1993, respectively, for management services provided by L.P.
 
NOTE 6 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     On March 30, 1995, Financial entered into a stock purchase agreement to
sell the stock of the Company and certain affiliates to Calpine Corporation. The
transaction is scheduled to close by April 28, 1995. No effect of the proposed
sale has been recognized in the accompanying financial statements.
 
                                      F-76
<PAGE>   172
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the General Partner of
  BAF Energy, A California Limited Partnership:
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of BAF Energy, A California
Limited Partnership, as of October 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements
of income, partners' equity and cash flows for each of the three years ended
October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of BAF Energy, A California
Limited Partnership, as of October 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years ended October 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     As explained in Note 1 to the financial statements, effective November 1,
1994, the Company changed its method of accounting for investments.
 
     As discussed in Note 8 to the financial statements, subsequent to October
31, 1995, the Partnership signed a letter agreement with a third party to lease
substantially all of its property, plant and equipment and assign all related
contracts to a third party.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Francisco, California
December 6, 1995
 
                                      F-77
<PAGE>   173
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                           OCTOBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995             1994
                                                                  ------------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................  $  3,757,921     $  5,363,057
  Available for sale securities.................................     1,919,184               --
  Restricted available-for-sale securities......................     7,241,305       12,332,244
  Accounts receivable -- trade..................................    10,916,919        5,277,413
  Supplies inventory............................................     2,153,129        2,060,935
  Prepaid insurance.............................................       288,383          251,375
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total current assets..................................    26,276,841       25,285,024
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Property, plant and equipment...................................   100,258,434      100,210,960
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.....................   (24,387,912)     (20,854,389)
                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                    75,870,522       79,356,571
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total assets..........................................  $102,147,363     $104,641,595
                                                                  ============     ============
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable..............................................  $  1,598,177     $  2,824,110
  Interest payable..............................................     1,309,566        1,396,495
  Payable to affiliate..........................................       166,569          615,881
  Current portion of long-term liabilities......................     5,444,386        5,283,785
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total current liabilities.............................     8,518,698       10,120,271
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Long-term liabilities...........................................    66,804,704       71,157,714
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Partners' equity:
  Contributed equity............................................     9,901,600        9,901,600
  Undistributed earnings........................................    16,922,361       13,462,010
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total partners' equity................................    26,823,961       23,363,610
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total liabilities and partners' equity................  $102,147,363     $104,641,595
                                                                  ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-78
<PAGE>   174
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995            1994            1993
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
Operating Revenues..................................  $43,835,619     $47,955,622     $49,738,504
Operating Expenses:
  Fuel..............................................    9,193,490      14,079,684      16,449,118
  Depreciation and amortization.....................    3,578,572       3,575,442       3,576,710
  Labor, supplies and other.........................    6,614,543       6,959,891       6,343,755
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total operating expenses..................   19,386,605      24,615,017      26,369,583
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
          Operating income..........................   24,449,014      23,340,605      23,368,921
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Other Income and Expense:
  Interest income and other.........................      955,299         477,666         448,961
  General and administrative........................     (773,610)       (784,401)       (653,373)
  Interest expense..................................   (8,165,273)     (8,654,453)     (9,091,695)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total other income and expense............   (7,983,584)     (8,961,188)     (9,296,107)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Partnership Income..................................  $16,465,430     $14,379,417     $14,072,814
                                                      ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-79
<PAGE>   175
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                         STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' EQUITY
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      GENERAL     LIMITED                     UNREALIZED       TOTAL
                                     PARTNERS'   PARTNERS'    UNDISTRIBUTED    LOSSES ON     PARTNERS'
                                      EQUITY       EQUITY       EARNINGS      SECURITIES       EQUITY
                                     ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Balance, October 31, 1992..........    $ 100     $9,901,500   $  13,509,779   $        --   $ 23,411,379
  Net income.......................       --             --      14,072,814            --     14,072,814
  Cash distributions...............       --             --     (15,000,000)           --    (15,000,000)
                                        ----     ----------    ------------       -------           ----
Balance, October 31, 1993..........      100      9,901,500      12,582,593            --     22,484,193
  Net income.......................       --             --      14,379,417            --     14,379,417
  Cash distributions...............       --             --     (13,500,000)           --    (13,500,000)
                                        ----     ----------    ------------       -------           ----
Balance, October 31, 1994..........      100      9,901,500      13,462,010            --     23,363,610
  Net income.......................       --             --      16,465,430            --     16,465,430
  Cash distributions...............       --             --     (13,000,000)           --    (13,000,000)
  Change in unrealized losses on
     available-for-sale
     securities....................       --             --              --        (5,079)        (5,079)
                                        ----     ----------    ------------       -------           ----
Balance, October 31, 1995..........    $ 100     $9,901,500   $  16,927,440   $    (5,079)  $ 26,823,961
                                        ====     ==========    ============       =======           ====
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-80
<PAGE>   176
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1995             1994             1993
                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>              <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Partnership income.............................  $ 16,465,430     $ 14,379,417     $ 14,072,814
  Adjustments to reconcile partnership income to
     net cash provided from operating
     activities --
       Depreciation and amortization.............     3,578,572        3,575,442        3,576,710
       Realized (gains) losses on sales of
          available-for-sale securities, net.....          (465)          10,189          (22,701)
       Change in operating assets &
          liabilities --
          Accounts receivable -- trade...........    (5,639,506)       7,560,768       (6,403,581)
          Supplies inventory.....................       (92,194)        (301,309)         (11,406)
          Prepaid insurance......................       (37,008)         (69,663)           4,270
          Accounts payable.......................    (1,225,933)      (1,375,739)       1,516,130
          Interest payable.......................       (86,929)         (77,740)         (69,540)
          Payable to affiliate...................      (449,312)         463,194       (1,130,695)
          Other, net.............................       (45,049)              --               --
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
            Net cash provided by operating
               activities........................    12,467,606       24,164,559       11,532,001
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities.....   (34,628,300)     (25,334,642)     (16,319,709)
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of
     available-for-sale securities...............    37,795,441       20,232,824       20,074,603
  Additions to property, plant and equipment,
     net.........................................       (47,474)         (21,066)        (131,924)
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
            Net cash provided by (used in)
               investing activities..............     3,119,667       (5,122,884)       3,622,970
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Reductions of long-term liabilities, net.......    (4,192,409)      (3,587,576)      (3,250,397)
  Cash distributions to partners.................   (13,000,000)     (13,500,000)     (15,000,000)
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
            Net cash used in financing
               activities........................   (17,192,409)     (17,087,576)     (18,250,397)
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
  equivalents....................................    (1,605,136)       1,954,099       (3,095,426)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.....     5,363,057        3,408,958        6,504,384
                                                     ----------       ----------       ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year...........  $  3,757,921     $  5,363,057     $  3,408,958
                                                     ==========       ==========       ==========
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and
  financing activities
  Unrealized holding losses, net, on
     available-for-sale securities, recorded as
     additions to undistributed earnings.........  $     (5,079)    $         --     $         --
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-81
<PAGE>   177
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
  Organization
 
     Basic American, Inc. (BAI) formed BAF Energy, A California Limited
Partnership (BAF Energy or the Partnership) on March 25, 1986, for the purpose
of developing, constructing and operating a cogeneration facility. The term of
the Partnership is through December 2020 unless terminated earlier in accordance
with the Partnership Agreement. The facility produces and sells electricity and
steam. On December 6, 1995, the Partnership signed a letter agreement with a
third party to lease substantially all of the Partnership's property, plant and
equipment and to assign all related contracts. The third party lessee will
operate the cogeneration facility through April, 2019 (see Note 8).
 
     BAF Energy, Inc. (BEI) is the general partner of the Partnership and has an
ownership interest of 1 percent. BEI is a wholly owned subsidiary of Basic
Vegetable Products, Inc. (BVP). BVP is a wholly owned subsidiary of BAI. As of
October 31, 1995, BAI also owned approximately 51 percent of the Limited
Partnership units of BAF Energy then outstanding.
 
     Distributions and profit and loss are allocated 99 percent to the limited
partners, based on their proportionate share of limited partnership units, and 1
percent to the general partner.
 
  Reclassifications
 
     Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1994 and 1993 financial
statements to be consistent with the current year presentation.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include
cash on deposit with banks, money market funds, and commercial paper. Cash paid
for interest during the years ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was
$8,252,202, $8,732,052 and $9,161,241, respectively.
 
  Available-for-Sale Securities
 
     Effective November 1, 1994, the Partnership adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities" (SFAS 115). The Partnership has classified its investments as
available-for-sale securities and as restricted available-for-sale securities
and has recorded all securities holdings at fair value. Unrealized gains and
losses are reported as a separate component of partners' equity until realized.
 
     Premiums and discounts are amortized over the life of the related security
as an adjustment to interest income using the effective interest method.
Interest income is recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses on
securities transactions are included in net income and are derived using the
specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
 
     Prior to the November 1, 1994 adoption of SFAS 115, the Partnership's
short-term investments were included in cash and short-term investments and were
valued at the lower of aggregate cost or market. Such securities have been
reclassified as available-for-sale securities to conform with SFAS 115
presentation requirements.
 
     The effect of adopting SFAS 115 was to recognize net unrealized holding
losses of $32,599 as a decrease in partners' equity as of November 1, 1994. At
October 31, 1995, net unrealized holding losses were $5,079.
 
     Restricted securities are required under the term loans described in Note
4.
 
                                      F-82
<PAGE>   178
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of property, plant
and equipment are computed on a straight-line method principally over the
following estimated useful lives:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS
                                                                              --------
        <S>                                                                   <C>
        Buildings and improvements..........................................     30
        Machinery and equipment.............................................  5 to 30
</TABLE>
 
  Major Maintenance Accruals
 
     The Partnership accrues for the estimated future costs of major overhauls
and equipment replacement based upon engineering studies.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Federal and state income tax regulations provide that no income taxes are
levied on a partnership. Instead, each partners' share of partnership profit or
loss is reported on his or her separate income tax return. Accordingly, no
partnership income taxes are provided for in the accompanying financial
statements.
 
(2) AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES
 
     As of October 31, 1995, the amortized cost and estimated fair values of the
Partnership's investments in tax-exempt municipal securities are summarized as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                RESTRICTED
                                                 AVAILABLE-     AVAILABLE-
                                                  FOR-SALE       FOR-SALE
                                                 SECURITIES     SECURITIES       TOTAL
                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
        <S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
        Amortized cost.........................  $1,919,184     $7,246,384     $9,165,568
        Gross unrealized losses................          --         (5,079)        (5,079)
                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
        Estimated fair value...................  $1,919,184     $7,241,305     $9,160,489
                                                 ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The amortized cost and estimated fair value of tax-exempt municipal
securities by contractual maturity are shown below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AMORTIZED      ESTIMATED
               DUE IN FISCAL YEAR ENDING OCTOBER 31,             COST        FAIR VALUE
        ----------------------------------------------------  ----------     ----------
        <S>                                                   <C>            <C>
        1996................................................  $2,137,292     $2,134,000
        1997-2000...........................................   7,028,276      7,026,489
                                                              ----------     ----------
                  Total.....................................  $9,165,568     $9,160,489
                                                              ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Proceeds from sales of investments for the year ended October 31, 1995 are
as follow:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                               <C>
        Gross proceeds..................................................  $26,099,037
        Gross gains.....................................................  $     4,404
        Gross losses....................................................  $     3,939
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-83
<PAGE>   179
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(3) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation and amortization
consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1995             1994
                                                              ------------     ------------
    <S>                                                       <C>              <C>
    Cost
      Buildings and improvements............................  $  1,410,873     $  1,313,304
      Machinery and equipment...............................    98,847,561       98,897,656
                                                              ------------     ------------
                                                               100,258,434      100,210,960
    Accumulated depreciation and amortization...............   (24,387,912)     (20,854,389)
                                                              ------------     ------------
                                                              $ 75,870,522     $ 79,356,571
                                                              ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
     On December 6, 1995, the Partnership signed a letter agreement with a third
party to lease substantially all of the Partnership's property, plant and
equipment (see Note 8).
 
(4) LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
     Long-term liabilities are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995            1994
                                                                -----------     -----------
    <S>                                                         <C>             <C>
    Term loan at 10.88%, due in equal installments through
      March 2004, non-recourse to the Partnership, secured by
      the facility and associated contracts...................  $60,514,066     $64,678,085
    Term loan at 15.65%, due in equal installments through
      March 2004, with recourse to BEI, secured by the
      facility and associated contracts.......................    8,137,159       8,575,025
    Major maintenance accruals................................    3,597,865       3,188,389
                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                 72,249,090      76,441,499
    Less -- Current maturities................................    5,444,386       5,283,785
                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                $66,804,704     $71,157,714
                                                                ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Annual Maturities,
 
     Annual maturities of long-term liabilities at October 31, 1995 are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            YEAR ENDING OCTOBER 31,                         AMOUNT
        ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
        <S>                                                               <C>
        1996............................................................  $ 5,444,386
        1997............................................................    6,121,107
        1998............................................................    6,716,700
        1999............................................................    7,224,887
        2000............................................................   10,541,918
        Thereafter......................................................   36,200,092
                                                                          -----------
                                                                          $72,249,090
                                                                          ===========
</TABLE>
 
(5) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Partnership Agreement requires that the Partnership pay BEI a monthly
administrative fee. This fee amounted to $146,596, $139,613 and $132,966 for the
years ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
                                      F-84
<PAGE>   180
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Partnership has entered into a ground lease with a remaining term of 23
years with BAI for the land on which the facility is located. The lease includes
options to extend the lease term up to an additional 30 years. Rent was
$146,572, $139,593 and $132,946 for the years ended October 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. Rents will escalate at the rate of 5% each year. In fiscal
1996, this lease will be assigned to a third party lessee pursuant to a letter
agreement discussed at Note 8.
 
     The Partnership negotiated a steam sales contract with a remaining term of
23 years with Basic Vegetable Products, LP (BVP, LP). The General Partner of
BVP, LP is BVP. Under the contract, the Partnership supplies steam to BVP, LP's
King City, California food processing plant. Revenues recorded under the
contract totaled $669,341, $840,959 and $1,068,141 in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. In fiscal 1996, this contract will also be assigned (see Note 8).
 
(6) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Facilities
 
     The Partnership executed an Operations and Maintenance (O & M) Agreement
with Bechtel North American Power Corporation (Bechtel) in which Bechtel is
required to operate and maintain the facility for a term of five years from May
1989. The Partnership reimburses Bechtel for all costs incurred in the
performance of the service. O & M expenses paid totaled $3,665,168, $3,884,943
and $4,556,321 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, including a payment of base
fees of $275,000, $387,456 and $500,000 per year, respectively, and a payment of
earned fees of $380,000, $306,803 and $902,430 per year, respectively. The
agreement also provided for a "high performance" bonus fee dependent on meeting
certain performance standards. In April 1994, the O & M Agreement was
renegotiated and extended through October 1998. The renegotiated terms include
payment of base fees of $275,000 and elimination of the high performance bonus
fee. The bonus paid in 1994 and 1995 totaled $3,107 and $175,327, respectively.
In connection with the anticipated transaction described at Note 8, the
Partnership will sever its O & M Agreement with Bechtel. The severance payment
will be made with funds directly contributed by the third party lessee.
 
  Financing
 
     Calcorp Group, Inc. (CGI), a limited partner, has a put option to sell its
23 percent investment in the Partnership back to the Partnership at fair market
value in certain circumstances. The put is subject to a subordination agreement
with the Partnership's lenders. CGI has entered into a technical support
agreement with the Partnership, wherein CGI is reimbursed for services rendered
based upon time and expenses incurred.
 
(7) REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     BEI has an exclusive Power Purchase Agreement with Pacific Gas and Electric
(PG&E) under which PG&E pays capacity payments, as defined in the agreement, and
purchases all available energy, except for amounts sold to BVP, LP (see Note 5).
The Partnership receives substantially all of its capacity payments from PG&E
during May through October, and receives payment for energy sales to PG&E during
May through January. In fiscal 1996, this agreement will be assigned to a third
party lessee pursuant to a letter agreement discussed at Note 8.
 
(8) SIGNIFICANT LEASE TRANSACTION
 
     On December 6, 1995, BAF Energy signed a letter agreement with a third
party to enter into a 23-year lease of the cogeneration property, plant and
equipment and to assign all related contracts. Under the terms of the lease, the
lessee will assume all rights and responsibilities related to the ground lease
(see Note 5), the BVP, LP steam sales contract (see Note 5), and the PG&E Power
Purchase Agreement (see Note 7). BAF Energy expects to sign the lease in early
1996.
 
                                      F-85
<PAGE>   181
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   OCTOBER 31,
                                                                                      1995
                                                                  JANUARY 31,     -------------
                                                                     1996
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................  $ 2,211,511     $   3,757,921
  Available for sale securities.................................           --         1,919,184
  Restricted available-for-sale securities......................   10,953,152         7,241,305
  Accounts receivable -- trade..................................    2,703,251        10,916,919
  Supplies inventory............................................    2,128,361         2,153,129
  Prepaid insurance.............................................      144,633           288,383
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total current assets..................................   18,140,908        26,276,841
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Property, Plant and Equipment...................................  100,258,434       100,258,434
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.....................  (25,280,413)      (24,387,912)
                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                   74,978,021        75,870,522
                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                  $93,118,929     $ 102,147,363
                                                                  ============     ============
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable..............................................  $   811,919     $   1,598,177
  Interest payable..............................................    3,273,915         1,309,566
  Payable to affiliate..........................................       38,428           166,569
  Current portion of long-term liabilities......................    5,546,361         5,444,386
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total current liabilities.............................    9,670,623         8,518,698
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Long-Term Liabilities...........................................   66,702,729        66,804,704
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Commitments and Contingencies...................................           --                --
Partners' Equity:
  Contributed equity............................................    9,901,600         9,901,600
  Undistributed earnings........................................    6,843,977        16,922,361
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Total partners' equity................................   16,745,577        26,823,961
                                                                  ------------     ------------
                                                                  $93,118,929     $ 102,147,363
                                                                  ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-86
<PAGE>   182
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                         CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            JANUARY 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1996            1995
                                                                    -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>
OPERATING REVENUES................................................  $ 4,957,368     $ 7,941,577
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Fuel............................................................    1,479,116       3,408,912
  Depreciation and amortization...................................      892,500       1,072,028
  Labor, supplies and other.......................................    1,066,580       1,431,321
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total operating expenses................................    3,438,196       5,912,261
                                                                    -----------     -----------
            Operating income......................................    1,519,172       2,029,316
                                                                    -----------     -----------
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest income and other.......................................      154,073         130,313
  General and administrative......................................     (290,763)       (201,340)
  Interest expense................................................   (1,965,945)     (2,094,761)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
          Total other income and expense..........................   (2,102,635)     (2,165,788)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
PARTNERSHIP LOSS..................................................  $  (583,463)    $  (136,472)
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-87
<PAGE>   183
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                           JANUARY 31,
                                                                  -----------------------------
                                                                      1996             1995
                                                                  ------------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.......................  $  9,779,417     $  2,298,789
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities....................   (25,170,795)     (12,290,102)
  Proceeds from sales and redemptions of available-for-sale
     securities.................................................    23,344,968       12,841,335
  Additions to property, plant and equipment, net...............            --          (20,189)
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities...    (1,825,827)         531,044
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
  Increase in long-term liabilities, net........................            --          307,110
  Cash distributions to partners................................    (9,500,000)      (8,500,000)
                                                                  ------------     ------------
          Net cash used in financing activities.................    (9,500,000)      (8,192,890)
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents.......................    (1,546,410)      (5,363,057)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period..................     3,757,921        5,363,057
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period........................  $  2,211,511     $         --
                                                                  ============     ============
Supplementary Information:
  Unrealized holding gains/losses, net, on available-for-sale
     securities, recorded as additions to undistributed
     earnings...................................................  $      5,079     $         --
  Cash paid during the period for interest......................  $         --     $         --
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-88
<PAGE>   184
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
                    NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                JANUARY 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
(1) GENERAL
 
  Organization
 
     BAF Energy, A California Limited Partnership (BAF Energy or the
Partnership) was founded in 1986 and is engaged in the development, construction
and operation of a cogeneration facility. The term of the Partnership is through
December 2020 unless terminated earlier in accordance with the Partnership
Agreement. The facility produces and sells electricity and steam.
 
     BAF Energy, Inc. (BEI) is the general partner of the Partnership and has an
ownership interest of 1 percent. BEI is a wholly owned subsidiary of Basic
Vegetable Products, Inc. (BVP). BVP is a wholly owned subsidiary of Basic
American, Inc. (BAI). As of January 31, 1996, BAI also owned approximately 51
percent of the limited partnership units of BAF Energy then outstanding.
 
     Distributions and profit and loss are allocated 99 percent to the limited
partners, based on their proportionate share of limited partnership units, and 1
percent to the general partner.
 
  Basis of Interim Presentation
 
     The accompanying interim condensed financial statements of the Partnership
have been prepared by the Partnership, without audit by independent public
accountants, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, the condensed consolidated
financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary to
present fairly the information required to be set forth therein. Certain
information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been
condensed or omitted from these statements pursuant to such rules and
regulations and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with the audited
financial statements of the Partnership for the year ended October 31, 1995.
Consistent with the operating schedule of the cogeneration facility, the
Partnership receives a majority of its operating revenue between May and
September. Therefore, the results of operations for the three months ended
January 31, 1996 and 1995 are not indicative of the results for the entire year.
 
(2) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Partnership Agreement requires that the Partnership pay BEI a monthly
administrative fee. This fee amounted to $37,558 and $35,770 for the quarters
ended January 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The Partnership has entered into a ground lease with BAI for the land on
which the facility is located. Rent was $37,554 and $35,764 for the quarters
ended January 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The Partnership negotiated a steam sales contract with Basic Vegetable
Products, LP (BVP, LP). The General Partner of BVP, LP is BVP. Under the
contract, the Partnership supplies steam to BVP, LP's food processing plant.
Revenues recorded under the contract totaled $38,333 and $55,788 for the
quarters ended January 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
(3) PARTNERS' EQUITY:
 
     The Partnership made distributions of $9,500,000 and $8,500,000 for the
quarters ended January 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-89
<PAGE>   185
 
                                  BAF ENERGY,
                        A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
             NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                JANUARY 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
(4) SIGNIFICANT LEASE TRANSACTION:
 
     In April 1996, the Partnership signed an agreement with a third party to
enter into a 23-year lease of the cogeneration property, plant and equipment and
to assign all related contracts. Under the terms of the lease, the lessee will
assume all rights and responsibilities related to the ground lease with BAI (see
Note 2), the BVP, LP steam sales contract (see Note 2) and a Pacific Gas &
Electric (PG&E) Power Purchase Agreement. The ground lease has a remaining term
of 23 years with BAI for the land on which the facility is located. This lease
includes options to extend the lease term up to an additional 30 years. The BVP,
LP steam sales contract has a remaining term of 23 years. The PG&E Power
Purchase Agreement states that PG&E pays capacity payments, as defined in the
agreement, and purchases all available energy, except for amounts sold to BVP,
LP.
 
                                      F-90
<PAGE>   186
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Shareholder
Gilroy Energy Company
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Gilroy Energy Company
(the Company), a wholly owned subsidiary of Gilroy Foods, Inc. which in turn is
a wholly owned subsidiary of McCormick & Company, Inc., as of November 30, 1995
and 1994 and the related statements of income, shareholder's equity, and cash
flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Gilroy Energy Company at
November 30, 1995 and 1994 and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Baltimore, Maryland
July 18, 1996
 
                                      F-91
<PAGE>   187
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NOVEMBER 30
                                                                            ---------------------
                                                                              1995         1994
                                                              MAY 31,       --------     --------
                                                               1996
                                                            -----------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>          <C>
Current assets:
  Accounts receivable.....................................   $   4,428      $  1,615     $  1,503
  Prepaid expenses........................................         462           725          776
                                                              --------      --------     --------
          Total current assets............................       4,890         2,340        2,279
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Buildings...............................................       2,720         2,720        2,720
  Machinery and equipment.................................      93,421        93,349       93,098
  Furniture and fixtures..................................          64            64           62
  Software................................................          65            65           58
                                                              --------      --------     --------
                                                                96,270        96,198       95,938
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............      39,202        36,712       31,701
                                                              --------      --------     --------
                                                                57,068        59,486       64,237
Due from parent and affiliates............................      64,780        69,422       61,522
                                                              --------      --------     --------
Total assets..............................................   $ 126,738      $131,248     $128,038
                                                              ========      ========     ========
                                           LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
  Bank overdraft..........................................          --      $     58     $    618
  Accounts payable........................................   $   1,653         2,678        1,767
  Accrued interest........................................       3,093         3,238        3,363
  Other liabilities.......................................         336           993          241
  Current portion of long-term debt.......................       2,848         2,468        2,152
                                                              --------      --------     --------
          Total current liabilities.......................       7,930         9,435        8,141
Long-term debt, due after one year........................      50,120        52,968       55,436
Other liabilities.........................................         399            49        1,083
                                                              --------      --------     --------
                                                                50,519        53,017       56,519
Shareholder's equity:
  Common stock, no par value:
     Authorized shares -- 10,000
     Issued and outstanding shares -- 1,000...............          10            10           10
  Additional paid-in capital..............................      16,946        16,946       16,946
  Retained earnings.......................................      51,333        51,840       46,422
                                                              --------      --------     --------
          Total shareholder's equity......................      68,289        68,796       63,378
                                                              --------      --------     --------
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity................   $ 126,738      $131,248     $128,038
                                                              ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-92
<PAGE>   188
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED         YEARS ENDED
                                                             MAY 31,             NOVEMBER 30,
                                                         ----------------     -------------------
                                                          1996     1995        1995        1994
                                                         ------   -------     -------     -------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues:
  Electricity revenue................................    $9,306   $11,158     $35,132     $40,037
  Steam revenue from Gilroy Foods, Inc...............       185       260       1,089       1,367
                                                         ------   -------     -------     -------
                                                          9,491    11,418      36,221      41,404
Cost of sales........................................     6,525     8,125      18,825      23,766
                                                         ------   -------     -------     -------
Gross margin.........................................     2,966     3,293      17,396      17,638
Operating expenses;
  Selling, general and administrative................       720       946       1,888       1,885
                                                         ------   -------     -------     -------
Operating income.....................................     2,246     2,347      15,508      15,753
Interest expense.....................................     3,093     3,237       6,477       6,731
                                                         ------   -------     -------     -------
(Loss) Income before income taxes....................      (847)     (890)      9,031       9,022
Provision for income tax (benefit) expense...........      (340)     (356)      3,613       3,622
                                                         ------   -------     -------     -------
Net (loss) income....................................    $ (507)  $  (534)    $ 5,418     $ 5,400
                                                         ======   =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-93
<PAGE>   189
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                       STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                      TOTAL
                                           -----------------      PAID-IN       RETAINED     SHAREHOLDER'S
                                           SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL       EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                           ------     ------     ----------     --------     -------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance at November 30, 1993.............  1,000       $ 10       $ 16,946      $ 41,022        $57,978
Net income...............................     --         --             --         5,400          5,400
                                           ------     ------     ----------     --------     -------------
Balance at November 30, 1994.............  1,000         10         16,946        46,422         63,378
Net income...............................     --         --             --         5,418          5,418
                                           ------     ------     ----------     --------     -------------
Balance at November 30, 1995.............  1,000         10         16,946        51,840         68,796
Net (loss) (unaudited)...................     --         --             --          (507)          (507)
                                           ------     ------     ----------     --------     -------------
Balance at May 31, 1996
  (unaudited)............................  1,000       $ 10       $ 16,946      $ 51,333        $68,289
                                           =====      ======       =======       =======     ==========
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-94
<PAGE>   190
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED           YEARS ENDED
                                                            MAY 31,              NOVEMBER 30,
                                                      -------------------     -------------------
                                                       1996        1995        1995        1994
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss).................................  $  (507)    $  (534)    $ 5,418     $ 5,400
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net
     cash (used in) provided by operating
     activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..................    2,490       2,482       5,011       4,880
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable..........................   (2,813)     (3,577)       (113)         51
       Prepaid expenses.............................      263         325          52          49
       Accounts payable.............................   (1,025)       (360)        912      (1,221)
       Accrued expenses and other liabilities.......     (452)       (644)       (408)        364
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
  activities........................................   (2,044)     (2,308)     10,872       9,523
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Due from parent and affiliates......................    4,642       5,071      (7,900)     (4,610)
Purchase of property and equipment..................      (72)       (117)       (260)     (3,376)
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
  activities........................................    4,570       4,954      (8,160)     (7,986)
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on long-term debt................   (2,468)     (2,152)     (2,152)     (2,152)
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Net cash (used in) financing activities.............   (2,468)     (2,152)     (2,152)     (2,152)
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Net decrease (increase) in bank overdraft...........       58         494         560        (615)
Bank overdraft at beginning of period...............      (58)       (618)       (618)         (3)
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Bank overdraft at end of period.....................  $    --     $  (124)    $   (58)    $  (618)
                                                      =======     =======     =======     =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid.......................................  $ 3,238     $ 3,359     $ 6,602     $ 6,602
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-95
<PAGE>   191
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Organization
 
     Gilroy Energy Company (the Company) was incorporated in the State of
California in July 1984. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Gilroy
Foods, Inc. which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of McCormick & Company,
Inc. (McCormick). The Company runs a cogeneration facility in Gilroy, California
which uses natural gas and steam turbine engines to generate steam for sale to
Gilroy Foods, Inc. and electricity for sale to Pacific Gas and Electric Company.
 
     Sales to Pacific Gas and Electric Company represented approximately 97% of
total revenues for each of the years ended November 30, 1995 and 1994 and 98%
for the six months ended May 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
     Approximately 80% of the Company's net revenues are recognized during the
months of May through October of each year. As such, the results of operations
for the six month periods ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 are not indicative of the
results of operations that may be realized for the full year.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  Bank Overdrafts
 
     The Company maintains a zero balance bank account. Amounts sufficient to
cover checks presented to the bank are deposited into the account by McCormick &
Company, Inc. The bank overdrafts represent checks that have been written but
have not cleared the bank as of the balance sheet date.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization
are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets, ranging from five to forty years.
 
     In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board released Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of " (FAS 121). FAS 121 requires
recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book
value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to
such assets. The Company will be required to adopt FAS 121 in its 1997 fiscal
year. Management does not believe that the initial adoption of FAS 121 will have
a significant impact on the Company.
 
  Repairs and Maintenance
 
     The cogeneration plant requires a periodic shutdown for major overhauls of
its primary components every several years. The Company's policy is to accrue
the anticipated cost of these overhauls during the operating periods prior to
the scheduled overhaul dates. The amounts and period of accruals for overhaul
costs are revised annually based on management's estimate of time remaining
before the next scheduled overhaul and the estimated cost of the overhaul.
 
     Repairs and maintenance expenditures that are not a part of major overhauls
or do not extend the useful life of the related equipment are charged to expense
when incurred.
 
                                      F-96
<PAGE>   192
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
  Due from Parent and Affiliates
 
     The due from parent and affiliates included in the balance sheet represents
a net balance as the result of various transactions between the Company and
Gilroy Foods, Inc. and McCormick & Company, Inc. There are no terms of
settlement, or interest charges associated with the account balance. The balance
is primarily the result of the Company's participation in McCormick's central
cash management program, wherein all the Company's cash receipts are remitted to
McCormick and all cash disbursements are funded by McCormick. Other transactions
include steam sales to Gilroy Foods, Inc., the Company's estimated income tax
payable or receivable resulting from the current and prior years estimated
provisions, and miscellaneous other administrative expenses incurred by Gilroy
Foods, Inc. or McCormick & Company, Inc. on behalf of the Company.
 
     An analysis of transactions in the due from parent and affiliates balance
for the six months ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited) and each of the two
years in the period ended November 30, 1995 follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED           YEARS ENDED
                                                            MAY 31,              NOVEMBER 30,
                                                      -------------------     -------------------
                                                       1996        1995        1995        1994
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance in due from parent and affiliates at
  beginning of period...............................  $69,422     $61,522     $61,522     $56,912
Net cash remitted (from) to Gilroy Foods, Inc. or
  McCormick.........................................   (4,616)     (5,578)     10,671       7,729
Net intercompany sales..............................      196         275       1,146       1,438
Net intercompany purchases for cost of sales........     (532)         (3)       (218)         (6)
Net intercompany purchases for selling, general and
  administrative expenses...........................      (30)       (121)        (87)       (929)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes................      340         356      (3,612)     (3,622)
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Balance in due from parent and affiliated at end of
  period............................................  $64,780     $56,451     $69,422     $61,522
                                                      =======     =======     =======     =======
Average balance during the period...................  $66,384     $58,373     $61,811     $56,828
                                                      =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Gilroy Foods, Inc. provides certain administrative services to the Company
including the services of the President of Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.,
accounting, and other administrative services. It is the policy of Gilroy Foods,
Inc. to charge these expenses and all other central operating costs on the basis
of direct usage. In the opinion of management, no other costs of Gilroy Foods,
Inc. should be allocated to the Company.
 
     McCormick provides various administrative services to the Company including
legal assistance and treasury services. McCormick does not charge the Company
for these services. In the opinion of management, the cost of the services
rendered by McCormick in these areas during each of the two years ended November
30, 1995 and 1994 and the six months ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 are nominal.
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk
 
     The Company sells electricity to Pacific Gas and Electric Company under a
long-term contract. All accounts receivable at May 31, 1996 (unaudited) and
November 30, 1995 and 1994 are due from this customer. No collateral is required
for accounts receivable. Management believes that no reserves are required for
potential credit losses at May 31, 1996 and November 30, 1995 and 1994.
 
                                      F-97
<PAGE>   193
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
  Sources of Supply
 
     The Company purchases natural gas for the operation of the cogeneration
facility under a supply contract with one supplier. The supply contract requires
the Company to purchase substantially all of its natural gas needs from the
supplier at a price based on the market value determined in accordance with the
contract through July 31, 1997. Management believes that in the event that this
supplier is not able to meet its obligations under the contract, alternative
sources of supply for natural gas are readily available at comparable prices.
 
2. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     The Company's outstanding indebtedness is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                      -------------------
                                                                       1995        1994
                                                        MAY 31,       -------     -------
                                                         1996
                                                      -----------
                                                      (UNAUDITED)
        <S>                                           <C>             <C>         <C>
        Note payable in annual installments through     $52,968       $55,436     $57,588
          2006 with interest at 11.68% per annum....
        Less current portion........................      2,848         2,468       2,152
                                                        -------       -------     -------
                                                        $50,120       $52,968     $55,436
                                                        =======       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The note payable requires the maintenance of a $5,000 maintenance fund and
a $10,000 debt service fund. The note holder has agreed to accept a guarantee of
up to $15,000 by McCormick & Company, Inc. in lieu of establishing these funds.
The terms of the note payable require the Company to comply with certain
nonfinancial covenants. Management believes that the Company was in compliance
with all applicable covenants at November 30, 1995 and 1994. The note payable is
secured by the cogeneration facility.
 
     The note payable agreement provides for the payment of a prepayment penalty
in the event of early retirement. The amount of the prepayment penalty
approximates the present value of the differential between current market
interest rates and the stated rate over the remaining life of the debt as
defined by the agreement.
 
     Aggregate maturities of long-term debt over the next five fiscal years
ending November 30 and thereafter are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                          <C>
            1996.......................................................  $ 2,468
            1997.......................................................    2,848
            1998.......................................................    3,101
            1999.......................................................    3,481
            2000.......................................................    3,797
            Thereafter.................................................   39,741
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $55,436
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>
 
3. INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company is included in the consolidated federal and state income tax
returns of McCormick. McCormick does not have a formal tax sharing arrangement
with its subsidiaries. The income tax provisions included in the statements of
income has been provided under the liability method assuming that Gilroy Energy
Company had prepared separate income tax returns for the years ended November
30, 1995 and 1994 and the six months ended May 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited).
Any income taxes receivable or payable as a
 
                                      F-98
<PAGE>   194
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
result of the income tax provisions, including any deferred amounts due or
payable resulting from the current or prior years provisions are included in due
from parent and affiliates.
 
     The (benefit) provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                      ENDED              YEARS ENDED
                                                     MAY 31,            NOVEMBER 30,
                                                 ---------------     -------------------
                                                 1996      1995       1995        1994
                                                 -----     -----     -------     -------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
        <S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
        Current:
          Federal..............................  $(288)    $(303)    $ 3,877     $ 4,061
          State................................    (52)      (53)      1,169       1,225
                                                 -----     -----     -------     -------
                                                  (340)     (356)      5,046       5,286
                                                 -----     -----     -------     -------
        Deferred:
          Federal..............................     --        --      (1,095)     (1,278)
          State................................     --        --        (338)       (386)
                                                 -----     -----     -------     -------
                                                    --        --      (1,433)     (1,664)
                                                 -----     -----     -------     -------
                                                 $(340)    $(356)    $ 3,613     $ 3,622
                                                 =====     =====     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The reconciliation between income tax computed at the United States federal
statutory rate and income taxes actually provided follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,            YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                                -------------------------------     -------------------------------
                                    1996              1995              1995              1994
                                -------------     -------------     -------------     -------------
                                AMOUNT    %       AMOUNT    %       AMOUNT    %       AMOUNT    %
                                ------   ----     ------   ----     ------   ----     ------   ----
                                (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
    Tax at federal rate.......  $ (288)  34.0%    $ (303)  34.0%    $3,071   34.0%     3,067   34.0%
    State income taxes, net of
      federal benefit.........     (52)   6.1%       (53)   6.0%       542    6.0%       555    6.1%
                                ------            ------            ------
    Actual income taxes
      (benefit) provided......  $ (340)  40.1%    $ (356)  40.0%    $3,613   40.0%    $3,622   40.1%
                                ======            ======            ======
</TABLE>
 
     The temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the
deferred tax assets and liabilities that have been netted in due from parent and
affiliates consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                   -------------------
                                                                    1995        1994
                                                                   -------     -------
        <S>                                                        <C>         <C>
        Temporary differences resulting in deferred tax assets:
          Repairs and maintenance expenditures...................  $   986     $ 1,082
                                                                   -------     -------
        Temporary differences resulting in deferred tax
          liabilities:
          Depreciation...........................................   50,897      54,587
          Prepaid expenses.......................................      810         758
          Other..................................................      357         357
                                                                   -------     -------
                                                                    52,064      55,702
                                                                   -------     -------
                                                                   $51,078     $54,620
                                                                   =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     No valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets.
 
                                      F-99
<PAGE>   195
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company sells substantially all of the steam, which is a byproduct of
the cogeneration process to Gilroy Foods, Inc. During the years ended November
30, 1995 and 1994, the amount of revenue recognized by the Company from steam
sales to Gilroy Foods, Inc. was $1,089 and $1,367, respectively. During the six
months ended May 31, 1996 and 1995, the amount of revenue recognized by the
Company from steam sales to Gilroy Foods, Inc. was $185 and $261, respectively.
 
     Gilroy Foods, Inc. provides certain accounting and administrative services
to Gilroy Energy Company, Inc. A portion of the cost of these services is billed
directly to Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
 
     The Company leases the land where the cogeneration facility is located
under an operating lease with Gilroy Foods, Inc. The lease agreement runs
through 2018 and provides for minimum annual rental payments with provisions for
the escalation of costs every three years based on the average increase in the
Consumer Price Index. The future minimum lease payments under this lease,
excluding any future increases, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
1996..................................................................................  $ 40
1997..................................................................................    40
1998..................................................................................    40
1999..................................................................................    40
2000..................................................................................    40
2001 through 2018.....................................................................   715
                                                                                        ----
                                                                                        $915
                                                                                        ====
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense recognized under this lease was $38 and $37 in the years ended
November 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and $20 and $19 in the six months
ended May 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company has an agreement with the Pacific Gas and Electric Company
(PG&E) to sell all electricity generated by the cogeneration facility to PG&E.
The agreement establishes the methodology used to calculate the purchase price
of the electricity, establishes the operating hours of the cogeneration
facility, and provides for the payment to the Company of additional capacity
payments if certain operating targets as defined are achieved. The current
provisions of this agreement extend through December 31, 1998. Subsequent to
December 31, 1998 and continuing through the expiration of the base agreement on
December 31, 2017, the pricing and operating provisions of the agreement will be
established by negotiation between PG&E and Gilroy Energy Company.
 
     The Company has an agreement with Gilroy Foods, Inc. whereby Gilroy Foods,
Inc. has agreed to purchase substantially all of the steam produced by the
Company. The terms of the agreement, which extends through 2017, provide for the
establishment of the purchase price for steam based on the current cost of
alternative sources of energy available to Gilroy Foods, Inc.
 
     The Company has an operating and maintenance agreement with an outside
party for the daily operation and maintenance of the cogeneration facility. This
agreement, which extends through November 1996, provides for all operating and
routine maintenance of the cogeneration facility at direct costs plus a minimum
annual fee of $100,000. The contract also provides for the payment of bonuses,
as defined, if certain operating targets are met.
 
                                      F-100
<PAGE>   196
 
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                          (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
6. FAIR VALUE
 
     The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:
 
     Accounts receivable, due from parent and affiliates, bank overdrafts,
current portion of long-term debt, accounts payable, and accrued
liabilities -- The amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value.
 
     Long-term debt. The fair value of long-term debt, based on a discounted
cash flow analysis using current interest rates for debt with similar
characteristics and maturities is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NOVEMBER 30
                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                          1995                     1994
                                                   FAIR       CARRYING      FAIR       CARRYING
                                                   VALUE       VALUE        VALUE       VALUE
                                                  -------     --------     -------     --------
    <S>                                           <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
    Long-term debt............................    $68,100     $ 52,968     $63,000     $ 55,436
</TABLE>
 
7. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     In May 1996, McCormick & Company, Inc. announced its intention to sell the
assets and liabilities, excluding the due from parent and affiliates, the
current portion of long-term debt and the long-term debt of the Company to
Calpine Corporation. At the time of the closing of the sale, McCormick &
Company, Inc. will assume the due from parent and affiliates and will be
required to retire the current portion of the long-term debt and the long-term
debt. In addition to all remaining assets and liabilities of Gilroy Energy
Company, Calpine Corporation will assume all rights and obligations under the
following agreements to which Gilroy Energy Company is currently a party:
 
     -  Long-term contract to sell electricity to Pacific Gas and Electric
Company.
 
     -  Natural gas supply contract through July 31, 1997.
 
     -  Lease for the land with Gilroy Foods, Inc. upon which the cogeneration
facility is located.
 
     -  Steam sale contract with Gilroy Foods, Inc.
 
     Upon closing of the sale, the management contract with the current operator
of the cogeneration facility will be terminated by McCormick & Company, Inc.
 
     It is currently anticipated that the closing date for the sale of the
applicable assets and liabilities of Gilroy Energy Company to Calpine
Corporation will take place in the third quarter of 1996.
 
                                      F-101
<PAGE>   197
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHICH IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF
THE COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................    3
Risk Factors..........................    8
Use of Proceeds.......................   17
Dividend Policy.......................   17
Capitalization........................   18
Dilution..............................   19
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Data................................   20
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
  Data................................   22
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   29
Business..............................   38
Management............................   70
Certain Transactions..................   80
Principal and Selling Stockholders....   82
Description of Capital Stock..........   83
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......   85
Certain United States Federal Tax
  Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders....   86
Underwriting..........................   89
Notice to Canadian Residents..........   92
Legal Matters.........................   92
Experts...............................   93
Available Information.................   93
Consolidated Financial Statements.....  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                               ------------------
 
     UNTIL             , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
                                      LOGO
 
                               18,045,000 Shares
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                                CS First Boston
                              Morgan Stanley & Co.
                      Incorporated
 
                            PaineWebber Incorporated
 
                              Salomon Brothers Inc
 
             ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   198
 
   
                                                              Alternate Page A-1
    
   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 19, 1996
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>    <C>
                      18,045,000 Shares
                     Calpine Corporation
LOGO                     Common Stock
                      ($.001 par value)
</TABLE>
 
                               ------------------
 
Of the shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value ("Common Stock"), of Calpine
Corporation (the "Company" or "Calpine") offered hereby, 5,477,820 shares are
 being sold by the Company and 12,567,180 shares are being sold by the
   Selling Stockholder named herein under "Principal and Selling
   Stockholders." Of the 18,045,000 shares of Common Stock being offered,
    3,609,000 shares are initially being offered outside the United States
     and Canada (the "International Shares") by the Managers (the
     "International Offering") and 14,436,000 shares are initially being
      concurrently offered in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.
       Shares") by the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering" and,
       together with the International Offering, the "Common Stock
        Offering"). The offering price and underwriting discounts and
        commissions of the International Offering and the U.S. Offering
        are identical.
 
Prior to the Common Stock Offering, there has been no public market for the
Common Stock. It is anticipated that the initial public offering price will be
 between $17.00 and $20.00 per share. For information relating to the factors
  considered in determining the initial public offering price to the public,
  see "Subscription and Sale."
 
 The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange
             under the symbol "CPN," subject to notice of issuance.
                               ------------------
 
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH
                                 AN INVESTMENT
      IN THE COMMON STOCK, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 HEREIN.
                               ------------------
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
         AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
            HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
             SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR AD-
                 EQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
                                                         Underwriting                    Proceeds to
                                           Price to     Discounts and    Proceeds to       Selling
                                            Public       Commissions      Calpine(1)     Stockholder
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share..............................        $              $               $               $
Total(2)...............................        $              $               $               $
</TABLE>
 
(1) Before deduction of expenses payable by Calpine, estimated at $809,000.
 
(2) The Company has granted the Managers and the U.S. Underwriters an option,
    exercisable by CS First Boston Corporation for 30 days from the date of this
    Prospectus, to purchase a maximum of 2,706,750 additional shares to cover
    over-allotments of shares. If the option is exercised in full, the total
    Price to Public will be $          , Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
    will be $          , Proceeds to Calpine will be $          and Proceeds to
    Selling Stockholder will be $          .
 
  The International Shares are offered by the several Managers when, as and if
delivered to and accepted by the Managers and subject to their right to reject
orders in whole or in part. It is expected that the International Shares will be
ready for delivery on or about               , 1996, against payment in
immediately available funds.
 
CS First Boston  Morgan Stanley & Co.
                        International
 
PaineWebber International                         Salomon Brothers International
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1996.
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>   199
 
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-2
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHICH IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF
THE COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.
 
     IN THIS PROSPECTUS, REFERENCES TO "DOLLARS" AND "$" ARE TO UNITED STATES
DOLLARS.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMON STOCK OFFERING, CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
ON BEHALF OF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND MANAGERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
     DURING THE COMMON STOCK OFFERING, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS
PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN
ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE ACCOUNTS OF OTHERS IN THE COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO
EXEMPTIONS FROM RULES 10B-6, 10B-7, AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934.
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PAGE
                                            ----
<S>                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................    3
Risk Factors..............................    8
Use of Proceeds...........................   17
Dividend Policy...........................   17
Capitalization............................   18
Dilution..................................   19
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......   20
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.....   22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..............................   29
Business..................................   38
Management................................   70
 
<CAPTION>
                                            PAGE
                                            ----
<S>                                         <C>
Certain Transactions......................   80
Principal and Selling Stockholders........   82
Description of Capital Stock..............   83
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........   85
Certain United States Federal Tax
  Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders........   86
Subscription and Sale.....................   89
Notice to Canadian Residents..............   92
Legal Matters.............................   92
Experts...................................   93
Available Information.....................   93
Consolidated Financial Statements.........  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                       A-2
<PAGE>   200
 
   
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-3
    
 
Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to
quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results, announcements of new
acquisitions or power projects by the Company or its competitors, general
conditions in the independent power production industry, and other events or
factors. In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and trading
volume volatility in recent years. This volatility has had a substantial effect
on the market prices of securities of many companies for reasons frequently
unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. These broad
market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Company's
Common Stock. Moreover, investors in the Common Stock Offering will incur
immediate, substantial book value dilution. See "Dilution" and "Subscription and
Sale."
 
QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS; SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and
may continue to do so in the future as a result of a number of factors,
including but not limited to the timing and size of acquisitions, the completion
of development projects, the timing and amount of curtailment, and variations in
levels of production. Furthermore, the majority of capacity payments under
certain of the Company's power sales agreements are received during the months
of May through October. The market price of the Common Stock could be subject to
significant fluctuations in response to those variations in quarterly operating
results and other factors. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Quarterly Results of Operations
and Seasonality."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market after the
Common Stock Offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the
Common Stock. Other than the 18,045,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby,
there will be no shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the
completion of the Common Stock Offering. All of the shares of Common Stock sold
in the Common Stock Offering will be freely transferable without registration or
further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), unless held by an "affiliate" of the Company (as defined in
the Securities Act). As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase
2,392,026 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the Company's Stock
Option Program. Of such amount, options to purchase 1,366,696 shares were
exercisable, all of which will become eligible for sale 180 days after the date
of this Prospectus, upon expiration of certain lock-up agreements with the
Underwriters and pursuant to Rule 701, subject in some cases to certain volume
and other resale restrictions. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
                                       A-3
<PAGE>   201
 
   
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-4
    
 
Rule 144 and (ii) by Affiliates, beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, subject to all provisions of Rule 144 except its two-year minimum
holding period.
 
LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS
 
     All holders of options to purchase shares of Common Stock have agreed with
the Underwriters that they will not, without the prior written consent of CS
First Boston, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares
of Common Stock beneficially owned by them or any shares issuable upon exercise
of stock options for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus. See
"Subscription and Sale."
 
                 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
                              TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
     The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal
income and estate tax consequences of an investment in Common Stock by a holder
that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not a "United States
person" (a "Non-U.S. Holder"). For purposes of this discussion, a "United States
person" means a citizen or resident (as defined for United States federal income
and estate tax purposes, as the case may be) of the United States, a corporation
or partnership created or organized in the United States or under the laws of
the United States or of any State thereof or an estate or trust whose income is
includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes
regardless of its source. The discussion is based on the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as in
effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly
retroactively, and is for general information only. The discussion does not
address aspects of United States federal taxation other than income and estate
taxation and does not address all aspects of United States federal income and
estate taxation. The discussion does not consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-U.S. Holder. PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE UNITED
STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
THEM OF AN INVESTMENT IN COMMON STOCK.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to
withholding of United States federal income tax at a rate equal to 30% of the
gross amount of the distribution (or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable
tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business within the United States by the Non-U.S. Holder, in which case
the dividends generally will not be subject to withholding (if the Non-U.S.
Holder files certain forms with the payor of the dividend) and generally will be
subject to the United States federal income tax on net income that applies to
United States persons generally (and, in the case of corporate holders,
effectively connected dividends may also, under certain circumstances, be
subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty). An applicable income tax treaty
may, however, change these rules. To determine the applicability of a tax treaty
providing for a lower rate of withholding, dividends paid to an address in a
foreign country are presumed under current interpretation of existing Treasury
regulations to be paid to a resident of that country. Treasury regulations
proposed to be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997, which have
not been finally adopted, however, would require Non-U.S. Holders to file
certain new forms to obtain the benefit of any applicable tax treaty providing
for a lower rate of withholding tax on dividends. Such forms would contain the
holder's name and address and certain other information.
 
     The gross amount of a distribution with respect to Common stock will be
treated as a dividend to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated
earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the
event that such a distribution exceeds the amount of the Company's earnings and
profits, it will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the
extent of the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in Common Stock (but not below zero), and
thereafter as capital gain. A Non-U.S. Holder will have to file a refund claim
to obtain a refund of tax withheld on distributions in excess of the dividend
portion of any distribution.
 
                                       A-4
<PAGE>   202
 
   
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-5
    
 
                             SUBSCRIPTION AND SALE
 
     The institutions named below (the "Managers") have, pursuant to a
Subscription Agreement dated                , 1996 (the "Subscription
Agreement"), severally and not jointly, agreed with Calpine and the Selling
Stockholder to subscribe and pay for the following respective numbers of
International Shares as set forth opposite their names:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
                                 MANAGER                                      INTERNATIONAL SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------    --------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>
CS First Boston Limited...................................................
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited................................
PaineWebber International (U.K.) Limited..................................
Salomon Brothers International Limited....................................
                                                                              --------------------
          Total...........................................................          3,609,000
                                                                               ==============
</TABLE>
 
     The Subscription Agreement provides that the obligations of the Managers
are subject to certain conditions precedent and the Managers will be obligated
to purchase all of the International Shares offered hereby (other than those
shares covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are
purchased. The Subscription Agreement provides that, in the event of a default
by a Manager, in certain circumstances the purchase commitments of the
non-defaulting managers may be increased or the Subscription Agreement may be
terminated.
 
     Calpine has entered into an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting
Agreement") with the U.S. Underwriters of the U.S. Offering (the "U.S.
Underwriters" and, together with the Managers, the "Underwriters") providing for
the concurrent offer and sale of the U.S. Shares in the United States and
Canada. The closing of the U.S. Offering is a condition to the closing of the
International Offering and vice versa.
 
     Calpine has granted to the Managers and the U.S. Underwriters an option,
exercisable by CS First Boston Corporation, expiring at the close of business on
the 30th day after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to 2,706,750
additional shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting
discounts and commissions, all as set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus. Such option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the
sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that this
option to purchase is exercised, each Manager and each U.S. Underwriter will
become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage of additional shares being sold to the Managers and the U.S.
Underwriters as the number of International Shares set forth next to such
Manager's name in the preceding table and as the number set forth next to such
U.S. Underwriter's name in the corresponding table in the Prospectus relating to
the U.S. Offering bears to the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock
in such tables.
 
     Calpine has been advised by CS First Boston Limited, on behalf of the
Managers, that the Managers propose to offer the International Shares outside
the United States and Canada initially at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus and, through the Managers, to certain dealers
at such price less a commission of $     per share and that the Managers and
such dealers may reallow a commission of $     per share on sales to certain
other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price and
commission and reallowances may be changed by the Managers.
 
     The offering price and the aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions
per share and per share commission and re-allowance to dealers for the
International Offering and the concurrent U.S. Offering will be identical.
Pursuant to an Agreement between the U.S. Underwriters and Managers (the
"Intersyndicate Agreement") relating to the Common Stock Offering, changes in
the offering price, the aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions per
share and per share commission and reallowance to dealers will be made
 
                                       A-5
<PAGE>   203
 
   
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-6
    
 
only upon the mutual agreement of CS First Boston Limited, on behalf of the
Managers, and CS First Boston Corporation, on behalf of the U.S. Underwriters.
 
     Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, each of the Managers has agreed
that, as part of the distribution of International Shares and subject to certain
exceptions, it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or
indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or distribute any prospectus relating to
the Common Stock in the United States or Canada or to any other dealer who does
not so agree. Each of the U.S. Underwriters has agreed that, as part of the
distribution of the U.S. Shares and subject to certain exceptions, it has not
offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any shares
of Common Stock or distribute any prospectus relating to the Common Stock to any
person outside the United States and Canada or to any other dealer who does not
so agree. The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions
or to transactions between the Managers and the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to
the Intersyndicate Agreement. As used herein, "United States" means the United
States of America (including the State and the District of Columbia), its
territories, possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. "Canada"
means Canada, its provinces, territories, possessions and other areas subject to
its jurisdiction, and an offer or sale shall be in the United States or Canada
if it is made to (i) any individual resident in the United States or Canada or
(ii) any corporation, partnership, pension, profit-sharing or other trust or
other entity (including any such entity acting as an investment adviser with
discretionary authority) whose office most directly involved with the purchase
is located in the United States or Canada.
 
     Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, sales may be made between the
Managers and the U.S. Underwriters of such number of shares of Common Stock as
may be mutually agreed upon. The price of any shares so sold will be the public
offering price less such amount agreed upon by CS First Boston Limited, on
behalf of the Managers, and CS First Boston Corporation, as representative of
the U.S. Underwriters, but not exceeding the selling concession applicable to
such shares. To the extent there are sales between the Managers and the U.S.
Underwriters pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the number of shares of
Common Stock initially available for sale by the Managers or by the U.S.
Underwriters may be more or less than the amount appearing on the cover page of
this Prospectus. Neither the Managers nor the U.S. Underwriters are obligated to
purchase from the other any unsold shares of Common Stock.
 
     Each of the Managers and the U.S. Underwriters severally represents and
agrees that: (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months
after the date of issue of the Common Stock will not offer or sell, any Common
Stock to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary
activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of
investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or
otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the
United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the
Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 and the Financial Services Act 1986
with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed
on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document in
connection with the issue or sale of the Common Stock to a person who is of a
kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may
otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
   
     Calpine has agreed that it will not offer, sell, contract to sell, announce
its intention to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement
under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8)
relating to, any additional shares of its Common Stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its Common Stock without
the prior written consent of CS First Boston Corporation for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the
exercise of employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof. In addition,
all holders of options to purchase shares of Common Stock have agreed that they
will not, without the prior written consent of CS First Boston Corporation,
offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock
beneficially owned by them or any shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       A-6
<PAGE>   204
 
   
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-7
    
 
     Calpine has agreed to indemnify the Managers and the U.S. Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities
Act, or to contribute to payments that the Managers and the U.S. Underwriters
may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
     CS First Boston Corporation, one of the U.S. Underwriters, is an affiliate
of the Company. The Common Stock Offering therefore is being conducted in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 to the Conduct Rules of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Rule 2720 requires that the
initial public offering price of the Common Stock not be higher than that
recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter" meeting certain standards.
Accordingly, PaineWebber Incorporated is assuming the responsibilities of acting
as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the Common Stock Offering
and conducting due diligence. The initial public offering price of the Common
Stock set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus is no higher than the price
recommended by PaineWebber Incorporated.
 
     In connection with the Common Stock Offering, PaineWebber Incorporated in
its role as qualified independent underwriter has performed due diligence
investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of this
Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
In addition, the Underwriters may not confirm sales to any discretionary account
without the prior specific written approval of the customer.
 
     The decision made by CS First Boston Corporation and CS First Boston
Limited to underwrite the Common Stock Offering was made independently of the
Company, CS Holding and Electrowatt. The net proceeds from the Common Stock
Offering will not be applied for the benefit of CS First Boston Corporation or
CS First Boston Limited. CS First Boston Corporation and CS First Boston Limited
will not receive any benefit from the Common Stock Offering other than their
respective portion of the underwriting discounts and commissions.
 
     The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "CPN." In connection
with the listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the
Underwriters have undertaken to sell round lots of 100 shares or more to a
minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
     Prior to the Common Stock Offering, there has been no public market for the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The initial public offering price for the
shares was determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder
and CS First Boston Corporation, as one of the Representatives of the U.S.
Underwriters, and by CS First Boston Limited, on behalf of the Managers, and
does not necessarily reflect the secondary market prices for the Common Stock
following the initial offering hereby. Among the principal factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price were prevailing economic
prospects, the sales, earnings and financial and operating performance of the
Company in recent periods, the future prospects of the Company, market
valuations of companies in related businesses and the history and prospects for
the industries in which the Company competes. Additionally, consideration has
been given to the general condition of the securities markets, the market for
new issues of securities and the demand for securities of comparable companies.
 
     In the ordinary course of their business, CS First Boston Corporation and
certain of the other Underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in and may
in the future engage in investment banking transactions with Calpine, including
the provision of certain advisory services to Calpine. CS Holding, a Swiss
corporation, holds approximately 44.9% of the outstanding shares of Electrowatt,
which indirectly holds all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company. CS
Holding also holds (i) approximately 100% of the outstanding shares of Credit
Suisse and (ii) approximately 69.3% of the outstanding common stock of CS First
Boston, Inc., which holds all of the outstanding common stock of CS First Boston
Corporation and of CSFBL. CS First Boston Corporation was one of the
Underwriters in connection with the public offering of the Company's 9 1/4%
Senior Notes in February 1994, one of the placement agents in connection with
the sale of the 10 1/2% Senior Notes in May 1996 and is one of the
Representatives of the U.S. Underwriters in the U.S. Offering, and CSFBL is one
of the Managers in the International Offering. See "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       A-7
<PAGE>   205
 
   
                                                              ALTERNATE PAGE A-8
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
- ---------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------------
 
- ---------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       A-8
<PAGE>   206
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred
by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities
being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All
amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration
fee, the NASD filing fee and the NYSE listing application fee.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    SEC registration fee......................................................  $150,272
    NASD filing fee...........................................................    30,500
    NYSE listing application fee..............................................    93,200
    Transfer Agent fees and expenses..........................................    10,000
    Printing and engraving expenses...........................................   125,000
    Legal fees and expenses...................................................   175,000
    Blue Sky fees and expenses................................................    25,500
    Accounting fees and expenses..............................................   175,000
    Miscellaneous.............................................................    24,528
                                                                                --------
              Total...........................................................  $809,000
                                                                                ========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to
award or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant indemnification to
directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such
indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including
reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Article X of the Registrant's Bylaws provides
for mandatory indemnification of its directors and officers and permissible
indemnification of employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant's Certificate of
Incorporation provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, its directors shall not
be liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty as
directors to the Company and its stockholders. This provision in the Certificate
of Incorporation does not eliminate the directors' fiduciary duty, and in
appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms
of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition,
each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company for acts or omissions not in good
faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for
actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of
dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful
under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's
responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or
state or federal environmental laws. The Registrant has entered into
Indemnification Agreements with its officers and directors, a form of which is
attached as Exhibits 10.11 and 10.12 hereto and incorporated herein by
reference. The Indemnification Agreements provide the Registrant's officers and
directors with further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law. Reference is also made to Section 7 of the
Underwriting Agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers
and directors of the Registrant against certain liabilities.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     On March 21, 1996, the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of its
Series A Preferred Stock to Electrowatt Ltd for an aggregate purchase price of
$50.0 million pursuant to Section 4(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
 
     On May 16, 1996, the Company issued and sold $180,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2006 to certain institutional and
accredited investors pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   207
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION
- ----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
 1.1**       Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 1.2**       Form of Subscription Agreement.
 3.1         Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Calpine Corporation, a
             California corporation.(k)
 3.2**       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Calpine Corporation,
             a Delaware corporation, to be filed prior to the consummation of the offering
             made pursuant to this Registration Statement.
 3.3         Amended and Restated Bylaws of Calpine Corporation, a California corporation.(a)
 3.4**       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Calpine Corporation, a Delaware
             corporation, to be adopted prior to the consummation of the offering made
             pursuant to this Registration Statement.
 4.1         Indenture dated as of February 17, 1994 between the Company and Shawmut Bank of
             Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee, including form of Notes.(a)
 4.2         Indenture dated as of May 16, 1996 between the Company and Fleet National Bank,
             as Trustee, including form of Notes.(l)
 4.3*        Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
 4.4**       Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger Between Calpine Corporation, a Delaware
             corporation, and Calpine Corporation, a California corporation.
 5.1**       Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.
10.1         Financing Agreements
10.1.1       Term and Working Capital Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1990, between
             Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.), and
             Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.(a)
10.1.2       First Amendment to Term and Working Capital Loan Agreement, dated as of June 29,
             1990, between Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal
             Company, L.P.), and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.(a)
10.1.3       Second Amendment to Term and Working Capital Loan Agreement, dated as of December
             1, 1990, between Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal
             Company, L.P.), and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.(a)
10.1.4       Third Amendment to Term and Working Capital Loan Agreement, dated as of June 26,
             1992, between Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal
             Company, L.P.), Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, National Westminster Bank PLC,
             Union Bank of Switzerland, New York Branch, and The Prudential Insurance Company
             of America.(a)
10.1.5       Fourth Amendment to Term and Working Capital Loan Agreement, dated as of April 1,
             1993, between Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal
             Company, L.P.), Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, National Westminster Bank PLC,
             Union Bank of Switzerland, New York Branch, and The Prudential Insurance Company
             of America.(a)
10.1.6       Construction and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1992, between Sumas
             Cogeneration Company, L.P., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, and
             Credit Suisse, New York Branch.(a)
10.1.7       Amendment No. 1 to Construction and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24,
             1993, between Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P., The Prudential Insurance Company
             of America, and Credit Suisse, New York Branch.(a)
10.1.8       Credit Agreement-Construction Loan and Term Loan Facility, dated as of January
             10, 1990, between Credit Suisse and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews.(a)
10.1.9       Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement-Construction Loan and Term Loan Facility,
             dated as of December 5, 1990, between Credit Suisse and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews.(a)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   208
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION
- ----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
10.1.10      Participation Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1990, between O.L.S.
             Energy-Agnews, Nynex Credit Company, Credit Suisse, Meridian Trust Company of
             California, and GATX Capital Corporation.(a)
10.1.11      Facility Lease Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1990, between Meridian Trust
             Company of California and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews.(a)
10.1.12      Project Revenues Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1990, between O.L.S.
             Energy-Agnews, Meridian Trust Company of California and Credit Suisse.(a)
10.1.13      Credit Agreement, dated as of September 9, 1994, between Calpine Thermal Power,
             Inc., Thermal Power Company and The Bank of Nova Scotia.(b)
10.1.14      Project Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, between Calpine Greenleaf
             Corporation, Greenleaf Unit One Associates, Greenleaf Unit Two Associates, Inc.
             and The Sumitomo Bank, Limited.(g)
10.1.15      Lease dated as of April 24, 1996 between BAF Energy A California Limited
             Partnership, Lessor, and Calpine King City Cogen, LLC, Lessee.(j)
10.1.16*     Credit Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1996, among Calpine Gilroy Cogen, L.P.
             and Banque Nationale de Paris.
10.2         Purchase Agreements
10.2.1       Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1993, between Sonoma Geothermal
             Partners, L.P., Healdsburg Energy Company, L.P., and Freeport-McMoRan Resource
             Partners, Limited Partnership.(a)
10.2.2       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 27, 1994, between Maxus International
             Energy Company, Natomas Energy Company, Calpine Corporation and Calpine Thermal
             Power, Inc. and amendment thereto dated July 28, 1994.(b)
10.2.3       Share Purchase Agreement dated March 30, 1995 between Calpine Corporation,
             Calpine Greenleaf Corporation, Radnor Power Corp. and LFC Financial Corp.(e)
10.2.4       Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1996, among Gilroy Energy
             Company, McCormick & Company, Incorporated and Calpine Gilroy Cogen, L.P. (m)
10.2.5       Noncompetition/Earnings Contingency Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1996, among
             Gilroy Energy Company, McCormick & Company, Incorporated and Calpine Gilroy
             Cogen, L.P. (m)
10.3         Power Sales Agreements
10.3.1       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement relating to the Bear
             Canyon Facility, dated November 30, 1984, between Pacific Gas & Electric and
             Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.),
             Amendment dated October 17, 1985, Second Amendment dated October 19, 1988, and
             related documents.(a)
10.3.2       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement relating to the Bear
             Canyon Facility, dated November 29, 1984, between Pacific Gas & Electric and
             Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.), and
             Modification dated November 29, 1984, Amendment dated October 17, 1985, Second
             Amendment dated October 19, 1988, and related documents.(a)
10.3.3       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement relating to the West Ford
             Flat Facility, dated November 13, 1984, between Pacific Gas & Electric and
             Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.), and
             amendments dated May 18, 1987, June 22, 1987, July 3, 1987 and January 21, 1988,
             and related documents.(a)
10.3.4       Agreement for Firm Power Purchase, dated as of February 24, 1989, between Puget
             Sound Power & Light Company and Sumas Energy, Inc. and amendment thereto dated
             September 30, 1991.(a)
10.3.5       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement, dated April 16, 1985,
             between O.L.S. Energy-Agnews and Pacific Gas & Electric Company and amendment
             thereto dated February 24, 1989.(a)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   209
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION
- ----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
10.3.6       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement, dated November 15, 1984,
             between Geothermal Energy Partners, Ltd., and Pacific Gas & Electric Company and
             related documents.(a)
10.3.7       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement, dated November 15, 1984,
             between Geothermal Energy Partners, Ltd., and Pacific Gas & Electric Company (see
             Exhibit 10.3.6 for related documents).(a)
10.3.8       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement, dated December 12, 1984,
             between Greenleaf Unit One Associates, Inc. and Pacific Gas and Electric
             Company.(f)
10.3.9       Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement, dated December 12, 1984,
             between Greenleaf Unit Two Associates, Inc. and Pacific Gas and Electric
             Company.(f)
10.3.10*     Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 1985,
             between Calpine Gilroy Cogen, L.P. and Pacific Gas and Electric Company, and
             amendments thereto dated December 19, 1993, July 18, 1985, June 9, 1986, August
             18, 1988 and June 9, 1991.
10.4         Steam Sales Agreements
10.4.1       Geothermal Steam Sales Agreement, dated July 19, 1979, between Calpine Geysers
             Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.), and Sacramento
             Municipal Utility District and related documents.(a)
10.4.2       Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of Geothermal Steam, dated March 23, 1973,
             between Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company,
             L.P.), and Pacific Gas & Electric Company and related letter dated May 18,
             1987.(a)
10.4.3       Thermal Energy and Kiln Lease Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1992, between
             Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P., and Socco, Inc. and amendment thereto dated May
             24, 1993.(a)
10.4.4       Amended and Restated Energy Service Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1990,
             between the State of California and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews.(a)
10.4.5       Agreement for the Sale of Geothermal Steam, dated as of July 28, 1992, between
             Thermal Power Company and Pacific Gas & Electric Company.(c)
10.4.6       Amendment to the Agreement for the Sale of Geothermal Steam, dated as of August
             9, 1995, between Union Oil Company of California, NEC Acquisition Company,
             Thermal Power Company, and Pacific Gas and Electric Company.(h)
10.5         Service Agreements
10.5.1       Operation and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1990, between Calpine
             Operating Plant Services, Inc. (formerly Calpine-Geysers Plant Services, Inc.),
             and Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal Company,
             L.P.).(a)
10.5.2       Amended and Restated Operating and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of January 24,
             1992, between Calpine Operating Plant Services, Inc. and Sumas Cogeneration
             Company, L.P.(a)
10.5.3       Amended and Restated Operation and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of December
             31, 1990, between O.L.S. Energy-Agnews and Calpine Operating Plant Services, Inc.
             (formerly Calpine Cogen-Agnews, Inc.).(a)
10.5.4       Operating and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1995, between Calpine
             Corporation and Geothermal Energy Partners, Ltd.(h)
10.5.5       Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for the Geysers, dated as of December 1,
             1993, by and between Magma-Thermal Power Project, a joint venture composed of NEC
             Acquisition Company and Thermal Power Company, and Union Oil Company of
             California.(c)
10.6         Gas Supply Agreements
10.6.1       Gas Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 23, 1991, between ENCO Gas,
             Ltd. and Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P.(a)
10.6.2       Gas Management Agreement, dated as of December 23, 1991, between Canadian
             Hydrocarbons Marketing Inc., ENCO Gas, Ltd. and Sumas Cogeneration Company,
             L.P.(a)
10.6.4       Natural Gas Sales Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1993, between O.L.S.
             Energy-Agnews, Inc. and Amoco Energy Trading Corporation.(a)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   210
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION
- ----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
10.6.5       Natural Gas Service Agreement, dated November 1, 1993, between Pacific Gas &
             Electric Company and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews, Inc.(a)
10.7         Agreements Regarding Real Property
10.7.1       Office Lease, dated March 15, 1991, between 50 West San Fernando Associates,
             L.P., and Calpine Corporation.(a)
10.7.2       First Amendment to Office Lease, dated April 30, 1992, between 50 West San
             Fernando Associates, L.P. and Calpine Corporation.(a)
10.7.3       Geothermal Resources Lease CA 1862, dated July 25, 1974, between the United
             States Bureau of Land Management and Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly
             Santa Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.).(a)
10.7.4       Geothermal Resources Lease PRC 5206.2, dated December 14, 1976, between the State
             of California and Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal
             Company, L.P.).(a)
10.7.5       First Amendment to Geothermal Resources Lease PRC 5206.2, dated April 20, 1994,
             between the State of California and Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa
             Rosa Geothermal Company, L.P.).(a)
10.7.6       Industrial Park Lease Agreement, dated December 18, 1990, between Port of
             Bellingham and Sumas Energy, Inc.(a)
10.7.7       First Amendment to Industrial Park Lease Agreement, dated as of July 16, 1991,
             between Port of Bellingham, Sumas Energy, Inc., and Sumas Cogeneration Company,
             L.P.(a)
10.7.8       Second Amendment to Industrial Park Lease Agreement, dated as of December 17,
             1991 between Port of Bellingham and Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P.(a)
10.7.9       Amended and Restated Cogeneration Lease, dated as of December 1, 1990, between
             the State of California and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews.(a)
10.8         General
10.8.1       Limited Partnership Agreement of Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P., dated as of
             August 28, 1991, between Sumas Energy, Inc. and Whatcom Cogeneration Partners,
             L.P.(a)
10.8.2       First Amendment to Limited Partnership Agreement of Sumas Cogeneration Company,
             L.P., dated as of January 30, 1992, between Whatcom Cogeneration Partners, L.P.,
             and Sumas Energy, Inc.(a)
10.8.3       Second Amendment to Limited Partnership Agreement of Sumas Cogeneration Company,
             L.P., dated as of May 24, 1993, between Whatcom Cogeneration Partners, L.P., and
             Sumas Energy, Inc.(a)
10.8.4       Second Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement, dated as of October 22,
             1993, among GATX Capital Corporation, Calpine Agnews, Inc., JGS-Agnews, Inc., and
             GATX/Calpine-Agnews, Inc.(a)
10.8.5       Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement, dated October 22, 1993, between
             GATX Capital Corporation, Calpine Agnews, Inc., JGS-Agnews, Inc.,
             GATX/Calpine-Agnews, Inc., and O.L.S. Energy-Agnews, Inc.(a)
10.8.6       Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Geothermal Energy Partners
             Ltd., L.P., dated as of May 19, 1989, between Western Geothermal Company, L.P.,
             Sonoma Geothermal Company, L.P., and Cloverdale Geothermal Partners, L.P.(a)
10.8.7       Assignment and Security Agreement, dated as of January 10, 1990, between O.L.S.
             Energy-Agnews and Credit Suisse.(a)
10.8.8       Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 10, 1990, between GATX/Calpine-Agnews,
             Inc., and Credit Suisse.(a)
10.8.9       Equity Support Agreement, dated as of January 10, 1990, between Calpine
             Corporation and Credit Suisse.(a)
10.8.10      Assignment and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1990, between O.L.S.
             Energy-Agnews and Meridian Trust Company of California.(a)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   211
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION
- ----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
10.8.11      Calpine Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1993, between
             Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, L.P., Calpine Corporation, Sonoma Geothermal
             Partners, L.P., Calpine Sonoma, Inc., Healdsburg Energy Company, L.P., and
             Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Energy Company, L.P.).(a)
10.8.12      First Amended and Restated Limited Partner Pledge and Security Agreement, dated
             as of April 1, 1993, between Sonoma Geothermal Partners, L.P., Healdsburg Energy
             Company, L.P., Calpine Geysers Company, L.P. (formerly Santa Rosa Geothermal
             Company, L.P.), Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, L.P., and Meridian Trust
             Company of California.(a)
10.8.13      Management Services Agreement, dated January 1, 1995, between Calpine Corporation
             and Electrowatt Ltd.(k)
10.8.14      Revolving Credit Facility Letter Agreements, dated April 21, 1995, between
             Calpine Corporation and Credit Suisse, and between Calpine Greenleaf Corporation
             and Credit Suisse.(g)
10.8.15      Letter regarding Credit Facility, dated April 7, 1993, from Electrowatt Ltd. to
             Credit Suisse.(a)
10.8.16      Promissory Grid Note, dated April 29, 1996, between Calpine Corporation and
             Credit Suisse.(k)
10.8.17      Guarantee Fee Agreement, dated January 1, 1995, between Calpine Corporation and
             Electrowatt Ltd.(g)
10.8.18      Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 16, 1996 between the Company,
             Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, CS First Boston, Goldman Sachs & Co. and
             Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc.(l)
10.8.19**    Commitment Letter between The Bank of Nova Scotia and Calpine Corporation.
10.9.1       Calpine Corporation Stock Option Program and forms of agreements thereunder.(a)
10.9.2**     Calpine Corporation 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.9.3**     Calpine Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements
             thereunder.
10.10.1**    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Calpine Corporation and Mr.
             Peter Cartwright.
10.10.2**    Senior Vice President Employment Agreement between the Company and Ms. Ann B.
             Curtis.
10.10.3**    Senior Vice President Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Lynn A.
             Kerby.
10.10.4**    Vice President Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Ron A. Walter.
10.10.5**    Vice President Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Robert D. Kelly.
10.10.6**    First Amended and Restated Consulting Contract between Calpine Corporation and
             Mr. George J. Stathakis.
10.11**      Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.
21.1**       Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1**       Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (contained in the opinion filed as
             Exhibit 5).
23.2*        Independent Public Accountants' Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.3*        Independent Public Accountants' Consent of Moss Adams LLP.
23.4*        Independent Accountants' Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.5*        Independent Public Accountants' Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
24.1**       Power of Attorney.
99.1*        Consent of Director Nominee
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
  *  Filed herewith.
   
**  Previously filed
    
 
(a)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
     S-1 (Registration Statement No. 33-73160).
 
(b)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
     September 9, 1994 and filed on September 26, 1994.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   212
 
(c)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     dated September 30, 1994 and filed on November 14, 1994.
 
(d)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated
     December 31, 1994 and filed on March 29, 1995.
 
(e)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
     April 21, 1995 and filed on May 5, 1995.
 
(f)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     dated March 31, 1995 and filed on May 12, 1995.
 
(g)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     dated June 30, 1995 and filed on August 14, 1995.
 
(h)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     dated September 30, 1995 and filed on November 14, 1995.
 
(i)   Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated
      December 31, 1995 and filed on March 29, 1996.
 
(j)   Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
      May 1, 1996 and filed on May 14, 1996.
 
(k)  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     dated March 31, 1996 and filed on May 15, 1996.
 
(l)   Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
      S-4 (Registration Statement No. 333-6259).
 
   
(m) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
    August 29, 1996 and filed on September 13, 1996.
    
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
 
     Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
 
     Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
 
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of
the time it was declared effective.
 
     (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   213
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO
BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE
CITY OF SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA, ON THE 19TH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, 1996.
    
 
                                          CALPINE CORPORATION
 
                                          By:     /s/  PETER CARTWRIGHT
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                      Peter Cartwright
                                               President and Chief Executive
                                                           Officer
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                               CAPACITY                      DATE
- ----------------------------------------   --------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                        <C>                                <C>
            /s/  PETER CARTWRIGHT           President and Chief Executive     September 19, 1996
- ----------------------------------------     Officer, Director (principal
            Peter Cartwright                      executive officer)

                                                     Director and
- ----------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board
             Pierre Krafft
                                                       
                       *                               Director               September 19, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
            Hans-Peter Aebi
                                             
                       *                              Director                September 19, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
             Rudolf Boesch

         /s/  ANN B. CURTIS                    Senior Vice President          September 19, 1996
- ----------------------------------------    (principal financial officer)
             Ann B. Curtis

         /s/  GLORIA S. GEE                     Corporate Controller          September 19, 1996
- ----------------------------------------    (principal accounting officer)
             Gloria S. Gee

     *By:     /s/  PETER CARTWRIGHT
- ----------------------------------------
            Peter Cartwright
            Attorney-in-Fact

     *By:       /s/  ANN B. CURTIS
- ----------------------------------------
             Ann B. Curtis
            Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>   214
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the consolidated financial statements of Calpine Corporation and subsidiaries
included in this Registration Statement and have issued our report thereon dated
March 15, 1996. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the
basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed in the index
of financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's
management and are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and
Exchange Commission's rules and are not part of the basic financial statements.
These schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the
audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 15, 1996 (except with respect to
  the matter discussed in Note 6 to Schedule I,
   
  as to which the date is September 13, 1996)
    
 
                                       S-1
<PAGE>   215
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
                                   SCHEDULE I
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995             1994
                                                                  ------------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................  $ (1,970,526)    $  5,514,002
  Accounts receivable...........................................     6,304,594        2,196,912
  Acquisition project receivables...............................     8,805,186               --
  Intercompany receivables......................................    38,360,583       57,696,201
  Other current assets..........................................       270,806          189,526
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total current assets.......................................    51,770,643       65,596,641
Property, plant and equipment, net..............................       724,359          554,582
Investments in power projects...................................    82,610,719       44,913,432
Notes receivable from related parties...........................    19,090,286       23,953,294
Notes receivable from Coperlasa.................................     6,394,462               --
Deferred charges................................................     3,390,677        3,807,425
Other assets....................................................       197,144           74,900
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total assets...............................................  $164,178,290     $138,900,274
                                                                  ============     ============
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..............................................  $  2,667,808     $    777,637
  Accrued payroll and related expenses..........................     2,582,194        2,417,302
  Accrued interest payable......................................     4,051,785        4,046,875
  Other accrued expenses........................................     2,704,257          964,312
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total current liabilities..................................    12,006,044        8,206,126
Long-term line of credit........................................    14,000,000               --
Senior Notes Due 2004...........................................   105,000,000      105,000,000
Deferred income taxes...........................................     7,877,537        6,976,950
Deferred revenue................................................        67,925           67,925
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total liabilities..........................................   138,951,506      120,251,001
                                                                  ------------     ------------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock..................................................        10,000           10,000
  Additional paid-in capital....................................     6,214,000        6,214,000
  Retained earnings.............................................    19,002,784       12,425,273
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total stockholder's equity.................................    25,226,784       18,649,273
                                                                  ------------     ------------
     Total liabilities and stockholder's equity.................  $164,178,290     $138,900,274
                                                                  ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       S-2
<PAGE>   216
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
                                   SCHEDULE I
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995            1994            1993
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenue:
  Service contract revenue from related parties...    $28,733,399     $22,929,897     $ 2,373,319
  Income from unconsolidated investments in power
     projects.....................................     32,397,392      23,711,895      15,450,720
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
     Total revenue................................     61,130,791      46,641,792      17,824,039
Cost of revenue:
  Service contract expenses.......................     27,433,069      19,161,445       1,914,375
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
Gross profit......................................     33,697,722      27,480,347      15,909,664
Project development expenses......................      3,087,316       2,822,459       1,280,125
General and administrative expenses...............      8,081,458       6,867,520       4,808,139
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
     Income from operations.......................     22,528,948      17,790,368       9,821,400
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense................................     10,479,144       9,207,381       2,613,212
  Other income, net...............................       (377,276)     (1,290,739)     (1,153,797)
     Income before provision for income taxes and
       cumulative effect of change in accounting
       principle..................................     12,427,080       9,873,726       8,361,985
Provision for income taxes........................      5,049,568       3,853,115       4,194,733
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
     Income before cumulative effect of change in
       accounting principle.......................      7,377,512       6,020,611       4,167,252
Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No. 109.....             --              --        (413,410)
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------
     Net income...................................    $ 7,377,512     $ 6,020,611     $ 3,753,842
                                                       ==========      ==========      ==========
As adjusted earnings per share assuming conversion
  of preferred stock:
  As adjusted weighted average shares
     outstanding..................................     14,187,433
                                                       ==========
  Net income per share............................    $      0.52
                                                       ==========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       S-3
<PAGE>   217
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
                                   SCHEDULE I
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995           1994           1993
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Net cash used in operating activities................  $ (8,874,945)  $(44,753,732)  $    (84,812)
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment......      (367,711)      (299,961)       (73,292)
  Investments in power projects......................    (1,262,000)      (175,352)      (882,730)
  Decrease (increase) in notes receivable............   (10,336,640)     3,294,727    (15,576,775)
  Other, net.........................................      (122,244)        97,838        (85,478)
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
       Net cash provided by (used in) investing
          activities.................................   (12,088,595)     2,917,252    (16,618,275)
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Payment of dividends...............................      (800,000)      (800,000)      (800,000)
  Borrowings under line of credit....................    14,000,000             --     23,000,000
  Repayment of borrowings under line of credit.......            --    (52,595,000)    (5,872,500)
  Proceeds from Senior Notes Due 2004................            --    105,000,000             --
  Costs associated with future financing.............       279,012     (3,419,003)      (748,993)
  Repayment of note payable to shareholder...........            --     (1,200,000)            --
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
       Net cash provided by financing activities.....    13,479,012     46,985,997     15,578,507
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents........................................    (7,484,528)     5,149,517     (1,124,580)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period.......     5,514,002        364,485      1,489,065
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.............  $ (1,970,526)  $  5,514,002   $    364,485
                                                       ============   ============   ============
Supplementary information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest........................................  $  9,945,443   $  4,917,773   $  2,120,637
     Income taxes....................................  $  4,293,725   $    683,364   $     12,800
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       S-4
<PAGE>   218
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
                SELECTED NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF CALPINE
 
     Calpine Corporation (Calpine) is engaged in the development, acquisition,
ownership and operation of power generation facilities in the United States.
Calpine has ownership interests in and operates geothermal power generation
facilities and steam fields and natural gas-fired cogeneration facilities
through subsidiaries and investees. Founded in 1984 as a supplier of engineering
and management services, Calpine is wholly-owned by Electrowatt Services, Inc.,
which is wholly-owned by Electrowatt Ltd (Electrowatt), a Swiss company. Calpine
brings expertise in the area of engineering, finance, construction and plant
operations and maintenance.
 
     For the purposes of these registrant-only financial statements, Calpine's
wholly-owned subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method and are
included in investments in power projects in the accompanying balance sheets.
 
     In 1994, Calpine assumed the operations and maintenance agreements for the
projects in which Calpine has an interest. Prior to 1994, a wholly-owned
subsidiary, Calpine Operating Plant Services, Inc. (COPS) performed these
services. In 1993, COPS recorded service contract revenue from related parties
of $15.6 million and service contract expenses of $13.4 million pursuant to
these agreements.
 
     As Adjusted Earnings Per Share
 
     Net income per share is computed using weighted average shares outstanding,
which includes the net additional number of shares which would be issuable upon
the exercise of outstanding stock options, assuming that the Company used the
proceeds received to purchase additional shares at an assumed public offering
price. Net income per share also gives effect, even if antidilutive, to common
equivalent shares from preferred stock that will automatically convert upon the
closing of the Company's initial public offering (using the as-if-converted
method). If the offering contemplated by the Company is consummated, all of the
convertible preferred stock outstanding as of the closing date will
automatically be converted into shares of common stock based on the shares of
convertible preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 1996.
 
2. LINES OF CREDIT AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
     At December 31, 1995, the line of credit with Credit Suisse (whose parent
company owns approximately 44.2% of Electrowatt) provided for advances of $50.0
million. Interest may be paid at either LIBOR or the Credit Suisse base rate,
plus applicable margins in both cases. At December 31, 1995, Calpine had $19.9
million of borrowings outstanding, bearing interest at LIBOR plus 0.5% (6.4% at
December 31, 1995). At Calpine's discretion, the debt outstanding can be held
for various maturity periods of up to six months. Interest is paid on the last
day of each interest period for such loans, but not less often than quarterly,
based on the principal amount outstanding during the period. No stated
amortization exists for this indebtedness. From January 1 to March 13, 1996,
Calpine borrowed an additional $8.8 million and issued a letter of credit for
$3.0 million for working capital requirements, other development projects and to
fund Calpine Vapor, Inc. (Calpine Vapor), a subsidiary of Calpine. Calpine Vapor
made loans for construction of new geothermal wells in Mexico. No borrowings
were outstanding at December 31, 1994. The credit agreement specifies that
Calpine maintain certain covenants with which Calpine was in compliance.
 
     At December 31, 1995, Calpine had three loan facilities with available
borrowings totaling $10.2 million. Borrowings and letters of credit outstanding
were $1.2 million and $3.8 million as of December 31, 1995, respectively, with
interest payable at variable interest rates based on bank base rates, LIBOR or
prime plus applicable margins in all cases (approximately 7.6% at December 31,
1995 on borrowings). At December 31,
 
                                       S-5
<PAGE>   219
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
        SELECTED NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
1994, no borrowings and $900,000 of letters of credit were outstanding on these
facilities. The credit agreements specify that Calpine maintain certain
covenants with which Calpine was in compliance.
 
3. NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER
 
     On December 31, 1991, Calpine declared a dividend of $1.2 million to its
parent company, Electrowatt Services, Inc. On the same date, Calpine issued a
note payable to Electrowatt Services, Inc. for $1.2 million. Interest was paid
quarterly at a rate of 4.25%, which approximated market. The note was paid on
June 30, 1994, the maturity date.
 
4. SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
 
     On February 17, 1994, Calpine completed a $105.0 million public debt
offering of 9 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2004 (Senior Notes). The net proceeds of
$100.9 million were used to repay all of the indebtedness outstanding under
Calpine's existing line of credit, and to repay subsidiaries' non-recourse notes
payable to Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, L.P. (FMRP) plus accrued
interest. The remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes
including a loan to the sole shareholder of Sumas Energy, Inc., the partner in
one of Calpine's power projects. The transaction costs of $4.1 million incurred
in connection with the public debt offering have been recorded as a deferred
charge and are amortized over the ten-year life of the Senior Notes using the
interest method.
 
     The Senior Notes will mature on February 1, 2004 and bear interest at
9 1/4% payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing
August 1, 1994, to holders of record. Based on the traded yield to maturity, the
approximate fair market value of the Senior Notes was $97.0 million as of
December 31, 1995.
 
     Under provisions of the indenture applicable to the Senior Notes, Calpine
may, under certain circumstances be limited in its ability to make restricted
payments, as defined, which include dividends and certain purchases and
investments, incur additional indebtedness and engage in certain transactions.
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Capital Projects
 
     Calpine has 1996 commitments for capital expenditures totaling $6.8 million
related to various projects at its geothermal facilities. In March 1996, Calpine
entered into an energy agreement with Phillips Petroleum Company to develop,
construct, own and operate a 240 megawatt gas-fired cogeneration facility at
Phillips Houston Chemical Complex in Pasadena, Texas. The initial permitting
process is underway, with construction of the facility planned to begin in late
1996 and to be completed in 1998. Calpine is currently evaluating options to
finance the construction of this facility. Calpine issued a $3.0 million letter
of credit and has a 1996 capital commitment of $3.0 million in connection with
this facility. In a separate transaction, as of March 15, 1996, Calpine was
negotiating the potential acquisition of an operating lease for a 120 megawatt
gas-fired cogeneration facility located in Northern California.
 
                                       S-6
<PAGE>   220
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
        SELECTED NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Office and Equipment Leases
 
     Calpine leases its corporate office, Santa Rosa office facilities and
certain office equipment under noncancellable operating leases expiring through
2000. Future minimum lease payments under these leases are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                           <C>
            1996........................................................  $  899
            1997........................................................     905
            1998........................................................     907
            1999........................................................     776
            2000........................................................     745
            thereafter..................................................     286
                                                                          ------
            Total future minimum lease commitments......................  $4,518
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
     Lease payments are subject to adjustment for Calpine's pro rata portion of
annual increases or decreases in building operating costs. In 1995, 1994 and
1993, rent expense for noncancellable operating leases amounted to $733,000,
$663,000 and $636,000, respectively.
 
CPUC Restructuring
 
     Electricity and steam sales agreements with PG&E are regulated by the
California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC). In December 1995, the CPUC
proposed the transition of the electric generation market to a competitive
market beginning January 1, 1998, with all consumers participating by 2003. The
proposed restructuring provides for phased-in customer choice, development of
non-discriminatory market structure, recovery of utilities' stranded costs,
sanctity of existing contracts, and continuation of existing public policy
programs including the promotion of fuel diversity through a renewable energy
purchase requirement.
 
     As the proposed restructuring has widespread impact and the market
structure requires the participation and oversight of the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC), the CPUC will seek to build a California consensus
involving the legislature, the Governor, public and municipal utilities, and
customers. The consensus would then be placed before the FERC so that both the
CPUC and FERC would implement the new market structure no later than January 1,
1998. There can be no assurance that the proposed restructuring will be enacted
in substantially the same form as discussed above. Calpine is unable to predict
the ultimate outcome of the restructuring.
 
Litigation
 
     Calpine, together with over 100 other parties, was named as a defendant in
the second amended complaint in an action brought in August 1993 by the
bankruptcy trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation (Bonneville), captioned
Roger G. Segal, as the Chapter 11 Trustee for Bonneville Pacific Corporation v.
Portland General Corporation, et al., in the United States District Court for
the District of Utah. This complaint alleges that, in conjunction with top
executives of Bonneville and with the alleged assistance of the other 100
defendants, Calpine engaged in a broad conspiracy and fraud. The complaint has
been amended a number of times. Calpine has answered each version of the
complaint by denying all claims and is in the process of conducting discovery.
In August 1994 Calpine successfully moved for an order severing the trustee's
claim against Calpine from the claims against the other defendants. Although the
case involves over 25 separate financial transactions entered into by
Bonneville, the severed case concerns Calpine in respect of only one of these
transactions. In 1988, Calpine invested $2.0 million in a partnership formed
with Bonneville to develop four hydroelectric projects in the State of Hawaii.
The projects were not successfully developed by the partnership, and, subsequent
to Bonneville's Chapter 11 filing, Calpine filed a claim as a creditor against
Bonneville's bankruptcy estate. The trustee alleges that the equity investment
was actually a "sham" loan
 
                                       S-7
<PAGE>   221
 
                              CALPINE CORPORATION
 
        SELECTED NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
designed to inflate Bonneville's earnings. The trustee further alleges that
Calpine is one of many defendants in this case responsible for Bonneville's
insolvency and the amount of damages attributable to Calpine based on the $2.0
million partnership investment is alleged to be $577.2 million. The trustee is
seeking to hold each of the other defendants liable for a portion, all or, in
certain cases, more than this amount. Calpine expects the matter will be set for
trial in 1996. Calpine believes the claims against it are without merit and will
continue to defend the action vigorously. Calpine further believes that the
resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on its
financial position or results of operations.
 
     Calpine is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising out
of the normal course of business. Management does not expect that the outcome of
these cases will have a material adverse effect on Calpine's financial position
or results of operations.
 
6.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   
     In July 1996, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
reincorporation of the Company into Delaware in connection with the Company's
initial public equity offering. Also, the Board of Directors approved a stock
split at a ratio of approximately 5.194 to 1. On September 13, 1996, the
reincorporation of the Company and the stock split became effective. The
accompanying financial statements reflect the reincorporation and the stock
split as if such transactions had been effective for all periods.
    
 
                                       S-8
<PAGE>   222
 
                      CALPINE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                                  SCHEDULE II
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                                      -------------------------
                                      BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                     BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND        OTHER                         END OF
           DESCRIPTION                  PERIOD         EXPENSES       ACCOUNTS      DEDUCTIONS       PERIOD
- ---------------------------------    ------------     ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Reserve for capitalized costs....      $  1,838        $     --       $     --       $     --       $   1,838(1)
                                      =========        ========       ========       ========        ========
Allowance for uncollectible
  accounts.......................      $    238        $     --       $     --       $     --       $     238
                                      =========        ========       ========       ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                                      -------------------------
                                      BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                     BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND        OTHER                         END OF
           DESCRIPTION                  PERIOD         EXPENSES       ACCOUNTS      DEDUCTIONS       PERIOD
- ---------------------------------    ------------     ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Reserve for capitalized costs....      $    800        $  1,038       $     --       $     --       $   1,838(1)
                                      =========        ========       ========       ========        ========
Allowance for uncollectible
  accounts.......................            --             238       $     --       $     --       $     238
                                      =========        ========       ========       ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                                      -------------------------
                                      BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                     BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND        OTHER                         END OF
           DESCRIPTION                  PERIOD         EXPENSES       ACCOUNTS      DEDUCTIONS       PERIOD
- ---------------------------------    ------------     ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Reserve for capitalized costs....      $    800        $     --       $     --       $     --       $     800(1)
                                      =========        ========       ========       ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Provision for write-off of project development expenses.
 
                                       S-9
<PAGE>   223
                       APPENDIX -- CALPINE GRAPHIC IMAGES

GRAPHIC (Domestic Inside Front Cover)
    
    Upper Photo--Sumas 125 mw Gas-fired Facility

    Lower Photo--King City 120 mw Gas-fired Facility

    Calpine Logo

GRAPHIC (International Inside Front Cover-Alternate Page A-2)

    Photo--Sumas 125 mw Gas-fired Facility

    Calpine Logo

GRAPHIC (Inside Back Cover)

    Upper Photo--Cerro Prieto 80 mw Geothermal Steam Field

                 The Power of Innovation

    Lower Photo--West Ford Flat 27 mw Geothermal Facility

    Calpine Logo

GRAPHIC (page 43)

CALPINE CORPORATION

 1      -       Calpine Corporation Headquarters
                San Jose, California

 2      -       Calpine Corporation Geothermal Office
                Santa Rosa, California

 3      -       Aidlin 20 mw Geothermal Facility

 4      -       Agnews 29 mw Cogeneration Facility

 5      -       Bear Canyon 20 mw Geothermal Facility

 6      -       Black Hills 80 mw Coal Project

 7      -       Cerro Prieto 80 mw Steam Fields

 8      -       Coso 150 mw Geothermal Project

 9      -       Gilroy 120 mw Cogeneration Facility

10      -       Glass Mountain 145 mw Geothermal Project

11      -       Greenleaf 1 49.5 mw Cogeneration Facility

12      -       Greenleaf 2 49.5 mw Cogeneration Facility

13      -       King City 120 mw Cogeneration Facility

14      -       Navajo South 1,700 mw Coal Project

15      -       Pasadena 240 mw Cogeneration Facility

16      -       PG&E Unit 13 Steam Fields

17      -       PG&E Unit 16 Steam Fields

18      -       SMUDGEO #1 Steam Fields

19      -       Sumas 125 mw Cogeneration Facility

20      -       Thermal Power Company Steam Fields

21      -       Watsonville 28.5 mw Cogeneration Facility

22      -       West Ford Flat 27 mw Geothermal Facility


Map of western and southwestern United States indicating:
        Corporate Headquarters
        Corporate Geothermal Office
        Operating Facility
        Steam Fields
        Future Projects

Graphic (page 40)
        Illustration of a Combined Cycle Power Plant

Graphic (page 41)
        Illustration of a Geothermal Power Plant


<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.3

        TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE -- EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATE
                            WHEN READY FOR DELIVERY
================================================================================
COMMON STOCK                                                     COMMON STOCK

CT                         [CALPINE CORPORATION LOGO]

                              CALPINE CORPORATION
                                                                SEE REVERSE FOR
                                                              CERTAIN OPERATIONS
                          INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF      CUSIP  131347 10 6
                              THE STATE OF DELAWARE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT





IS THE OWNER OF

            FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK,
                         $.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF
                              CALPINE CORPORATION

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person
or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly
endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by
the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

  WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of
its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

                              CALPINE CORPORATION
                                   CORPORATE
/s/ Ann B. Curtis                     SEAL             /s/ Peter Cartwright
- ----------------------                1982             -------------------------
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT,              DELAWARE             CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD,
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER                                      PRESIDENT AND
   AND SECRETARY                                        CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
   FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY
         OF NEW YORK
          TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY /s/ [SIGNATURE]
   -------------------------
     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

================================================================================



 
 
<PAGE>   2
  A statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or
series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights as established, from time to time, by the Certificate
of incorporation of the Corporation and by any certificate of determination,
the number of shares constituting each class and series, and the designations
thereof, may be obtained by the holder hereof upon request and without charge
at the principal office of the Corporation.

  The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this
certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
TEN COM -- as tenants in common                UNIF GIFT MIN ACT --                  Custodian 
TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties                             ----------------           ----------------
JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right or                                (Cust)                   (Minor)
           survivorship and not as tenants                          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
           in common                                               Act 
                                                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                                                        (State)
                                               UNIF TRF MIN ACT --             Custodian (until age           ) 
                                                                    ----------                      ----------
                                                                     (Cust)   
                                                                                         under Uniform Transfers    
                                                                    --------------------
                                                                    to Minors Act 
                                                                                  ------------------------------ 
                                                                                           (State)
</TABLE>

   ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS MAY ALSO BE LISTED THOUGH NOT IN THE ABOVE LIST.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                              hereby sell(s), assign(s) and
                    ----------------------------
transfer(s) unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
    IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Shares
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
                                                                        Attorney
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated 
      -------------------------


                                  X 
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                  X 
                                    ------------------------------------------- 
                            NOTICE: The SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST 
                                    CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON
                                    THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
                                    PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGE-
                                    MENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed



By 
   ------------------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN
ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCK-
BROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND
CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PUR-
SUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17A?-15.
 

- -----------------------------------------------------------------
AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY   AUG 29, 1996 fm
3504 ATLANTIC AVENUE
SUITE 12
LONG BEACH, CA  90807        046176bk
(310) 989-2333
(FAX) (310) 428-7460         Proof /s/ [Signature Illegible]  NEW
                                   -------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
  

<PAGE>   1

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.1.16

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                      among



                           CALPINE GILROY COGEN, L.P.
                                  (As Borrower)


                                       and


                           BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
                               Los Angeles Branch


                                       and


                            THE ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL
                      INSTITUTIONS SET FORTH ON APPENDIX I
                                  (The Lenders)


                                       and


                           BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
                               Los Angeles Branch
                                (As Issuing Bank)


                                       and


                           BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
                               Los Angeles Branch
                                   (As Agent)



                           Dated as of August 28, 1996
<PAGE>   2
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................    1

   Section 1.1  Certain Defined Terms........................................................................    
   Section 1.2  Other Definitional Provisions...............................................................    


ARTICLE II  LOANS...........................................................................................    

   Section 2.1  Loans.......................................................................................    
   Section 2.2  Use of Proceeds.............................................................................    
   Section 2.3  Disbursements...............................................................................    
   Section 2.4  Interest Periods............................................................................    


ARTICLE III  NOTES..........................................................................................    

   Section 3.1  Notes.......................................................................................    
   Section 3.2  Repayment of Notes..........................................................................    
   Section 3.3  Interest....................................................................................    
   Section 3.4  Default Interest............................................................................    
   Section 3.5  Method of Payments..........................................................................    
   Section 3.6  Payments Due on Days Other Than                                                                 
                              Business Days.................................................................    
   Section 3.7  Mandatory Prepayment........................................................................    
   Section 3.8  Optional Prepayment.........................................................................    
   Section 3.9  Security for the Notes......................................................................    
   Section 3.10  Distribution of Amounts in Respect of Events                                                   
                               of Loss and Events of Default................................................    
   Section 3.11  Interest Rate Contracts....................................................................    
   Section 3.12  Funding and Yield Protection...............................................................    
   Section 3.13  Illegality.................................................................................    
   Section 3.14  Basis for Determining Interest Rate                                                            
                               Inadequate or Unfair.........................................................    
   Section 3.15  Capital Adequacy...........................................................................    
   Section 3.16  Breakage Indemnity.........................................................................    
   Section 3.17  Replacement of Lenders.....................................................................    
   Section 3.18  Interest...................................................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE IV  LETTERS OF CREDIT...............................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 4.1  Letters of Credit...........................................................................    
   Section 4.2  Participation and Funding Commitments.......................................................    
   Section 4.3  Nature of Issuing Bank's Duties.............................................................    
   Section 4.4  Increased Cost of Letter of Credit..........................................................    
   Section 4.5  Borrower's Obligations Absolute.............................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE V  FEES AND ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS.....................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 5.1  Up-Front Fee................................................................................    
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
   Section 5.2  Letter of Credit Fees.......................................................................    
   Section 5.3  Issuing Bank Letter of Credit Fee...........................................................    
   Section 5.4  Agency Fee..................................................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE VI  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 6.1  Existence and Business of the Borrower......................................................    
   Section 6.2  Existence and Business of the Partners......................................................    
   Section 6.3  Power and Authorization; Enforceable                                                            
                              Obligations...................................................................    
   Section 6.4  Collateral Security Documents...............................................................    
   Section 6.5  No Legal Bar................................................................................    
   Section 6.6  Governmental Approvals and Other                                                                
                              Consents and Approvals........................................................    
   Section 6.7  Financial Statements........................................................................    
   Section 6.8  Taxes.......................................................................................    
   Section 6.9  No Proceeding or Litigation.................................................................    
   Section 6.10  No Default or Event of Loss................................................................    
   Section 6.11  Title to Property..........................................................................    
   Section 6.12  Project Contracts..........................................................................    
   Section 6.13  Agreements and Licenses....................................................................    
   Section 6.14  Compliance with Law........................................................................    
   Section 6.15  Environmental Matters......................................................................    
   Section 6.16  Federal Reserve Regulations................................................................    
   Section 6.17  ERISA......................................................................................    
   Section 6.18  Principal Place of Business................................................................    
   Section 6.19  Offer of Notes or Securities...............................................................    
   Section 6.20  Labor Matters..............................................................................    
   Section 6.21  Full Disclosure............................................................................    
   Section 6.22  Investment Company Act Status..............................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE VII  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...........................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 7.1  The Closing Date............................................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE VIII  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.........................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 8.1  Conduct of Business, Maintenance of                                                             
                              Existence, etc................................................................    
   Section 8.2  Operation of Project........................................................................    
   Section 8.3  Payment of Obligations......................................................................    
   Section 8.4  Payment of Taxes and Claims.................................................................    
   Section 8.5  Performance of Obligations..................................................................    
   Section 8.6  Insurance; Taking; Warranties...............................................................    
   Section 8.7  Inspection of Property, Books and                                                               
                              Records; Discussions..........................................................    
   Section 8.8  Compliance with Laws, Contractual                                                               
                              Obligations, etc..............................................................    
   Section 8.9  Financial Statements........................................................................    
   Section 8.10  Certificates; Other Information............................................................    
   Section 8.11  Notices....................................................................................    
   Section 8.12  Assignments of Additional Contracts;                                                           
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
                               Maintenance of Liens of the Collateral                                           
                               Security Documents; Future Mortgages.........................................    
   Section 8.13  Defend Title...............................................................................    
   Section 8.14  Accounts; Operating Budget.................................................................    
   Section 8.15  Environmental Matters......................................................................    
   Section 8.16  Fuel Supply................................................................................    
   Section 8.17  Application of Proceeds....................................................................    
   Section 8.18  Accounts Receivable........................................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE IX  NEGATIVE COVENANTS..............................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 9.1  Organization, Sale of Assets,                                                                   
                              Purchases, etc................................................................    
   Section 9.2  Indebtedness................................................................................    
   Section 9.3  Liens.......................................................................................    
   Section 9.4  Nature of Business..........................................................................    
   Section 9.5  Amendment of Contracts, Additional                                                              
                              Contracts, etc................................................................    
   Section 9.6  Investments or Loans........................................................................    
   Section 9.7  Qualifying Facility.........................................................................    
   Section 9.8  Change of Office............................................................................    
   Section 9.9  Change of Name..............................................................................    
   Section 9.10  Limitation on Transactions                                                                     
                               with Affiliates..............................................................    
   Section 9.11  Restricted Payments........................................................................    
   Section 9.12  Assignment.................................................................................    
   Section 9.13  Abandonment of Project.....................................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE X  EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................................................................    
                                                                                                                  
   Section 10.1  Events of Default..........................................................................    
   Section 10.2  Other Remedies.............................................................................    
   Section 10.3  Foreclosure Under Certain Circumstances....................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE XI  THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK..................................................................    
                                                                                                                
   Section 11.1  Appointment................................................................................    
   Section 11.2  Delegation of Duties.......................................................................    
   Section 11.3  Exculpatory Provisions.....................................................................    
   Section 11.4  Reliance by Agent..........................................................................    
   Section 11.5  Notice of Default..........................................................................    
   Section 11.6  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders....................................................    
   Section 11.7  Indemnification............................................................................    
   Section 11.8  Agent and Issuing Bank in Individual                                                           
                               Capacities...................................................................    
   Section 11.9  Successor Agents...........................................................................    
   Section 11.10  Documents and Notices.....................................................................    
   Section 11.11  Response to Certain Borrower Requests.....................................................    
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
ARTICLE XII  MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................................    
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   5
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
   Section 12.1  Expenses; Indemnification, etc.............................................................    
   Section 12.2  Amendments; Consent to Amendments..........................................................    
   Section 12.3  Form, Registration, Transfer and                                                               
                               Exchange of Notes; Lost Notes................................................    
   Section 12.4  Notices to Subsequent Holder ..............................................................       
   Section 12.5  Persons Deemed Owners .....................................................................   
   Section 12.6  Survival of Representations                                                                  
                               and Warranties ..............................................................   
   Section 12.7  Successors and Assigns ....................................................................   
   Section 12.8  Notices ...................................................................................   
   Section 12.9  Descriptive Headings ......................................................................   
   Section 12.10  Governing Law ............................................................................   
   Section 12.11  No Waiver ................................................................................   
   Section 12.12  Severable ................................................................................   
   Section 12.13  Counterparts .............................................................................   
   Section 12.14  Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to                                                            
                                 Jurisdiction; Limitation of Remedies ......................................   
   Section 12.15  No Recourse ..............................................................................   
   Section 12.16  Confidentiality ..........................................................................   
   Section 12.17  Prior Understandings .....................................................................   
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   6
Appendix I        Lender Schedule and Applicable
                           Lending Offices

Exhibits

A        Form of Borrowing Notice
B-1      Form of Tranche A Note
B-2      Form of Tranche B Note
B-3      Form of Tranche C Note
C        Form of Deed of Trust
D        Form of Security Agreement
E        Form of Collateral Assignment of Contract
F        Form of Deposit and Security Agreement
G        Form of Commitment Transfer Supplement
H        Form of Consent
I        Site Description
J-1      Form of Tranche C Letter of Credit
J-2      Form of Tranche D Letter of Credit
K-1      Form of Collateral Assignment of Partnership
         Interests of Calpine Gilroy 1, Inc.
K-2      Form of Collateral Assignment of Partnership
         Interests of Calpine Gilroy 2, Inc.
L        Form of Replacement Gas Agreement
M        Terms of Subordination

Schedules

 1.1(a)  Base Case
 1.1(b)  Sources and Uses
 1.1(c)  Fuel Plan Index
 1.1(d)  Fuel Transportation Report Index
 1.1(e)  Operating Plan Index
 6.4     Filings and Recordings
 6.6     Permits and Approvals
 6.17    Commonly Controlled Entities
 8.6     Insurance Requirements
<PAGE>   7
                  CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 28, 1996, among CALPINE
GILROY COGEN, L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the State
of Delaware (together with its permitted successors and assigns, the
"Borrower"), BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS, Los Angeles Branch ("BNP"), and each
financial institution listed as a Lender on the Lender Schedule attached hereto
as Appendix I (BNP and such other financial institutions, collectively, the
"Lenders"), BNP, as the issuing bank (together with its successors and assigns
in such capacity, the "Issuing Bank"), and BNP, as agent for the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the
"Agent"). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have
the meanings ascribed to them in Article I hereof.

                              PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

                  This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions on which
the Lenders will, inter alia, provide funding for, and the Issuing Bank will
provide certain letters of credit with respect to, the acquisition and operation
of a 120 megawatt (nominal net) gas-fired combined-cycle cogeneration facility
located in Gilroy, California.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement,
the following terms have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally
applicable to both singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

                  "Abandonment": (a) the permanent cessation of operation of the
Project pursuant to a decision of the Borrower, (b) the announcement by the
Borrower of its abandonment of the Project, or (c) the abandonment of the
Project by the Borrower and the Operator for a continuous period of at least 30
days without notice.

                  "Acceptable Security": as defined in the Performance
Agreement.

                  "Accounts": the Receipt Account, the Operating Account, the
Debt Service Reserve Account, the Insurance Proceeds Account, the Major
Maintenance Reserve Account and the Fuel Reserve Account.

                  "Additional Contract": any agreement, contract, lease or
Easement Agreement entered into by or assigned to the Borrower after execution
and delivery of this Agreement related to the maintenance, repair, operation,
lease, operation or use of or 
<PAGE>   8
supply to the Project other than a Permitted Contract.

                  "Affiliate": of any Person, any Person which, directly or
indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such
designated Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall
include (a) any Person which beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any class
of voting securities of such designated Person or 5% or more of the equity
interest in such designated Person and (b) any Person of which such designated
Person beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any class of voting securities
or in which such designated Person beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of the
equity interests. For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including,
with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control
with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities
or by contract or otherwise.

                  "Agency Fee": the fee set forth in a separate letter
agreement, as defined in Section 5.4.

                  "Agreement": this Credit Agreement.

                  "Alternate Base Rate": as of any date, a rate per annum equal
the per annum rate of interest from time to time publicly announced by the Agent
as its base lending rate for domestic (United States of America) commercial
loans, the Alternate Base Rate to change when and as such rate changes. The
Alternate Base Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate of interest charged by
the Agent in connection with extensions of credit.

                  "Alternate Base Rate Loan": any Loan that bears interest at
the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin as provided in Section
3.3(a).

                  "Amended and Restated Lease Agreement": the Amended and
Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase
Agreement, between ConAgra and the Borrower.

                  "Amoco": Amoco Energy Trading Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

                  "Amortization Schedule": Schedule I attached to each Note.

                  "Applicable Lending Office": shall mean, for each Lender party
to this Agreement on the Closing Date, the "Lending Office" of such Lender (or
of an affiliate of such Lender) designed in Appendix I, and for each Lender
which may become a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date, the "Lending
<PAGE>   9
Office" of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) designated in the
Commitment Transfer Supplement executed by such Lender; provided, that any
Lender may from time to time change its "Applicable Lending Office" by
delivering notice of such change to the Agent and the Borrower.

                  "Applicable Margin": (a) with respect to the Tranche A Loan,
the Tranche B Loan and the Tranche C Loans, for years 1 through 5 following the
Closing Date, 1.125% per annum, for years 6 through 10, 1.250% per annum, for
years 11 through 15, 1.50% per annum; for the Tranche B Loan, for years 16
through 18, 1.75% per annum; and for Drawings under the Tranche D Letter of
Credit, 1.0% per annum.

                  "Asset Purchase Agreement": the Asset Purchase Agreement,
dated as of even date herewith, among Gilroy, the Borrower and McCormick &
Company, Incorporated.

                  "Asset Purchase Documents": collectively, the Asset Purchase
Agreement, the Assignment of Lease Agreement, the Assignment of Natural Gas
Sales Agreement, the Assignment of Power Purchase Agreement, the Assignment of
Steam Sales Agreement, the Assignment of Wastewater Discharge Requirements, the
ConAgra Assignment Agreement, GE Services Agreement, Spare Parts Agreement, the
Bill of Sale, the General Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the ConAgra
Option Agreements, the Noncompete Agreement, the Substation Operating Agreement,
and all other agreements to be executed and delivered at the closing of the
Asset Purchase Agreement as agreed to by Gilroy, McCormick & Company,
Incorporated and the Borrower.

                  "Assigned Agreements": as defined in the Security Agreement.

                  "Assignment of Lease Agreement": the Assignment of Lease
Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, between
Gilroy and the Borrower whereby Gilroy assigns and the Borrower assumes all of
Gilroy's rights and obligations under the Site Lease, as more fully set forth
therein.

                  "Assignment of Leases and Rents": the Assignment of Leases and
Rents, dated as of even date herewith, from the Borrower to the Agent.

                  "Assignment of Natural Gas Sales Agreement": the Assignment of
Natural Gas Sales Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase
Agreement, between Gilroy and the Borrower whereby Gilroy assigns and the
Borrower assumes all of Gilroy's rights and obligations under the Natural Gas
Sales Agreement, dated August 1, 1995, between Gilroy and Amoco, as more fully
set forth therein.

                  "Assignment of Power Purchase Agreement": the 
<PAGE>   10
Assignment of Power Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset
Purchase Agreement, between Gilroy and the Borrower whereby Gilroy assigns and
the Borrower assumes all of Gilroy's rights and obligations under the Power
Purchase Agreement, as more fully set forth therein.

                  "Assignment of Steam Sales Agreement": the Assignment of Steam
Sales Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement,
between Gilroy and the Borrower whereby Gilroy assigns and the Borrower assumes
all of Gilroy's rights and obligations under the Steam Sales Agreement, as more
fully set forth therein.

                  "Assignment of Wastewater Discharge Requirements": the
Assignment in Part of Waste Discharge and Water Reclamation Requirements, dated
as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, among Gilroy, ConAgra and the
Borrower whereby Gilroy and ConAgra assign and the Borrower assumes all of
Gilroy's and ConAgra's rights, benefits and duties under those certain Waste
Discharge and Water Reclamation Requirements (as defined in the Assignment of
Wastewater Discharge Requirements) to the extent that such rights, benefits and
duties relate to the discharge of wastewater from the Facility.

                  "Assignments of Partnership Interests": as defined in Section
3.9(d).

                  "Bankruptcy Law": as defined in Section 10.1(a)(xiv).

                  "Base Case": the Base Case Financial Model attached hereto as
Schedule 1.1(a).

                  "Basic Documents": the collective reference to the Loan
Documents and the Project Contracts.

                  "Bill of Sale": the Bill of Sale contemplated by Section 3.2.2
of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

                  "Borrowing Notice": as defined in Section 7.1(a).

                  "Business Day": any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day
on which commercial banks in Los Angeles, California are required or authorized
to be closed.

                  "Calpine": Calpine Corporation, a California corporation.

                  "Calpine Credit Event": a Calpine Credit Event Level I or
Calpine Credit Event Level II.

                  "Calpine Credit Event Level I": Calpine's Credit Rating has
one Rating Downgrade.
<PAGE>   11
                  "Calpine Credit Event Level II": either (i) Calpine's Credit
Rating has two Rating Downgrades, or (ii) a Minimum Credit Rating occurs.

                  "Calpine's Credit Rating": the higher of (i) Calpine's
long-term credit rating as of the Closing Date as reported by Standard & Poor's
(B) and Moody's (Ba3) or (ii) Calpine's long-term credit rating as reported by
Standard & Poor's and Moody's promptly after the closing (and in any event
within ninety (90) days thereafter) of Calpine's initial public offering.

                  "Calpine Fuels": Calpine Fuels Corporation, a California
corporation.

                  "Calpine Guarantees": collectively, the Fuel Margin Guaranty,
the Letter of Credit Guaranty and the Major Maintenance Guaranty.

                  "Calpine Performance Agreement": the Performance Agreement,
dated as of even date herewith, among Calpine, the Borrower and the Agent.

                  "Capacity Utilization": for any period, the percentage
resulting from the following calculation:


               California Gas Demand - California Gas Production
   (Interstate Capacity plus Additional Interstate Capacity) x Days in Period


                  where:

                  "California Gas Demand": means, for such period, the Gas
delivered to all consumers in California as reported in the Energy Information
Administration's Natural Gas Monthly, "Table 18-Natural Gas Deliveries to All
Consumers, by State";

                  "California Gas Production": means, for such period, all Gas
produced in California for such period, as reported in the Energy Information
Administration's Natural Gas Monthly, "Table 7-Marketed Production of Natural
Gas, by State";

                  "Interstate Capacity": means 7,230 MMcf per day, as such
amount is adjusted from time to time to account for additional interstate
pipeline capacity interconnecting with any California intrastate Gas systems at
the Delivery Point, once such additional capacity (measured at its nominal
capacity) commences service; and

                  "Additional Interstate Capacity": means, for any period, the
nominal interstate Gas transportation capacity of all Gas transportation
projects which when completed will be capable of providing interstate Gas
transportation to the Delivery Point 
<PAGE>   12
and for which pipe for the proposed pipeline of such project(s) has been
ordered.

                  "Cash Flow": for any period, all revenues and income of the
Borrower derived from the operation or ownership of the Project, calculated in
accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, revenues earned from the
sale of electric energy or steam transmitted or distributed by the Project, Net
Proceeds, amounts earned by the Borrower pursuant to an arbitration or legal
award, amounts received by the Borrower from a sale of property permitted by
this Agreement, cash equity contributions made to the Borrower, fines,
penalties, indemnities, claims, judgments or awards and investment income on
amounts deposited in the Accounts.

                  "Closing Date": August 28, 1996.

                  "Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and any successor statute and all rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

                  "Collateral": the collective reference to all real and
personal property, tangible and intangible, and the proceeds and products
thereof, subjected from time to time to the Liens intended to be created by the
Collateral Security Documents.

                  "Collateral Assignment": a collateral assignment of any
contract to the Agent for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit E.

                  "Collateral Assignment of Option Agreements": the Collateral
Assignment of Option Agreements, dated as of even date herewith, by the
Borrower.

                  "Collateral Security Documents": the collective reference to
the Deed of Trust, the Collateral Assignment of Option Agreements, the
Assignment of Leases and Rents, the Security Agreement, the Consents, the
Deposit and Security Agreement, the Assignments of Partnership Interests, the
Calpine Performance Agreement, each Collateral Assignment, the Calpine
Guarantees, the UCC-1 financing statements, and any other agreement or
instrument hereafter entered into by the Borrower or any other Person which
secures any of the Obligations, including, without limitation, any deed of trust
entered into by the Borrower in accordance with Section 8.12(c).

                  "Commitment": the Loan Commitment and the Letter of Credit
Commitment.

                  "Commitment Transfer Supplement": an instrument of transfer
substantially in the form of Exhibit G.
<PAGE>   13
                  "Commonly Controlled Entity": as applied to the Borrower, any
person who is a member of a group which is under common control with the
Borrower, who together with the Borrower is treated as a single employer within
the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of
ERISA.

                  "ConAgra": ConAgra, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

                  "ConAgra Assignment Agreement": the Assignment and Assumption
Agreement, dated as of event date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, between
Gilroy Foods and ConAgra, pursuant to which, among other things, Gilroy Foods
assigns to, and ConAgra assumes, all of Gilroy Foods' right, title, interest,
duties, liabilities and obligations under the Steam Sales Agreement, from and
after the effective date of such assignment, as more fully set forth therein.

                  "ConAgra Shutdown Consent": the Consent and Agreement
(Shutdown Agreement), dated as of even date herewith, among ConAgra, the
Borrower and the Agent.

                  "ConAgra Option Agreements": collectively, (i) the QF Site
Option Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement,
between ConAgra and the Borrower, (ii) the Wastewater Discharge Option
Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, between
ConAgra and the Borrower, and (iii) the Facility Site Option Agreement, dated as
of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, between ConAgra and the
Borrower.

                  "Consent": each Consent and Agreement, substantially in the
form set forth in Exhibit H, to be executed and delivered by each party (other
than the Borrower) to each Project Contract in effect as of the date of this
Agreement.

                  "Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of
any security issued by such Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
contract, document, agreement, lease, instrument, written preferential payment
arrangement or written undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which
it or any of its property is bound or subject.

                  "Cost of Fuel": on a per mmbtu basis, the sum of (i) the cost
of purchasing fuel at the delivery point under the Gas Supply Agreement or any
replacement agreement or otherwise, plus (ii) the cost of transporting such fuel
over a California intrastate system to the burnertip.

                  "Debt Service": for any period, the aggregate (without
duplication) of (a) all amounts of interest on the Loans and any Drawing
required to be paid during such period, plus (b) all amounts of principal on the
Loans and amounts payable with respect to any Drawing which are required to be
paid during such 
<PAGE>   14
period (whether by maturity, acceleration upon an exercise of remedies, or
otherwise), excluding any optional or mandatory prepayments of principal
pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.8 during such period, plus (c) all other premiums,
fees, costs, charges, expenses and penalties which are due and payable to the
Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders during such period pursuant to the Loan
Documents (other than the Interest Rate Contracts), plus (d) all fees, costs,
charges, expenses and penalties and all other payments which are due and payable
by the Borrower in connection with the Interest Rate Contracts during such
period.

                  "Debt Service Coverage Ratio": for any period, (a) Cash Flow
for such period less Operating and Maintenance Costs for such period, divided by
(b) Debt Service for such period.

                  "Debt Service Reserve Account": the Debt Service Reserve
Account established pursuant to the Deposit and Security Agreement and funded in
accordance with Section 8.14(a).

                  "Debt Service Reserve Account Margin": As of any Quarterly
Payment Date on which the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding
twelve-month period was less than 1.20, an amount equal to Excess Cash Flow
remaining after making any deposits required pursuant to Sections 3.2(a), (b) or
(c), 3.3(b), 3.4(a), 3.5(a) and (b) of the Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Deed of Trust":  as defined in Section 3.9(a).

                  "Default": any of the events specified in Section 10.1,
whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or
both, or for the happening of any other condition, has been satisfied.

                  "Default Rate":  as defined in Section 3.4.

                  "Delivery Point": means, for the purposes of calculating
Interstate Capacity or Additional Interstate Capacity, any point of
interconnection between any intrastate gas transporter's or pipeline company's
Gas system and any California intrastate gas transportation system.

                  "Deposit and Security Agreement": the Deposit and Security
Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, among the Borrower, the Agent and
BNP, as disbursement agent.

                  "Disbursement Agent": as defined in the recitals to the
Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Disposition":  as defined in Section 10.3.

                  "Dollars" or "$": dollars in lawful currency of the 
<PAGE>   15
United States of America.

                  "Drawing":  any drawing under either Letter of Credit.

                  "Easement Agreements": collectively, all easements (including,
without limitation, any partial easements), licenses, franchises, rights-of-way,
joint use agreements and spur track agreements to which the Borrower is now or
hereafter a party or beneficiary, affecting the use, maintenance or operation,
or constituting a part, of the Project Site as the same may be amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time.

                  "Environmental Consultant": Pilko & Associates, Inc., or any
other environmental consulting firm as shall be engaged by the Agent on behalf
of the Lenders, after consultation with the Borrower to determine a mutually
acceptable selection; provided, that if the Agent and the Borrower are unable to
agree upon a selection within five Business Days, the Agent shall select such
other consultant upon not less than five Business Days' notice to the Borrower
setting forth the identity of the proposed consultant, the scope and duration of
such Person's services and the proposed budget therefor.

                  "Environmental Laws": all federal, state and local laws and
regulations including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental
Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), the
National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. Section 4321 et seq.), the
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), the
Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.), the Clean Air Act
(42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33
U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. Section
300f et seq.), Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act,
California Health and Safety Code sections 25300 et seq., California Hazardous
Waste Control Law, California Health and Safety Code Sections 25100 et seq.,
California Air Resources Code, California Health and Safety Code sections 39000
et seq., Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, California Water Code
sections 13000 et seq., Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act ("PROP
65"), California Health and Safety Code sections 25249.5 et seq., California
Public Resources Code sections 25500 et seq., California Environmental Quality
Act, California Public Resources Code sections 21000 et seq., Santa Clara County
Ordinance NS517, City of Gilroy Hazardous Materials Storage Ordinance, and any
common law theory of liability, in any case relating to pollution or protection
of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air,
surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata), all as
currently in effect or as shall be promulgated, issued and amended or ordered in
the future, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to
emissions, discharges, releases 
<PAGE>   16
or threatened releases of Materials of Environmental Concern, or otherwise
relating to the manufacture, processing, refining, distribution, use, treatment,
storage, disposal, transport, recycling, reporting or handling of Materials of
Environmental Concern, and all federal, state and local zoning and land use laws
or regulations, as currently in effect or as shall be promulgated, issued and
amended or ordered in the future.

                  "Environmental Report": the Phase I Environment Site
Assessment, Gilroy Energy Company, Gilroy, California, dated June 18, 1996,
prepared by EMCON.

                  "ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time, and any successor statute and all rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "Eurocurrency Reserve Period": as defined in Section 3.12(b).

                  "Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section
10.1; provided that any requirement set forth therein for the giving of notice,
the lapse of time, or both, or for the happening of any other condition, has
been satisfied.

                  "Event of Loss": (a) the actual or constructive total loss of
the Project, (b) loss, theft, destruction or damage of any portion of the
Project, to an extent that operation of the Project would, in the written
opinion of the Independent Engineer, a copy of which shall be provided to the
Borrower, be uneconomical (taking into account any Net Proceeds received by the
Borrower and all funds otherwise available to the Borrower) or infeasible
without repairs or replacements that would also be uneconomical (taking into
account any Net Proceed received by the Borrower and all funds otherwise
available to the Borrower) or infeasible or for which sufficient funds are not
available, or (c) the Taking for one year or more of the use of any portion of
the Project which would, in the written opinion of the Independent Engineer, a
copy of which shall be provided to the Borrower, make operation of the Project
uneconomical (taking into account any Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and
all funds otherwise available to the Borrower) or infeasible.

                  "Excess Cash Flow": as of any date, the amount of Cash Flow
remaining in the Receipt Account after payment of Debt Service on such date, in
accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 4.2 of the Deposit and
Security Agreement.

                  "Excluded Payments": as defined in the Security Agreement.

                  "Federal Funds Rate": for any period, a fluctuating interest
rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of
the rates on overnight Federal Funds 
<PAGE>   17
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal
Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day,
for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of San
Francisco, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business
Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by
the Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by
the Agent.

                  "Form 1001": Form 1001 (Ownership, Exemption, or Reduced Rate
Certificate) of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America (or
such successor and related forms as may from time to time be adopted by the
relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim
to which such form relates).

                  "Form 4224": Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on
Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the
United States) of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America (or
such successor and related forms as may from time to time be adopted by the
relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim
to which such form relates).

                  "Fuel Cost Differential": as defined in Section 8.14(c)(i).

                  "Fuel Management Contract": the Fuel Management Agreement,
dated as of even date herewith, between the Borrower and Calpine Fuels.

                  "Fuel Manager": Calpine Fuels, or any successor fuel manager
for the Project.

                  "Fuel Margin Guaranty": the Fuel Margin Guaranty, dated as of
even date herewith, by Calpine in favor of the Borrower.

                  "Fuel Plan": an annual fuel plan prepared by Calpine Fuels, in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders, which will (a) summarize
the Project's fuel supply arrangements and Cost of Fuel, (b) demonstrate price
linkage between such Cost of Fuel and the UEG Rate, and (c) address the other
topics listed in the Fuel Plan Index attached here as Schedule 1.1(c).

                  "Fuel Reserve Account": the Fuel Reserve Account established
pursuant to the Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Fuel Transportation Report": a quarterly report prepared by
or on behalf of the Borrower which will address the topics listed in the Fuel
Transportation Report Index attached hereto as Schedule 1.1(d).
<PAGE>   18
                  "Fuel Transportation Trigger Event": (a) Capacity Utilization
(on a 12-month rolling average, based on quarterly calculations) equals or
exceeds 85%, or (b) a default by Calpine of its covenants set forth in Section
3(a)(iv), 3(b)(iv) of the Calpine Performance Agreement, or a default by Calpine
or the Borrower of its covenants set forth in Section 8(g) of the Calpine
Performance Agreement, or (c) a failure by the Borrower to renew the term of the
Gas Transportation Agreement (or any replacement agreement) at the end of any
term thereof, for an additional two-year period, or (d) the occurrence of a
Calpine Credit Event Level II.

                  "GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in effect
from time to time in the United States of America, provided that if any changes
in accounting principles from those used by the Borrower in the preparation of
its financial statements are hereafter required by the rules, regulations,
pronouncements and opinions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successors thereto or
agencies with similar functions) and are adopted by the Borrower with the
agreement of its independent certified public accountants and such changes
materially affect (or result in a material change in the method of calculation
of) any of the covenants, standards or terms found in this Agreement, the
parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such
provisions so as to reflect equitably such changes with the desired result that
the criteria for evaluating compliance with such covenants, standards and terms
by the Borrower shall be the same after such changes as if such changes had not
been made; provided, however, that no change in generally accepted accounting
principles that would affect any of such covenants, standards or terms or the
method of calculation of any such covenants, standards or terms) shall be given
effect in such calculations until such provisions are amended, in a manner
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Borrower, to reflect such change in
accounting principles.

                  "Gas": means natural and/or residue gas comprised primarily of
methane, which complies with the quality requirements of the applicable
intrastate gas transporter or pipeline company or PG&E or any other local Gas
distribution or transportation company that transports Gas to the Delivery
Point.

                  "Gas Consultant": ICF Kaiser, or any other gas consulting firm
as shall be engaged by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders after consultation
with the Borrower to determine a mutually acceptable selection; provided, that
if the Agent and the Borrower are unable to agree upon a selection within five
Business Days, the Agent shall select such other consultant upon not less than
five Business Days' notice to the Borrower setting forth the identity of the
proposed consultant, the scope and duration of such Person's services and the
proposed budget 
<PAGE>   19
therefor.

                  "Gas Supply Agreement": the Amended and Restated Natural Gas
Sales Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between the Borrower and Amoco,
and the Performance Guaranty, dated as of August 1, 1995 made by Amoco
Production Company, a Delaware corporation, in favor of the Borrower.

                  "Gas Transportation Agreement": the Natural Gas Services
Agreement executed by PG&E on June 1, 1995, between PG&E and Gilroy, as assigned
by Gilroy to the Borrower pursuant to the General Assignment and Assumption
Agreement.

                  "GE Services Agreement": the GE Services Agreement, dated as
of December 17, 1992, between General Electric Industrial and Power Systems and
Gilroy, as assigned by Gilroy to the Borrower pursuant to the Assignment,
Assumption and Consent Agreement among Gilroy, the Borrower and General Electric
Industrial and Power Systems.

                  "General Assignment and Assumption Agreement": the General
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset
Purchase Agreement, between Gilroy and the Borrower.

                  "Gilroy": Gilroy Energy Company, Inc., a California
corporation.

                  "Gilroy Facility": the onion and garlic dehydrating facility
located adjacent to the Facility.

                  "Gilroy Foods": Gilroy Foods, Incorporated, a California
corporation.

                  "Governmental Approvals": authorizations, consents, approvals,
waivers, exemptions, variances, franchises, permissions, permits and licenses
of, and filings and declarations with, and rulings by any Governmental
Authority.

                  "Governmental Authority": any government, or any nation,
state, or political subdivision of any nation or state, and any entity
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any
central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority.

                  "Improvements": as defined in the recitals to the Deed of
Trust.

                  "Indebtedness": as to any Person, (a) all obligations of such
Person for borrowed money and for the deferred purchase price of property,
including, without limitation, pursuant to any capital lease, or services (other
than obligations under 
<PAGE>   20
agreements for the purchase of goods and services in the normal course of
business which are not more than 30 days past due), and obligations evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments (excluding "deposit only"
endorsements on checks payable to the order of such Person); (b) all
indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property owned or held by such Person
subject thereto, whether or not the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been
assumed; (c) obligations of such Person under direct or indirect guaranties in
respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise
acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
indebtedness or obligations of others, and (d) obligations of such Person
incurred under any financial hedging arrangements and interest rate contracts.

                  "Independent Engineer": Stone & Webster Engineering Corp., or
such other independent engineering firm as shall be engaged by the Agent on
behalf of the Lenders after consultation with the Borrower to determine a
mutually acceptable selection; provided, that if the Agent and the Borrower are
unable to agree upon a selection within five Business Days, the Agent shall
select such other consultant upon not less than five Business Days' notice to
the Borrower setting forth the identity of the proposed consultant, the scope
and duration of such Person's services and the proposed budget therefor.

                  "Insufficiency": with respect to any employee benefit plan,
the amount, if any, by which the present value of the vested and non-vested
benefits under such plan (determined as of the latest actuarial valuation date
for such plan and determined in accordance with the same assumptions and methods
as used in the most recent actuarial valuation for such plan) exceeds the fair
market value of the assets of such plan allocable to such benefits.

                  "Insurance Consultant": Sedgewick James of Tennessee, Inc., or
any other insurance consulting firm as shall be engaged by the Agent on behalf
of the Lenders after consultation with the Borrower to determine a mutually
acceptable selection; provided, that if the Agent and the Borrower are unable to
agree upon a selection within five Business Days, the Agent shall select such
other consultant upon not less than five Business Days' notice to the Borrower
setting forth the identity of the proposed consultant, the scope and duration of
such Person's services and the proposed budget therefor.

                  "Insurance Proceeds Account": the Insurance Proceeds Account
established pursuant to the Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Interconnection Agreement": the Agreement for Installation or
Allocation of Special Facilities For Parallel Operation of Nonutility-Owned
Generation and/or Electrical 
<PAGE>   21
Standby Service, executed by PG&E on June 10, 1986.

                  "Interest Period": shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Rate
Loan, the period beginning on and including the date on which such LIBOR Rate
Loan is made or, if such Loan already is outstanding, the Interest Period End
Date for the existing Interest Period for such Loan, and ending on but excluding
the date numerically corresponding to such beginning date in the first, second,
third, sixth or, if funds are available in the Eurodollar market to all the
Lenders during such period, twelfth succeeding month as the Borrower may specify
or be deemed to specify, provided, however, that if such beginning day or ending
day is not a LIBOR Business Day or Business Day, as applicable, then such
beginning and/or ending day shall be the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day or
Business Day, as applicable, unless such next succeeding LIBOR Business Day or
Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which event such
beginning day or ending day shall be the next preceding LIBOR Business Day or
Business Day, as applicable; and, with respect to each Alternate Base Rate Loan,
the period beginning on and including the date on which such Loan is made and
ending on the next Quarterly Payment Date.

                  "Interest Period End Date": the ending date of each Interest
Period or, if earlier, the applicable Maturity Date, and any date on which all
of the Notes become due under Section 3.7 or Article X.

                  "Interest Rate Contracts": as defined in Section 3.11.

                  "Issuing Bank": as defined in the first paragraph of this
Agreement.

                  "Issuing Bank Letter of Credit Fees": as defined in Section
5.4.

                  "Lender Schedule": the Lender Schedule attached hereto as
Appendix I, as amended from time to time.

                  "Letter of Credit Commitment": the Tranche C Letter of Credit
Commitment and the Tranche D Letter of Credit Commitment.

                  "Letter of Credit Fees": as defined in Section 5.2.

                  "Letter of Credit Guaranty": the Letter of Credit Guaranty,
dated as of even date herewith, made by Calpine in favor of the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders.

                  "LIBOR": for any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum
equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate, at 11:00 AM (London Time) two LIBOR
Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for United States
dollar deposits in the London Interbank Market in immediately available funds
for 
<PAGE>   22
delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, and having a maturity equal
to such Interest Period, as such rate is reported on the display designated as
"Page 3750" by "Telerate-The Financial Information Network" published by
Telerate-Systems Incorporated, or its successor company ("Telerate"). If
Telerate shall cease to report such rates on a regular basis, "LIBOR" shall mean
for any Interest Period the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the
arithmetic average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) of
the rates per annum as quoted to the Agent by the Agent (if it is a Reference
Bank) and two (or three, if the Agent is not a Reference Bank) other Reference
Banks as being offered by the Agent and such Reference Banks to prime banks two
LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for U.S.
dollar deposits in the London Interbank Market in the approximate amount of the
portion of the applicable Loan to be made by the applicable LIBOR Lender on the
first day of such Interest Period in immediately available funds for delivery on
the first day of such Interest Period.

                  "LIBOR Business Day": a day of the year on which dealings are
carried on in the London Interbank Market and banks are open for business in
London, England, and are not required or authorized to close in Los Angeles,
California.

                  "LIBOR Rate": any interest rate priced in relation to LIBOR.

                  "LIBOR Rate Loan": any Loan that bears interest at the LIBOR
Rate for the applicable Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin as provided
in Section 3.3(b).

                  "Lien": any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest,
pledge, hypothecation, deposit arrangement, assignment, charge, encumbrance,
lien (statutory or other) or other preferential arrangement in the nature of a
security interest, including, without limitation, any agreement to give any of
the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any such
agreement, and the filing of any statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or
comparable law of any jurisdiction.

                  "Loan" or "Loans": the Tranche A Loan, the Tranche B Loan
and/or the Tranche C Loans.

                  "Loan Commitment": the commitment of the Lenders to make the
Tranche A Loan and Tranche B Loan, in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$116,000,000.

                  "Loan Documents": this Agreement, the Collateral Security
Documents, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, any and all Interest Rate Contracts
in effect from time to time, and such other instruments evidencing, securing or
pertaining to the 
<PAGE>   23
Commitments as shall from time to time be executed and delivered by the Borrower
or any other party, pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement.

                  "Local Bank Account": any bank account of the Borrower held by
a financial institution located in California, in connection with which the
Borrower and such financial institution have executed and delivered a blocked
account agreement approved in advance by the Lenders (which approval will not be
unreasonably withheld).

                  "Long-Term Gas Supply Agreement": any gas supply agreement
entered into by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.16(c) hereof.

                  "Major Maintenance Guaranty": the Major Maintenance Guaranty,
dated as of even date herewith, made by Calpine in favor of the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders.

                  "Major Maintenance Plan": each annual major maintenance plan
(which shall include annual and longer-term major maintenance schedules) for the
Project prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower and reviewed and commented on
by the Independent Engineer.

                  "Major Maintenance Reserve Account": the Major Maintenance
Reserve Account established pursuant to the Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Material Adverse Effect": a material adverse effect on (a)
any material part of, or the value of, the security or Collateral provided under
the Collateral Security Documents, (b) the financial condition, business,
operations or prospects of the Project, the Borrower, Calpine, Calpine Fuels or
PG&E, (c) the ability of the Borrower, Calpine or PG&E to observe and perform
its obligations under the Basic Documents to which it is a party, (d) the rights
or interests of any Lender which is reasonably likely to prevent such Lender
from realizing in any material respect the benefits of this Agreement or any
Basic Document, (e) the operation, maintenance or use of the Project, or (f) the
status of the Project as a Qualifying Facility.

                  "Material Obligor": the Borrower, Calpine, Calpine Fuels or
PG&E.

                  "Materials of Environmental Concern": those chemicals,
pollutants, contaminants, wastes, degradation by-products, toxic substances,
petroleum and petroleum products, including, without limitation, "hazardous
substances," "hazardous wastes," "toxic substances" and "toxic pollutants," as
defined in or identified pursuant to any Environmental Law.

                  "Maturity Date": the Tranche A Maturity Date, the
<PAGE>   24
Tranche B Maturity Date, the Tranche C Maturity Date and/or the Tranche D
Maturity Date.

                  "Minimum Credit Rating": a rating by Standard & Poor's of
Calpine's long-term credit of "B-" or less, with a negative outlook, or a rating
by Moody's of Calpine's long-term credit of "B2" or less, with a "negative
outlook" determination.

                  "Moody's": Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

                  "Multiemployer Plan": a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as
defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                  "Natural Gas Sales Consent and Agreement": the Consent and
Agreement (Natural Gas Sales Agreement), dated as of even date herewith, by and
among Amoco, the Borrower and the Agent.

                  "Net Proceeds": all amounts, including, without limitation,
insurance proceeds, received by or for the account of the Borrower as a result
of (a) the loss, theft, destruction or damage to all or any portion of the
Project, (b) a condemnation, confiscation or requisition of all or any portion
of the Project or (c) a defect in title of all or any portion of the Project.

                  "Noncompete Agreement": the Noncompetition/Earnings
Contingency Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement,
by and among Gilroy, McCormick & Company, Incorporated and the Borrower.

                  "Note" or "Notes": the Tranche A Notes, Tranche B Notes and/or
Tranche C Notes.

                  "Obligations": all obligations, fees, charges, liabilities and
indebtedness of every nature of the Borrower from time to time owing to the
Agent or the Issuing Bank or any Lender under or in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

                  "O&M Reserve Sub-Account": the O&M Reserve Sub-Account of the
Operating Account to be established pursuant to the Deposit and Security
Agreement.

                  "Operating Account": the Operating Account (including the O&M
Reserve Sub-Account) established pursuant to the Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Operating Plan": each annual operating plan for the Project
prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower and reviewed and commented on by the
Independent Engineer which shall address each of the topics set forth in the
Operating Plan Index attached hereto as Schedule 1.1(e).
<PAGE>   25
                  "Operations and Maintenance Agreement": the Operation and
Maintenance Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between Calpine and the
Borrower.

                  "Operations and Maintenance Costs": for any period, operation
and maintenance costs relating to the Project, calculated in accordance with
GAAP, including, without duplication "Recoverable Costs" and fees under the
Operations and Maintenance Agreement (but excluding operating and maintenance
costs paid by and not reimbursable to the Operator pursuant to the Operations
and Maintenance Agreement), costs of overhauls and other major maintenance,
costs of repair or restoration, costs of purchasing property, equipment,
supplies, inventory and consumables, capital expenditures, costs of responding
to emergency or force majeure situations, fuel supply and transportation costs,
Taxes, insurance premiums, fees relating to Governmental Approvals, general
administrative costs, payments under Project Contracts, Assigned Agreements and
Permitted Contracts, payments of Indebtedness (other than Debt Service and
Indebtedness to any partner of the Borrower except if such Indebtedness
constitutes Permitted Indebtedness), fines, penalties, indemnities, claims,
judgments or awards, and legal, accounting and other professional fees, but
excluding non-cash charges, including depreciation or obsolescence charges or
reserves therefor, amortization of intangibles or other bookkeeping entries of a
similar nature.

                  "Operator": Calpine, or any successor operator of the Project.

                  "Partner": Calpine Gilroy 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation and
the general partner of the Borrower.

                  "Partnership Agreement": the Limited Partnership Agreement,
dated as of even date herewith, among the Partner, as general partner, and
Calpine Gilroy 2, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as limited partner.

                  "Payment Dates": each August 31 and November 30 set forth in
any of the Amortization Schedules on which principal payments on any Note are
due.

                  "PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

                  "Permitted Contract": any agreement of the Borrower with
respect to the Project entered into after the Closing Date pursuant to which the
Borrower incurs obligations or liabilities, together with the Borrower's
obligations and liabilities under all other Permitted Contracts then in effect,
of not more than $500,000 in any operating year or more than $1,500,000 in the
aggregate outstanding at any one time, provided that the Agent shall receive
notice of the execution of any such agreement.
<PAGE>   26
                  "Permitted Indebtedness": (a) trade accounts and unsecured
payables (not the result of any borrowing) incurred and payable in the ordinary
course of the Borrower's business provided that any such trade account or
unsecured payable is no more than one hundred twenty (120) days old, (b) capital
leases or purchase money debt secured by Improvements in a principal amount
approved by the Required Lenders, such approval not to be withheld unreasonably,
(c) any Indebtedness incurred under the Loan Documents, (d) unsecured
Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate outstanding at
any one time (provided that such Permitted Indebtedness may be loans made by a
partner of the Borrower only if the Borrower has been unsuccessful in obtaining
necessary financing from third parties on acceptable terms), or (e) purchase
money security interests in equipment purchased by the Borrower in accordance
with the Major Maintenance Plan or Section 8.14(d)(iii) in an amount not to
exceed $500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.

                  "Permitted Investments": (a) marketable direct obligations
issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America maturing
within three months from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper
maturing no more than three months from the date of creation thereof and as at
any date of determination rated "A-1" or better by Standard & Poor's and "P-1"
or better by Moody's, (c) certificates of deposit, term deposits or Euro-term
deposits maturing within three months from the date of acquisition thereof
issued by any bank the short-term obligations of which are rated "P-1" or better
by Moody's "A-1" or better by Standard & Poor's, (d) guaranteed investment
contracts provided by the Agent or any other financial institution the
short-term obligations of which are rated "P-1" or better by Moody's or "A-1" or
better by Standard & Poor's and (e) any advances, loans or extensions of credit
or any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities as the Required
Lenders may from time to time approve in their sole and absolute discretion;
provided, that with respect to the credit ratings specified above, if neither
Moody's nor Standard & Poor's is in the business of rating the relevant
Permitted Investment, such Permitted Investment shall have received a rating
equivalent to that specified above for such Permitted Investment by another
nationally recognized credit rating agency of similar standing.

                  "Permitted Liens": (a) Liens created by the Collateral
Security Documents or any other Loan Document; (b) Liens for Taxes the payment
of which is not at the time required by Section 8.4; (c) carrier's,
warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business or incidental to the improvement,
maintenance or repair of any property of the Project not filed of record which
secure payment of sums which are not delinquent and unbonded for more than 30
days, and mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's and other like Liens which have
been filed of record but which are being contested in good faith proceedings and
have 
<PAGE>   27
not proceeded to judgment (unless such contest involves a risk of sale, loss or
forfeit of the Project or any significant part thereof, title thereto or any
significant interest therein, or of the use of the Project), provided, that the
Borrower shall have posted a bond or other security acceptable to the Required
Lenders for the full amount of such Liens; (d) Liens (other than any Lien
imposed by ERISA) incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business
in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other types
of social security; (e) exceptions to the title of the Project Site as set forth
in the Title Policy as approved by the Lenders; (f) rights reserved to or vested
in any Governmental Authority under applicable law to control or regulate any
property of the Borrower which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with
or impair the operation or use thereof for the purposes for which it is or may
reasonably be expected to be held by the Borrower; (g) Liens for Permitted
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (e) of the definition
thereof; (h) judgment Liens which, within five days of their existence, are
bonded against or are otherwise secured to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Required Lenders; (i) Liens which are being contested in accordance with Section
8.8; and (j) minor defects, irregularities, encumbrances, easements,
rights-of-way, restrictions and clouds on title to the Project Site which are
not recorded or filed and which do not individually or in the aggregate
materially impair the use or enjoyment of the Project Site and which do not
individually or in the aggregate impair the value of the Collateral or the
priority of the Lien in favor of the Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank
granted under the Collateral Security Documents.

                  "Permitted Transferee": (a) Calpine, (b) any Person which is
wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Calpine, and (c) any other person which
is or is owned at least fifty-one percent (51%), directly or indirectly, by a
Person, which (i) has a long-term credit rating of at least B or its equivalent
by Standard & Poor's or Moody's or is an entity which is substantially
well-capitalized and acceptable to the Agent, such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld, (ii) is a sophisticated investor reasonably experienced
in the ownership or operation of or the investment in energy production
facilities or is advised by a Person with such experience, and (iii) whose
direct and indirect ownership in the Project, when combined with the other
direct and indirect ownership interests in the Project, would not result in the
Project ceasing to be a Qualifying Facility, in each case, if such Person has
entered into an assignment of partnership interests in favor of the Agent
substantially in the form of the Collateral Assignment of Partnership Interest
attached hereto as Appendix K-2.

                  "Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, business
trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
Governmental Authority or other 
<PAGE>   28
entity of whatever nature.

                  "PG&E": Pacific Gas and Electric Company, a California
corporation.

                  "Plan": any plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) covered by
Title IV of ERISA maintained for employees of a Person or any Commonly
Controlled Entity.

                  "Power Purchase Agreement": the Long-Term Energy and Capacity
Power Purchase Agreement among Gilroy Foods, Pacific Thermonetics, Inc. and
PG&E, as executed by Pacific Gas and Electric Company on December 19, 1983, as
amended by a First Amendment to "Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase
Agreement Between Gilroy Foods, Inc., Pacific Thermonetics, Inc. and Pacific Gas
and Electric Company" dated December 19, 1983, as executed by PG&E on July 18,
1985, and, as so amended, as assigned by Gilroy Foods to Gilroy, as further
amended by a Second Amendment to "Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase
Agreement" dated December 19, 1983, as Amended July 18, 1985, as executed by
PG&E on June 9, 1986, as further amended by a Third Amendment to "Long-Term
Energy and Capacity Power Purchase Agreement" dated December 19, 1983, as
Amended July 18, 1985 and June 9, 1986, as executed by PG&E on August 18, 1988,
and as further amended by a Fourth Amendment to the Long-Term Energy and
Capacity Power Purchase Agreement Between Gilroy Energy Company and Pacific Gas
and Electric Company, as executed by PG&E on June 6, 1991.

                  "Power Purchase Consent and Agreement": the Consent to
Assignment and Agreement (Power Purchase Agreement), dated as of even date
herewith, among Pacific Gas and Electric Company, the Borrower and the Agent.

                  "Preliminary Fuel Transportation Trigger Event": Capacity
Utilization (on a 12-month rolling average, based on quarterly calculations)
equals or exceeds 75%.

                  "Project": a 120 megawatt (nominal net) gas-fired
combined-cycle cogeneration facility located in Gilroy, California including,
without limitation, related facilities from time to time located on the Project
Site, including any and all appliances, parts, instruments, appurtenances,
accessories and other property that may be incorporated or installed in or
attached to or otherwise become part of the cogeneration facility, and the
Project Contracts.

                  "Project Contracts": the Power Purchase Agreement, the QF
Operating Agreement, the Steam Sales Agreement, the Gas Supply Agreement, the
Gas Transportation Agreement(s), all replacement gas supply or transportation
agreements with a term of ninety (90) days or longer, the Fuel Management
Contract, the Operations and Maintenance Agreement, the Interconnection
Agreement, the 
<PAGE>   29
Site Lease, the Easement Agreements, the Partnership Agreement, the ConAgra
Option Agreements, the Shutdown Agreement and any Additional Contract but
excluding any Permitted Contract.

                  "Project Site": the real property described in the Site Lease
and on Exhibit I, and all tenements, hereditaments, easements, rights-of-way,
rights, privileges and appurtenances relating thereto.

                  "Purchasing Lender": as defined in Section 12.7(d).

                  "QF Operating Agreement": the Qualifying Facility Standard
Operating Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1987, between PG&E and Gilroy, as
assigned to the Borrower pursuant to the General Assignment and Assumption
Agreement.

                  "Qualifying Facility": a facility qualified under Public
Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 and Part 292 of Title 18 of the Code of
Federal Regulations.

                  "Quarterly Payment Date": the last day of November, 1996, and
the last day in each succeeding February, May, August and November, and on each
Maturity Date.

                  "Rating Downgrade": a downgrade by one level of Calpine's
Credit Rating by Standard & Poor's and Moody's, respectively (e.g., a downgrade
by Standard & Poor's from B+ to B and a downgrade by Moody's from Ba3 to B1).

                  "Receipt Account": the Receipt Account established pursuant to
the Deposit and Security Agreement.

                  "Replacement Lender": a financial institution that has agreed
to acquire and assume all of a Lender's Loans and Commitments, is reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, and is reasonably
satisfactory to the Borrower.

                  "Required Debt Service Reserve Account Balance": on the
Closing Date $4,000,000; as of any date after the Closing Date, through and
including the tenth anniversary thereof, $9,000,000; thereafter through and
including the fifteenth anniversary thereof, $8,000,000; and thereafter,
$4,500,000.

                  "Required Lenders": on any date, Lenders (including for
purposes of this definition the Issuing Bank) that at such time hold at least
662/3% of the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding Tranche A Loans, Tranche B
Loans and Tranche C Loans, plus (ii) the Letter of Credit Commitment on such
date plus (iii) any unreimbursed Drawings.

                  "Requirement of Law": as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule,
directive or regulation, or determination, 
<PAGE>   30
interpretation or order of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental
Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its
properties or to which such Person or any of its properties (including without
limitation the Project) is subject.

                  "Responsible Officer": as to any Person, the president, any
vice president, the secretary or any other authorized corporate officer of such
Person, or if such Person is a partnership the president, any vice president,
the secretary or any other authorized corporate officer of a general partner of
such Person, or, if such Person is a limited liability company, any management
committee member, or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial
officer or other authorized senior financial officer of such Person, or if such
Person is a partnership, the chief financial officer or other authorized senior
financial officer of a general partner of such Person or, if such Person is a
limited liability company, any management committee member having primary
responsibility for financial and accounting matters for such limited liability
company.

                  "Restricted Payment": (a) any distribution, dividend or other
similar payment, direct or indirect, on account of any ownership interest in the
Borrower, (b) any redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition by the
Borrower, direct or indirect, of any ownership interest in the Borrower, or (c)
any payment with respect to Indebtedness to any partner of the Borrower which
does not constitute Permitted Indebtedness.

                  "Secured Parties": the Agent, the Issuing Bank, each Lender
(including in its capacity as a counterparty or intermediary to any Interest
Rate Contract), and their respective successors and assigns in such capacities.

                  "Security Agreement": as defined in Section 3.9(b).

                  "Shutdown Agreement": the Shutdown Agreement, dated as of even
date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, between ConAgra and the Borrower.

                  "Site Lease": the Lease Agreement, dated June 13, 1986,
between Gilroy and Gilroy Foods, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Lease
Agreement, dated September 14, 1994, between Gilroy and Gilroy Foods, as
assigned by Gilroy Foods to ConAgra pursuant to the ConAgra Assignment
Agreement, and as amended and restated pursuant to that certain Amended and
Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase
Agreement, between ConAgra and the Borrower.

                  "Spare Parts Agreement": the Mutual Spare Parts Principles of
Agreement, dated April 23, 1996, between Gilroy and Calpine King City Cogen,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
<PAGE>   31
company.

                  "Standard & Poor's": Standard & Poor's Corporation, a New York
corporation.

                  "Stated Amount": with respect to either of the Letters of
Credit on any date, the maximum amount that may be drawn thereunder.

                  "Steam Sales Agreement": the Steam Purchase and Sale Contract,
dated as of January 20, 1986, by and between Gilroy and Gilroy Foods, as
assigned by Gilroy Foods to ConAgra pursuant to the ConAgra Assignment
Agreement, as amended by the Steam Sales Amendment, and, as so amended, as
assigned by Gilroy to the Borrower pursuant to the Assignment of Steam Sales
Agreement.

                  "Steam Host": ConAgra.

                  "Steam Sales Amendment": the First Amendment to Steam Purchase
and Sale Contract, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, by
and between ConAgra and the Borrower.

                  "Steam Sales Consent and Agreement": the Consent and Agreement
(Steam Sales Agreement), dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase
Agreement, by and among ConAgra, the Borrower and the Agent.

                  "Substation Operating Agreement": the Substation Operating
Agreement, dated as of even date with the Asset Purchase Agreement, by and
between ConAgra and Calpine.

                  "Taking": a temporary or permanent taking, condemnation,
seizure, requisition or confiscation or requisition of title by a Governmental
Authority or political subdivision thereof during the term hereof of all or any
part of the Project, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, as the
result of or in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of
condemnation or eminent domain.

                  "Taxes": any and all federal, state, local and other income,
franchise, property, excise, sales or other taxes, fees or charges, or payments
in lieu of any of the foregoing, together with all related assessments, interest
and penalties.

                  "Title Company": as defined in Section 7.1(j).

                  "Title Policy": as defined in Section 7.1(j).

                  "Tranche A Lender": each Lender listed as a Tranche A Lender
on the Lender Schedule.

                  "Tranche A Loan": as defined in Section 2.1(a).
<PAGE>   32
                  "Tranche A Maturity Date": as defined in Section 3.1(a).

                  "Tranche A Note": as defined in Section 3.1(a)(i).

                  "Tranche A Pro Rata Share": with respect to any Tranche A
Lender, the percentage set forth for such Lender on the Lender Schedule (as
amended from time to time pursuant to Section 12.7(d)) under the caption
"Tranche A Pro Rata Share".

                  "Tranche B Lender": each Lender listed as a Tranche B Lender
on the Lender Schedule.

                  "Tranche B Loan": as defined in Section 2.1(a).

                  "Tranche B Maturity Date": as defined in Section 3.1(a).

                  "Tranche B Note": as defined in Section 3.1(a)(ii).

                  "Tranche B Pro Rata Share": with respect to any Tranche B
Lender, the percentage set forth for such Lender on the Lender Schedule (as
amended from time to time in accordance with Section 12.7(d)) under the caption
"Tranche B Pro Rata Share".

                  "Tranche C Lender": each Lender listed as a Tranche C Lender
on the Lender Schedule.

                  "Tranche C Letter of Credit": as defined in Section 4.1(a)(i).

                  "Tranche C Letter of Credit Commitment": the commitment of the
Tranche C Lenders to reimburse the Issuing Bank for Drawings made under the
Tranche C Letter of Credit, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000.

                  "Tranche C Loans": as defined in Section 2.1(b).

                  "Tranche C Maturity Date": as defined in Section 3.1(a).

                  "Tranche C Note": as defined in Section 3.1(a)(iii).

                  "Tranche C Pro Rata Share": with respect to any Tranche C
Lender, the percentage set forth for such Lender on the Lender Schedule (as
amended from time to time pursuant to Section 12.7(d)) under the caption
"Tranche C Pro Rata Share".

                  "Tranche D Lender": each Lender listed as a Tranche D Lender
on the Lender Schedule.

                  "Tranche D Letter of Credit": as defined in 
<PAGE>   33
Section 4.1(a)(ii).

                  "Tranche D Letter of Credit Commitment": the commitment of the
Tranche D Lenders to reimburse the Issuing Bank for Drawings made under the
Tranche D Letter of Credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $4,140,000.

                  "Tranche D Maturity Date": as defined in Section 4.1(b).

                  "Tranche D Pro Rata Share": with respect to any Tranche D
Lender, the percentage set forth for such Lender on the Lender Schedule (as
amended from time to time pursuant to Section 12.7(d)) under the caption
"Tranche D Pro Rata Share".

                  "UEG Rate": PG&E's monthly average burnertip cost of gas as
calculated in PG&E's monthly posting of "Energy Prices for Qualifying
Facilities" or subsequent replacement calculation for the gas cost component of
energy prices ordered by the California Public Utilities Commission for the Sale
of electric energy to electronic utilities in California should regulatory
reform or other events alter or eliminate the monthly posting.

                  "Upfront Fee": the fee set forth in a separate letter
agreement, as defined in Section 5.1.

                  Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions.

                  (a) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the same
meanings when used in the Notes, the Letters of Credit or in any certificate or
other document made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated therein.

                  (b) All references to a contract, agreement or lease herein
shall mean such contract, agreement or lease and all exhibits, schedules and
other attachments thereto, as any such contract, agreement or lease may be
assigned, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with, or
otherwise not in contravention of, the provisions of this Agreement. All
references to any Person shall include such Person's successors and permitted
assigns.

                  (c) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms, to the extent not
defined in Section 1.1, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
GAAP.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                      LOANS

                  Section 2.1 Loans.
<PAGE>   34
                  (a) Tranche A Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, each of the Tranche A Lenders, severally and not
jointly, agrees on the Closing Date to make available to the Borrower such
Lender's Tranche A Pro Rata Share of a term loan (the "Tranche A Loan") in an
aggregate amount of $81,000,000.

                  (b) Tranche B Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, each of the Tranche B Lenders, severally and not
jointly, agrees on the Closing Date to make available to the Borrower such
Lender's Tranche B Pro Rata Share of a term loan (the "Tranche B Loan") in an
aggregate amount of $35,000,000.

                  (c) Tranche C Loans. If the Issuing Bank shall make any
payment in connection with the Tranche C Letter of Credit, such payment shall be
deemed to be a loan (each, a "Tranche C Loan") outstanding under the Tranche C
Notes on the date and in the aggregate amount of such payment.

                  Section 2.2 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of any Loan shall be
used only to pay to Gilroy the "Purchase Price" (as defined in Section 2.3 of
the Asset Purchase Agreement) and to pay amounts payable to Gilroy pursuant to
the Noncompete Agreement or to pay on the Closing Date fees, costs or expenses
to the Persons entitled thereto pursuant to this Agreement.

                  Section 2.3 Disbursements. No later than l1:00 a.m. Los
Angeles time, on the Closing Date, each of the Tranche A Lenders shall make
available an amount equal to its Tranche A Pro Rata Share of the Tranche A Loan
and each of the Tranche B Lenders shall make available an amount equal to its
Tranche B Pro Rata Share of the Tranche B Loan in Dollars and immediately
available funds at the Agent's office. After the Agent's receipt of funds from
the Lenders, the Agent will transfer to Gilroy or its designee prior to 1:00
p.m. Los Angeles time on the Closing Date funds in the amount so made available
by the Lenders to the Agent.

                  Section 2.4 Interest Periods. The Borrower shall have the
right to elect one or more Interest Periods for each LIBOR Rate Loan; provided,
that all Loans shall not be divided at any time into more than five separate
interest periods. No interest period for any Loan shall extend beyond the
Maturity Date of such Loan.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                      NOTES

                  Section 3.1 Notes

                  (a) Generally. The Borrower's obligations to pay the 
<PAGE>   35
principal of, and interest on, (i) each Tranche A Lender's Tranche A Loan shall
be evidenced by notes of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1
(the "Tranche A Notes"), (ii) each Tranche B Lender's Tranche B Loan shall be
evidenced by notes of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 (the
"Tranche B Notes") and (iii) each Tranche C Lender's Tranche C Loans shall be
evidenced by notes of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 (the
"Tranche C Notes"). Each Note shall be dated the date of this Agreement, be
subject to prepayment as required or permitted under this Agreement, and be
entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Collateral Security
Documents. Each Tranche A Note shall be in the stated principal amount of the
Lender's Tranche A Pro Rata Share of the Tranche A Loan mature, and the
principal amount thereof shall be due and payable, on the fifteenth anniversary
of the Closing Date (the "Tranche A Maturity Date"), and bear interest as
provided in Section 3.3. Each Tranche B Note shall be in the stated principal
amount of the Lender's Tranche B Pro Rata Share of the Tranche B Loan mature,
and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable on, the eighteenth
anniversary of the Closing Date (the "Tranche B Maturity Date") and bear
interest as provided in Section 3.3. Each Tranche C Note shall be in the stated
principal amount of the Lender's Tranche C Pro Rata Share of the Stated Amount
of the Tranche C Letter of Credit on the Closing Date, mature, and the principal
amount thereof shall be due and payable on, the fifteenth anniversary of the
Closing Date (the "Tranche C Maturity Date"), and bear interest as provided in
Section 3.3.

                  Section 3.2 Repayment of Notes. The principal amount of each
Note shall be due and payable in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the
Amortization Schedule attached to such Note together with accrued interest
thereon from and after the Closing Date until the Note is paid in full;
provided, however, that on the final payment date set forth in the applicable
Amortization Schedule, all of the outstanding principal amount of the applicable
Loans shall be paid in full. If the Stated Amount of the Tranche C Letter of
Credit has not been reduced to zero prior to expiration of the Tranche C Letter
of Credit, the Amortization Schedule attached to the Tranche C Note will be
amended to take into account the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C
Loans outstanding on the date of expiration of the Tranche C Letter of Credit.
Payments of principal of each Note shall be payable on Quarterly Payment Dates
in accordance with the applicable Amortization Schedule.

                  Section 3.3 Interest

                  (a) Alternate Base Rate Loans. Loans which are Alternate Base
Rate Loans shall bear interest for the period from and including the applicable
borrowing date until paid in full or converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan in
accordance with this Agreement, on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate
per annum equal 
<PAGE>   36
to the Alternate Base Rate as in effect from time to time plus the Applicable
Margin, computed on the basis of actual days elapsed (including the first day
but excluding the last day) over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.

                  (b) LIBOR Rate Loans. Loans which are LIBOR Rate Loans shall
bear interest for each Interest Period on the unpaid principal amount thereof at
a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate determined for such Interest Period in
accordance with the terms hereof plus the Applicable Margin, computed on the
basis of actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
day) over a year of 360 days.

                  (c) Conversion or Continuation of Interest Rates. Subject to
Section 2.4, the Borrower shall have the option to convert an Alternate Base
Rate Loan to LIBOR Rate Loans or to continue on the applicable Interest Period
End Date any one or more of the outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans for an additional
Interest Period of such duration as the Borrower shall elect. The Borrower shall
notify the Agent of such conversion or continuation by an irrevocable written
notice specifying the proposed commencement date, which notice must be received
by the Agent no later than the third Business Day prior to the proposed
commencement date of the Interest Period for such Loan.

                  (d) Payments. Interest on each LIBOR Rate Loan shall be
payable on the applicable Interest Period End Date, and, in respect of each
LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each
Quarterly Payment Date during such Interest Period, and interest on each other
Loan shall be payable on each Quarterly Payment Date. Interest on each Loan
shall also be payable on the date of any prepayment, at maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

                  Section 3.4 Default Interest. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, each Loan or Drawing (whether or not
past due), and, irrespective of the occurrence of an Event of Default, any other
amounts (if past due) owing by the Borrower hereunder, including (to the extent
permitted by law) overdue interest, shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a
rate per annum (the "Default Rate") equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the
Applicable Margin plus 1%.

                  Section 3.5 Method of Payments. All payments made by the
Borrower under this Agreement or under any Note or on account of principal or
interest, fees and any other Obligations shall be made so that the Agent
receives confirmation of such payment no later than 12:00 noon Los Angeles time
on the date when due, to the account set forth for the Agent in the Lender
Schedule, or such other account of the Agent as the Agent may from time to time
specify to the Borrower, in Dollars by wire transfer of immediately available
funds. All payments under this Agreement
<PAGE>   37
or under any Note shall be made in full without any right of set-off by the
Borrower or counterclaims of the Borrower whatsoever and without any presentment
of such Note to the Borrower.

                  Section 3.6 Payments Due on Days Other Than Business Days.
Subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period, whenever any
payment to be made under this Agreement or under any Note shall be stated to be
due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended
to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall be payable at the
applicable rate during such extension.

                  Section 3.7 Mandatory Prepayment.

                  (a) Event of Loss. If an Event of Loss shall occur, subject to
the provisions of Section 3.10, the Borrower shall repay in full all of the
Obligations on the earlier to occur of (x) the date occurring 90 days after the
date of such Event of Loss and (y) upon receipt by the Borrower or the Agent of
Net Proceeds in respect of such Event of Loss.

                  (b) Application of Insurance Proceeds. Any Net Proceeds
required under Section 8.6(c) or 8.6(d) to be applied in accordance with this
Section 3.7(b) shall be applied to the mandatory prepayment of a portion of the
principal of, and accrued interest on, the Notes and outstanding Drawings in an
aggregate amount equal to such Net Proceeds, for the pro rata account of the
Lenders, applied first to accrued interest, and second against such Drawings and
remaining principal payments of the Notes (in inverse order of maturity).

                  (c) Interest Rate Contracts. If upon making any prepayment
pursuant to this Section 3.7, the aggregate notional amount listed in all
Interest Rate Contracts then in effect exceeds the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Loans, the Borrower shall make corresponding adjustments
to the notional amounts listed in all such Interest Rate Contracts and shall pay
or receive any settlement amounts due in accordance therewith.

                  (d) Amounts Prepaid. Amounts prepaid pursuant to this Section
3.7 may not be reborrowed.

                  Section 3.8 Optional Prepayment.

                  (a) Prepayment of Loans. The Borrower shall have the option,
upon five Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent, to prepay the
outstanding principal amount of the Loans, in whole or in part, plus accrued
interest, for the pro rata account of the Lenders, first against such accrued
interest and then against remaining principal payments in inverse order of
maturity. Such notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment. If the
Borrower elects to prepay any LIBOR Rate


<PAGE>   38
Loans prior to the applicable Interest Period End Date the Borrower shall also
pay any breakage costs incurred by the Lenders in connection therewith (in
accordance with Section 3.16). Upon making any prepayment of Loans pursuant to
this Section 3.8, if the aggregate notional amount listed in all Interest Rate
Contracts then in effect exceeds the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
the Loans, the Borrower shall make adjustments to the notional amounts listed in
all Interest Rate Contracts with the Lenders and shall pay any settlement
amounts due in accordance therewith.

                  (b) Amounts Prepaid. Amounts prepaid pursuant to this Section
3.8 may not be reborrowed hereunder.

                  Section 3.9 Security for the Notes.  The Borrower covenants
and agrees that the Notes and all other Obligations will be secured by:

                  (a) a deed of trust in the form of Exhibit C (the "Deed of 
         Trust");

                  (b) a security agreement in the form of Exhibit D (the
         "Security Agreement") and a collateral assignment in the form of
         Exhibit E of the Project Contracts;

                  (c) a deposit and security agreement in the form of Exhibit F
         (the "Deposit and Security Agreement") and, if the Agent so requests,
         separate collateral assignments of the accounts created thereunder;

                  (d) collateral assignments of partnership interests in the
         form of Exhibits K-1 and K-2, as applicable (the "Assignments of
         Partnership Interests"), together with any necessary consents to such
         assignments;

                  (e) such other collateral documents as the Agent may from time
         to time reasonably require to further evidence or perfect the interest
         of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in the Collateral and/or
         to grant to the Agent for the benefit of such Persons a mortgage,
         security interest or other Lien in all right, title and interest of the
         Borrower in the Project, the Project Contracts, the Assigned
         Agreements, the Borrower's interest in the Project Site and related
         real and personal property interests. If the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
         any Lender receives any Excluded Payments, such Person shall forthwith
         pay over such amounts in the same form as received (with any necessary
         endorsement) to the Borrower or to such Person(s) as the Borrower may
         designate.

                  Section 3.10 Distribution of Amounts in Respect of Events of
Loss and Events of Default. Except as otherwise provided in this Article III, 
all payments received and amounts 


<PAGE>   39
realized by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender under any Loan Document
with respect to the occurrence of an Event of Loss or while an Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, as well as all payments or amounts then
held or thereafter received by the Agent as part of the Collateral following an
Event of Loss or while an Event of Default shall be continuing, as applicable,
shall be distributed by the Agent in the following order of priority:

                  (a) First, so much of such amounts as shall be required to
         reimburse the Agent for (i) the reasonable] costs and expenses of
         retaking, holding and preparing the Collateral for sale and the selling
         of the Collateral (including, without limitation, reasonable
         advertising, selling and legal expenses and attorneys' fees), (ii)
         costs of discharging any assessments or Liens, if any, on the
         Collateral prior to the Lien of the Collateral Security Documents and
         (iii) for any reasonable fees, expenses or other losses incurred by the
         Agent in connection with its duties and rights hereunder or under any
         other Loan Document, shall be distributed to the Agent;

                  (b) Second, so much of such amounts as shall be required to
         reimburse the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender for amounts
         advanced by them for purposes of curing the Event of Default or
         enforcing rights under any Collateral Security Document shall be
         distributed to such Persons ratably, without priority of one over the
         other;

                  (c) Third, so much of such amounts as shall be required to pay
         in full all fees due to the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, shall be
         distributed to such Persons ratably, without priority of one over the
         other;

                  (d) Fourth, so much of such amounts as shall be required to
         pay in full (i) all interest due on the Loans and the Drawings to the
         Issuing Bank and Lenders, ratably, without priority of one over the
         other and (ii) all amounts accruing under the Interest Rate Contracts
         prior to the occurrence of the Event of Loss or Event of Default and
         remaining unpaid to the Lenders entitled to the same; and in case such
         amounts are insufficient to pay in full all such interest and accrued
         amounts under the Interest Rate Contracts, then to the payment thereof
         to the Issuing Bank and each Lender ratably in proportion to its
         percentage of the aggregate of all such amounts;

                  (e) Fifth, so much of such amounts as shall be required to pay
         or prepay in full (i) the principal of the Loans and the Drawings to
         the Issuing Bank and Lenders, ratably, without priority of one over the
         other, and (ii) all payments due under any Interest Rate Contracts to
         the Lenders entitled to the same; and in case such amounts shall 
<PAGE>   40
         be insufficient to pay in full all such principal due on the Loans and
         Drawings and all such payments due under the Interest Rate Contracts,
         then to the payment thereof to the Issuing Bank and each Lender ratably
         in proportion to its percentage of the sum of the aggregate amount of
         all such principal due and the aggregate amount of all such payments
         due under the Interest Rate Contracts;

                  (f) Sixth, so much of such amounts as shall be required to pay
         any Obligations (including, without limitation, any breakage fees) not
         covered in clause First, Second, Third, Fourth or Fifth above to the
         Lenders entitled to the same, ratably, without priority of one over the
         other; and

                  (g) Seventh, the balance, if any, of such amounts remaining
         thereafter shall be paid to the Borrower.

                  Section 3.11 Interest Rate Contracts. Within 90 days following
the Closing Date, the Borrower will enter into interest rate exchanges, collars,
caps or similar arrangements or hedging mechanisms with one or more of the
Lenders providing interest rate protection with respect to the Loans through the
applicable Maturity Date (each, an "Interest Rate Contract") in an aggregate
notional amount no less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans
outstanding from time to time. Any Lender providing an Interest Rate Contract
shall be a financial institution the long-term debt of which is rated A- or
better by Standard & Poor's and A3 or better by Moody's at the time of execution
of the Interest Rate Contract, and during the term of the Interest Rate Contract
the long-term credit rating of such Lender must be at least A- or its equivalent
by Standard & Poor's or Moody's. The Borrower's obligations to make payments
under any Interest Rate Contract to any Lender shall be secured by the
Collateral Security Documents pari passu with all other Obligations. The
Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent true and complete copies of all
Interest Rate Contracts entered into by the Borrower, duly authorized, executed
and delivered by each of the parties thereto.

                  Section 3.12  Funding and Yield Protection.

                  (a)  Taxes.

                       (i)  The Borrower shall make all payments of all amounts
payable hereunder and under the Notes free and clear of all Taxes (excluding net
income Taxes and franchise Taxes imposed on the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any
Lender) and shall reimburse the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender for the
cost of any such Taxes imposed on it or on any payment under or with respect to
any aspect of any Loan, either Letter of Credit, the Notes or the Drawings or
the making, execution or enforcement thereof. If the Borrower is prohibited or
prevented by any Requirement of Law 


<PAGE>   41
or otherwise from making any such payment net, free and clear of any Taxes or
from reimbursing the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender for the cost of any
such Taxes (other than such Taxes as are excluded above), then the amount of
such payment to be made by the Borrower shall be increased by such additional
amount or amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Agent, the Issuing Bank
and each Lender shall receive a net amount which after payment of any Taxes
imposed shall be equal to the amount the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each such
Lender, as applicable, would have received had no such imposition been made. The
Borrower shall provide evidence that all such Taxes imposed on all payments
under or with respect to any Loan, either Letter of Credit, the Notes or the
Drawings or any related instrument shall have been paid in full to the
appropriate authorities by delivery of official receipts or certified copies
thereof to the Agent within 30 days after payment thereof. The Borrower shall be
entitled to make all filings, pursue all remedies and appeals and take such
other lawful action to prevent or challenge the imposition of any such Taxes, or
to procure a refund of any Taxes paid; provided that the Borrower shall
indemnify and hold the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders harmless for such
Taxes (and any penalties, interest or other charges attached thereto or payable
with respect thereto) and for any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred by the
Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders (including reasonable fees and expenses
of counsel) in connection with any such action by the Borrower. The obligations
of the Borrower under this Section 3.12(a)(i) shall survive satisfaction in full
of the Obligations.

                       (ii)  From and after the Closing Date, each Lender shall
provide to the Borrower all forms and documents appropriate under the
circumstances that are required to establish that payments hereunder by the
Borrower are exempt from withholding for or on account of Taxes. The forms to be
provided by each Lender organized outside the United States shall include, if
appropriate under the circumstances, Form 4224 if such Lender is acting through
a branch or office in the United States or Form 1001 or W-8 (if such Lender is
acting through a branch or office outside of the United States). The Borrower's
obligation to reimburse the Lenders as aforesaid shall not include any
obligation to reimburse any Lender for, or to make any additional payment to any
Lender pursuant to this Section 3.12(a) or Section 3.12(b)(i), or to make any
such additional payment to any Lender with respect to, Taxes, interest,
penalties, fines, assessments or other costs and expenses which are incurred by
such Lender due to such Lender's failure to provide the forms and documents
described above or the inaccuracy of any such forms or documents provided by
such Lender.

                  (b)  Increased Cost and Reduced Return.

                       (i)  If, after the Closing Date, the adoption of any law,
rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change 

<PAGE>   42
in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,
central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,
central bank or comparable agency results in an increase in cost to such Lender
of making or maintaining any Loan, or reduces the amount of any sum received or
receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or under its Notes with respect
thereto by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then, such Lender
shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent as promptly as practicable a
certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such increase in
costs or reduction in amounts receivable, and the basis and the calculations
thereof.

                       (ii)  In the event that any Lender shall determine (which
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding
on all the parties hereto) at any time there is an increase in reserves that
such Lender is required to maintain in respect of its LIBOR Rate Loans (a
"Eurocurrency Reserve Period"), and such Lender is at such time actually
maintaining reserves with respect to its LIBOR Rate Loans, then such Lender
shall promptly give notice in reasonable detail to the Borrower and to the Agent
of such determination, and the Borrower shall directly pay to such Lender
additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Loans during such
Eurocurrency Reserve Period at a rate per annum which shall, during each monthly
period applicable to such Loans, be the amount by which (x) the LIBOR Rate for
such monthly period divided by a percentage equal to 100% minus the then stated
maximum rate of all reserve requirements (including, without limitation, any
marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) applicable to such
Lender in respect of its LIBOR Rate Loans exceeds (y) the LIBOR Rate for such
monthly period. Each Lender so requesting compensation shall furnish along with
such notice a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the cost actually
incurred to maintain such reserves and the basis for the determination of such
amount. Additional interest payable pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence shall be paid by the Borrower at the time that it is otherwise required
to pay interest in respect of such Loans or, if later demanded by such Lender,
promptly on demand. Such Lender agrees that, if it gives notice to the Borrower
and the Agent of the existence of a Eurocurrency Reserve Period, it shall
promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any termination thereof, at which
time the Borrower shall cease to be obligated to pay additional interest to such
Lender pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph until such time, if any,
as a subsequent Eurocurrency Reserve Period shall occur.

                       (iii) Each Lender shall notify the Borrower of any event
occurring after the date of the execution of this Credit Agreement entitling
such Lender to compensation under 

<PAGE>   43
Sections 3.12, 3.13, 3.15 or 4.4 hereof and of the cessation of each such event,
in each case as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 180 days, after
such Lender obtains actual knowledge thereof; provided, that (a) if any Lender
fails to give such notice within 180 days after it obtains actual knowledge of
such an event, such Lender shall, with respect to compensation payable pursuant
to Sections 3.12, 3.13, 3.15 or 4.4, in respect of any costs resulting from such
event, only be entitled to payment under Sections 3.12, 3.13, 3.15 or 4.4 for
costs incurred from and after the date 180 days prior to the date that such
Lender does give such notice, and (b) each Lender shall designate a different
Applicable Lending Office for the Loans of such Lender affected by such event if
such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such
compensation and will not, in the reasonable opinion of such Lender (in
accordance with regulatory, economic and policy considerations consistently
applied), be disadvantageous to such Lender except for de minimus costs (in
accordance with regulatory, economic and policy considerations consistently
applied), except that such Lender shall have no obligation to designate an
Applicable Lending Office located in the United States if such Lender's
Applicable Lending Office is at such time not located in the United States.

                       (iv)  Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees that such
Person shall administer, and shall make claims for compensation, reimbursement
or indemnification under, the provisions of Sections 3.12, 3.13, 3.15 and/or
4.4, as applicable, in a manner that is consistent with customary practices,
procedures and policies consistently applied.

                  Section 3.13 Illegality. If, after the date of this Agreement,
the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein,
or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful
or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund its LIBOR Rate Loans and
such Lender shall so notify the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give notice
thereof to the other Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon until the circumstances
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, each Loan of such Lender then
outstanding shall be immediately converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan.

                  Section 3.14 Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or
Unfair. If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any Loan:

                  (a) the Required Lenders, in their reasonable judgment,
         determine that deposits in Dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not
         being offered in the relevant
<PAGE>   44
         market for such Interest Period, or

                  (b) the Required Lenders, in their reasonable judgment, shall
         advise the Agent that the LIBOR Rate will not adequately and fairly
         reflect the cost to such Lender of funding its LIBOR Rate Loans for
         such Interest Period,

the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof (which notice shall describe in
reasonable detail the basis for such determination) to the Borrower and the
Lenders, whereupon so long as the circumstances giving rise to such suspension
continue to exist, the obligations of the Lenders to make a LIBOR Rate Loan
shall be suspended and each outstanding LIBOR Rate Loan shall be converted into
an Alternate Base Rate Loan on the Interest Period End Date of the Interest
Period applicable thereto.

                  Section 3.15 Capital Adequacy. If any Lender or the Issuing
Bank shall have determined that, after the Closing Date, the adoption of any
applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change
therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the
effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Lender or the Issuing
Bank as a consequence of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's obligations
hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank could have
achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive (taking into
consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed
by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then such Lender or the
Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent as promptly as
practicable (but in no event later than 180 days after such Lender or the
Issuing Bank has actual knowledge of such claim for capital adequacy) a
certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount being charged by such
Lender or the Issuing Bank and the basis for the determination of such amount.
Within fifteen (15) days after the delivery of such certificate by such Lender
or the Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such
Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate.

                  Section 3.16 Breakage Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify
each Lender against any loss, cost or reasonable expense which such Lender may
sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) any payment or prepayment of a Loan
required (whether by regularly scheduled installment, mandatory prepayment,
acceleration or otherwise) or permitted by any other provision of this Agreement
or otherwise made on a date other than on the Interest Period End Date
applicable thereto or (ii) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal
amount of any Loan or 
<PAGE>   45
any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at
the due date thereof, by irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise),
including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense sustained or
incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits
from third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Loan or any part thereof.
Such loss, cost or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the
excess, if any, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (A) its cost of
obtaining the funds for the Loan being paid, prepaid, converted or not borrowed
(based on the Interest Period End Date applicable thereto over (B) the amount of
interest (as reasonable determined by such Lender) that would be realized by
such Lender in reemploying the funds so paid or prepaid for such period or
Interest Period, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3.16, it shall
be presumed that each Lender shall have funded each such Loan with a fixed-rate
instrument bearing the rates and maturities designated in the determination of
the interest rate applicable to such Loan. A certificate as to the amount of any
loss, cost or expense to which the foregoing indemnity applies in reasonable
detail (specifying the basis of such loss, cost or expense) shall be submitted
to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) and shall be conclusive and binding
as to the amount thereof absent manifest error.

                  Section 3.17 Replacement of Lenders. Upon the receipt of any
notice from a Lender pursuant to Section 3.12(b), 3.13, 3.15 or 3.16 or 4.4, or
if the Borrower shall be required to pay, withhold or deduct Taxes relative to a
Lender, and provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Borrower may designate a Replacement Lender (which may be one of
the other Lenders) to replace the affected Lender. If any Replacement Lender is
obtained, the Replacement Lender shall purchase all of such Lender's Loans,
Commitments, and other interests under the Loan Documents. Any transfer made by
a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.17 shall satisfy the following conditions:
(i) the Borrower shall promptly pay when due all reasonable fees and expenses of
such Lender incurred or to be incurred in connection with such transfer and (ii)
any transfer of all or part of the Loans agreed upon shall be made without
recourse, representation or warranty (other than the representation or warranty
that the transferor Lender is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest
being transferred, free and clear of any adverse claim), and (iii) the Borrower
shall cause the transferee to pay to the Agent or to the account of the
transferor Lender in immediately available funds all amounts outstanding or
payable under this Agreement and any other Basic Document to such transferor
Lender.

                  Section 3.18 Interest. Anything in this Agreement 
notwithstanding, in the event that the interest rate chargeable on any of the
Obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall exceed the highest
lawful rate that may be charged under 
<PAGE>   46
applicable law, the interest rate shall be deemed to be equal to the highest
lawful rate.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                LETTERS OF CREDIT

                  Section 4.1 Letters of Credit.

                  (a)  Issuance.  Subject to the terms and conditions 
hereinafter set forth,

                       (i)   the Issuing Bank agrees to issue a letter of credit
(the "Tranche C Letter of Credit"), substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1
hereto, on the Closing Date. The Tranche C Letter of Credit will be issued in a
Stated Amount of $20,000,000, which amount will be available to be drawn upon to
pay amounts payable by the Borrower to Gilroy pursuant to the Noncompete
Agreement; and

                       (ii)  the Issuing Bank agrees to issue a letter of credit
(the "Tranche D Letter of Credit"), substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2
hereto, on the Closing Date. The Tranche D Letter of Credit will be issued in
the Stated Amount of $4,140,000, which amount will be used to pay amounts
payable by the Borrower to Gilroy pursuant to the Noncompete Agreement.

                  (b) Term. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of
business on November 30, 1999 (the "Tranche D Maturity Date").

                  (c) Reduction of Letters of Credit. On each date on which a
Drawing is made under either of the Letters of Credit, the Stated Amount of such
Letter of Credit automatically shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount
of such Drawing. Each such reduction of the Stated Amount of the Tranche C
Letter of Credit shall reduce each Tranche C Lender's Tranche C Letter of Credit
Commitment in an amount equal to such Lender's Tranche C Pro Rata Share of such
reduction, and each such reduction of the Stated Amount of the Tranche D Letter
of Credit shall reduce each Tranche D Lender's Tranche D Letter of Credit
Commitment in an amount equal to such Lender's Tranche D Pro Rata Share of such
reduction.

                  (d) Each payment by a Tranche C Lender of its Tranche C Pro
Rata Share of a Drawing under the Tranche C Letter of Credit in accordance with
Section 4.2(b) shall be deemed to be a Tranche C Loan outstanding under such
Lender's Tranche C Note, in the amount of such payment.

                  (e)  Reimbursement of Drawings under the Tranche D Letter of
Credit; Interest.
<PAGE>   47
                       (i)   The Borrower hereby agrees to pay (or cause to be
paid) to the Agent for the account of the Tranche D Lenders on each date that a
Drawing is made under the Tranche D Letter of Credit a sum equal to the amount
of such Drawing. Until so repaid by the Borrower, each such Drawing shall
constitute an Obligation for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

                       (ii)  The Borrower agrees to pay interest to the Agent
for the account of the Tranche D Lenders on the amount of each Drawing under the
Tranche D Letter of Credit from the date of the Drawing to and including the
date the Agent is reimbursed in full for such Drawing at a rate per annum equal
to the Default Rate. Interest on such Drawings shall be payable on demand.

                       (iii) Whenever the Agent receives any payment in the form
of reimbursement from, or on behalf of, the Borrower with respect to any Drawing
under the Tranche D Letter of Credit or any payment of interest on a Drawing
under the Tranche D Letter of Credit, the Agent will pay to each Tranche D
Lender in immediately available funds such Lender's Tranche D Pro Rata Share of
such payment (i) before the close of business on the day such payment is
received, if such payment is received at or prior to 12:00 noon (Los Angeles
time) on such day or (ii) before 2:00 p.m. (Los Angeles time) on the next
succeeding Banking Day if such payment is received after 12:00 noon (Los Angeles
time) on such day. Any such amounts received by Agent but paid to the Tranche D
Lenders after the times for payment set forth in the preceding sentence shall
bear interest at the Federal Funds Rate, payable by the Agent.

                  Section 4.2  Participation and Funding Commitments.

                  (a) Grant and Acceptance. The Issuing Bank hereby grants to
each Tranche C Lender and each Tranche C Lender hereby, severally and not
jointly, takes an undivided participating interest in the rights and obligations
of the Issuing Bank under, and in connection with, the Tranche C Letter of
Credit Commitment in a fraction equal to such Lender's Tranche C Pro Rata Share.
The Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Tranche D Lender and each Tranche D
Lender hereby, severally and not jointly, takes an undivided participating
interest in the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under, and in
connection with, the Tranche D Letter of Credit Commitment in a fraction equal
to such Lender's Tranche D Pro Rata Share. Subject to the limitations set forth
below, each Lender shall be liable to the Issuing Bank for its Tranche C Pro
Rata Share of the amount of any Drawing under the Tranche C Letter of Credit and
for its Tranche D Pro Rata Share of any Drawing under the Tranche D Letter of
Credit. Such liability to the Issuing Bank shall be absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable and shall not be affected by any condition or event, including
without limitation: (i) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) any breach or default by the
Agent, the 
<PAGE>   48
Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, (iii) any lack of validity or
enforceability of this Agreement, either of the Letters of Credit or any other
Loan Document, (iv) any amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from,
any Loan Document, (v) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
right which the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any
transferee of either of the Letters of Credit, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the
Lenders or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any
other Loan Document or any unrelated transactions, (vi) any statement or other
document presented under the either of Letters of Credit proving to be forged,
fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein
being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever, (vii) payment by the
Issuing Bank under either of the Letters of Credit against presentation of a
draft or certificate which does not comply with the terms thereof, provided that
such payment shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct
of the Issuing Bank; or (viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, provided that the same shall not
have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.

                  (b) Reimbursement by Lenders. Upon payment of any Drawing
under either Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will notify the Agent of the
amount of such Drawing, and the Agent shall notify each of the Tranche C Lenders
and the Tranche D Lenders, as the case may be, promptly by telecopy of its share
of such Drawing. Each such Lender shall pay in immediately available funds its
share of each Drawing to the Issuing Bank, not later than 3:30 p.m. (Los Angeles
time) on the day such notice is received (where the relevant notice is received
at or prior to 2:00 p.m. (Los Angeles time) on any day), and before 12:00 noon
(Los Angeles time) on the next succeeding Business Day (where the relevant
notice is received after 2:00 p.m. (Los Angeles time) on any day). If a Lender
does not pay to the Agent its share of such Drawing by 3:30 p.m. (Los Angeles
time) on the date the Drawing is made, such Lender shall be required to pay
interest to the Issuing Bank on its share of such Drawing at the Federal Funds
Rate from the date the Drawing is made until the date such Lender's payment is
received by the Issuing Bank.

                  Section 4.3 Nature of Issuing Bank's Duties. (a) As among the
Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders and the Agent, the Borrower hereby
assumes all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse of either of the Letters of
Credit by the beneficiaries thereof. The Issuing Bank, the Lenders and the Agent
shall not be responsible: (i) for the use which may be made of either of the
Letters of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in
connection therewith, (ii) for the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy,
genuineness or legal effect of any document, even if it should in fact prove to
be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or
forged, (iii) for failure of any beneficiary to comply fully with the
<PAGE>   49
conditions required in order to effect a Drawing and (iv) for any other
circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under either of
the Letters of Credit, except only that the Borrower shall have a claim against
the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrower, to the
extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential,
damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by (A)
the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether
documents presented under either of the Letters of Credit complied with the
terms of such Letter of Credit or (B) the Issuing Bank's failure to pay under
either of the Letters of Credit in accordance with its terms after the
presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate strictly
complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance
and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept documents
that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

                  (b) Indemnification. Each Tranche C Lender and Tranche D
Lender agrees to indemnify the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such (to the
extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligations of
the Borrower to do so), ratably, from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, other legal
proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including,
without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses) which may at any time
(including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the
Obligations, the termination of this Agreement and expiration of the Letters of
Credit) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Issuing Bank in any
way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, or any documents contemplated
by or referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action
taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank under or in connection with any of the
foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any
portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, other legal proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements
resulting solely from the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

                  (c) The Borrower hereby agrees at all times to protect,
indemnify and save harmless the Issuing Bank from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
other legal proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever
(including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses) which may
at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of
the Obligations, the termination of this Agreement and expiration of the Letters
of Credit) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Issuing Bank in
any way relating to or arising out of this 
<PAGE>   50
Agreement, or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or the
transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Issuing
Bank under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the
Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, other legal
proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the Issuing
Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

                  (d) Issuing Bank in Its Individual Capacity. The Issuing Bank
and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage
in any kind of business with the Borrower as though the Issuing Bank were not
the Issuing Bank hereunder. With respect to Loans made or renewed by the Issuing
Bank or on its behalf and any Note issued to the Issuing Bank or for its
benefit, the Issuing Bank shall have the same rights and powers under this
Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Issuing Bank, and the term "Lender" shall include the Issuing Bank in its
individual capacity.

                  Section 4.4 Increased Cost of Letter of Credit. If, after the
date hereof, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Issuing Bank or
any Tranche C Lender or Tranche D Letter of Credit with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or
comparable agency:

                  (a) shall subject the Issuing Bank or any such Lender to any
         Tax (other than any net income Taxes and franchise Taxes), duty or
         other charge (other than routine examination fees) with respect to
         either of the Letters of Credit or any Drawing or shall change the
         basis of taxation of payments to the Issuing Bank or any such Lender in
         respect of such Letter of Credit or any Drawing or the participations
         therein (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net
         income of the Issuing Bank or such Lender imposed by the federal, state
         or local jurisdiction in which the Issuing Bank's or such Lender's
         principal executive office is located); or

                  (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
         special deposit or similar requirement (including, without limitation,
         any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors) against assets
         of or deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the
         Issuing Bank or any such Lender with respect to either of the Letters
         of Credit or any Drawing or the participations therein or shall
<PAGE>   51
         impose on the Issuing Bank or any such Lender any other condition
         affecting the Letters of Credit or any Drawing or the participations
         therein,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Issuing
Bank of issuing or maintaining the Letters of Credit or to increase the cost to
any such Lender of any Drawing or its participation therein, or to reduce the
amount of any sum received or receivable by the Issuing Bank or any such Lender
under this Agreement, by an amount deemed by the Issuing Bank or such Lender to
be material, then the Issuing Bank or such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower
and the Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for
such determination as soon as practicable but in no event later than 180 days
after such Lender or the Issuing Bank has actual knowledge of such event. Within
fifteen (15) days after delivery of such certificate, the Borrower shall pay to
the Issuing Bank or such Lender the amount shown as due on such certificate;
provided, that the Borrower shall not be obligated to compensate the Issuing
Bank or such Lender for the amount of such increased cost incurred with respect
to a period of time prior to the date which is 180 days before the date of such
certificate.

                  Section 4.5 Borrower's Obligations Absolute. The obligations
of the Borrower under this Article IV shall be absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable, shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and shall not be affected by any condition or event, including without
limitation the existence of any claim, set-off, defense, or other right which
the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of
either of the Letters of Credit or any statement or other document presented
under either of the Letters of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid
or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect whatsoever, or payment by the Issuing Bank under
either of the Letters of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate
which does not comply with the terms thereof, provided that such payment shall
not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.

                                    ARTICLE V

                          FEES AND ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS

                  The Borrower shall pay the following fees:

                  Section 5.1 Up-Front Fee. To the Agent for the account of the
Lenders, on the Closing Date, a nonrefundable fee (the "Upfront Fee") as set
forth in a separate letter agreement between the Agent and the Borrower.

                  Section 5.2 Letter of Credit Fees. To the Agent for
<PAGE>   52
the account of the Tranche C Lenders or the Tranche D Lenders, as the case may
be, a letter of credit fee (the "Letter of Credit Fee"), calculated by the
Agent, on the daily average outstanding Stated Amount of the Tranche C Letter of
Credit at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin with respect to Tranche C Loans
and on the average daily outstanding Stated Amount of the Tranche D Letter of
Credit at a rate equal to 1% per annum. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365
days or 366 days, as appropriate. The Letter of Credit Fee shall commence to
accrue on the Closing Date and shall be payable on each Quarterly Payment Date
prior to termination or expiration of the applicable Letter of Credit.

                  Section 5.3 Issuing Bank Letter of Credit Fee. To the Issuing
Bank, on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit and on January 1 of each
year thereafter until the expiration or termination of such Letter of Credit,
the Issuing Bank's non-refundable fees (the "Issuing Bank Letter of Credit
Fee"), in the amounts specified in separate letters between the Borrower and the
Issuing Bank, and upon each Drawing under, permanent reduction in or transfer of
either Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank's then current standard transaction
fees and other customary administrative fees and reserve adjustments.

                  Section 5.4 Agency Fee. To the Agent for its own account, a 
non-refundable agency fee (the "Agency Fee") as set forth in a separate letter
agreement between the Agent and the Borrower.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  The Borrower represents and warrants on and as of the Closing
Date that:

                  Section 6.1 Existence and Business of the Borrower. The 
Borrower is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business as a limited
partnership under the laws of the State of California, the only jurisdiction in
which the conduct of its business or the ownership or lease of its assets
requires such qualification. The Borrower has been and will be engaged solely in
the business of operating the Project.

                  Section 6.2  Existence and Business of the Partners.

                  (a) Each of the partners of the Borrower is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware and is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation under the laws
of the State of California, the only jurisdiction in which the conduct of its
business or the ownership or lease of its assets requires such 
<PAGE>   53
qualification. The Partner has full power and authority to conduct its business
as currently conducted and has the authority to act as the general partner of
the Borrower. The Partner is the sole general partner of the Borrower.

                  (b)  Neither the Borrower nor the Partner has any 
subsidiaries.

                  Section 6.3 Power and Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.

                  (a) The Borrower has full power and authority to own and
operate the Project, to conduct its business as now conducted and as proposed to
be conducted by it, to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Basic
Documents to which it is a party, to take all actions necessary to complete the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such other Basic Documents and
to grant the liens and security interests provided for in the Collateral
Security Documents to which it is a party and to borrow hereunder. The Borrower
has taken all necessary action to authorize the transactions contemplated hereby
on the terms and conditions set forth herein and the other Basic Documents to
which it is a party, to grant the Liens and security interests provided for in
the Collateral Security Documents to which it is a party and to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
Credit and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party.

                  (b) Each of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents to
which the Borrower is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the
Borrower and constitutes (subject to proper authorization, execution and
delivery by each other party thereto) the legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms,
except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally or by limitation upon the availability of equitable
remedies.

                  (c) Each partner of the Borrower has full corporate power and
authority and the legal right to execute, deliver and perform the Basic
Documents to which it is a party and to take such action as may be necessary to
complete the transactions contemplated thereby, and has taken all necessary
corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of such
Basic Documents. Each of the Partnership Agreement and each other Basic Document
to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by and constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the partners party thereto and
(subject to proper authorization, execution and delivery by each other party
thereto) is enforceable against such partner in accordance with its terms,
except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or 
<PAGE>   54
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by
limitation upon the availability of equitable remedies.

                  Section 6.4 Collateral Security Documents. The Collateral 
Security Documents are or when executed will be effective to create, in favor of
the Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, legal, valid,
enforceable and, upon proper recording or filing for those documents or
instruments that require such recording and possession for those security
interests perfected by possession, perfected and first priority Liens (subject
only to Permitted Liens) on and security interests in all of the Collateral. The
descriptions of the Collateral set forth in the Collateral Security Documents
are true, complete and correct in all material respects and are adequate for the
purpose of establishing, preserving, protecting and perfecting the interests,
rights and first priorities intended to be created by the Collateral Security
Documents. All necessary and appropriate recordings, filings and registrations
have been or will be duly effected in all appropriate public offices and
partnership registers so that on or prior to the Closing Date each of the
Collateral Security Documents constitutes or will constitute a perfected first
Lien on and prior perfected first security interest in all right, title, estate
and interest of the owner thereof in and to the Collateral (subject only to
Permitted Liens). The recordings, filings and other actions shown on Schedule
6.4 are all the recordings, filings and other actions necessary and appropriate
in order to establish, protect and perfect the Lien of the Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Lenders on and security interest in the right, title estate and
interest of the owner thereof in and to the Collateral.

                  Section 6.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and 
performance of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Borrower or
either partner of the Borrower is a party will not (a) violate any Requirement
of Law applicable to, or any material Contractual Obligation of, such Person, or
(b) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the
properties or revenues of such Person pursuant to any Requirement of Law or
Contractual Obligation, except for the Liens created or permitted by the
Collateral Security Documents. No approvals or consents of any trustee or any
holder of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or either partner of the Borrower are
required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such
Person of any Basic Documents to which it is a party, except such approvals or
consents as are set forth on Schedule 6.6, which consents and approvals have
been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

                  Section 6.6 Governmental Approvals and Other Consents and
Approvals.  Except for the Governmental Approvals, consents and other approvals
set forth on Schedule 6.6, no 
<PAGE>   55
Governmental Approvals or other consents or approvals except routine filings,
registrations and permits which are ministerial in nature are required to be
obtained by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Partner in connection with (a)
the participation by the Borrower or either partner of the Borrower in the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Basic Documents, or
the execution, delivery or performance by such Person of any Basic Document to
which it is a party or (b) the use, ownership, lease, operation or maintenance
of the Project in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Basic
Documents and in compliance in all respects with all applicable Requirements of
Law. Each of the Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals listed
in Part A of Schedule 6.6 has been duly obtained or made, validly issued, is in
full force and effect and, in the case of any Governmental Approval, is not
subject to appeal or judicial, governmental or other review, except as disclosed
on Schedule 6.6. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 6.6, the Borrower has
no actual knowledge of any violation of the terms and conditions of such
Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals. None of the
Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals listed in Part B of
Schedule 6.6 is required to be obtained prior to the Closing Date in order to be
in compliance in all respects with all Requirements of Law. The Borrower has no
reason to believe that any of the Governmental Approvals listed in Part B of
Schedule 6.6 cannot or will not be obtained or made in the normal course of
business as and when required (as set forth in Schedule 6.6) and without
significant expense. Each routine filing, registration or permit required to be
obtained by the Borrower or either partner of the Borrower for the applicable
purposes set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above which is ministerial in nature
and not included in Schedule 6.6 has been or will be made or obtained by such
Person as and when so required.

                  Section 6.7  Financial Statements.

                  (a) The balance sheet of the Borrower furnished to the Agent
at the Closing Date fairly presents the financial condition of the Borrower as
at the date thereof. There has been no material adverse change in the financial
condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower.

                  (b) The Base Case has been prepared with due care and, on the 
Closing Date, (i) is complete in all material respects and fairly presents the
Borrower's best estimates as to the matters covered thereby, (ii) is based on
reasonable assumptions as to the factual and legal matters material to the good
faith estimates therein at the time made and (iii) is believed in good faith to
be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement and the Basic Documents.
There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition,
operations, properties or prospects 
<PAGE>   56
of the Project from those set forth and assumed in the Base Case.

                  Section 6.8 Taxes. The Borrower has filed or caused to be 
filed all Tax returns required to be filed by it, has paid all Taxes shown to be
due and payable on such returns and has paid all assessments made against it or
any of its property and all other Taxes imposed on it or any of its property by
any Governmental Authority other than Taxes and assessments which are not yet
delinquent and remain payable without penalty or are being contested in
accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4.

                  Section 6.9 No Proceeding or Litigation. No litigation, 
proceeding or similar action of or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or
affecting the Borrower or either partner of the Borrower or against or affecting
any of its respective properties, rights, revenues or assets, or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, the Project that could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect or which challenges the enforceability of
this Agreement, any Collateral Security Document or any other Basic Document.

                  Section 6.10 No Default or Event of Loss. The Borrower is not
in default under or with respect to any material Contractual Obligation. The
Borrower has complied with all requirements of the Governmental Approvals and
other consents and approvals listed on Schedule 6.6 (except where non-compliance
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect). No Event of
Default and no Default with respect to the Borrower, the Partner, Calpine or
Calpine Fuels or, to the Borrower's knowledge, with respect to the Project, any
party to any Project Contract (other than the Borrower, the Partner, Calpine or
Calpine Fuels) or any Material Obligor or the Steam Host, has occurred and is
continuing. No Event of Loss has occurred and the Project has not been affected
by fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought,
flood, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, civil disturbance, lightning, act of
God or of the public enemy or other casualty or event of force majeure.

                  Section 6.11 Title to Property.  Except as set forth in 
Section 6.6, all contracts, Governmental Approvals, entitlements and other
property relating to the Project are owned by the Borrower (or the Borrower has
full contractual rights to the benefits thereof) free and clear of any Lien,
other than Permitted Liens. The Borrower has a good and marketable leasehold
interest in the Project Site and good title to all other Collateral, free and
clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens. No deed of trust, mortgage or
financing statement or other instrument of recordation covering all or any part
of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, other than with respect to
Permitted Liens or with respect to any such document or instrument which has
been released. The Borrower has been 
<PAGE>   57
granted and has good title to any and all easements, licenses and other real
property rights required for access to, or operation or maintenance of, the
Project (including, without limitation, all gas, electrical, water and sewage
interconnections and pipelines), free and clear of all Liens other than
Permitted Liens.

                  Section 6.12  Project Contracts.

                  (a) The Borrower has delivered to the Agent and the Lenders on
the date hereof true and correct copies of all agreements to which the Borrower
is a party. The services to be performed, the materials to be supplied and the
property interests, easements and other rights granted pursuant to the Project
Contracts or otherwise owned or leased by the Borrower (i) comprise all of the
services, materials and property interests necessary to secure any right
material to the operation and maintenance of the Project (including, without
limitation, all gas, electrical, water and sewage interconnections and
pipelines), and (ii) provide adequate ingress and egress from the Project Site
for any reasonable purpose in connection with the operation and maintenance of
the Project.

                  (b) Each of the Project Contracts is in full force and effect
with respect to the Borrower, the Partner, Calpine and Calpine Fuels, and, to
the Borrower's knowledge, each other party thereto, and none of the Project
Contracts has heretofore been amended, modified, suspended, cancelled or
terminated, except as described in the definition thereof. No default exists
with respect to the Borrower, the Partner, Calpine or Calpine Fuels, or, to the
Borrower's knowledge, any other party under any of the Project Contracts. The
Borrower is not subject to any Contractual Obligation (other than pursuant to
the Project Contracts, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the other Closing
Documents (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) executed prior to the
date hereof).

                  Section 6.13 Agreements and Licenses.  No licenses, 
trademarks, patents, copyrights or agreements with respect to the usage of
technology or other permits are necessary for the ownership, operation or
maintenance of the Project, except for the licenses, trademarks, patents,
agreements or permits to be provided under or maintained pursuant to the terms
of the Project Contracts.

                  Section 6.14 Compliance with Law.  Except as set forth in 
Schedule 6.6, each of the Borrower, each partner of the Borrower and the Project
is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, including, without limitation,
federal, state and local Tax laws, zoning, subdivision and use laws and building
codes (but excluding all Environmental Laws, the sole representations and
warranties as to which are set forth in Section 6.15), except to the extent that
the failure to comply therewith would not, in 
<PAGE>   58
the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  Section 6.15 Environmental Matters.  Except as set forth in 
the Environmental Reports, and to the Borrower's knowledge, no Materials of
Environmental Concern have been or are currently located at, in, on, under or
about the Project Site (or any other property with respect to which the Borrower
has or may have retained or assumed liability either contractually or by
operation of law) in a manner which violates any Environmental Law, or for which
cleanup or corrective action of any kind is required or authorized under any
Environmental Law; no release of any Materials of Environmental Concern from the
Project Site onto or into any other property or from any other property onto or
into the Project Site has occurred or is occurring in violation of any
Environmental Law currently in effect; and no notice of violation, Lien,
complaint, suit, order or other notice with respect to the environmental
condition of the Project Site (or any other property with respect to which the
Borrower has or may have retained or assumed liability either contractually or
by operation of law) is outstanding or anticipated, nor has any such notice been
issued which has not been fully satisfied and complied with or otherwise
resolved in a timely fashion so as to bring the Project Site (or any other
property with respect to which the Borrower has or may have retained or assumed
liability either contractually or by operation of law) into full compliance with
all Environmental Laws.

                  Section 6.16 Federal Reserve Regulations.  The Borrower has 
not and will not, directly or indirectly, use any of the proceeds of the Loans
for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying a "margin
stock" or of maintaining, reducing or retiring any indebtedness originally
incurred to purchase a stock that is currently a "margin stock", or for any
other purpose which might constitute this transaction a "purpose credit", in
each case within the meaning of Regulations G or U of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, or otherwise take or permit to be taken any action
which would involve a violation of such Regulations G or U or of Regulation T or
Regulation X or any other regulation of such Board.

                  Section 6.17 ERISA. As of the Closing Date, there are no 
Commonly Controlled Entities, except as shown on Schedule 6.17 with respect to
each Plan, as to which the Borrower may have any liability, (i) there has been
no material breach of Requirements of Law that could reasonably be expected to
result in material liability for the Borrower, (ii) no Notice of Reportable
Event (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) has been filed with respect to any
such Plan, (iii) there has been no withdrawal from any such Plan or steps taken
to do so which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a
material liability for the Borrower, (iv) no steps have been taken to terminate
any such Plan in a distress termination, (v) no contribution failure has
<PAGE>   59
occurred with respect to any such Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien under
Section 302(f) of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and (vi) to the Borrower's
knowledge, no other condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with
respect to any such Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in
material liability for the Borrower.

                  Section 6.18 Principal Place of Business.  The principal place
of business and chief executive office of the Borrower (including for federal
tax purposes) and the office where the Borrower keeps its records concerning the
Project and copies of all contracts relating thereto is located at the address
for the Borrower specified in Section 12.8.

                  Section 6.19 Offer of Notes or Securities.  Neither the 
Borrower nor any other Person acting on its behalf has directly or indirectly
offered the Notes, the partnership interests or any part thereof or any similar
securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or
otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person in
violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the securities laws or
"blue sky" laws of any jurisdiction or any other applicable law. Neither the
Borrower nor any Person acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action
which would subject the issuance and sale of the Notes or any part thereof, any
Partnership Interest in or securities of the Borrower or any interest in the
Project to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or to the registration or qualification provisions of any securities or
"blue sky" law of any applicable jurisdiction.

                  Section 6.20 Labor Matters.  There are no collective 
bargaining agreements covering the employees of the Borrower or the Operator,
and neither the Borrower nor the Operator has suffered any strikes, walkouts,
work stoppages, or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.

                  Section 6.21 Full Disclosure.  No representation, warranty or
written information made or provided by the Borrower in any Loan Document, or in
any certificate, written statement or other document furnished to the Agent, the
Issuing Bank, the Lenders or the Independent Engineer by or on behalf of the
Borrower, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements or information contained
in such documents, written statements or certificates (taken as a whole) not
misleading as of the date provided. There is no fact known to the Borrower which
the Borrower has not disclosed to the Agent and the Independent Engineer which
materially adversely affects the Project or the properties, business, prospects,
operations or financial condition of the Borrower or the ability of the Borrower
to perform its obligations under the Basic Documents.
<PAGE>   60
                  Section 6.22 Investment Company Act Status.  The Borrower is
not an "investment company" or a company controlled by an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT



                  Section 7.1 The Closing Date.  The obligations of the Lenders
to make the Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letters of Credit shall
be subject to the conditions precedent that the Agent, the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank shall have received on the Closing Date the documents, opinions,
certificates and information referred to in this Section 7.1, each of which
shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank, and that the conditions set forth in this Section 7.1 shall have
been satisfied or waived in writing:

                  (a) Borrowing Notice. The Agent and each Lender shall have
received, at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, a borrowing
notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the "Borrowing Notice"),
signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

                  (b) Notes. Each of the Lenders shall have received its Tranche
A Note, Tranche B Note and Tranche C Note, duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Borrower.

                  (c) Purchase of Project. The Asset Purchase Documents shall
have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders. The Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders shall have received evidence that the
transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Documents have been consummated.

                  (d) Steam Host. The Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank
shall have received such information regarding the Steam Host as they may
reasonably request and shall have completed to their satisfaction their due
diligence investigation thereof. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the
Lenders shall have received evidence that ConAgra has acquired the Gilroy
Facility and the transactions contemplated by the ConAgra Assignment Agreement
have been consummated.

                  (e) Opinions of Counsel. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders shall have received the following opinions, each of which shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the 
<PAGE>   61
Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, dated the Closing Date:

                       (i)    an opinion of Thelen, Marrin, Johnson & Bridges, 
special California counsel for the Borrower, each partner of the Borrower,
Calpine and Calpine Fuels;

                       (ii)   an opinion of Downey Brand Seymour & Rohwer,
special counsel for the Borrower; (iii) an opinion of Miller, Karp & Grattan,
special counsel for the Borrower;

                       (iv)   an opinion of Joseph Ronan, Esq., counsel for the
Borrower, each partner of the Borrower, Calpine and Calpine Fuels;

                       (v)    an opinion of Baker and McKenzie, counsel for 
Gilroy and McCormick & Company, Inc.;

                       (vi)   an opinion of Robert W. Skelton, counsel for 
Gilroy and McCormick & Company, Inc.;

                       (vii)  an opinion of counsel for ConAgra; and

                       (viii) such other opinions of counsel as the Lenders may
reasonably request.

                  (f) Corporate and Governmental Proceedings. All partnership,
corporate and legal proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Basic
Documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lenders, and the
Lenders shall have received all information and copies of all documents and
papers, including records of corporate and governmental proceedings and the
financial information, which the Lenders may reasonably request in connection
therewith, such documents and papers, when appropriate, to be certified by
proper corporate or governmental authorities. The documentation to be delivered
to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall include, without limitation,
the following, certified or dated as of the Closing Date:

                       (i)   evidence as to the authority of and certified
         signatures of the representatives of each of the Borrower and Calpine
         authorized to execute the Basic Documents to which such Person is a
         party and all related documents and certificates required hereunder or
         thereunder;

                       (ii)  evidence of partnership and corporate authorization
         of the Borrower and Calpine, with respect to the execution, delivery
         and performance of the Basic Documents to which such Person is a party;
         and
<PAGE>   62
                       (iii) duly authorized and executed partnership agreement,
         articles of incorporation, by-laws, any amendments to any of the
         foregoing, incumbency certificates and good standing certificates, as
         appropriate, with respect to each of the Borrower, the Partner,
         Calpine, Calpine Fuels and, to the extent made available to the
         Borrower, the Steam Host.

                  (g) Loan Documents. Each of the Loan Documents shall have been
duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other party
thereto, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the
Lenders.

                  (h) Assigned Contracts, etc. The Agent shall have received
copies of the Project Contracts and the Asset Purchase Documents and any
supplements or amendments thereto, each of which shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Lenders, certified by the Borrower as of the Closing Date as
being true, complete and correct copies thereof and as being duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the parties thereto and in full force and effect (such
certification as to parties other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates
being to the best of the Borrower's knowledge). The Borrower shall have no
obligations or liabilities with respect to the Bechtel Operations and
Maintenance Agreement between Gilroy and Bechtel North American Power
Corporation, dated January 20, 1986.

                  (i) Accuracy of Representations. All representations and
warranties made to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any writing delivered to the Agent or
the Independent Engineer by the Borrower or any party (other than the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders) to the Loan Documents pursuant hereto or thereto,
shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same force and
effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of
the Closing Date, except to the extent that any such representation related only
to a specific date.

                  (j) Title to Project; Title Insurance. (i) The Borrower shall
have (A) a good and marketable leasehold interest in the Project Site, (B) fee
title to the Improvements, and (C) record title to all easements and rights of
way necessary for the use and operation of the Project, in each case free and
clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). The Agent shall have received
from Stewart Title Company of California (the "Title Company") an ALTA prepaid
title insurance policy (the "Title Policy") in form acceptable to the Lenders
insuring the Lien of the Deed of Trust, in an amount not less than the
Commitment, as a valid, prior Lien on the interest of the Borrower in and to the
Project, the Project Site, and in and to the easements and other rights of the
Borrower, subject only to such exceptions as shall be approved by the Lenders
and their counsel and including a comprehensive endorsement covering
restrictions, a contiguity 
<PAGE>   63
endorsement (if required by the nature of the legal description), an endorsement
insuring access to duly open public roads (specifying such roads) and an
endorsement providing mechanics' lien coverage.

                  (k) Survey. There shall be delivered a current ALTA/ASCM Class
A survey and certification of a registered or certified surveyor showing
outlines of the Project Site and the area thereof in square feet, building
locations, setback lines, encroachments, rights-of-way, easements (including
encroachments, rights-of-way, and easements not located on the Project Site but
benefiting the Project Site), those easements referenced in the Easement
Agreements and the outlines of the parcel(s) burdened thereby, with courses and
distances so as to permit a verbal description of the Project Site and of any
other item noted on the survey, all of which shall be sufficient to enable the
Agent to obtain a mortgagee's title insurance policy free of the survey
exceptions. The survey shall be delivered with a certificate of the surveyor of
the legal description, and be in favor of the Agent and the Title Company. The
survey shall contain the express certification that, except as specifically
noted, there are no encroachments of lot or building lines, or obstructed
easements. The legal description on the survey shall coincide exactly with that
on the title commitment to be furnished to the Agent by the Title Company.

                  (l) Filings and Recordings. Each of the Collateral Security
Documents shall have been duly filed, recorded and/or registered in all places
as may be required, necessary or desirable to establish, perfect, protect and
preserve the rights, titles, interests, remedies, privileges, Liens and security
interests of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders thereunder or in respect thereof, and to create valid first Liens and
first priority security interests in the Collateral superior to all other Liens
other than Permitted Liens, and all recording and filing taxes and fees shall
have been paid, and any giving of notice or taking of any other action to such
end (whether similar or dissimilar) required or reasonably requested by the
Agent shall have been given or taken and the Lenders shall have received
evidence satisfactory to it as to any such filing, recording, registration,
search, giving of notice and/or other action.

                  (m) UCC Searches. The Lenders shall have received Uniform
Commercial Code and other judgment and lien searches with respect to the
Borrower and each other Person (other than the Agent) party to a Collateral
Security Document in each jurisdiction in which such Person is organized or its
principal executive offices are located or any Collateral is located or as the
Agent shall deem advisable to obtain such searches, which shall reveal no
filings or recordings with respect to any of the Collateral in favor of any
Person other than the Agent (other
<PAGE>   64
than with respect to Permitted Liens).

                  (n) Release of Prudential Liens. The Agent, the Lenders and
the Issuing Bank shall have received evidence satisfactory to such Person of (i)
the satisfaction in full of all amounts due to The Prudential Insurance Company
of America ("Prudential") under the Construction and Term Loan Agreement, dated
as of May 15, 1986, and all documents entered into in connection therewith and
(ii) the recordation and filing of the reconveyance of the related deed of trust
and all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements necessary to release all
Liens in favor of Prudential.

                  (o) Technical Assessment. The Agent and the Lenders shall have
received a report of the Independent Engineer (with a copy to the Borrower at
the time of delivery to the Agent or any Lender) with respect to the
construction and operation of the Project, covering such matters as shall be
requested by the Agent, which report shall be in form and substance satisfactory
to the Agent and the Lenders.

                  (p) Environmental Information. The Agent and the Lenders shall
have received the Environmental Report and a report of the Environmental
Consultant (with a copy to the Borrower at the time of delivery to the Agent or
any Lender) with respect to the Project, and such reports shall be acceptable in
form and substance to the Agent and the Lenders.

                  (q) Fuel Information. The Agent and the Lenders shall have
received a report of the Gas Consultant (with a copy to the Borrower at the time
of delivery to the Agent or any Lender) with respect to the fuel arrangements
for the Projects and such report shall be acceptable in form and substance to
the Agent and the Lenders.

                  (r) Financial Statements. The Borrower shall have furnished to
the Lenders the most recent annual and quarterly financial statements of the
Borrower, Calpine, Calpine Fuels and, to the extent made available to the
Borrower, of the Steam Host and the contracted fuel suppliers for the Project.
Each such Person shall certify (as to itself) that (i) its financial statements
for such periods are true, correct and complete in all material respects, (ii)
its balance sheet fairly presents its financial position as at the dates thereof
and has been prepared in accordance with GAAP except as otherwise specifically
noted therein, (iii) there has been no material adverse change in its financial
position from that set forth in the balance sheet prepared as at the dates
thereof, and (iv) all respective liabilities, contingent or otherwise, are
disclosed by, or reserved against in, such financial statements or the footnotes
thereto to the extent required by GAAP.

                  (s)  Base Case.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have
<PAGE>   65
received the Base Case, in form satisfactory to the Agent, the Lenders and the
Independent Engineer.

                  (t) Operating Budget. The Agent and the Lenders shall have
received an operating budget for the Project for the one-year period commencing
on the Closing Date, in form satisfactory to the Agent, the Lenders and the
Independent Engineer.

                  (u) No Requirement of Law. No Requirement of Law shall be in
effect or shall have occurred (or shall have been proposed, if such proposed
Requirement of Law has a reasonable likelihood of being enacted) the effect of
which is to prevent the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Borrower,
Calpine or any party to any Project Contract from fulfilling its obligations
hereunder under the Collateral Security Documents or any such Project Contract,
or which would subject the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender (or any
Affiliate of a Lender) to any penalty or sanction caused by its performance of
its obligations under the Loan Documents.

                  (v) Force Majeure, Cancellation, Suspension, Termination, etc.
No event of force majeure or other event or condition shall exist which permits
or requires any party to any of the Basic Documents to cancel, suspend or
terminate its performance of such document in accordance with its terms or which
could reasonably be expected to excuse any such party from liability for
nonperformance thereof.

                  (w)  Insurance.  There shall have been delivered to the 
Lenders:

                       (i)   binders evidencing the commitment of insurers to
         provide the insurance policies required by Section 8.6, together with
         evidence of the payment of all premiums in respect of such insurance
         polices;

                       (ii)  a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the 
         Borrower that all such insurance policies are in full force and effect;
         and

                       (iii) certificates of the Insurance Consultant and
         the Borrower's insurance advisor, addressed to the Agent and the
         Lenders, as to the adequacy and effectiveness of insurance coverages,
         and as to such other matters as the Agent and the Lenders may
         reasonably request, including a certification that the Borrower has
         made adequate arrangements for insurance in accordance with the
         requirements of this Agreement and all of the Basic Documents to which
         the Borrower is a party and that such insurance is not subject to
         cancellation without prior notice to the Agent and the Lenders.
<PAGE>   66
                  (x)  Consents. The Borrower shall have delivered the Consents
to the Agent and the Lenders, together with a certificate of a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such Consents are true, complete and
correct copies and in full force and effect (such certification as to parties
other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates being to the Borrower's
knowledge).

                  (y)  Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall have paid or shall
pay on the Closing Date to the Persons entitled thereto, in Dollars, all fees,
costs and expenses then due pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.

                  (z)  Approvals. All Governmental Approvals and other consents
and approvals required as of such date shall have been duly obtained, and the
Agent shall have received copies of such Governmental Approvals and other
consents and approvals (and all correspondence referred to therein), certified
by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to be true, correct and complete. Such
Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals shall (i) be in full
force and effect, (ii) have been validly issued in the name of the Person named
on Schedule 6.6 as the recipient thereof and in compliance with all Requirements
of Law (including without limitation all Environmental Laws) and (iii) not be
subject to appeal or any restriction, condition, limitation or other provision
that has, or could be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
The Project and the Project Contracts shall comply in all respects with all such
Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals except where
non-compliance therewith could not, in the judgment of the Lenders, reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (aa) Adverse Change. In the opinion of the Lenders, no
material adverse change in the Project, the Collateral, or in the financial
condition, business operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower,
Calpine, Calpine Fuels or the Steam Host (including, without limitation, any
change in the status of the Governmental Approvals or other consents and
approvals listed on Schedule 6.6) shall have occurred.

                  (bb) FIRREA Appraisal. An appraisal meeting the requirements
of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989
shall have been completed and shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.

                  (cc) Equity Contribution. Calpine shall have contributed cash
equity to the Borrower in an amount equal to at least $9,000,000, and such
equity contribution shall be applied to pay to Gilroy a portion of the "Purchase
Price" under the Asset Purchase Agreement. Calpine shall have deposited in the
Receipt Account $2,000,000, and in the Debt Service Reserve 
<PAGE>   67
Account $4,000,000.

                  (dd) Other Conditions. All acts, conditions and things
required by the provisions of this Agreement or the other Basic Documents to be
done and performed and to have happened prior to the execution and delivery of
this Agreement shall have been done and performed and have happened.

                  (ee) Officer's Certificate. The Agent and each Lender shall
have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower dated the
applicable Borrowing Date to the effect that the conditions specified in this
Section 7.1 are satisfied at such time.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  The Borrower agrees that:

                  Section 8.1 Conduct of Business, Maintenance of Existence,
etc.  The Borrower will at all times (i) engage solely in the business of owning
and operating the Project and activities necessarily related thereto and (ii)
preserve and maintain in full force and effect (A) its existence as a limited
partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware and its qualification in the
State of California and in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (B) all of
its rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the ownership or operation
of the Project.

                  Section 8.2 Operation of Project. The Borrower, at its 
expense, shall (i) maintain and operate the Project in a safe manner and in
accordance with prudent independent power industry operating practices, (ii)
perform or cause to be performed the periodic overhauls and maintenance in
accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Agreement and the Major
Maintenance Plan for the Project from time to time in effect (as approved by the
Agent and the Borrower after consultation with the Independent Engineer), and
make or cause to be made all alterations, repairs, capital expenditures,
replacements, renewals, additions and betterments which are necessary for the
Project to satisfy the provisions of the Project Contracts and, subject to any
contest permitted by this Section 8.2, all Requirements of Law affecting the
Project and to insure the continued operation of the Project, (iii) maintain in
good working order all equipment necessary to the operation of the Project, to
maintain an adequate spare parts inventory in accordance with prudent
independent power industry practices, and (iv) operate the Project in accordance
with the requirements of the Project Contracts. The Borrower shall have the
right to contest in good faith and by appropriate proceedings timely
<PAGE>   68
instituted any Requirement of Law if (w) the Borrower diligently pursues such
contest, (x) the Borrower sets aside on its books adequate reserves required by
GAAP with respect to the contested items, (y) during the period of such contest,
the enforcement of the contested item is effectively stayed, and (z) such
contest does not involve any risk of sale, forfeiture or loss of any of the
Collateral. The Borrower will promptly pay all required amounts and comply or
cause the compliance with any Requirement of Law upon the termination of such
contest.

                  Section 8.3 Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower will pay,
discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before due (taking into account all
applicable notice and grace periods) stated maturity all of its Indebtedness and
other material Contractual Obligations relating to the payment of money, except
for any Indebtedness or other Contractual Obligations which are being contested
in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if (i) reserves in conformity with
GAAP are maintained on the books of the Borrower with respect to such
obligations and (ii) such contest does not involve any risk of the sale,
forfeiture or loss of any material part of the Collateral.

                  Section 8.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims.  The Borrower will 
pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, all Taxes imposed on it
or on its income or profits or on any of its property prior to the date on which
interest or penalties attach thereto and all claims, levies or liabilities
(including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and
supplies) for sums which have become due and payable and which have or, if
unpaid, are reasonably likely to become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien)
upon any of the Collateral. The Borrower shall have the right, however, to
contest in good faith the validity or amount of any such Tax or claim by proper
proceedings timely instituted, and may permit the Taxes or claims so contested
to remain unpaid during the period of such contest if (i) the Borrower
diligently prosecutes such contest, (ii) the Borrower sets aside on its books
adequate reserves as required by GAAP with respect to the contested items, (iii)
during the period of such contest the enforcement of any contested item is
effectively stayed, and (iv) such contest does not involve any risk of sale,
forfeiture or loss of any of the Collateral. The Borrower will promptly pay or
cause to be paid any valid, final and non-appealable judgment enforcing any such
Tax or claim and cause the same to be satisfied of record.

                  Section 8.5 Performance of Obligations.  The Borrower will
duly perform and observe all covenants, agreements and conditions on its part to
be performed and observed under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
Credit, the Collateral Security Documents and the other Basic Documents to which
it is a party and the Permitted Contracts. The Borrower shall diligently enforce
all of its rights under and the covenants of the other parties set forth in each
Project Contract and under the Asset 
<PAGE>   69
Purchase Agreement.

                  Section 8.6  Insurance; Taking; Warranties.

                  (a) The Borrower will maintain insurance coverages in
accordance with Schedule 8.6 hereto. If the insurance required by this Section
8.6(a) is not at any time reasonably available on commercially feasible terms
and conditions in the commercial insurance industry in the judgment of an
independent insurance consultant selected by the Agent and reasonably acceptable
to the Borrower, the Agent shall not withhold, delay or condition its waiver of
the requirement to maintain such required insurance if the Borrower obtains and
maintains insurance of the types, in amounts and at the coverages comparable to
the best and most comprehensive insurance then available in the commercial
insurance industry for the Project. Any such waiver shall be effective only so
long as such required insurance shall not be reasonably available on
commercially feasible terms and conditions in the commercial insurance market,
as may be determined from time to time by such independent insurance consultant.

                  (b) All Net Proceeds in respect of any Taking or any insurance
policy (other than proceeds payable to third parties under liability coverages)
maintained in accordance with this Section 8.6 and Schedule 8.6 shall be paid by
the respective insurers directly to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders
pursuant to Sections 8.6(c) and 8.6(d) below, relative to any single loss in
excess of $500,000. All such Net Proceeds relative to a single loss of $500,000
or less shall be paid directly to the Borrower. If any Net Proceeds relative to
any single loss in excess of $500,000, or, during the occurrence and continuance
of an Event of Default, relative to any loss are paid to the Borrower, such Net
Proceeds shall be received only in trust for the Agent, shall be segregated from
other funds of such Person, and shall be promptly paid over to the Agent in the
same form as received (with any necessary endorsement).

                  (c) (i)    If there does not exist an Event of Default, Net
Proceeds in respect of any Taking or under any insurance policy (other than
proceeds payable to third parties under liability coverages) relative to a
single loss of $500,000 or less shall be applied by the Borrower for the sole
purpose of paying the necessary costs of repair, restoration or replacement of
the Project.

                       (ii)  If there does not exist an Event of Default or an
Event of Loss and if there shall occur any damage, destruction, casualty or
Taking with respect to which Net Proceeds in excess of $500,000 are payable, and
if (A) the Borrower promptly (and, in any event, within 30 days) gives written
notice to the Agent that the Borrower wishes to repair, restore or replace the
Project to the condition that it was in 
<PAGE>   70
immediately prior to such damage, destruction, casualty or Taking; (B) the
proceeds of business interruption insurance payable to the Borrower together
with funds otherwise available to the Borrower, will be sufficient to pay Debt
Service during the period necessary to repair, restore or replace the Project;
(C) the Net Proceeds and other funds available to the Borrower will be
sufficient to cover all costs and expenses necessary to repair, restore or
replace the Project and the repair, restoration or replacement of the Project is
technically and economically feasible; (D) after giving effect to any proposed
repair, restoration or replacement, there will exist no default under any
Project Contract; (E) the Agent and the Lenders shall receive an opinion of
counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders to the
effect that no Governmental Approval, amendment to this Agreement or the
Collateral Security Documents, or any other instrument is necessary for the
purpose of subjecting the repairs, restoration or replacement to the Liens of
the Collateral Security Documents except such, if any, as may be delivered to
the Agent with such opinion of counsel; and (F) the Agent shall have received
from the Borrower and the Independent Engineer such certificates or other
evidence as the Lenders may reasonably require regarding the foregoing matters,
then Net Proceeds covering physical loss or damage to the Project shall be
delivered to the Borrower and applied by the Borrower for the sole purpose of
paying or reimbursing the Borrower for the necessary costs of repair,
restoration or replacement of the Project. After making such payments to the
Borrower, any excess Net Proceeds shall be deposited in the Receipt Account.

                  (d) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is
continuing or an Event of Loss exists, then Net Proceeds received by the Agent
or any Lender shall be applied in accordance with Section 3.7(a). If there shall
occur any damage, destruction, casualty or Taking with respect to which Net
Proceeds for any single loss in excess of $500,000 are payable, and if the
Borrower (x) has not notified the Agent or the Lenders promptly (and, in any
event, within 30 days) that it wishes to repair, restore or replace the Project
or (y) has not otherwise complied with the provisions of Section 8.6(c) above,
then Net Proceeds shall be applied in accordance with Section 3.7(b).

                  Section 8.7 Inspection of Property, Books and Records;
Discussions.

                  The Borrower will keep proper books of record and account in
which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all
Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation
to its business and activities. The Borrower shall permit representatives of the
Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books of
record and accounts and to make copies thereof and to discuss its affairs,
finances and accounts with its principal officers, engineers and independent
accountants, 
<PAGE>   71
all at such times during business hours upon at least three Business Day's
notice and otherwise at such intervals as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably
request. The Borrower shall reimburse the reasonable costs of the Agent or any
Lender incurred in connection with any such visit or inspection during the
continuation of an Event of Default and of the Agent at any other time. The
Borrower will at all times cause an accurate and complete set of the plans and
specifications for the Project and a survey of the Project Site ("as built"
following Completion) relating to the Project to be maintained at the Project
and available for inspection during normal business hours upon at least one
Business Day's notice by the Independent Engineer, any Lender and the Agent. The
plans and specifications for the Project shall be promptly amended and
supplemented from time to time to reflect all current improvements, additions
and modifications to the Project.

                  Section 8.8 Compliance with Laws, etc.  The Borrower will 
comply, subject to any contest permitted by this Section 8.8, with, and shall
operate the Project in accordance with, all Requirements of Law and applicable
Governmental Approvals except any Requirements of Law or Governmental Approvals
the non-compliance with which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and
shall obtain, prior to the earlier to occur of (a) the lapse of the applicable
time period set forth in Schedule 6.6 and (b) the dates required therefor under
any applicable Governmental Approval or Requirement of Law, and shall maintain
in full force and effect, all Governmental Approvals and other consents and
approvals as shall now or hereafter be necessary in connection with the
ownership, operation or maintenance of the Project or the entering into and
performance by the Borrower of the Basic Documents to which it is a party,
except where the failure to so obtain or maintain in effect such Governmental
Approvals could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
The Borrower shall have the right to contest in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings timely instituted any Requirement of Law if (w) the Borrower
diligently pursues such contest, (x) the Borrower sets aside on its books
adequate reserves required by GAAP with respect to the contested items, (y)
during the period of such contest, the enforcement of the contested item is
effectively stayed, and (z) such contest does not involve any risk of sale,
forfeiture or loss of any of the Collateral. The Borrower will promptly pay all
required amounts and comply or cause the compliance with any Requirement of Law
upon the termination of such contest.

                  Section 8.9 Financial Statements.  The Borrower will furnish,
or cause to be furnished, to the Agent:

                  (a) as soon as available, but not later than 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, Calpine and Calpine Fuels, and, to
the extent delivered to the Borrower by the Steam Host or any contracted fuel
supplier for the Project, 
<PAGE>   72
each such Person and a profit and loss statement, a statement of partners'
capital or retained earnings and a statement of cash flows of such Person for
such year, and a balance sheet of such Person as at the end of such year, in
each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal
year of such Person, certified as meeting the requirements of this Section 8.9
and as presenting in accordance with GAAP the profit and loss position,
partners' capital or retained earnings, cash flows and balance sheet of such
Person as of the date thereof, without qualification or exception as to the
scope of its audit, by independent certified public accountants of national
standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it being understood that
consolidated financial statements of Calpine and its Affiliates will meet the
requirements of this Section 8.9(a) with respect to Calpine Fuels and the
Borrower); in addition, if PG&E spins off or otherwise transfers its gas supply
and/or transportation services, the Borrower will use all reasonable efforts to
deliver such financial statements of the newly-formed gas supply/transportation
company; and

                  (b) as soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the
end of each quarterly period of each fiscal year of the Borrower, Calpine and
Calpine Fuels and, to the extent delivered to the Borrower by the Steam Host or
any contracted fuel supplier for the Project, a profit and loss statement and
statement of partners' capital or retained earnings for such Person as at the
end of each such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form the
figures for the corresponding period of the previous fiscal year of such entity,
certified by a Responsible Officer of such Person as meeting the requirements of
this Section 8.9 and as fairly presenting in all material respects the profit
and loss position, partners' capital or retained earnings, cash flows and
balance sheet of such Person as of the date thereof (subject to normal year-end
audit adjustments).

                  All financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 8.9(a)
and (b) shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP
throughout the periods involved except as otherwise specifically noted therein,
and shall be complete and correct in all material respects (subject, in the case
of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.9(b), to normal year-end
audit adjustments).

                  Section 8.10 Certificates; Other Information.  The Borrower
will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent:

                  (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
of the Borrower referred to in Sections 8.9(a) and 8.9(b), a certificate of a
Responsible Officer stating (i) that, to the best of such Person's knowledge
after due inquiry, the Borrower, during the period covered by such financial
statements, has observed and performed in all material respects all of the
covenants and other agreements, and satisfied in all material 
<PAGE>   73
respects every condition contained in this Agreement and the other Basic
Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by such Borrower, (ii) that,
except as stated in such certificate, the Borrower does not have actual
knowledge of any Default or Event of Default that is continuing on the date of
such certificate, (iii) that, except as stated in such certificate, the Borrower
does not have any actual knowledge of any default or event which with the giving
of notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute a default under any of
the other Basic Documents (or, if any such Default or Event of Default or
default or event shall have occurred, a statement setting forth the nature
thereof and the steps being taken by the Borrower to remedy the same), (iv) the
computations and amounts of Excess Cash Flow and the amount, if any, of
Restricted Payments that were made during such period and (v) that the Borrower
has complied with the requirements of Section 8.14 as of the date of such
certificate;

                  (b) promptly after delivery or receipt thereof, a copy of each
material notice or other material document issued or received by the Borrower
pursuant to any Basic Document or relating to a transfer of any Partnership
Interest;

                  (c) promptly after receipt thereof, copies of the monthly
operating reports, annual operating reports (including, without limitation,
reports of all operating and maintenance costs incurred in connection with the
Project) and any other reports provided under the Operation and Maintenance
Agreement;

                  (d) promptly after receipt thereof, copies of each
Governmental Approval (and copies of any material correspondence referred to in
any such Governmental Approval) or any other material consent or approval
obtained or made by the Borrower or obtained or made by any other Material
Obligor or by the Steam Host and delivered to the Borrower pursuant to the
applicable Project Contract;

                  (e) promptly upon availability and at least 45 days prior to
the start of each calendar year relating to such upcoming calendar year, a Fuel
Plan and an annual budget (which shall be based on operating assumptions
reviewed and commented on by the Independent Engineer and shall include
anticipated capital expenditures, broken out to show expenditures of $50,000 or
more) prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower relating to the Project, which
shall be satisfactory to the Required Lenders, and an Operating Plan and a Major
Maintenance Plan for the upcoming calendar year;

                  (f) within 45 days following each calendar year, a report of
the output and dispatch of the Project and steam deliveries by the Project in
the preceding calendar year and as projected for the current year, and setting
forth calculations showing whether the Project has met the operating
requirements of 
<PAGE>   74
a Qualifying Facility during such year, and within 45 days following the end of
each quarterly period, a report setting forth calculations of the Capacity
Utilization for the preceding twelve-month period;

                  (g) within 30 days following each calendar year, a report of
all operating and maintenance costs incurred in connection with the Project,
including any such costs paid by and not reimbursed to the Operator pursuant to
the Operations and Maintenance Agreement; and

                  (h) promptly, such information with respect to the Borrower or
the Project as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

                  Section 8.11 Notices.  The Borrower will, promptly upon 
obtaining actual knowledge of, and verifying with due diligence the accuracy or
occurrence of, any of the following, give notice to the Agent:

                  (a)  of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

                  (b) of any default or event which with the giving of notice or
         the lapse of time or both would constitute a default under any Project
         Contract or any notice or assertion thereof or of any event which would
         give rise to a right to terminate, to refuse to perform or to decrease
         or extend the time for payments otherwise due under any Project
         Contract;

                  (c) of any litigation, investigation or proceeding which may
         exist at any time between the Borrower and any Governmental Authority
         which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (d) of any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower in
         which the amount involved is $250,000 or more or in which injunctive or
         similar relief is sought;

                  (e) of any material adverse change in the properties,
         business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower from the
         condition reflected in the most recent financial information delivered
         to the Agent, and of any change of local or regional law, rule or
         regulation which has caused or could reasonably be expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect;

                  (f)  of any loss or damage to the Collateral in excess of 
         $250,000;

                  (g)  of any event or claim of force majeure under any
<PAGE>   75
         Project Contract (other than a Permitted Contract);

                  (h) of the occurrence of any of the following with respect to
         any Plan as to which the Borrower may have any material liability, the
         Borrower shall deliver to the Agent written notice thereof, describing
         the same and steps being taken by the Borrower with respect thereto:
         (i) the acquisition of a Commonly Controlled Entity, (ii) the
         occurrence of a Reportable Event (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA)
         with respect to any such plan, (iii) the institution of steps to
         withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan, (iv) the institution of any steps
         to terminate any such Plan, (v) the failure to make a required
         contribution to any such Plan if such failure is sufficient to give
         rise to a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA or Section 412 of the
         Code, (vi) the taking of any action with respect to any such Plan which
         could result in the requirement that the Borrower furnish a bond or
         other security to the PBGC or such Plan, or (vii) the occurrence of any
         other event or events with respect to any such Plan which in the
         aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in material liability
         for the Borrower; and

                  (i) of any proposed Additional Contract, as soon as possible
         and in any event at least 45 days prior to the expected execution
         thereof by the Borrower, and of any Permitted Contract, promptly upon
         the Borrower's execution and delivery thereof.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 8.11 (other than clause (i)) shall be
accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting
forth details of the occurrence referred to and stating what action the Borrower
proposes to take with respect to such occurrence. A notice given pursuant to
clause (i) shall be accompanied by a copy of the current draft of the proposed
Additional Contract.

                  Section 8.12  Assignments of Additional Contracts; Maintenance
of Liens of the Collateral Security Documents; Future Mortgages.  The Borrower
will:

                  (a) at the Borrower's expense, concurrently with the execution
         of any Additional Contract, execute and deliver to the Agent a
         Collateral Assignment with respect to such Additional Contract and,
         upon the Agent's request, cause the other party or parties to such
         Additional Contract (other than a Permitted Contract) to execute and
         deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Agent a consent and an
         opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
         Agent;

                  (b) at the Borrower's expense, execute and deliver, or cause
         the execution and delivery of, and thereafter 
<PAGE>   76
         register, file or record in each appropriate governmental office, any
         document or instrument supplemental to or confirmatory of the
         Collateral Security Documents or otherwise deemed by the Agent to be
         necessary or desirable for the creation or perfection of the Liens and
         security interests and the maintenance, protection and continuation
         thereof purported to be created by the Collateral Security Documents;

                  (c) if the Borrower shall at any time acquire any real
         property or leasehold or other interests in any real property not
         covered by the Deed of Trust or any other Collateral Security Document,
         the Borrower will promptly upon such acquisition execute, deliver and
         record a deed of trust, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
         and Lenders, in favor of the Agent covering such interests, granting a
         Lien prior and superior to all other Liens and security interests
         therein, existing or future, subject to Permitted Liens. The Borrower
         shall deliver to the Agent a survey of the newly-acquired property
         meeting the requirements set forth in Section 7.1(k). The Borrower
         shall also provide title insurance insuring the lien of such deed of
         trust as a valid first lien on the Borrower's interest, subject only to
         exceptions reasonably approved by the Agent. The Borrower shall also
         deliver to the Agent and the Lenders such opinions of counsel and
         certificates as shall reasonably be required by the Agent in connection
         with the Borrower's interest in the newly-acquired property.

                  Section 8.13 Defend Title.  The Borrower will at all times at
its own cost and expense warrant and defend the title to the Project, its
interest in the Project Site and all other property it owns against the claims
and demands of all Persons whomsoever, except with respect to Permitted Liens.

                  Section 8.14  Accounts; Operating Budget.

                  (a) Receipt Account. (i) On the Closing Date, the Borrower
shall deposit in the Receipt Account $2,000,000, and thereafter all revenues
received pursuant to the Power Purchase Agreement or any other Project Contract
or Assigned Agreement (other than Excluded Payments) and any indemnity payments
received under the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be deposited in the Receipt
Account and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Deposit and
Security Agreement, may be withdrawn from time to time to pay Project operation
and maintenance expenses and Debt Service, to make required deposits into the
Debt Service Reserve Account, Major Maintenance Reserve Account and the Fuel
Reserve Account, and to pay Restricted Payments (as permitted by this
Agreement).

                       (ii)  If a Calpine Credit Event Level I occurs, and if,
as of any date during the period the Calpine Credit Event


<PAGE>   77
                                                                      Page 77

Level I is continuing, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding
twelve-month period was less than 1.30, the Borrower shall, within fifteen
Business Days, cause Calpine to deposit in the O&M Reserve Sub-Account
$1,000,000. If and when Calpine's long-term credit rating is upgraded to
Calpine's Credit Rating (but provided that no Calpine Credit Event Level II has
occurred), at the Borrower's request, the Disbursement Agent shall transfer to
Calpine so much of such $1,000,000 as remains in the O&M Reserve Sub-Account,
together with any interest and earnings thereon then in the O&M Reserve
Sub-Account. If a Calpine Credit Event Level II occurs and if, as of any date,
the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding twelve-month period was less
than 1.30, the Borrower shall, within fifteen Business Days, cause Calpine to
deposit in the O&M Reserve Sub-Account $2,500,000. Thereafter, if on any
Quarterly Payment Date the balance in the O&M Reserve Sub-Account is less than
$2,500,000, the Disbursement Agent shall, after making any deposits required
pursuant to Section 3.2, 3.3(b), 3.4(a), 3.5(a) and 3.5(b) of the Deposit and
Security Agreement, deposit Excess Cash Flow (to the extent available) in the
O&M Reserve Sub-Account in an amount equal to the excess of $2,500,000 over the
amount then on deposit in the O&M Reserve Sub-Account.

         (b)      Debt Service Reserve Account.

                  (i) On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deposit in the
Debt Service Reserve Account $4,000,000. Thereafter, after $1,500,000 shall have
been deposited out of Excess Cash Flow in the O&M Reserve Sub-Account, 100% of
Excess Cash Flow shall be deposited in the Debt Service Reserve Account until
the balance on deposit therein equals the Required Debt Service Reserve Account
Balance. In addition, to the extent required pursuant to the Deposit and
Security Agreement, Debt Service Reserve Account Margins shall be deposited in
the Debt Service Reserve Account.

                  (ii) Unless, to the Agent's knowledge, a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if Cash Flow is insufficient to
pay Debt Service due on any Quarterly Payment Date or Payment Date, the Agent
shall release amounts held in the Debt Service Reserve Account to pay
Obligations then due and owing.

                  (iii) If amounts on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve
Account are used to pay Debt Service, 100% of Excess Cash Flow shall be
deposited in the Debt Service Reserve Account on each Quarterly Payment Date
thereafter until the amount on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account
equals the Required Debt Service Reserve Account Balance.

         (c)      Fuel Reserve Account.

                  (i) If in any quarterly period the Project's 
<PAGE>   78
                                                                      Page 78

all-in cost of fuel exceeds the UEG Rate by more than 20% (such excess above
20%, the "Fuel Cost Differential"), the Borrower shall deposit in the Fuel
Reserve Account on each Quarterly Payment Date Excess Cash Flow remaining after
any required deposits in the Debt Service Reserve Account have been made in an
amount equal to the Fuel Cost Differential.

                  (ii)     If Cash Flow is insufficient to pay fuel costs when
due, the Agent shall release amounts held in the Fuel Reserve Account to pay
such costs.

                  (iii)    The Agent shall release amounts on deposit in the
Fuel Reserve Account in accordance with the Deposit and Security Agreement if
(A) no Fuel Cost Differential occurred in any of the preceding four quarterly
periods, (B) no Fuel Margin Payments (as defined in Section 9.2 of the Fuel
Management Contract) were required to be made in the preceding four quarterly
periods and (C) no Calpine Credit Event has occurred unless, if a Calpine Credit
Event Level I has occurred (and a Calpine Credit Event Level II has not
occurred), Calpine's long-term credit rating has been upgraded to Calpine's
Credit Rating.

         (d)      Major Maintenance Reserve Account.

                  (i)      On each Quarterly Payment Date, the Borrower shall
deposit in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account an amount equal to (A) at least
100% and not more than 105% of the budgeted costs of major maintenance of the
Project for the following quarterly period, as set forth in the annual budget
and the Major Maintenance Plan then in effect.

                  (ii)     If, to the Agent's knowledge, no Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent shall release amounts on
deposit in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account to pay costs of completing
scheduled major maintenance.

                  (iii)    If any Requirement of Law applicable to the Project
(or which will become applicable to the Project on a future date) requires the
Project to meet the NOx emissions standards which the Project, in its then
current configuration and operating condition, will be unable to meet when such
Requirement of Law becomes effective, the Borrower shall, within 30 days
following Borrower's obtaining actual knowledge of such event, submit to the
Agent a report setting forth the anticipated cost of installing selective
catalytic reduction, similar technology, or any other emissions reduction
capital improvements in the Project or of any alternative method of responding
to such new standards which the Borrower proposes to pursue, together with an
anticipated schedule of deposits of funds in the Major Maintenance Reserve
Account to ensure that sufficient funds will be available when needed for the
Borrower to install such capital improvements or complete such alternative
response prior to the 
<PAGE>   79
                                                                      Page 79

effective date of the more restrictive NOx emissions standards applicable to the
Project. Such report shall be subject to the approval of the Required Lenders,
after consultation with the Independent Engineer and the Borrower. Amounts
deposited in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account for such purpose shall be
released to pay the costs of acquiring and installing such capital improvements
or implementing such alternative response.

                  (iv)     If and for so long as a Calpine Credit Event has not
occurred, the Borrower may, in lieu of making all or any portion of required
deposits in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account, cause to be delivered to the
Agent a guarantee of Calpine, in the form of the Major Maintenance Guaranty. The
Borrower shall draw on the Major Maintenance Guaranty from time to time and
apply amounts received thereunder to pay costs of major maintenance and costs of
acquiring and installing capital improvements, or implementing an alternative
response, as described in subsection (iii) above. If after delivery of a Major
Maintenance Guaranty, a Calpine Credit Event Level I occurs, the Borrower shall
commence (or recommence) deposits in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account as
required by this clause (d), and the Borrower shall cause Calpine to deposit in
the Major Maintenance Reserve Account cash in the amount that would have been on
deposit in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account on the most recent Quarterly
Payment Date if the Borrower had been making deposits in accordance with this
clause (d) during the period the Major Maintenance Guaranty was in effect. If
and when Calpine's long-term credit rating is upgraded to Calpine's Credit
Rating following a Calpine Credit Event Level I (but not following a Calpine
Credit Event Level II), the Borrower may, in lieu of making all or any portion
of deposits required thereafter in the Major Maintenance Reserve Account, cause
to be delivered to the Agent a guarantee of Calpine in the form of the Major
Maintenance Guaranty. In no event may the Borrower deliver a Major Maintenance
Guaranty if the aggregate amount of the guaranteed obligations under all Calpine
Guarantees would exceed $7 million.

         (e)      Permitted Investments. Amounts deposited in the Receipt
Account, the Debt Service Reserve Account, the Major Maintenance Reserve
Account, the Insurance Proceeds Account and the Fuel Reserve Account shall be
invested and reinvested by the Agent in Permitted Investments, in accordance
with the written directions of the Borrower.

         (f)      No Prejudice to Rights. If any provision of this Section 8.14
shall be construed in derogation of the security interest purported to be
created under the Deposit and Security Agreement, such provision shall be deemed
ineffective without invalidating the effectiveness of any other provision of
this Section 8.14.

         (g)      Operating Budget. At least 45 days prior to the
<PAGE>   80
                                                                      Page 80

end of each calendar year, the Borrower shall submit its proposed operating and
capital expenditure budget (with a summary of the operating assumptions on which
the budget is based), the Major Maintenance Plan and the Fuel Plan to the
Lenders for approval after consultation with the Independent Engineer. The
Required Lenders will provide their approval or disapproval (with the reasons
therefor) within 30 days. The budget so approved, or if the Borrower
incorporates the comments of the Required Lenders, the budget as so amended,
shall be the approved operating budget for the following calendar year. If a
budget is not agreed prior to the start of any year, the budget approved for the
preceding year (other than amounts budgeted therein for capital expenditures or
major maintenance expenses which shall be adjusted to reflect the Major
Maintenance Plan then in effect) shall be adjusted for changes in the Consumer
Price Index and shall be the budget in effect until a new budget is approved by
the Required Lenders. In the event a Force Majeure event (as defined in the
Operations and Maintenance Agreement), a change in the Operator's services
requested by the Borrower, a change in a Project Contract or any other change
with respect to the Project results in increased or decreased Recoverable Costs
(as defined in the Operations and Maintenance Agreement), the Borrower shall
submit its proposed revised budget for the remainder of the calendar year to the
Lenders for approval after consultation with the Independent Engineer. The
Required Lenders will provide their approval or disapproval (with the reasons
therefor) within 30 days. A copy of each Operating Plan will be delivered to the
Lenders at least 45 days prior to the start of the year to which the plan
relates.

         (h)      If a Calpine Credit Event occurs, the Borrower shall
cause Calpine to provide Acceptable Security to the extent required pursuant to
the terms of the Calpine Performance Agreement, and otherwise perform its
covenants set forth in the Performance Agreement.

         Section 8.15 Environmental Matters.

         (a)      The Borrower will comply with, and ensure compliance by any 
and all occupants of the Project with, Environmental Laws (subject to Borrower's
right to contest any Requirement of Law in accordance with Section 8.8 hereof);
will not treat, store, transport or release any Materials of Environmental
Concern on or from the Project Site except as authorized, permitted or otherwise
allowed under Environmental Laws, or in any manner or quantity which could
reasonably be expected to result in any clean-up obligation or liability under
any Environmental Law; will keep the Project free of any Lien imposed pursuant
to Environmental Laws; and will pay or cause to be paid when due any and all
costs of complying with Environmental Laws and responding to the presence,
release or threatened release of Materials of Environmental Concern (including
without limitation, all damages, liabilities, expenses 
<PAGE>   81
                                                                      Page 81

and costs of all third party claims). If the Borrower fails to do any of the
foregoing, then the Agent may, if so directed by the Lenders, upon such prior
written notice to the Borrower as is reasonable under the circumstances, take
any action necessary in its reasonable judgment to respond to such presence,
release or threatened release affecting the Collateral, and the cost of such
response action shall be added to the Obligations evidenced by the Notes and
secured by this Agreement and the Collateral Security Documents. Nothing herein
shall require, or be deemed to require, the Agent or the Lenders to inspect the
Project or to respond to any presence, release or threatened release of
Materials of Environmental Concern, wherever occurring.

         (b)      The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent, the 
Issuing Bank and each Lender and their respective directors, officers, agents
and employees free and harmless from and against all liability, loss, cost,
damage and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' and
consultant's fees and expenses incurred in connection with environmental
compliance, clean-up and other response obligations (including all third party
claims) imposed under any Environmental Laws) that any such indemnitee may
sustain by reason of the assertion against it by any party of any claim in
connection with any violation of any Environmental Law or Materials of
Environmental Concern used, generated, treated, stored or otherwise located on,
or released or threatened to be released in, on, under, from or affecting the
Project, except to the extent resulting from such indemnitee's gross negligence
or willful misconduct.

         (c)      The Borrower will notify the Agent promptly after receipt or
after it otherwise becomes aware of any written notice or written communication
from any Governmental Authority or any other source with respect to Materials of
Environmental Concern in, on, under or released from or affecting the Project in
violation of Requirements of Law or of any other such notice or communication
respecting a pending or threatened investigation, proceeding or claim related to
any such Materials of Environmental Concern. The Borrower will notify the Agent
of any event or circumstance actually known to the Borrower the occurrence of
which renders any of the representations in Section 6.15 untrue.

         (d)      The Borrower shall install such capital improvements in the
Project, or implement any alternative response approved by the Required Lenders
in response to changed emissions standards applicable to the Project, to the
extent required under Section 8.14(d)(iii) hereof.

         Section 8.16 Fuel Supply.

         (a)      The Borrower shall renew the term of the Gas Transportation
Agreement at the end of each term thereof, for an 
<PAGE>   82
                                                                      Page 82

additional two-year period.

         (b)      The Borrower shall enter into with one or more creditworthy
entities (or with entities whose obligations are guaranteed by creditworthy
entities or with any other entity reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders)
replacement gas supply agreements having at least a two-year term and providing
for firm supply of gas at the Project's receipt point(s) into the PG&E system
(or the system of any other gas distribution or transportation company party to
a Project Contract) of 100% of the Project's full fuel requirements, at least 90
days prior to the expiration date of the then-effective Gas Supply Agreement.
Any replacement agreement shall be in the form of Exhibit L hereto or otherwise
satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Lenders, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the terms and conditions of such
replacement agreement are on terms and conditions at least as favorable as those
set forth in Exhibit L.

         (c)      The Borrower shall deliver, or cause the Fuel Manager to
deliver, to the Agent within 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter a
quarterly Fuel Transportation Report. If a Preliminary Fuel Transportation
Trigger Event has occurred, the Borrower and Calpine Fuels shall meet and confer
as required pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Fuel Management Contract to negotiate
a revised fuel plan, which revised fuel plan shall be subject to the approval of
the Borrower and the Required Lenders, after consultation with the Gas
Consultant, Calpine Fuels and any gas consultant of the Borrower. If a Fuel
Transportation Trigger Event has occurred, the Borrower shall, or shall cause
the Fuel Manager to, within 30 days thereafter, or, if a Preliminary Fuel
Transportation Trigger Event did not precede such Fuel Transportation Trigger
Event, and provided that the Borrower enters into successive 30-day gas supply
contracts during such period, within 90 days, enter into with one or more
creditworty entities (or entities whose obligations are guaranteed by
creditworthy entities or other entities reasonably acceptable to the Required
Lenders) fuel supply contracts providing for firm supply of the Project's full
fuel requirements to the Project's receipt point on the PG&E gas system (or the
system of any other gas distribution or transportation company party to a
Project Contract), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L or otherwise in form
and substance approved by the Required Lenders (which approval will not be
withheld unreasonably if the proposed agreement provides for gas supply on terms
and conditions at least as favorable as those set forth in Exhibit L). Such
long-term contracts shall have a term expiring no earlier than the latest
Maturity Date.

         (d)      If as a result in a change in law, regulation or tariff
structure occurring after the Closing Date, the Project's priority to capacity
on the California intrastate gas transportation grid with respect to the
allocation or curtailment 
<PAGE>   83
                                                                      Page 83

of such capacity is lowered, the Borrower shall use all reasonable efforts to
obtain (including causing the Fuel Manager to locate and negotiate) the class of
transportation service (firm delivery) having the highest priority with respect
to allocation or curtailment of such intrastate capacity if such service
accommodates the operational mode and Contractual Obligations of the Project.

         Section 8.17 Application of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the
proceeds of the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

         Section 8.18 Accounts Receivable. The Borrower shall promptly bill and 
diligently pursue collection of all accounts receivable owing to the Borrower.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                           The Borrower agrees that:

      Section 9.1 Organization, Sale of Assets, Purchases, etc. The Borrower 
will not:

         (a)      merge into or consolidate with any other Person, change its
form of organization as a limited partnership or the scope or nature of its
business or business objectives, or liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any
such liquidation or dissolution), or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose
of all or any substantial portion of its assets which constitute part of the
Collateral other than (i) in the ordinary course of its business as reasonably
required in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Project, (ii)
assets that are obsolete, worn out, damaged or destroyed and which have been
replaced, if such replacement is necessary for the safe or efficient operation
of the Project or in order to comply with any Requirement of Law or Governmental
Approval, by adequate substitutes of substantially equal or greater value and
utility than the replaced items, (iii) Permitted Investments, (iv) sales of
electricity pursuant to the Power Purchase Agreement or steam pursuant to the
Steam Sales Agreement; or

         (b)      purchase or acquire any assets or sell any Project asset,
other than (i) in the ordinary course of its business as reasonably required in
connection with the maintenance and operation of the Project or otherwise as
expressly contemplated in the approved Annual Budget, (ii) assets that are
obsolete and which have been replaced, if such replacement is necessary for the
safe or efficient operation of the Project or in order to comply with any
Requirement of Law or Governmental Approval, by adequate substitutes of
substantially equal or greater value and utility than the replaced items when
new or (iii) Permitted

<PAGE>   84
                                                                      Page 84

Investments, (iv) the purchase of assets reasonably required for the repair or
restoration of the Project in accordance with the approved budget and the Major
Maintenance Plan and the terms of the Loan Documents or (v) any other
improvement to the Project, to the extent included in the approved budget and
the Major Maintenance Plan and financed by Permitted Indebtedness or by funds
otherwise available to the Borrower; or

         (c)      purchase or acquire any real property except pursuant to the
ConAgra Option Agreements.

         Section 9.2 Indebtedness. The Borrower will not create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness. The Borrower
will not incur Indebtedness to any partner of the Borrower except Permitted
Indebtedness (which shall contain the subordination terms attached hereto as
Exhibit M).

         Section 9.3 Liens. The Borrower will not create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien against all or any portion of the Collateral, except
Permitted Liens.

         Section 9.4 Nature of Business. The Borrower will not engage in any
business other than the development, financing, ownership and operation of the
Project and other activities necessarily related thereto.

         Section 9.5 Amendment of Contracts, Additional Contracts, etc. The
Borrower will not, without the prior approval of the Agent and the Lenders, (a)
agree to or permit the cancellation or termination of any Basic Document or the
Asset Purchase Agreement, except upon the expiration of the stated term thereof,
(b) agree to the assignment of the rights or obligations of any party to any
Basic Document or the Asset Purchase Agreement, except as contemplated by this
Agreement or the Collateral Security Documents, (c) agree to any amendment,
supplement or modification of, or waiver with respect to any of the provisions
of, the Asset Purchase Agreement or any Basic Document to which the Borrower is
a party or with respect to which the consent of the Borrower is required, (d)
agree to any amendment, supplement or modification of, or waiver with respect to
any of the provisions of, any Project Contract, (e) permit any amendment,
supplement or modification of, or waiver with respect to, any of the provisions
of, the Partnership Agreement except to the extent required for the admission of
limited partners as permitted by this Agreement, (f) petition, request or take
any other legal or administrative action that seeks, or may reasonably be
expected, to rescind, terminate or suspend any Basic Document to which the
Borrower is a party or amend or modify any portion thereof, or (g) enter into
any Additional Contract; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any such
termination, amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or assignment with
respect to any provision of, or any replacement 
<PAGE>   85
                                                                      Page 85

of, any Project Contract other than the Power Purchase Agreement, the Steam
Sales Agreement or any Long-Term Gas Supply Agreement shall require the prior
approval only of the Required Lenders (which approval of the Required Lenders
shall not be unreasonably withheld).

         Section 9.6 Investments or Loans. The Borrower will not make any loans
or advances to, or investments in (whether by transfer of property,
contributions to capital, acquisitions of stock, bonds, promissory notes or
other securities, loans, advances or otherwise) any Person, other than Permitted
Investments.

         Section 9.7 Qualifying Facility. The Borrower will not take any action,
or omit to take any action, the effect of which results in the Project ceasing
to be a Qualifying Facility.

         Section 9.8 Change of Office. The Borrower will not change the location
of its chief executive office or principal place of business or the office where
it keeps its records concerning the Partnership, the Project and all related
contracts from that existing on the date of this Agreement and specified in
Section 6.18, except in accordance with the Security Agreement.

         Section 9.9 Change of Name. The Borrower will not change its name,
except in accordance with the Security Agreement.

         Section 9.10 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. Except as
expressly permitted by the Loan Documents, including, without limitation,
delivery and performance of the Fuel Management Contract, the Operations and
Maintenance Agreement and the Spare Parts Agreement, the Borrower will not,
directly or indirectly, conduct any business or engage in any transaction with
any Affiliate other than pursuant to a Project Contract to which such Affiliate
is a party, except (i) with the prior written approval of the Lenders (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld if the conditions of Section
9.10(iv) are met), (ii) Permitted Contracts, (iii) Restricted Payments made in
accordance with Section 9.14, or (iv) in the ordinary course of such Affiliate's
business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Affiliate
than the Affiliate would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with an
unaffiliated Person.

Section 9.11 Restricted Payments.

         (a)      Generally. The Borrower will not make any Restricted Payments
other than on a Payment Date and as permitted by Section 9.11(b) below.

         (b)      Additional Limitations on Restricted Payments. The Borrower
will not make any Restricted Payment if (i) Excess
<PAGE>   86
                                                                      Page 86

Cash Flow remaining in the Receipt Account after all withdrawals required to be
made therefrom pursuant to priorities First through Eighth of Section 4.2 of the
Deposit and Security Agreement have been made (if any) is not greater than zero
or (ii), as of the Payment Date on which such Restricted Payment is proposed to
be made:

                  (i)      any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
         and be continuing;

                  (ii)     for the twelve-month period immediately preceding
         such Payment Date (including the month ending on such Payment Date),
         the Debt Service Coverage Ratio was less than 1.20;

                  (iii)    the balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account was
         less than the Required Debt Service Reserve Account Balance, or any
         withdrawal was made from the Debt Service Reserve Account (other than
         to transfer to the Receipt Account amounts in excess of the Required
         Debt Service Reserve Account Balance) during the four-quarter period
         preceding such Payment Date; or

                  (iv)     a Fuel Transportation Trigger Event shall have
         occurred but the Borrower shall not have entered into a fuel supply
         contract in accordance with Section 8.16(c).

         Section 9.12 Assignment. Except as permitted by the Loan Documents, the
Borrower shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement,
the Loans, either of the Letters of Credit or the Notes to any Person without
the prior written consent of the Lenders.

         9.13 Abandonment of Project. The Borrower shall not cause or permit an
Abandonment to occur.

                                   ARTICLE X

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         Section 10.1 Events of Default.

         (a)      An Event of Default shall occur if:

                  (i)      the Borrower shall default in the payment of any
principal of any of the Notes or of amounts due to the Agent in respect of any
Drawing or of payments under Interest Rate Contracts when the same shall become
due (as scheduled, by acceleration or in accordance with Section 3.7); or

                  (ii)     the Borrower shall default in the payment of any
interest on the Notes or the Drawings for more than three Business Days after
the date on which the same shall become due; 
<PAGE>   87
                                                                      Page 87
or

                  (iii)    the Borrower shall default in the payment of any fee
payable under Article V or any payment payable under Section 4.1 (other than the
principal amount of or any interest on any Drawing), or under any Interest Rate
Contract or any Collateral Security Document for more than five Business Days
after the date on which the same shall become due or, in the case of payments
due under Section 3.12, 3.13, 3.15, 3.16, 4.4 or 8.15(b), 12.1 or under any
Collateral Security Documents, for more than fifteen Business Days after the
Agent or any Lender shall have delivered written demand therefor; or

                  (iv)     any representation or warranty made in writing by the
Borrower or Calpine to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders herein
or in any other Basic Document, or in any certificate, or other document
required to be furnished under this Agreement to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
any of the Lenders, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material
respect as of the time made or deemed made and the Borrower or Calpine, as the
case may be, fails to correct any such inaccuracy or eliminate the adverse
effects of such inaccuracy to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lenders within
30 days after the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof; or

                  (v)      the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe, or
cause to be performed or observed, any covenant contained in Section 8.6(a) or
Section 6(a) of the Security Agreement; provided, that in the case of insurance
with respect to which cancellation, change or lapse for nonpayment of premium
shall not be effective as to the Agent and the Lenders for 30 days, or such
other period as may from time to time be customarily obtainable in the insurance
industry after receipt by the Agent and the Lenders of notice of such
cancellation, change or lapse, no such failure to carry and maintain insurance
shall constitute an Event of Default (so long as the Borrower is diligently
pursuing replacement insurance) until the earlier (1) the date such failure
shall have continued unremedied for a period resulting in 15 days' or less
coverage remaining with respect to each of the additional insured parties, or
(2) the date on which such insurance is not in effect as to any such additional
insured party; or

                  (vi)     the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe, or
cause to be performed or observed, any covenant contained in Section 8.1, 8.5
(provided that any cure period with respect to a covenant default under any Loan
Document provided in another clause of this Section 10.1 shall not be limited by
this clause (vi)), 8.9, 8.10, clause (a), (b), (g), (h) or (i) of Section 8.11,
8.14 or 8.16; or Section 3(a)(i) (but without limiting the default set forth in
clause (xviii) hereof) or Section 6(b) of the Security Agreement; or Section
II.E, III.C.1 
<PAGE>   88
                                                                      Page 88

or V.A.1 of the Deed of Trust; or

                  (vii)    the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe, or
cause to be performed or observed, any covenant contained in Section 8.4, clause
(b) or (c) of Section 8.6, 8.7, 8.8 (but without limiting the default set forth
in clause (xviii) hereof), 8.12, 8.15 (but without limiting Borrower's right to
contest any Requirement of Law in accordance with Section 8.8) or 8.18, and such
failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after the Borrower obtains actual
knowledge thereof; or

                  (viii)   the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe, or
cause to be performed or observed, any other covenant, term or agreement (other
than those covenants referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) above) contained
in this Agreement and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30
days after the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof; provided that if (1)
such failure cannot be cured within such 30-day period, (2) the Borrower submits
to the Lenders within such period a cure plan and, in the reasonable judgment of
the Required Lenders, such plan is technically and economically feasible, (3)
the Borrower is proceeding with diligence and in good faith to cure such
failure, (4) and the Agent shall have received a certification from an
authorized representative of the Borrower to the effect of subclauses (1) and
(3) above and the then anticipated time to effect such cure, the time within
which such failure may be cured shall be extended for an additional period not
to exceed 120 days as shall be necessary for the Borrower diligently to cure
such failure;

                  (ix)     the Borrower or the Partner shall default in any
payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Notes,
any Interest Rate Contract, any Drawing or any other Indebtedness under the Loan
Documents) or in the payment of money under any other material Contractual
Obligation when due totalling for any such Person $250,000 or more (taking into
account any grace periods provided in the documentation relating to such
Indebtedness or Contractual Obligation), or shall fail to observe or perform any
other material condition or material obligation under the terms of such
Indebtedness, and in either case, the effect of which is to permit the holder,
or any trustee or agent to realize upon any collateral given as security
therefor or to accelerate such Indebtedness or payment obligations under a
material Contractual Obligation totalling $250,000 or more; or

                  (x)      Calpine shall fail to make any payment pursuant to
the Calpine Guarantees when due, or shall otherwise be in default under any of
the Calpine Guarantees, or shall fail to perform its obligations under the Fuel
Management Contract or the Calpine Performance Agreement;

                  (xi)     PG&E shall fail to perform or observe any of
<PAGE>   89
                                                                      Page 89

its material covenants or obligations in the Power Purchase Agreement, which
failure shall not be remedied for a period of 30 days after any applicable cure
period under the Power Purchase Agreement; or any material provision of the
Power Purchase Agreement shall (i) cease to be valid and binding and in full
force and effect, or (ii) be terminated prior to the end of the term thereof; or
any material provision of the Power Purchase Agreement shall be declared by a
court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction to be null and
void or be terminated; or

                  (xii)    any party (other than the Agent, any Lender, the
Issuing Bank or the Borrower) to a Project Contract (other than the Power
Purchase Agreement) shall fail to perform or observe any of its material
covenants or obligations in any such Project Contract, which failure shall not
be remedied for a period of 30 days after any applicable grace or cure period
under the Project Contract; or any material provision of any Project Contract
shall (i) cease to be valid and binding or in full force and effect or (ii) be
terminated prior to the end of the term thereof as specified in such Project
Contract; or any material provision of any Project Contract shall be declared by
a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction to be null and
void or be terminated; and any such failure, event or circumstance, in the
reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Lenders, materially adversely affects
the Borrower's ability to maintain the effective operation of the Project or to
make any payments when and as due under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the
other Basic Documents to which it is a party, or materially adversely affects
the ability of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders to receive payments
under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Basic Document when and as due,
unless, within 30 days following any such failure, event or circumstance the
Borrower either enters into an agreement to replace the applicable Project
Contract, with a party acceptable to the Lenders and containing substantially
the same terms and conditions as such replaced Project Contract or otherwise
implements an alternative response to such failure, event or circumstance
acceptable to the Lenders; provided, that, with respect to any Project Contract
other than the fuel supply agreement, if the Borrower cannot enter into a
replacement agreement or implement an alternative response to such failure,
event or circumstance within such 30-day period, the time within which the
Borrower may enter into a replacement agreement or implement an alternative
response shall be extended for an additional period not in excess of 120 days as
may be necessary to effect such cure, if (1) the Borrower submits to the Lenders
within the 30-day period a cure plan (which plan shall include replacement of
the Operator, if the Operator has been grossly negligent in the performance of
its material covenants and obligations under the Operations and Maintenance
Agreement), and such plan, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, is
technically and economically feasible within such additional cure 
<PAGE>   90
                                                                      Page 90

period, (2) the Borrower demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Lenders that, upon completion of such cure plan, the Power Purchase Agreement
will be in full force and effect and the Borrower will not be in default
thereunder, (3) the Borrower is proceeding with diligence and in good faith to
cure such failure, event or circumstance; provided, further, that, with respect
to a fuel supply agreement, if the Borrower cannot enter into a replacement
agreement or a binding letter of intent, in either case reasonably acceptable to
the Lenders, within such 30-day period, the time within which the Borrower may
enter into a replacement contract or binding letter of intent shall be extended
for an additional 60-day period, if (1) the Borrower enters into a 30-day gas
supply agreement during the initial 30-day cure period so that fuel deliveries
to the Project continue without interruption (except interruptions caused by
force majeure events) and (2) the Borrower is proceeding with diligence and in
good faith to enter into a replacement agreement or binding letter of intent
therefor; or

                  (xiii)   any Material Obligor shall make an assignment for the
benefit of creditors or shall generally not be paying its or his debts as such
debts become due; or

                  (xiv)    (A) any decree or order for relief in respect of any
Material Obligor shall be entered under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation or similar law, whether now or hereafter in effect (herein called
the "Bankruptcy Law") of any jurisdiction, (B) any petition or application of
the types described in clause (xv) below shall be filed, or any such proceeding
shall be commenced, against any Material Obligor and such Material Obligor, by
any act, shall indicate its approval, consent thereto or acquiescence therein,
or an order, judgment or decree shall be entered appointing any such trustee,
receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official, or approving the petition
in any such proceedings, and such order, judgment or decree shall remain
unstayed and in effect for more than 60 days, or (C) any order, judgment or
decree shall be entered in any proceedings against any Material Obligor
decreeing the dissolution of such Material Obligor and such order, judgment or
decree shall remain unstayed and in effect for more than 60 days; or

                  (xv)     any Material Obligor shall petition or apply to any
tribunal for, or shall consent to, the appointment of, or taking possession by,
a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official of such Material
Obligor or of any substantial part of the assets of such Material Obligor, or
shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or
any proceedings relating to any Material Obligor under the Bankruptcy Law of any
other jurisdiction; or

                  (xvi)    a judgment or judgments in an aggregate
<PAGE>   91
                                                                      Page 91

amount in excess of $250,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower and, within
60 days after entry thereof, such judgment shall not be discharged or execution
thereof stayed pending appeal, or within 60 days after the expiration of any
such stay, such judgment shall not be discharged; or

                  (xvii)   any Collateral Security Document shall fail to
provide, or cease to be effective to grant, to the Agent a perfected Lien on the
Collateral intended to be created thereby superior to all other Liens, other
than Permitted Liens, or cease to be in full force and effect, or the validity
thereof or the applicability thereof to the Obligations or any part thereof
shall be questioned or disaffirmed by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other
party thereto; or

                  (xviii)  any of the Governmental Approvals, or any other acts
contemplated by Section 8.8, required in connection with the Loans, this
Agreement, the Letters of Credit or any of the other Basic Documents or the
Project, or any of the Governmental Approvals required to be obtained by any
Material Obligor in connection with the full performance of any Basic Document
to which it is a party, shall be rejected or otherwise denied or shall expire
(without being timely renewed) or be revoked, rescinded, suspended, held invalid
or otherwise limited in effect, and such rejection, denial, expiration,
revocation, rescission, suspension, holding or other limiting action, in the
reasonable judgment of the Agent and the Lenders, materially adversely affects
the Borrower's ability to maintain the effective operation of the Project or to
make any payments when and as due under this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the
other Basic Documents to which it is a party, or materially adversely affects
the ability of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders to receive payments
under this Agreement, the Notes, or any other Basic Document when and as due,
which event, circumstance or act is not being contested, in accordance with
Section 8.8 by the Borrower within 30 days of the occurrence thereof (without
limiting the default set forth in clause xxiv hereof); or

                  (xix)    the passage or promulgation of, or any change in, any
statute, ordinance or regulation affecting the Project that materially adversely
affects the Borrower's ability to maintain the effective operation of the
Project or to make payments as and when due under this Agreement, the Notes or
any of the other Basic Documents to which it is a party, or materially adversely
affects the ability of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders to receive
payments under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Basic Document as and when
due, which statute, ordinance or regulation, or change therein, is not contested
by the Borrower in accordance with Section 8.8 within 30 days of passage or
promulgation thereof (without limiting the default set forth in clause xxiv
hereof); or

                  (xx)     the Partner shall sell, transfer, convey or
<PAGE>   92
                                                                      Page 92

otherwise dispose of or pledge its partnership interest in the Borrower (other
than pursuant to the Assignment of Partnership Interests of Calpine Gilroy 1,
Inc. or to any wholly owned, direct or indirect, subsidiary, partnership or
limited liability company of Calpine which has entered into an acceptable
assignment of partnership interests in favor of the Agent in the form of Exhibit
K-1 or Exhibit K-2 hereto, as applicable) except with the prior written approval
of the Lenders; or

                  (xxi)    Calpine (or one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries,
partnerships or limited liability companies of Calpine) shall cease to own,
directly or indirectly, all of the ownership interests in the Partner or at
least 51% of the ownership interests in the Borrower without the prior consent
of the Required Lenders, or any additional general partner shall be admitted to
the Partnership, or any limited partner shall be admitted to the Partnership
other than any Permitted Transferee or any other Person which is approved by the
Required Lenders; or

                  (xxii)   the Borrower shall cease to have good and marketable
title or any real property right necessary to operate and maintain the Project,
or the Borrower shall cease to have a good and marketable leasehold interest in
the Project Site, or the Borrower shall sell, lease, assign or otherwise
transfer any part of the Collateral in violation of the terms of this Agreement;
or

                  (xxiii)  there shall have occurred an Abandonment or an Event
of Loss; or

                  (xxiv)   the Facility shall have lost its status as a
Qualifying Facility, or the Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall, solely
as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, become subject to
regulation as an "electric utility", "electric corporation", "natural gas
company", "public service company", "electric utility company" or "holding
company" under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, the
Federal Power Act, as amended, the Natural Gas Act, as amended, the Public
Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978, as amended, or any comparable state law
or regulation; or

                  (xxv)    with respect to any Plan, as to which the Borrower
could reasonably be expected to have material liability, (1) there shall exist
an Insufficiency with respect to such Plan which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, (2) steps are or have been taken to terminate a
Plan in a distress termination, (3) any Reportable Event (as defined in Section
4043 of ERISA) with respect to a Plan shall occur which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (4) a contribution failure occurs
with respect to a Plan which is sufficient to give rise to a lien under Section
302(f) of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or (5) with respect to any
Multiemployer Plan (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) 
<PAGE>   93
                                                                      Page 93

the Borrower shall have incurred withdrawal liability to such Plan in an amount
which, when aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to
Multiemployer Plans in connection with withdrawal liabilities exceeds in the
aggregate $250,000.

         (b)      Upon an Event of Default specified in clause (xiv) or (xv) of
Section 10.1(a) with respect to the Borrower, the Notes and the Drawings (with
accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement or
any Loan Document (together with interest accrued thereon) shall automatically
become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, and
the Borrower shall deposit with the Issuing Bank cash in the amount of the
then-current Stated Amount of the Tranche C Letter of Credit (it being
understood that the obligation to make such deposit shall constitute an
Obligation for all purposes of the Loan Documents).

         (c)      Upon an Event of Default specified in any clause of
Section 10.1(a), other than an Event of Default specified in clause (xiv) or
(xv) with respect to the Borrower, the Agent shall, at the request of the
Required Lenders, in addition to any right, power or remedy permitted by law or
equity, by notice in writing to the Borrower, declare the Notes and the Drawings
(with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement
or any Collateral Security Document to be, and the Notes, the Drawings and such
amounts shall thereupon be and become, immediately due and payable (with accrued
interest thereon) without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, and the Borrower shall
deposit with the Issuing Bank cash in the amount of the then-current Stated
Amount of Tranche C Letter of Credit (it being understood that the obligation to
make such deposit shall constitute an Obligation for all purposes of the Loan
Documents).

         Section 10.2 Other Remedies. If any Event of Default shall occur and be
continuing the Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall proceed to
protect and enforce the rights of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders
under this Agreement, the Notes, the Drawings, any Collateral Security Document,
any Project Contract or any other Basic Document by exercising such rights and
remedies as are available to the Agent and/or the Issuing Bank or Lenders in
respect thereof under applicable law or otherwise, either by suit in equity or
by action of law, or both, whether for specific performance of any covenant or
other agreement contained in any such document or in aid of the exercise of any
power granted in any such document. No remedy conferred in this Agreement upon
the Agent and/or the Lenders is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy,
and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy conferred herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in
equity or by statute or 
<PAGE>   94
                                                                      Page 94

otherwise.

         Section 10.3 Foreclosure Under Certain Circumstances. If an Event of
Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lenders (or the Agent on behalf of
the Lenders and the Issuing Bank) shall exercise remedies the purpose of which
is to effect a transfer of title to or control of the Project, then the Lenders
(or the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank) (a) shall exercise
commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Project to third parties on
commercially reasonable terms, or (b) shall, in the event that no third party
sale may be effected on commercially reasonable terms, and the Lenders elect to
acquire title to the Project (whether directly or indirectly through a trust,
agent, nominee or designee, and whether through foreclosure, sale by power of
sale or judicial sale, deed in lieu of foreclosure or other remedies effecting a
transfer of title to the Project) (such event, a "Disposition"), (i) take title
either (A) through a credit bid of the minimum amount of the Loans and other
outstanding Obligations necessary to achieve such acquisition of the Project
(the sufficiency of the credit bid to be supported by an opinion or advice of
counsel to the Lenders (in either case acceptable to the Lenders), and such
credit bid to be allocated among the Lenders and the Issuing Bank on the basis
of their respective outstanding Obligations or (B) by a voluntary transfer by
the Borrower or the partners of the Borrower that does not require a credit bid,
and (ii) hold such title, share the benefits and obligations of the Project, and
have management voting rights, in each case on the basis of their respective
outstanding Obligations.

                              ARTICLE XIARTICLE XI

          THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANKTHE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK

         Section 11.1 Appointment. The Issuing Bank and each Lender hereby
designates and appoints BNP as the Agent of such Person under this Agreement and
each other Basic Document, and each such Person irrevocably authorizes BNP, as
the Agent for such Person, to execute each of the Basic Documents contemplated
hereby to be executed by it, to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement and each other Basic Document and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the
terms of this Agreement and each other Basic Document, together with such other
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to
the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and those necessarily
incidental thereto, or any fiduciary relationship with any the Issuing Bank or
any Lender and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities on the part of the Agent shall be read into this
Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agent. The provisions of this Article
XI are solely 
<PAGE>   95
                                                                      Page 95

for the benefit of the Agent and the Issuing Bank and the Lenders. In performing
its functions and duties hereunder and under the other Basic Documents, the
Agent shall act solely as the agent of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and does
not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of
trust or functions and duties hereunder and under the other Basic Documents, the
Agent shall act solely as the agent of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and does
not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of
trust or agency with or for the Borrower or its successors and assigns.

         Section 11.2 Delegation of Duties. The Agent may execute any of its
duties under this Agreement or the other Basic Documents by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care.

         Section 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall not be (i) liable
for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or any Person
described in Section 11.2 under or in connection with this Agreement or any
other Basic Document (except for its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to the Issuing Bank any of the
Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any
other Person contained in this Agreement or under any other Basic Document or in
any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for
in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Basic
Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability
or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any other Basic Document (except for the
due execution hereof and thereof by the Agent) or for any failure of any other
Person to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agent shall not
be under any obligation to the Issuing Bank or any Lender to ascertain or to
inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained
in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Basic Document, or to inspect
the properties, books or records of any Person, except if so requested by the
Lenders. This Section 11.3 is intended solely to govern the relationship between
the Agent, on the one hand, and the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, on the other.

         Section 11.4 Reliance by Agent. The Agent shall be entitled to rely,
and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Note, writing, resolution,
notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy,
telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made
by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel,
independent
<PAGE>   96
                                                                      Page 96

accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent may deem and
treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes (including,
without limitation, for purposes of making any payment in accordance with this
Agreement) unless the Agent shall have received an executed Commitment Transfer
Supplement in respect thereof. All payments made by the Agent to the Lenders
prior to the receipt of such Commitment Transfer Supplement shall be valid and
binding for all purposes of this Agreement and the Notes. The Agent shall be
fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement
or any other Basic Document unless it shall first receive such advice or
concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be
indemnified to its satisfaction (subject to the provisions of Section 11.7) by
all of the Lenders against liabilities and expenses which may be incurred by it
by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agent shall in
all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this
Agreement, the Letters of Credit and the other Basic Documents in accordance
with a request of the Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or
failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all
future holders of the Notes.

         Section 11.5 Notice of Default. The Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless
the Agent has received written notice from the Issuing Bank, a Lender or the
Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that
the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent shall promptly give notice thereof
to the Issuing Bank and the Lenders. The Agent shall take such action with
respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be directed by the Required
Lenders; provided that unless and until the Agent shall have received such
directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as the Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders.

         Section 11.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders. The Issuing Bank
and each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agent, nor any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made
any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereafter
taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of any Person,
shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent. The
Issuing Bank and each Lender represents and warrants to the Agent that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its
own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property,
prospects, financial and 
<PAGE>   97
                                                                      Page 97

other conditions and creditworthiness of each Person deemed relevant by such
Lender and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this
Agreement. The Issuing Bank and each Lender also represents that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such investigation
as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property,
prospects, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Person
deemed relevant by such Lender. Except for notices, reports and other documents
expressly required under the Basic Documents or Section 11.10 to be furnished to
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders by the Agent, the Agent shall not have any duty
or responsibility to provide the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with any credit or
other information concerning the business, operations, property, prospects,
financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Person which may come
into the possession of the Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees,
agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

         Section 11.7 Indemnification. Each of the Lenders hereby agrees to
indemnify the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) and its Affiliates and its
officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents and the Issuing Bank
(in its capacity as Issuing Bank) and its Affiliates and its officers,
directors, employees, representatives and agents (in each case to the extent not
reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower
to do so) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel for the Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may
be, or such Person in connection with any investigative, administrative or
judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not the Agent or Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, or such Person shall be designated a party thereto)
that may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the
payment in full of the Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, or such Person as a
result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, any of
the transactions contemplated hereby or the execution, delivery or performance
of any Basic Document or related document (but excluding any such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Agent or Issuing Bank or any Lender, as the case may be, or
such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).

         Section 11.8 Agent and Issuing Bank in Individual
<PAGE>   98
                                                                      Page 98

Capacities. Each of the Agent and the Issuing Bank and each of their respective
Affiliates may engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and its
Affiliates as though the Agent or the Issuing Bank were not the Agent or the
Issuing Bank, as the case may be, hereunder. With respect to Loans made or
renewed by it and any Note issued to it, the Agent and the Issuing Bank shall
have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though it were not the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include the Agent and
the Issuing Bank in their respective individual capacities.

         Section 11.9 Successor Agents. Subject to the appointment and
acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, the Agent may resign at any
time either under this Agreement or under the Collateral Security Documents by
giving written notice thereof to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower,
and the Agent may be removed at any time with cause by the Required Lenders.
Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right
to appoint a successor Agent reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. If no
successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall
have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent's notice
of resignation or the Required Lenders' removal of the retiring Agent, then the
retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, appoint one
of the Lenders as successor Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as
Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon
succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties
of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agent's resignation or
removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article XI and Section 12.1
shall continue in effect for such Agent's benefit in respect of any actions
taken or omitted by it while it served as Agent hereunder.

         Section 11.10 Documents and Notices. The Agent will forward to each
Lender and the Issuing Bank after the Agent's receipt thereof a copy of each
document furnished to the Agent by the Borrower hereunder to the extent the
Borrower is not obligated to deliver such document to the Issuing Bank and each
Lender.

         Section 11.11 Response to Certain Borrower Requests. The Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Lender will act diligently (and within the time periods
(if any) set forth in this Agreement and the other Basic Documents and, to the
extent practicable, within the time periods (if any) reasonably requested by the
Borrower, in each case taking into account such consultation as the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders may require with the independent consultants) in
the review of documents, the making of determinations or the consideration of
requests for consents, 
<PAGE>   99
                                                                      Page 99

approvals, waivers or amendments required to be reviewed, made or considered by
each of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, as the case may be, as
contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the
other Basic Documents. The Borrower shall provide the Agent with reasonable
notice of the expected occurrence of any such requirements and, at the request
of the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly so advise the Issuing Bank and the
Lenders as requested by the Borrower. The Borrower shall provide such documents
and information to the Agent or the Issuing Bank or any Lender (through the
Agent) as any of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders may reasonably
consider necessary, and shall otherwise cooperate with the Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Lenders in order so as to permit the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
the Lenders effectively to review such documents, make such determinations or
consider such requests for consents, approvals, waivers or amendments.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.1 Expenses; Indemnification, etc.

         (a)      The Borrower agrees, whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be consummated, to pay, and save the Agent harmless
against liability for the payment of, (i) reasonable syndication related
expenses (including legal costs but excluding fees paid by the Agent to any
Purchasing Lender) of the Agent, (ii) all reasonable filing and recordation fees
which may at any time be payable in respect of the Collateral Security
Documents, (iii) all reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Engineer,
the Fuel Consultant, the Insurance Consultant, the Environmental Consultant and
any other consultants incurred in connection with the Project, or the
transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Basic Document, (iv) all
reasonable costs and fees and expenses of counsel and of special counsel to the
Agent in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the Collateral Security
Documents or any other Basic Document, the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby, (v) the reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, incurred by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders in
connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby,
including without limitation all such costs and expenses incurred in enforcing
any rights under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the
Collateral Security Documents or any other Basic Document or in complying with
any subpoena or other legal process served upon the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
any of the Lenders in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
Credit, the Collateral Security Documents or any other Basic Document, or in any
bankruptcy case and (vi) the reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable
attorneys' and consultants' fees, the negotiation, preparation, execution or
delivery of any amendment, 
<PAGE>   100
                                                                      Page 100

modification, supplement, consent or waiver requested by any party relating to
this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral Security
Documents, or any other Basic Document or the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby.

         (b)      The Borrower agrees to pay, and hold the Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Lenders harmless from and against, any and all present and future
stamp and other similar taxes with respect to the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, and save the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders harmless
from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any
delay or omission to pay such taxes. A certificate in reasonable detail as to
any amounts payable to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders under
this Section 12.1(b) submitted to the Borrower by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
any of the Lenders in good faith shall be presumed to be correct absent manifest
error and shall be binding upon all of the parties to this Agreement and any
assignees or transferees. 

         (c)      The Borrower agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to
indemnify, pay and hold harmless the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders
(except from its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct) from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind
whatsoever (including reasonable attorney's fees) which may be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Person in
any way relating to or arising out of (i) the Project, (ii) this Agreement, the
Notes, the Letters of Credit, any of the Collateral Security Documents or the
other Basic Documents, (iii) transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) the direct
or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of any Loan or
Drawing, (v) any violation of any law, ordinance, order, rule or regulation,
including any such violation in respect of hazardous or toxic wastes or
substances, (vi) the past or present disposal, release or threatened release of
any Material of Environmental Concern on the Project Site, or (vii) any personal
injury (including wrongful death) or property damage arising out of or relating
to any Material of Environmental Concern on the Project Site. The Borrower
agrees to indemnify the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders against any
claims for brokerage fees or commissions payable to any broker or finder (to the
extent not engaged by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender) in connection
with the Loans or the financing contemplated by this Agreement and to pay all
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by any such parties in
connection with the defense of any action brought to collect any brokerage fees
or commissions by any such Person. 

         (d)      The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 12.1 shall
survive any resignation of the Agent, transfer by any Lender of its Notes and
payment in full of the 
<PAGE>   101
                                                                      Page 101

Obligations. 

         Section 12.2 Amendments; Consent to Amendments.

         (a)      None of this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit or
the other Loan Documents may be changed orally, but only by an agreement in
writing signed by all of the parties thereto.

         (b)      Each of this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit and
the Collateral Security Documents may be amended, and the Borrower may take any
action herein or therein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein or
therein required to be performed by it, if the Borrower shall obtain the written
consent to such amendment, action or omission to act, of the Required Lenders
and, with respect to the Letters of Credit, the Issuing Bank, except that no
such action shall be taken if the effect thereof is to (i) extend the maturity
of any Note or any installment thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of
payment of interest thereon, or reduce or forgive the principal amount thereof,
or reduce any fees payable to the Lenders hereunder or thereunder, without the
prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and each Lender, (ii) change the
amount of any Lender's Commitment, change the Stated Amount of either of the
Letters of Credit or release collateral having a value of $100,000 or more (as
estimated by the Agent) purported to be covered by any of the Collateral
Security Documents, or amend the provisions of Section 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) or the
definition of "Required Lenders" without the prior written consent of the
Issuing Bank and each Lender, (iii) change the requirements in any Collateral
Security Document or in Section 10.1 respecting the transfer of the partnership
interests or ownership interests in the Borrower without the prior written
consent of the Issuing Bank and each Lender, (iv) amend or modify the provisions
of Section 11.9 without the prior consent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
each Lender, (v) create or permit additional Indebtedness secured by the
Collateral (other than Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (b), (c) and
(e) of the definition thereof) without the prior consent of the Issuing Bank and
each Lender or (vi) affect the rights or obligations of the Agent, without the
consent of the Agent. Any such amendment, modification, supplement, cancellation
or termination and any such waiver, properly consented to in accordance with the
foregoing shall apply equally to each of the Lenders, the Agent and the Issuing
Bank (to the extent applicable to such party) and shall be binding upon the
Borrower, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders and all future holders of the
Notes. 

         Section 12.3 Form, Registration, Transfer and Exchange of Notes; Lost
Notes. 

         (a)      The Notes are issuable as registered notes without coupons in
the denomination of the aggregate principal amount 
<PAGE>   102
                                                                      Page 102

thereof. The Borrower will keep at the principal office of the Borrower a
register in which the Borrower will provide for the registration of the Notes
and of transfers of the Notes. Upon surrender for registration or transfer of a
Note at the principal office of the Borrower, the Borrower will, at its expense,
execute and deliver a new Note or Notes of like tenor and of a like aggregate
principal amount, registered in the name or names of such transferee or
transferees. At the option of the holder of any Note, such Note may be exchanged
for other Notes of like tenor and of any authorized denominations, of a like
aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Note to be exchanged at the
principal office of the Borrower. Whenever any Note is so surrendered for
exchange, the Borrower will, at its expense, execute and deliver the Note which
the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Note surrendered
for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, and be
accompanied by a Commitment Transfer Supplement duly executed by the holder of
such Note or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing. Any Note issued
in exchange for any Note or upon transfer thereof shall carry the rights to
unpaid interest and interest to accrue which were carried by the Note so
exchanged or transferred, so that neither gain nor loss of interest shall result
from any such transfer or exchange, and shall contain the following legend:
"This Note is issued in replacement of [ ] and, notwithstanding the date of this
Note, this Note carries all of the rights to unpaid interest which were carried
by such replaced Notes so that neither gain nor loss of interest shall result
from any such replacement." Upon the transfer of any Note to a different holder
in compliance with this Section 12.3 and Section 12.7 the Lender Schedule will
be supplemented to reflect such transfer and such transferee's status as a
"Lender" hereunder. 

         (b)      Upon receipt of written notice from the holder of any Note or
other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower of the loss, theft,
destruction or mutilation of any Note and, in the case of mutilation upon
surrender and cancellation of such Note, the Borrower will make and deliver a
new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated
Note. 

         (c)      Each of the Lenders represents that in making the Loans to the
Borrower such Lender will be acquiring the Notes for the purpose of investment
and not with the view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided that the
disposition of property of such Lender shall at all times be and remain within
its control, it being understood and agreed that each of the Lenders shall have
the right in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to syndicate the
Commitment to additional financial institutions chosen by such Lender after the
execution of this Agreement, provided that such syndication shall be in
compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and 
<PAGE>   103
                                                                      Page 103

applicable state securities laws. 

         Section 12.4 Notices to Subsequent Holder. If any of the Notes shall
have been transferred to another holder pursuant to Sections 12.3 and 12.7 and
such holder shall have designated in writing the address to which communications
with respect to such Note shall be mailed, all notices, certificates, requests,
statements and other documents required or permitted to be delivered to any
Lender or holder of a Note by any provision hereof shall also be delivered to
each such holder. 

         Section 12.5 Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer, the Borrower may treat the Person in whose name any of
the Notes is registered as the owner and holder of such Note for the purpose of
receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note shall be
overdue, and the Borrower shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.


         Section 12.6 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All
representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by the
Borrower in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the Letters of Credit and the Notes, transfer of by any Lender of its
notes and payment in full of the Obligations, regardless of any investigation
made by any Lender or on its behalf. 

         Section 12.7 Successors and Assigns. 

         (a)      This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Agent, all future holders of
the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, provided, however, that
the Borrower may not assign any portion of its rights or obligations hereunder
to any Person, except with the prior written consent of the Lenders.

         (b)      Each Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of the
Obligations owing to it hereunder to any Federal Reserve Bank or the United
States Department of Treasury as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating Circular
issued by such Federal Reserve System, provided that any payment in respect of
such assigned Obligations made by the Borrower to the assigning and/or the
pledging Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall satisfy the
Borrower's obligations hereunder in respect of such assigned Obligations to the
extent of such payment. No such assignment shall release the assigning Lender
from its obligations hereunder.

         (c)      The holder of any Note or any portion of the Commitment may
from time to time grant participations in all or 
<PAGE>   104
                                                                      Page 104

any part of such Note or portion of the Commitments to any Person on such terms
and conditions as may be determined by such holder in its sole and absolute
discretion, provided that the grant of such participation shall not relieve any
Lender of its obligations hereunder. 

         (d)      Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more financial
institutions reasonably acceptable to the Borrower (a "Purchasing Lender"), all
or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Letters of
Credit, the Notes and any Interest Rate Contracts to which such Lender is a
party, subject to a minimum purchase requirement of $5 million of the
Commitment, upon written notice to the Agent and upon the prior written consent
of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) pursuant to a
Commitment Transfer Supplement, executed by such Purchasing Lender and such
transferor Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall sell all or
any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Letters of
Credit, the Notes or the Interest Rate Contracts in violation of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, any state securities law, or any other law, rule or
regulation. Upon such execution of such Commitment Transfer Supplement, and
delivery of an executed copy thereof to the Borrower, subject to compliance with
this Section 12.7, the Purchasing Lender shall for all purposes be a Lender
party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a
Lender under this Agreement, to the same extent as if it were an original party
hereto with the Tranche A Pro Rata Share, Tranche B Pro Rata Share, Tranche C
Pro Rata Share and/or Tranche D Pro Rata Share as set forth in such Commitment
Transfer Supplement, which shall be deemed to amend this Agreement (including,
without limitation, the Lender Schedule) to the extent, and only to the extent,
necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Lender and the resulting
adjustment of the Tranche A Pro Rata Share, Tranche B Pro Rata Share, Tranche C
Pro Rata Share and/or Tranche D Pro Rata Share arising from the purchase by such
Purchasing Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of the
transferor Lender under this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Notes and the
Interest Rate Contracts. Upon the consummation of any transfer pursuant to this
Section 12.7(d), the transferor Lender or the Agent and the Borrower shall make
appropriate arrangements so that, if required, replacement Notes are issued to
such transferor Lender and new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes, are
issued to such Purchasing Lender, pursuant to the applicable Commitment Transfer
Supplement. 

         (e)      The Borrower acknowledges that the holder of any Note may
deliver copies of any financial statements and other documents delivered to such
holder, and disclose any other information disclosed to such holder, by or on
behalf of the Borrower in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement to (i)
such holder's directors, officers, employees, agents and 
<PAGE>   105
                                                                      Page 105

professional consultants, (ii) any other holder of any Note, (iii) any Person to
which such holder offers to sell such Note or any part thereof, (iv) any Person
to which such holder sells or offers to sell a participation in all or any part
of such Note, (v) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction
over such holder, or (vi) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure
may be necessary or appropriate (a) in compliance with any law, rule, regulation
or order applicable to such holder, (b) in response to any subpoena or other
legal process, (c) in connection with any litigation to which such holder is a
party or (d) in order to protect such holder's investment in such Note
(provided, that, in the case of clauses (i) through (iv) or clause (vi) hereof,
such Person shall agree to be bound by such confidentiality agreements as shall
exist between the Borrower and the Lenders). 

         Section 12.8 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, all notices, demands, requests and other communications provided for
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when
presented personally, (b) when transmitted by facsimile to the number, if any,
specified below, (c) if sent by overnight courier service, on the Business Day
following the date of delivery to such courier service, or such later day as
demonstrated by a bona fide receipt therefor, or (d) if sent by the United
States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified, return receipt
requested, on the date received, addressed to the respective party, as the case
may be, at the following address, or such other address as any party may from
time to time designate by written notice to the others as herein required.
Transmission by facsimile at the numbers provided below shall constitute
provision of notice under this Agreement only if receipt thereof is acknowledged
by the recipient. 

For the Agent: 

     Banque Nationale de Paris, Los Angeles Branch
     725 South Figueroa Street, Suite 2090 
     Los Angeles, CA 90017 
     Attn: Project Finance Group 
     Telephone: (213) 488-9120 
     Facsimile: (213) 891-0819 

     with a copy to: 

     Banque Nationale de Paris, New York Branch 
     499 Park Avenue 
     New York, New York 10022 
     Attn: Syndications Group 
     Telephone: (212) 750-1400 
     Facsimile: (212) 415-9805 
<PAGE>   106
                                                                      Page 106

For the Issuing Bank: 

     Banque Nationale de Paris, Los Angeles Branch 
     725 South Figueroa Street, Suite 2090 
     Los Angeles, CA 90017 
     Attn: Project Finance Group 
     Telephone: (213) 488-9120 
     Facsimile: (213) 891-0819 

For the Lenders: 

     At the addresses set forth on the 
     Lender Schedule
<PAGE>   107
                                                                      Page 107

For the Borrower:

     Calpine Gilroy Cogen, L.P.
     50 West San Fernando Street
     San Jose, CA  95113
     Attn:  Vice President,
            Asset Management
     Telephone:  (408) 995-5115
     Facsimile:  (408) 995-0505

         Section 12.9 Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the
several Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. 

         Section 12.10 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL
BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS AND
NOTES EXECUTED AND DELIVERED IN CALIFORNIA, BY RESIDENTS THEREOF, AND TO BE
PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES
THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW. 

         Section 12.11 No Waiver. Failure by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any
of Lender to exercise, or any delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or
privilege it has under this Agreement, or any course of dealing between the
Borrower and the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, shall not operate as a
waiver of any such right, remedy, power or privilege. Neither shall any single
or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude
any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power
or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided under this
Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and
privileges provided by law. 

         Section 12.12 Severable. Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement and without affecting
the validity or enforceability of such or any other provision in any other
jurisdiction. 

         Section 12.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed
simultaneously in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and
it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or
account for more than one such counterpart for each party hereto. 

         Section 12.14 Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction; Limitation
of Remedies. 
<PAGE>   108
                                                                      Page 108

         (a)      THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND
INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LITIGATION OF CLAIM WHICH IS BASED HEREON, OR ARISES OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN
CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, ANY OF THE COLLATERAL SECURITY
DOCUMENTS, BASIC DOCUMENTS, OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS IN CONNECTION
WITH OR RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING,
STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE AGENT, THE ISSUING BANK,
THE LENDERS OR THE BORROWER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE
AGENT, THE ISSUING BANK AND THE LENDERS TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

         (b)      ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT
OR ANY OTHER LOAN INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTIONS IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING
HERETO OR THERETO, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS
(WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE AGENT, THE ISSUING BANK, THE
LENDERS OR THE BORROWER MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS OF
THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA LOCATED IN LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA, AND THE BORROWER
HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. THE BORROWER HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBJECTION
TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT
MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN
SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS. 

         (c)      Nothing contained in this Section 12.14 shall preclude the
Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders from bringing any legal suit, action or
proceeding against the Borrower in the courts of any jurisdiction where the
Borrower or any of its property or assets may be found or located. To the extent
permitted by the applicable laws of any such jurisdiction, the Borrower hereby
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any such court and expressly waives,
in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding, the jurisdiction of any court
or courts which now or hereafter, by reason of its present or future domiciles,
or otherwise, may be available to it. 

         (d)      The Borrower agrees, regardless of cause, not to assert any
claim whatsoever against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender for loss of
anticipatory profits or consequential damages. 

         Section 12.15 No Recourse. No partner of the Borrower, nor any of their
respective shareholders and Affiliates (other than the Borrower and, to the
extent set forth in the Calpine Guarantees and the Calpine Performance
Agreement, Calpine and, to the extent provided in the Assignments of Partnership
Interests, the obligors thereunder), and their respective officers, directors,
stockholders, partners, controlling persons or employees (each, a "Non-Recourse
Party"), shall have any 
<PAGE>   109
                                                                      Page 109

personal liability for any amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder or under
the Notes, the Letters of Credit or any other Basic Document or for the
performance of any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Borrower, or for the
breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Borrower under this
Agreement or in any other Basic Document, undertaking, certificate or any other
document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with this
Agreement, and therefore no judgment or recourse shall be sought or enforced for
the payment or performance of the obligations of the Borrower under any Basic
Document or any other such agreement, undertaking, certificate or document
executed by the Borrower against any Non-Recourse Party in its individual or
personal capacity; provided, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Agent from
bringing an action against the Partner to the extent necessary for the
enforcement of remedies against the Borrower so long as no recourse liability
shall be brought or enforced against the Partner except to the extent expressly
provided in this Section 12.15. It is expressly understood that all obligations
and liabilities of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
Credit and the other Basic Documents to which the Borrower is a party and any
other related document, agreement or instrument executed by the Borrower, are
solely obligations of the Borrower (except to the extent set forth in the
Calpine Guarantees, the Calpine Performance Agreement and the Assignments of
Partnership Interests), provided, that such limitation of liability shall not
apply to a Non-Recourse Party if and to the extent that such Non-Recourse Party
commits fraud or misappropriation (but only to the extent of such
misappropriation) of earnings, revenues, profits or proceeds from the Borrower
or the Project. Further, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
nothing herein shall limit, or be construed or deemed to limit, the liability of
any Non-Recourse Party for its representations, warranties, covenants,
agreements, obligations and liabilities under any Basic Document to which such
Non-Recourse Party is a party. 

         Section 12.16 Confidentiality. Each of the Borrower, the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Lender agrees, for a period of three years following
termination or expiration of this Agreement, to exercise its reasonable efforts
to keep each of the Basic Documents and the contents thereof, all operating and
financial reports delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and all other documents marked "confidential" delivered by or on behalf
of any such Person, confidential from any Person other than Persons employed or
retained by the Borrower or any such Person who are or are expected to become
engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the Basic
Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby; provided, however, that
nothing herein shall prevent the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender from
making any disclosure of information contemplated under Section 12.7(e) or shall
prevent the Borrower or the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender or any such
Person so employed or retained from disclosing such Basic 
<PAGE>   110
                                                                      Page 110

Documents (i) to any other Lender (subject to the non-disclosure standard set
forth herein), (ii) to its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents
who have a need to review such Basic Documents in accordance with customary
borrowing or lending practices, as applicable, (iii) upon the order of any court
or administrative agency, (iv) upon the request or demand of any regulatory
agency or authority having jurisdiction over such Person, (v) which has been
publicly disclosed by a Person other than the Person subject hereto, (vi) to the
extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation arbitration,
governmental investigation or similar proceeding to which the Borrower, the
Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender or its Affiliates may be a party , (vii)
to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any right
or remedy hereunder, (viii) to any such Person's attorneys, accountants and
independent auditors, (ix) to any actual or proposed assignee, participant or
transferee of any of the Obligations (subject to the non-disclosure standard set
forth herein) or (x) to any Person to which disclosure may be necessary or
appropriate in compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to
such Person. 

         Section 12.17 Prior Understandings. This Agreement supersedes all prior
understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among or between the
parties hereto and their Affiliates relating to the transactions provided for
herein. 

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the
day and year first written above.

                               CALPINE GILROY COGEN, L.P.,
                                 a Delaware limited partnership

                                        By:      Calpine Gilroy 1, Inc.
                                                 a Delaware corporation,
                                                 its general partner

                                        By:      ________________________
                                                 Title:
<PAGE>   111
                                                                      Page 111

                           BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
                           LOS ANGELES BRANCH, as Agent

                                 By:__________________________________
                                     Title:

                                 By:__________________________________
                                     Title:

                           BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
                           LOS ANGELES BRANCH, as Issuing Bank

                                 By:__________________________________
                                     Title:

                                 By:__________________________________
                                     Title:

                                    LENDERS:

                           BANQUE NATIONAL DE PARIS,
                           LOS ANGELES BRANCH

                                 By:__________________________________
                                     Title:

                                 By:__________________________________
                                     Title:
<PAGE>   112
                                                                      Page 112

                                   Appendix I
                 Lender Schedule and Applicable Lending Offices

Tranche A Lenders                           Tranche A Pro Rata Share

Banque Nationale de Paris                   100%
Los Angeles Branch
725 South Figueroa Street
Suite 2090
Los Angeles, CA  90017

Tranche B Lenders                           Tranche B Pro Rata Share

Banque Nationale de Paris                   100%
Los Angeles Branch
725 South Figueroa Street
Suite 2090
Los Angeles, CA  90017

Tranche C Lenders                           Tranche C Pro Rata Share

Banque Nationale de Paris                   100%
Los Angeles Branch
725 South Figueroa Street
Suite 2090
Los Angeles, CA  90017

Tranche D Lenders                           Tranche D Pro Rata Share

Banque Nationale de Paris                   100%
Los Angeles Branch
725 South Figueroa Street
Suite 2090
Los Angeles, CA  90017
<PAGE>   113
                                                                      Page 113

                                 Schedule 1.1(b)
                                Sources and Uses
<PAGE>   114
                                                                      Page 114

                                  Schedule 6.4

                             Filings and Recordings

UCC 1 Financing Statements

CGC

         Secretary of State, California
         Secretary of State, Delaware
         Santa Clara County, California

CG1

         Secretary of State, California
         Secretary of State, Delaware

CG2

         Secretary of State, California
         Secretary of State, Delaware

UCC 3 Termination Statements

Gilroy

         Secretary of State, California
         Santa Clara County, California

         Reconveyance of Deed of Trust
         Santa Clara County, California

Mortgage Filing

CGC

         Deed of Trust
         Santa Clara County, California

         Collateral Assignment of Option Agreements
         Santa Clara County, California

         Assignment of Leases and Rents
         Santa Clara County, California

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.3.10


                   COGENERATION PROJECT AT GILROY FOODS, INC.

                              GILROY FOODS, INC.,

                           PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC.

                                      AND

                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

                               STANDARD OFFER #4

                            POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                      FOR

                         LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY


                                 DECEMBER 1983





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       1
<PAGE>   2
                               STANDARD OFFER #4:

                         LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY

                            POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Article                                                                                                Page
- -------                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
1        QUALIFYING STATUS                                                                                3

2        COMMITMENT OF PARTIES                                                                            4

3        PURCHASE OF POWER                                                                                5

4        ENERGY PRICE                                                                                     6

5        CAPACITY ELECTION AND CAPACITY PRICE                                                            10

6        LOSS ADJUSTMENT FACTORS                                                                         11

7        CURTAILMENT                                                                                     11

8        RETROACTIVE APPLICATION OF CPUC ORDERS                                                          12

9        NOTICES                                                                                         12

10       DESIGNATED SWITCHING CENTER                                                                     13

11       TERMS AND CONDITIONS                                                                            13

12       TERM OF AGREEMENT                                                                               14

Appendix A:      GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Appendix B:      ENERGY PAYMENT OPTIONS

Appendix C:      CURTAILMENT OPTIONS

Appendix D:      AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY

Appendix E:      FIRM CAPACITY

Appendix F:      INTERCONNECTION

Appendix G:      FIRM CAPACITY AVAILABILITY TEST

Appendix H:      SAMPLE BILLING CALCULATIONS
</TABLE>





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                         LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY

                            POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                              GILROY FOODS, INC.,

                           PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC.

                                      AND

                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY


         GILROY ENERGY COMPANY, a California corporation ("Seller"), and
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY ("PGandE"), referred to collectively as
"Parties" individually as "Party", agree as follows:


                          ARTICLE 1 QUALIFYING STATUS

         Seller warrants that, at the date of first power deliveries from
Seller's Facility and during the term of agreement, its Facility shall meet
the qualifying facility requirements established as of the effective date of
this Agreement by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's rules (18 Code of
Federal Regulations 292) implementing the Public Utility Regulatory Policies
Act of 1978 (16 U.S.C.A. 796, et seq.).





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                        ARTICLE 2 COMMITMENT OF PARTIES

         The prices to be paid Seller for energy and/or capacity delivered
pursuant to this Agreement have wholly or partly been fixed at the time of
execution.  Actual avoided costs at the time of energy and/or capacity
deliveries may be substantially above or below the prices fixed in this
Agreement.  Therefore, the Parties expressly commit to the prices fixed in this
Agreement for the applicable period of performance and shall not seek to or have
a right to renegotiate such prices for any reason.  As part of its consideration
for the benefit of fixing part or all of the energy and/or capacity prices under
this Agreement, Seller waives any and all rights to judicial or other relief
from its obligations and/or prices set forth in Appendices B, D, and E, or
modification of any other term or provision for any reasons whatsoever.

         This Agreement contains certain provisions which set forth methods of
calculating damages to be paid to PGandE in the event Seller fails to fulfill
certain performance obligations.  The inclusion of such provisions is not
intended to create any express or implied right in Seller to terminate this
Agreement prior to the expiration of the term of agreement.  Termination of
this Agreement by Seller prior to its expiration date shall constitute a breach
of this Agreement and the damages expressly set forth in this





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       4
<PAGE>   5
Agreement shall not constitute PGandE's sole remedy for such breach.


                          ARTICLE 3 PURCHASE OF POWER

         (a)     Seller shall sell and deliver and PGandE shall purchase and
accept delivery of capacity and energy at the voltage level of 115 kV.

         (b)     Seller shall provide capacity and energy from its 130,000 kW
Facility located at Gilroy Foods, Inc., Pacheco Pass Highway, Gilroy,
California.

         (c)     The scheduled operation date of the Facility is April 30,
1986.  At the end of each calendar quarter Seller shall give written notice
to PGandE of any change in the scheduled operation date.

         (d)     To avoid exceeding the physical limitations of the
interconnection facilities, Seller shall limit the Facility's actual rate of
delivery into the PGandE system to 130,000 kW.

         (e)     The primary energy source for the Facility is natural gas.

         (f)     If Seller does not begin construction of its Facility by July
1, 1985, PGandE may reallocate the existing capacity on PGandE's transmission
and/or distribution system





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       5
<PAGE>   6
which would have been used to accommodate Seller's power deliveries to other
uses.  In the event of such reallocation, Seller shall pay PGandE for the cost
of any upgrades or additions to PGandE's system necessary to accommodate the
output from the Facility.  Such additional facilities shall be installed, owned
and maintained in accordance with the applicable PGandE tariff.


                             ARTICLE 4 ENERGY PRICE

         PGandE shall pay Seller for its net energy output(1) under the energy
payment option checked below(2):

________ Energy Payment Option 1 - Forecasted Energy Prices

         During the fixed price period, Seller shall be paid for energy
delivered at prices equal to _____(3)



- ----------------
(1)      Insert either "net energy output" or "surplus energy output" to show
         the energy sale option selected by Seller.

(2)      Energy Payment Option 2 is not available to oil or gas-fired
         cogenerators.

(3)      Insert either 0, 20, 40, 60, 80, or 100, at Seller's option.  If
         Seller's Facility is an oil or gas-fired cogeneration facility,
         either 0 or 20 must be inserted.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       6
<PAGE>   7
percent of the prices set forth in Table B-1, Appendix B, plus_____(1) percent
of PGandE's full short-run avoided operating costs.

         For the remaining years of the term of agreement, Seller shall be paid
for energy delivered at prices equal to PGandE's full short-run avoided
operating costs.

         If Seller's Facility is not an oil or gas-fired cogeneration facility,
Seller may convert from Energy Payment Option 1 to Energy Payment Option 2 and
be subject to the conditions therein, provided that Seller shall not change
the percentage of energy prices to be based on PGandE's full short-run avoided
operating costs. Such conversion must be made at least 90 days prior to the
date of initial energy deliveries and must be made by written notice in
accordance with Section A-17, Appendix A.

________ Energy Payment Option 2 - Levelized Energy Prices

         During the fixed price period, Seller shall be paid for energy
delivered at prices equal to ____ (2)



- ----------------
(1)      Insert the difference between 100 and the percentage selected under
         footnote 3 on page 6.

(2)      Insert either 20, 40, 60, 80, or 100, at Seller's option.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       7
<PAGE>   8
percent  of the levelized energy prices set forth in Table B-2, Appendix B for
the year in which energy deliveries begin and term of agreement, plus
_______(1) percent of PGandE's full short-run avoided operating costs.  During
the fixed price period, Seller shall be subject to the conditions and terms set
forth in Appendix B, Energy Payment Option 2.

         For the remaining years of the term of agreement, Seller shall be
paid for energy delivered at prices equal to PGandE's full short-run avoided
operating costs.

        Seller may convert from Energy Payment Option 2 to Energy Payment Option
1, provided that Seller shall not change the percentage of energy prices to be
based on PGandE's full short-run avoided operating costs.  Such conversion must
be made at least 90 days prior to the date of initial energy deliveries and must
be made by written notice in accordance with Section A-17, Appendix A.



- ----------------
(1)      Insert the difference between 100 and the percentage selected under
         footnote 2 on page 7.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       8
<PAGE>   9
X        Energy Payment Option 3 - Incremental Energy Rate
- ----
         Beginning with the date of initial energy deliveries and continuing
until December 31, 1998(1), Seller shall be paid monthly for energy delivered at
prices equal to PGandE's full short-run avoided operating costs, provided that
adjustments shall be made annually to the extent set forth in Appendix B,
Energy Payment Option 3.

         The incremental energy rate band widths will be specified by Seller, no
later than 30 days prior to the actual operation date, in the form of Table I
below.  The incremental energy rate band widths shall be used in determining
the annual adjustment, if any.


                                    Table I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year                                            Incremental Energy Rate Band Widths
- ----                                            -----------------------------------
                                                (must be multiples of 100 or zero)
<S>                                             <C>
1984                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1985                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1986                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1987                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1988                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1989                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1990                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1991                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1992                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1993                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1994                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1995                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------
</TABLE>



- ----------------
(1)      Specified by Seller. Must be December 31, 1998 or prior.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                                    Table I
                                  (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year                                            Incremental Energy Rate Band Widths
- ----                                            -----------------------------------
                                                (must be multiples of 100 or zero)
<S>                                             <C>
1996                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1997                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------

1998                                                                               
                                                -----------------------------------
</TABLE>


         After December 31, 1998, Seller shall be paid for energy delivered at
prices equal to PGandE's full short-run avoided operating costs.


                 ARTICLE 5 CAPACITY ELECTION AND CAPACITY PRICE

         Seller may elect to deliver either firm capacity or as-delivered
capacity, and Seller's election is indicated below.  PGandE's prices for firm
capacity and as-delivered capacity are derived from PGandE's full avoided costs
as approved by the CPUC.

  X      Firm capacity - 120,000 kW for 30 years from the firm capacity
- ----     availability date with payment determined in accordance with Appendix
         E. Seller elects to have its firm capacity price determined from the
         firm capacity price schedule in effect on the date of execution of
         this Agreement.  PGandE shall pay Seller for capacity delivered in
         excess of firm capacity on an as-delivered capacity basis in
         accordance with As-Delivered Capacity Payment Option 2 set forth in
         Appendix D.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
                                       OR

________ As-delivered capacity with payment determined in accordance with
As-Delivered Capacity Payment Option_____ set forth in Appendix D.


                       ARTICLE 6 LOSS ADJUSTMENT FACTORS

         Capacity Loss Adjustment Factors shall be as shown in Appendix D and
Appendix E, dependent upon Seller's capacity election set forth in Article 5 of
this Agreement.

         Energy Loss Adjustment Factors shall be considered as unity for all
energy - payments related to Energy Payment Options 1 and 2 set forth in
Appendix B for the entire fixed price period of this Agreement, except for the
percentage of payments that seller elected in Article 4 to have calculated
based on PGandE's full short-run avoided operating costs.  Energy Loss
Adjustment Factors for all payments related to PGandE's full short-run avoided
operating costs, are subject to CPUC rulings for the entire term of agreement.


                             ARTICLE 7 CURTAILMENT

         Seller has two options regarding possible curtailment by PGandE of
Seller's deliveries, and Seller's selection is indicated below:

________ Curtailment option A - Hydro Spill and Negative Avoided Cost





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
  X      Curtailment Option B - Adjusted Price Period
- ----
         The two options are described in Appendix C.


                ARTICLE 8 RETROACTIVE APPLICATION OF CPUC ORDERS

         Pursuant to Ordering Paragraph 1(f) of CPUC Decision No. 83-09-054
(September 7, 1983), after the effective date of the CPUC's Application
82-03-26 decision relating to line loss factors, Seller has the option to
retain the relevant terms of this Agreement or have the results of that
decision incorporated into this Agreement.  To retain the terms herein, Seller
shall provide written notice to PGandE within 30 days after the effective date
of the relevant CPUC decision on Application 82-03-26.  Failure to provide such
notice will result in the amendment of this Agreement to comply with that
decision.

         As soon as practicable following the issuance of a decision in
Application 82-03-26, PGandE shall notify Seller of the effective date thereof
and its results.


                               ARTICLE 9 NOTICES


         All written notices shall be directed as follows:

         To PGandE:       Pacific Gas and Electric Company
                          Attention: Vice President
                            Electric Operations
                          77 Beale Street
                          San Francisco CA 94106





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       12
<PAGE>   13
         To Seller:


                     ARTICLE 10 DESIGNATED SWITCHING CENTER


   The designated PGandE switching center shall be, unless changed by PGandE:


                          Metcalf Substation
                          150 Metcalf Road
                          Coyote, CA 95137
                          (408) 227-7182


                        ARTICLE 11 TERMS  AND CONDITIONS

         This Agreement includes the following appendices which are attached and
incorporated by-reference:

         Appendix A -- GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         Appendix B -- ENERGY PAYMENT OPTIONS

         Appendix C -- CURTAILMENT OPTIONS

         Appendix D -- AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY

         Appendix E -- FIRM CAPACITY

         Appendix F -- INTERCONNECTION

         Appendix G -- FIRM CAPACITY AVAILABILITY TEST

         Appendix H -- SAMPLE BILLING CALCULATIONS





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       13
<PAGE>   14
                          ARTICLE 12 TERM OF AGREEMENT


         This Agreement shall be binding upon execution and remain in effect
thereafter for 30 years from the Firm Capacity Availability Date; provided,
however, that it shall terminate if energy deliveries do not start within five
years of the execution date.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their duly authorized representatives and it is effective as of
the last date set forth below.

PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC.             PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

BY: /s/ JAMES M. SAMIS                  BY:  /s/   NOLAN H. DAINES
  ---------------------------              --------------------------------
       JAMES M. SAMIS                              NOLAN H. DAINES
         President                                  Vice President
                                                Planning and Research

DATE SIGNED:  Dec. 19, 1983            DATE SIGNED: Dec. 19, 1983



GILROY FOODS, INC.


By: /s/ GEORGE CLAUSEN
  ---------------------------
        GEORGE CLAUSEN
          President

DATE SIGNED: Dec. 19, 1983





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                                   APPENDIX A

                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                            Page
<S>         <C>                                                                                     <C>
A-1         DEFINITIONS                                                                             A-2

A-2         CONSTRUCTION                                                                            A-7

A-3         OPERATION                                                                               A-10

A-4         PAYMENT                                                                                 A-14

A-5         ADJUSTMENTS OF PAYMENTS                                                                 A-14

A-6         ACCESS TO RECORDS AND PGandE DATA                                                       A-15

A-7         INTERRUPTION OF DELIVERIES                                                              A-15

A-8         FORCE MAJEURE                                                                           A-16

A-9         INDEMNITY                                                                               A-18

A-10        LIABILITY; DEDICATION                                                                   A-18

A-11        SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS                                                                     A-19

A-12        NON-WAIVER                                                                              A-20

A-13        ASSIGNMENT                                                                              A-20

A-14        CAPTIONS                                                                                A-21

A-15        CHOICE OF LAWS                                                                          A-21

A-16        GOVERNMENTAL JURISDICTION AND                                                           A-21
            AUTHORIZATION

A-17        NOTICES                                                                                 A-22

A-18        INSURANCE                                                                               A-22
</TABLE>





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      A-1
<PAGE>   16
                                   APPENDIX A

                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


A-1    DEFINITIONS

         Whenever used in this Agreement, appendices, and attachments hereto,
the following terms shall have the following meanings:

         Adjusted firm capacity price - The $/kW-year purchase price for firm
capacity from Table E-2, Appendix E for the period of Seller's actual 
performance.

         As-delivered capacity Capacity delivered to PGandE in excess of firm
capacity or in lieu of a firm capacity commitment.

         CPUC - The Public Utilities Commission of the State of California.

         Current firm capacity price - The $/kW-year capacity price from
PGandE's firm capacity price schedule effective at the time PGandE derates the
firm capacity pursuant to Section E-4(b), Appendix E or Seller terminates
performance under this Agreement, for a term equal to the period from





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      A-2
<PAGE>   17
the date of deration or termination to the end of the term of agreement.

         Designated PGandE switching center - That switching center or other
PGandE installation identified in Article 10.

         Facility - That generation apparatus described in Article 3 and all
associated equipment owned, maintained, and operated by Seller.

         Firm capacity - That capacity, if any, identified as firm in Article 5
except as otherwise changed as provided herein.

         Firm capacity availability date - The day following the day during
which all features and equipment of the Facility are demonstrated to PGandE's
satisfaction to be capable of operating simultaneously to deliver firm capacity
into PGandE's system as provided in this Agreement.  The test required to
demonstrate such capability is described in Appendix G.

         Firm capacity price - The price for firm capacity applicable for the
firm capacity availability date and the number of years of firm capacity
delivery from either the firm capacity price schedule, Table E-2, Appendix E,
or the





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      A-3
<PAGE>   18

successor to Table E-2 in effect on the firm capacity availability date. Seller
has indicated its choice of firm capacity price schedule in Article 5.

         Firm capacity price schedule - The periodically published schedule, of
the $/kW-year prices that PGandE offers to pay for firm capacity.  See Table
E-2, Appendix E.

         Fixed price period - The period during which forecasted or levelized
energy prices, and/or forecasted as-delivered capacity prices, are in effect;
defined as the first five years of the term of agreement if the term of
agreement is 15 or 16 years; the first six years of the term of agreement if
the term of agreement is 17, 18, or 19 years; or the first ten years of the
term of agreement if the term of agreement is anywhere from 20 through 30
years.

         Forced outage - Any outage resulting from a design defect, inadequate
construction, operator error or a breakdown of the mechanical or electrical
equipment that fully or partially curtails the electrical output of the
Facility.

         Full short-run avoided operating costs - CPUC-approved costs which are
the basis of PGandE's published energy prices.  PGandE's current energy price
calculation is shown in Table B-5, Appendix B. PGandE's





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         A-4
<PAGE>   19
published off-peak hours' prices shall be adjusted, as appropriate, if Seller
has selected Curtailment Option B.

         Interconnection facilities - All means required and apparatus
installed to interconnect and make deliveries of power, under the Agreement,
from the Facility to the PGandE system including, but not limited to,
connection, transformation, switching, metering, communications, and safety
equipment, such as equipment required to protect (1) the PGandE system and its
customers from faults occurring at the Facility, and (2) the Facility from
faults occurring on the PGandE system or an the systems of others to which the
PGandE system is directly or indirectly connected.  Interconnection facilities
also include any necessary additions and reinforcements by PGandE to the
PGandE system required as a result of the  interconnection of the Facility to
the PGandE system.

         Net energy output - The Facility's gross output in kilowatt-hours less
station use and transformation and transmission losses to the point of delivery
into the PGandE system.  Where PGandE agrees that it is impractical to connect
the station use on the generator side of the power purchase meter, PGandE may,
at its option, apply a station load adjustment.

         Prudent electrical practices - Those practices, methods, and
equipment, as changed from time to time, that





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         A-5
<PAGE>   20
are commonly used in prudent electrical engineering and operations to design
and operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety, dependability,
efficiency, and economy.

         Scheduled operation date - The day specified in Article 3(c) when the
Facility is, by Seller's estimate, expected to produce energy that will be
available for delivery to PGandE.

         Special facilities - Those additions and reinforcements to the PGandE
system which are needed to accommodate the maximum delivery of energy and
capacity from the Facility as provided in this Agreement and those parts of the
interconnection facilities which are owned and maintained by PGandE at Seller's
request, including metering and data processing equipment.  All special
facilities shall be owned, operated, and maintained pursuant to PGandE's
electric Rule No. 21, which is attached hereto.

         Station use - Energy used to operate the Facility's auxiliary
equipment.  The auxiliary equipment includes, but is not limited to, forced and
induced draft fans, cooling towers, boiler feed pumps, lubricating oil systems,
plant lighting, fuel handling systems, control systems, and sump pumps.

         Surplus energy output - The Facility's gross output, in
kilowatt-hours, less station use, and any other use by





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         A-6
<PAGE>   21
Seller, and transformation and transmission losses to the point of delivery
into the PGandE system.

         Term of agreement - The number of years this Agreement will remain in
effect as provided in Article 12.

         Voltage level - The voltage at which the Facility interconnects with
the PGandE system, measured at the point of delivery.

A-2    CONSTRUCTION


A-2.1  Land Rights

         Seller hereby grants to PGandE all necessary rights of way and
easements, including adequate and continuing access rights on property of
Seller, to install, operate, maintain, replace, and remove the special
facilities.  Seller agrees to execute such other grants, deeds, or documents as
PGandE may require to enable it to record such rights of way and easements.  If
any part of PGandE's equipment is to be installed on property owned by other
than Seller, Seller shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain from the owners
thereof all necessary rights of way and easements, in a form satisfactory to
PGandE, for the construction, operation, maintenance, and replacement of
PGandE's equipment upon such property.  If Seller is unable





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         A-7
<PAGE>   22
to obtain such rights of way and easements, Seller shall reimburse PGandE for
all costs incurred by PGandE in obtaining them.  PGandE shall at all times have
the right of ingress to and egress from the Facility at all reasonable hours
for any purposes reasonably connected with this Agreement or the exercise of
any and all rights secured to PGandE by law or its tariff schedules.

A-2.2 Design, Construction, Ownership, and Maintenance

         (a)     Seller shall design, construct, install, own, operate, and
maintain all interconnection facilities, except special facilities, to the
point of interconnection with the PGandE system as required for PGandE to
receive capacity and energy from the Facility.  The Facility and
interconnection facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable codes and
all standards of prudent electrical practices and shall be maintained in a safe
and prudent manner.  A description of the interconnection facilities for which
Seller is  solely responsible is set forth in Appendix F, or if the
interconnection requirements have not yet been determined at the time of the
execution of this Agreement, the description of such facilities will be
appended to this Agreement at the time such determination is made.

         (b)     Seller shall submit to PGandE all specifications for the
interconnection facilities (except special facilities) and, at PGandE's
option, the Facility, for





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         A-8
<PAGE>   23
review and written acceptance prior to their release for construction purposes.
PGandE's review and acceptance of these specifications shall not be construed
as confirming or endorsing the design or as warranting their safety,
durability, or reliability.  PGandE shall not, by reason of such review or lack
of review, be responsible for strength, details of design, adequacy, or
capacity of equipment built pursuant to such specifications, nor shall PGandE's
acceptance, be deemed to be an endorsement of any of such equipment.  Seller
shall change the interconnection facilities as may be reasonably required by
PGandE to meet changing requirements of the PGandE system.

         (c)     In the event it is necessary for PGandE to install
interconnection facilities for the purposes of this Agreement, they shall be
installed as special facilities.

         (d)     Upon the request of Seller, PGandE shall provide a binding
estimate for the installation of interconnection facilities by PGandE.

A-2.3 Meter Installation

         (a)     PGandE shall specify, provide, install, own, operate, and
maintain as special facilities all metering and data processing equipment for
the registration and recording of energy and other related parameters which are
required





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         A-9
<PAGE>   24
for the reporting of data to PGandE and for computing the payment due Seller
from PGandE.

         (b)     Seller shall provide, construct, install, own, and maintain at
Seller's expense all that is required to accommodate the metering and data
processing equipment, such as, but not limited to, metal-clad switchgear,
switchboards, cubicles, metering panels, enclosures, conduits, rack structures,
and equipment mounting pads.

A-3     OPERATION


A-3.1 Inspection and Approval

         Seller shall not operate the Facility in parallel with PGandE's
system until an authorized PGandE representative has inspected the
interconnection facilities, and PGandE has given written approval to begin
parallel operation.  Seller shall notify PGandE of the Facility's start-up
date at least 45 days prior to such date.  PGandE shall inspect the
interconnection facilities within 30 days of the receipt of such notice.  If
parallel operation is not authorized by PGandE, PGandE shall notify Seller in
writing within five days after inspection of the reason authorization for
parallel operation was withheld





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-10
<PAGE>   25
A-3.2 Facility Operation and Maintenance

         Seller shall operate and maintain its Facility according to prudent
electrical practices, applicable laws, orders, rules, and tariffs and shall
provide such reactive power support as may be reasonably required by PGandE to
maintain system voltage level and power factor.  Seller shall operate the
Facility at the power factors or voltage levels prescribed by PGandE's system
dispatcher or designated representative.  If Seller fails to provide reactive
power support, PGandE may do so at Seller's expense.

A-3.3 Point of Delivery

         Seller shall deliver the energy at the point where Seller's electrical
conductors (or those of Seller's agent) contact PGandE's system as it shall
exist whenever the deliveries are being made or at such other point or points
as the Parties may agree in writing.  The initial point of delivery of Seller's
power to the PGandE system is set forth in Appendix F.

A-3.4 operating communications

         (a)     Seller shall maintain operating communications with the
designated PGandE switching center.  The operating communications shall
include, but not be limited to, system paralleling or separation, scheduled and
unscheduled





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-11
<PAGE>   26
shutdowns, equipment clearances, levels of operating voltage or power factors
and daily capacity and generation reports.

         (b)     Seller shall keep a daily operations log for each generating
unit which shall include information on unit availability, maintenance outages,
circuit breaker trip operations requiring a manual reset, and any significant
events related to the operation of the Facility.

         (c)     If Seller makes deliveries greater than one megawatt, Seller
shall measure and register on a graphic recording device power in kW and
voltage in kV at a location within the Facility agreed to by both Parties.

         (d)     If Seller makes deliveries greater than one and up to and
including ten megawatts, Seller shall report to the designated PGandE switching
center, twice a day at agreed upon times for the current day's operation, the
hourly readings in kW of capacity delivered and the energy in kWh delivered
since the last report.

         (e)     If Seller makes deliveries of greater than ten megawatts,
Seller shall telemeter the delivered capacity and energy information, including
real power in kW, reactive power in kVAR, and energy in kWh to a switching
center selected by PGandE.  PGandE may also require Seller to telemeter
transmission kW, kVAR, and kV data depending on the number of generators and
transmission configuration.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-12
<PAGE>   27
Seller shall provide and maintain the data circuits required for telemetering.
When telemetering is inoperative, Seller shall report daily the capacity
delivered each hour and the energy delivered each day to the designated PGandE
switching center.

A-3.5 Meter Testing and Inspection

         (a)     All meters used to provide data for the computation of the
payments due Seller from PGandE shall be sealed, and the seals shall be broken
only by PGandE when the meters are to be inspected, tested, or adjusted.

         (b)     PGandE shall inspect and test all meters upon their
installation and annually thereafter.  At Seller's request and expense, PGandE
shall inspect or test a meter more frequently.  PGandE shall give reasonable
notice to Seller of the time when any inspection or test shall take place, and
Seller may have representatives present at the test or inspection.  If a meter
is found to be inaccurate or defective, PGandE shall adjust, repair, or replace
it at its expense in order to provide accurate metering.

A-3.6 Adjustments to Meter Measurements

         If a meter fails to register, or if the measurement made by a meter
during a test varies by more than two percent from the measurement made by the
standard meter used





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-13
<PAGE>   28
in the test, an adjustment shall be made correcting all measurements made by
the inaccurate meter for -- (1) the actual period during which inaccurate
measurements were made, if the period can be determined, or if not, (2) the
period immediately preceding the test of the meter equal to one-half the time
from the date of the last previous test of the meter, provided that the period
covered by the correction shall not exceed six months.

A-4.    PAYMENT

         PGandE shall mail to Seller not later than 30 days after the end of
each monthly billing period (1) a statement showing the energy and capacity
delivered to PGandE during on-peak, partial-peak, and off-peak periods during
the monthly billing period, (2) PGandE's computation of the amount due Seller,
and (3) PGandE's check in payment of said amount.  Except as provided in
Section A-5, if within 30 days of receipt of the statement Seller does not make
a report in writing to PGandE of an error, Seller shall be deemed to have
waived any error in PGandE's statement, computation, and payment, and they
shall be considered correct and complete.

A-5.    ADJUSTMENTS OF PAYMENTS

         (a)     In the event adjustments to payments are required as a result
of inaccurate meters, PGandE shall use





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-14
<PAGE>   29
the corrected measurements described in Section A-3.6 to recompute the amount
due from PGandE to Seller for the capacity and energy delivered under this
Agreement during the period of inaccuracy.

         (b)     The additional payment to Seller or refund to PGandE shall be
made within 30 days of notification of the owing Party of the amount due.

A-6   ACCESS TO RECORDS AND PGandE DATA

         Each Party, after giving reasonable written notice to the other Party,
shall have the right of access to all metering and related records including
operations logs of the Facility.  Data filed by PGandE with the CPUC pursuant
to CPUC orders governing the purchase of power from qualifying facilities shall
be provided to Seller upon request; provided that Seller shall reimburse PGandE
for the costs it incurs to respond to such request.

A-7    INTERRUPTION OF DELIVERIES

         PGandE shall not be obligated to accept or pay for and may require
Seller to interrupt or reduce deliveries of energy when necessary in order to
construct, install, maintain, repair, replace, remove, investigate, or inspect
any of its equipment or any part of its system, or (2) if it determines that
interruption or reduction is necessary





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-15
<PAGE>   30
because of PGandE system emergencies, forced outages, force majeure, or
compliance with prudent electrical practices; provided that PGandE shall not
interrupt deliveries pursuant to this section in order to take advantage, or
make purchases, of less expensive energy elsewhere.  Whenever possible, PGandE
shall give Seller reasonable notice of the possibility that interruption or
reduction of deliveries may be required.

         A-8    FORCE MAJEURE

         (a)     The term force majeure as used herein means unforeseeable
causes, other than forced outages, beyond the reasonable control of and without
the fault or negligence of the Party claiming force majeure including, but not
limited to, acts of God, labor disputes, sudden actions of the elements,
actions by federal, state, and municipal agencies, and actions of legislative,
judicial, or regulatory agencies which conflict with the terms of this
Agreement.

         (b)     If either Party because of force majeure is rendered wholly or
partly unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, that Party shall
be excused from whatever performance is affected by the force majeure to the
extent so affected provided that:

                 (1) the non-performing Party, within two weeks after the
         occurrence of the force majeure, gives the




                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-16
<PAGE>   31
         other Party written notice describing the particulars of the
         occurrence,

                 (2)      the suspension of performance is of no greater scope
         and of no longer duration than is required by the force majeure,

                 (3)      the non-performing Party uses its best efforts to
         remedy its inability to perform (this subsection shall not require the
         settlement of any strike, walkout, lockout or other labor dispute on
         terms which, in the sole judgment of the Party involved in the
         dispute, are contrary to its interest.  It is understood and agreed
         that the settlement of strikes, walkouts, lockouts or other labor
         disputes shall be at the sole discretion of the Party having the
         difficulty),

                 (4)      when the non-performing Party is able to resume
         performance of its obligations under this Agreement, that Party shall
         give the other Party written notice to that effect, and

                 (5)      capacity payments during such periods of force
         majeure on Seller's part shall be governed by Section E-2(c), Appendix
         E.

         (c)     In the event a Party is unable to perform due to legislative,
                 judicial, or regulatory agency action, this Agreement shall be
                 [renegotiated to





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-17
<PAGE>   32
                 comply] with the legal change which caused the 
                 non-performance.


A-9    INDEMNITY

         Each Party as indemnitor shall save harmless and indemnify the other
Party and the directors, officers, and employees of such other Party against
and from any and all loss and liability for injuries to persons including
employees of either Party, and property damages including property of either
Party resulting from or arising out of (1) the engineering, design,
construction, maintenance, or operation of, or (2) the making of replacements,
additions, or betterments to, the indemnitor's facilities.  This indemnity and
save harmless provision shall apply notwithstanding the active or passive
negligence of the indemnitee.  Neither Party shall be indemnified hereunder for
its liability or loss resulting from its sole negligence or willful misconduct.
The indemnitor shall, on the other Party's request, defend any suit asserting a
claim covered by this indemnity and shall pay all costs, including reasonable
attorney fees, that may be incurred by the other Party in enforcing this
indemnity.

A-10   LIABILITY; DEDICATION

         (a)     Nothing in this Agreement shall create any duty to, any
standard of care with reference to, or any liability





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-18
<PAGE>   33
to any person not a Party to it.  Neither Party shall be liable to the other
Party for consequential damages.

         (b)     Each Party shall be responsible for protecting its facilities
from possible damage by reason of electrical disturbances or faults caused by
the operation, faulty operation, or nonoperation of the other Party's
facilities, and such other Party shall not be liable for any such damages so
caused.

         (c)     No undertaking by one  Party to the other under any
provision of this Agreement shall constitute the dedication of that Party's
system or any portion thereof to the other Party or to the public or affect the
status of PGandE as an independent public utility corporation or Seller as an
independent individual or entity and not a public utility.

A-11   SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS

         Except where specifically stated in this Agreement to be otherwise,
the duties, obligations, and liabilities of the Parties are intended to be
several and not joint or collective.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
ever be construed to create an association, trust, partnership, or joint venture
or impose a trust or partnership duty, obligation, or liability on or with
regard to either Party.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-19
<PAGE>   34
Each Party shall be liable individually and severally for its own obligations
under this Agreement.

A-12 NON-WAIVER

         Failure to enforce any right or obligation by either Party with
respect to any matter arising in connection with this Agreement shall not
constitute a waiver as to that matter or any other matter.

A-13     ASSIGNMENT

         (a) PGandE acknowledges that Seller is executing this Agreement
expecting to assign its interest and obligations hereunder to a different
partnership to be formed between corporate affiliates of Pacific Thermonetics,
Inc. and Gilroy Foods, Inc., to construct, own and operate the Facility and
that this Agreement, including all rights and duties of Seller thereunder, is
to be assigned to that partnership. It is further acknowledged that to finance
the Facility an assignment of the rights of Seller under this Agreement may be
necessary as security for the long term debt obligations of the partnership.
PGandE hereby consents to both such assignments, subject to its receiving a
prior notice of any such proposed assignment.

         (b)     Except as set forth in paragraph (a) above, neither Party
shall voluntarily assign its rights nor





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-20
<PAGE>   35
delegate its duties under this Agreement, or any part of such rights or duties,
without the written consent of the other Party, except in connection with the
sale or merger of a substantial portion of its properties.  Any such assignment
or delegation made without such written consent shall be null and void.
Consent for assignment shall not be withheld unreasonably.  Such assignment
shall include, unless otherwise specified therein, all of Seller's rights to
any refunds which might become due under this Agreement.

A-14   CAPTIONS

         All indexes, titles, subject headings, section titles, and similar
items are provided for the purpose of reference and convenience and are not
intended to affect the meaning of the contents or scope of this Agreement.

A-15     CHOICE OF LAWS

         This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
State of California, excluding any choice of law rules which may direct the
application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

A-16    GOVERNMENTAL JURISDICTION AND AUTHORIZATION


         Seller shall obtain any governmental authorization and permits
required for the construction and operation of





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-21
<PAGE>   36
the Facility.  Seller shall reimburse PGandE for any and all losses, damages
claims, penalties, or liability it incurs as a result of Seller's failure to
obtain or maintain such authorizations and permits.

A-17  NOTICES

         Any notice, demand, or request required or permitted to be given by
either Party to the other, and any instrument required or permitted to be
tendered or delivered by either Party to the other, shall be in writing (except
as provided in Section E-3) and so given, tendered, or delivered, as the case
may be, by depositing the same in any United States Post Office with postage
prepaid for transmission by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed
to the Party, or personally delivered to the Party, at the address in Article
9 of this Agreement.  Changes in such designation may be made by notice
similarly given.

A-18     INSURANCE


A-18.1   Comprehensive General Liability Coverage

         (a) Seller shall maintain during the performance hereof,
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance(1) of not less than $1,000,000 if
the Facility is over 100 kW,


- ---------------------------
(1)      Governmental agencies which have an established record of
         self-insurance may provide the required coverage through
         self-insurance.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-22
<PAGE>   37
$500,000 if the Facility is over 20 kW to 100 kW, and $100,000 if the Facility
is 20 kW or below of combined single limit or equivalent for bodily injury,
personal injury, and property damage as the result of any one occurrence.

         (b) Comprehensive General Liability Insurance shall include  coverage
for Premises-Operations, Owners and Contractors Protective, Products/Completed
Operations Hazard, Explosion, Collapse, Underground, Contractual Liability, and
Broad Form Property Damage including Completed operations.

         (c) Such insurance, by endorsement to the policy(ies), shall include
PGandE as an additional insured if the Facility it over 100 kW insofar as work
performed by Seller for PGandE is concerned, shall contain a severability of
interest clause, shall provide that PGandE shall not by reason of its inclusion
as an additional insured incur liability to the insurance carrier for payment of
premium for such insurance, and shall provide for 30-days' written notice to
PGandE prior to cancellation, termination, alteration, or material change of
such insurance.

A-18.2   Additional Insurance Provisions

         (a) Evidence of coverage described above in Section A-18.1 shall state
that coverage provided is primary and is





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-23
<PAGE>   38
not excess to or contributing with any insurance or self-insurance maintained
by PGandE.

         (b)     PGandE shall have the right to inspect or obtain a copy of the
original policy(ies) of insurance.

         (c)     Seller shall furnish the required certificates(1) and
endorsements to PGandE prior to commencing operation.

         (d) All insurance certificates(1), endorsements, cancellations,
terminations, alterations, and material changes of such insurance shall be
issued and submitted to the following:

         PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
         Attention: Manager - Insurance Department
         77 Beale Street, Room E280
         San Francisco, CA 94106


- ----------------------
(1)      A  governmental agency qualifying to maintain self-insurance should
         provide a statement of self-insurance.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                        A-24
<PAGE>   39
                                   APPENDIX B

                             ENERGY PAYMENT OPTIONS


         Energy Payment Option 1 - Forecasted Energy Prices

         Pursuant to Article 4, the energy payment calculation for Seller's
energy deliveries during each year of the fixed price period shall include the
appropriate prices for such year in Table B-1, multiplied by the percentage
Seller has specified in Article 4. If Seller has selected Curtailment Option B
in Article 7, the forecasted off-peak hours' energy prices listed in Table B-1
shall be adjusted upward by 7.7% for Period A and 9.6% for Period B.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         B-1
<PAGE>   40
                                   TABLE B-1


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Forecasted Energy Price Schedule

                            Forecasted Energy Prices*, cent(s)/KWh  
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Year of                Period A                           Period B                 Weighted
  Energy     ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------    Annual
Deliveries   On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   Average
- ----------   -------   ------------   --------   -------   ------------   --------   --------
 <S>         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
  1983         5.36        5.12         4.94       5.44       5.31          5.19       5.18
  1984         5.66        5.40         5.22       5.74       5.61          5.48       5.47
  1985         5.75        5.48         5.30       5.83       5.69          5.56       5.55
  1986         5.99        5.72         5.52       6.08       5.94          5.80       5.79
  2987         6.38        6.08         5.88       6.47       6.32          6.17       6.16
  1988         6.94        6.62         6.39       7.03       6.87          6.71       6.70
  1989         7.60        7.25         7.00       7.70       7.53          7.35       7.34
  1990         8.12        7.74         7.48       8.23       8.04          7.85       7.84
  1991         8.64        8.24         7.96       8.75       8.56          8.35       8.34
  1992         9.33        8.90         8.60       9.46       9.24          9.02       9.01
  1993        10.10        9.63         9.30      10.23      10.00          9.76       9.75
  1994        10.91       10.41        10.06      11.06      10.81         10.55      10.54
  1995        11.79       11.25        10.87      11.96      11.68         11.40      11.39
  1996        12.67       12.09        11.68      12.85      12.56         12.25      12.24
  1997        13.61       12.98        12.54      13.79      13.48         13.15      13.14
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
* These prices are differentiated by the time periods as defined in Table B-4.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         B-2
<PAGE>   41

         Energy Payment Option 2 - Levelized Energy Prices

         Pursuant to Article 4, the energy payment calculation for Seller's
energy deliveries during the fixed price period shall include the appropriate
prices set forth in Table B-2 for the year in which energy deliveries begin and
term of agreement, multiplied by the percentage Seller has specified in Article
4. If Seller has selected Curtailment Option B in Article 7, the levelized
off-peak hours' energy prices listed in Table B-2 shall be adjusted upward by
7.7% for Period A and 9.6% for Period B. The discount specified in (c)(vi)
below, if applicable, will be applied to the energy payments during the fixed
price period.

         During the fixed price period, Seller shall be subject to the
following conditions and terms:

(a)      Minimum Damages

         The Parties agree that the levelized energy prices which PGandE pays
         Seller for the energy which Seller delivers to PGandE is based on the
         agreed value to PGandE of Seller's energy deliveries during the entire
         fixed price period.  In the event PGandE does not receive such full
         performance by reason of a termination, Seller shall pay PGandE an
         amount based on the difference between the net present values, at the





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-3
<PAGE>   42
         time of termination, of the payments Seller would receive at the
         forecasted energy prices in Table B-1 and the payments Seller would
         receive at the levelized energy prices, for the remaining years of the
         fixed price period.  This amount shall be calculated by assuming that
         Seller continued to generate for the remaining years of the fixed
         price period at a level equal to the average annual energy generation
         during the period of performance, and by applying the weighted annual
         average levelized price applicable to Seller's Facility and the
         weighted annual average forecasted energy prices in Table B-1 for the
         remaining years of the fixed price period.  The following formula
         shall be used to make this calculation:


                          Y       (F(n)) (A) (W)      Y        (L) (A) (W)
                          Sigma                     -   Sigma                 
                                  --------------               -----------
                 P=       n=1       (1.15)(n)         n=1       (1.15)(n)


         where:


                 P =      amount due PGandE.

                 Y =      number of years remaining in the fixed price period.

                 F(n) =   weighted annual average forecasted energy price in the
                          n(th) year after the breach, failure to perform, or
                          expiration of security, as shown in Table B-1 for the
                          corresponding calendar year.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-4
<PAGE>   43
                 L =      weighted annual average levelized energy price
                          applicable to Seller's Facility.

                 A =      average annual energy generation by Seller during
                          the period of performance.
 
                 n =      summation index; refers to the n(th) year following
                          termination.

                 W =      percent of Seller's energy payments based on the
                          levelized energy prices, as specified in Article 4.

(b)      Performance Requirements

         Seller shall operate and maintain the Facility in accordance with
         prudent electrical practices in order to maximize the likelihood that
         the Facility's output as delivered to PGandE during the part of the
         fixed price period when the levelized price is below the forecasted
         price ("last part") shall equal or exceed 70% of the Facility's output
         during the part of the fixed price period when the levelized price is
         above the forecasted price ("first part"). In the event that the
         Facility's output during any year or series of years in the last part
         of the fixed price period is less than 70% of the average annual
         production during the first part of the fixed price period, PGandE
         may, at its discretion (taking into consideration events occurring
         during such year or series of years such as curtailment by PGandE,
         Seller's choice not to operate





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-5
<PAGE>   44
         during adjusted price periods, or scheduled maintenance including
         major overhauls, and the probability that Seller's future performance
         will be adequate), either request payment from Seller or immediately
         draw on the security posted, up to the amount equal to

                       P x A-B
                           ---
                            A

         where:

                 P and A are as defined in Section (a) above.

                 B = Seller's average annual energy generation during the year
                     or series of years in which the 70% performance requirement
                     was not met.

         PGandE shall not request payment from Seller or draw on the security
         posted if the Facility's output during the last part of the fixed
         price period falls below 70% of the average annual energy generation
         during the first part of the fixed price period solely because of
         force majeure as defined in Section A-8, Appendix A or a lack of or
         limited availability of the primary energy resource of the Facility,
         if such energy resource is wind, water, or sunlight.

(c)      Security

         (1)     As security for amounts which Seller may be obligated to pay
                 PGandE pursuant to Sections (a) and (b) above, Seller shall
                 provide and maintain one or more of the following in an amount
                 as





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-6
<PAGE>   45
                 described in Section (c)(2) below.

                 (i)      An irrevocable bank letter of credit delivered to and
                          in favor of PGandE with terms acceptable to PGandE.

                 (ii)     A payment bond providing for payment to PGandE in the
                          event of any failure to meet the performance
                          requirements set forth in Section (b) above or breach
                          of this Agreement by Seller.  Such bond shall be
                          issued by a surety company acceptable to PGandE and
                          shall have terms acceptable to PGandE.

                 (iii)    Fully paid up, noncancellable Project Failure
                          Insurance made payable to PGandE with terms of such
                          policy(ies) acceptable to PGandE.

                 (iv)     A performance bond providing for payment to PGandE in
                          the event of any failure to meet the performance
                          requirements set forth in Section (b) above or breach
                          of this Agreement by Seller. Such bond shall be
                          issued by a surety company acceptable to PGandE and
                          shall have terms acceptable to PGandE.

                 (v)      A corporate guarantee of payment to PGandE which
                          PGandE deems, in its sole discretion,





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-7
<PAGE>   46
                          to provide at least the same quality of security as
                          subsections (i) through (iv) above.

                 (vi)     Other forms of security which PGandE does not deem to
                          be equivalent security to those listed in subsections
                          (i) through (v) above, and which PGandE, in its sole
                          discretion, deems adequate.  Such other forms of
                          security may include, for example, a corporate
                          guarantee or a lien, mortgage or deed of trust on the
                          Facility or land upon which it is located.  A 1.5%
                          discount will be applied against the levelized energy
                          price portion of PGandE's payments to Seller during
                          the fixed price period if this type of security is
                          provided.

         (2)     (i)      Commencing 90 days prior to the scheduled operation
                          date and continuing until December 1 of the following
                          calendar year, security as described in Section
                          (c)(1) above shall be in place in an amount
                          calculated in accordance with the formula set forth
                          in Section (a) above, assuming Seller delivered
                          energy through the end of the following calendar year
                          and then terminated this Agreement.  For purposes of
                          determining the





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-8
<PAGE>   47
                          required amount of security, it shall be assumed that
                          Seller's deliveries through the end of the following
                          calendar year would equal R x C x H, where:

                                  R =      nameplate rating, in kW, of the
                                           Facility.

                                  C =      estimated capacity factor of the
                                           Facility, which shall be established
                                           by mutual agreement of the Parties
                                           at the time of execution of this
                                           Agreement.

                                  H =      number of hours from the scheduled
                                           operation date through the end of
                                           the following calendar year.

                 (ii)     In the second calendar year of operation and each
                          year thereafter until the end of the fixed price
                          period, from December 1 through December 1 of the
                          following year, security shall be in place in an
                          amount calculated by the formula set forth in Section
                          (a) above assuming Seller continued to deliver energy
                          in each month through the end of the following
                          calendar year, at a level equal to the average
                          monthly energy deliveries to date, and then
                          terminated this Agreement.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-9
<PAGE>   48
         (3)     Security must be maintained throughout the fixed price period
                 as specified above.  Any security with a fixed expiration date
                 must be renewed by Seller prior to that date.  If such
                 security is not renewed at least 30 days prior to its
                 expiration, PGandE may, at its discretion, either request
                 payment from Seller or immediately draw on the security
                 posted, up to the amount calculated in accordance with the
                 formula set forth in Section (a) above.

         (4)     If, at any time during the fixed price period, PGandE believes
                 Seller is in material breach of this Agreement, PGandE shall
                 so notify Seller in writing and Seller must remedy such breach
                 within a reasonable period of time.  If Seller does not so
                 remedy, PGandE may, at its discretion, either request payment
                 from Seller or immediately draw upon the security posted, up
                 to the amount calculated in accordance with the formula set
                 forth in Section (a) above, provided that if during Seller's
                 period to remedy, Seller disputes PGandE's conclusion that
                 Seller is in material breach, and PGandE elects to draw upon
                 the security, the amount drawn upon by PGandE shall be
                 deposited in an interest earning escrow account and held in
                 such account until the dispute is resolved in accordance with
                 Section (c)(5) below.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-10
<PAGE>   49
         (5)     Upon the written request of either Party, any controversy or
                 dispute between the Parties concerning Section (c)(4) above
                 shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the
                 provisions of the California Arbitration Act, Sections
                 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure except
                 as provided otherwise in this section.  Either Party may
                 demand arbitration by first giving written notice of the
                 existence of a dispute and then within 30 days of such
                 notice giving a second written notice of the demand for
                 arbitration.

                 Within ten days after receipt of the demand for arbitration,
                 each Party shall appoint one person, who shall not be an
                 employee of either Party, to bear and determine the dispute.
                 After both arbitrators have been appointed, they shall within
                 five (5) days select a third arbitrator.

                 The arbitration hearing shall take place in San Francisco,
                 California, within 30 days of the appointment of the
                 arbitrators, at such time and place as they select.  The
                 arbitrators shall give written notice of the time of the
                 hearing to both Parties at least ten days prior to the
                 hearing. The arbitrators shall not be authorized to alter,
                 extend, or modify the terms of this Agreement. At





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-11
<PAGE>   50
                 the hearing, each Party shall submit a proposed written
                 decision, and any relevant evidence may be presented.  The
                 decision of the arbitrators must consist of selection of one
                 of the two proposed decisions, in its entirety.

                 The decision of any two arbitrators shall be binding and
                 conclusive as to disputes relating to Section (c)(4) only.
                 Upon determining the matter, the arbitrators shall promptly
                 execute and acknowledge their decision and deliver a copy to
                 each Party.  A judgment confirming the award may be rendered
                 by any superior court having jurisdiction.  Each Party shall
                 bear its own arbitration costs and expenses, including the
                 cost of the arbitrator it selected, and the costs and expenses
                 of the third arbitrator shall be divided equally between both
                 Parties, except as provided otherwise elsewhere in this
                 Agreement.

                 Pending resolution of any controversy or dispute hereunder,
                 performance by each Party shall continue so as to maintain the
                 status quo prior to notice of such controversy or dispute.
                 Resolution of the controversy or dispute shall include payment
                 of any interest accrued in the escrow account.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-12
<PAGE>   51
                                   TABLE B-2
                        Levelized Energy Price Schedule

For a term of agreement of 15-16 years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Year                         Levelized Energy Prices*, (c)/kWh
in Which      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Energy                   Period A                            Period B                Weighted
Deliveries    ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------    Annual
   Begin      On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   Average
- ----------    -------   ------------   --------   -------   ------------   --------   --------
 <S>           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
  1983         5.76        5.50          5.31       5.85       5.71          5.58       5.57
  1984         6.06        5.78          5.58       6.14       6.00          5.86       5.85
  1985         6.41        6.11          5.91       6.50       6.35          6.20       6.19

  1986         6.85        6.54          6.32       6.95       6.79          6.63       6.62
  1987         7.37        7.03          6.79       7.47       7.30          7.13       7.12
  1988         7.96        7.60          7.34       8.07       7.89          7.70       7.69
</TABLE>

For a term of agreement of 17-19 years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Year                         Levelized Energy Prices*, (c)/kWh
in Which      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Energy                   Period A                            Period B                Weighted
Deliveries    ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------    Annual
   Begin      On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   Average
- ----------    -------   ------------   --------   -------   ------------   --------   --------
 <S>           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
  1983         5.90        5.63          5.44       5.98       5.84          5.71       5.70
  1984         6.23        5.95          5.74       6.32       6.18          6.03       6.02
  1985         6.60        6.30          6.08       6.69       6.53          6.38       6.37

  1986         7.06        6.73          6.51       7.16       7.00          6.83       6.82
  1987         7.60        7.25          7.00       7.70       7.53          7.35       7.34
  1988         8.21        7.83          7.57       8.32       8.13          7.94       7.93
</TABLE>


For a term of agreement of 20-30 years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Year                         Levelized Energy Prices*, (c)/kWh
in Which      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Energy                   Period A                            Period B                Weighted
Deliveries    ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------    Annual
   Begin      On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   On-Peak   Partial-Peak   Off-Peak   Average
- ----------    -------   ------------   --------   -------   ------------   --------   --------
 <S>           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
  1983         6.49        6.20          5.98       6.58       6.43          6.28       6.27
  1984         6.90        6.58          6.35       6.99       6.83          6.67       6.66
  1985         7.34        7.00          6.76       7.44       7.27          7.10       7.09

  1986         7.88        7.51          7.26       7.99       7.81          7.62       7.61
  1987         8.49        8.10          7.82       8.61       8.41          8.21       8.20
  1988         9.16        8.74          8.44       9.29       9.08          8.86       8.85
</TABLE>

* These prices are differentiated by the time periods as defined in Table B-4.


                                                                S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      B-13
<PAGE>   52

         Energy Payment Option 3 - Incremental Energy Rate

         During the period specified in Article 4, annual adjustments to
Seller's energy payments shall be made as described below.

         Within 30 days following the end of each calendar year, the Derived
Incremental Energy Rate (with units expressed in Btu/kWh) will be calculated as
follows:

         Derived Incremental Energy Rate (DIER) =    B    
                                                   -----
                                                   A x C
         where:

                 A  =     the total kWh delivered by Seller during the calendar
                          year, excluding any kWh delivered when Seller was
                          asked to curtail deliveries under Curtailment Option
                          A or when Seller was asked to take adjusted prices
                          under Curtailment Option B.

                 B =      the total dollars paid for the energy described for A
                          above.

                 C =      the weighted average price paid during the calendar
                          year by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and
                          natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants,
                          expressed in $/Btu on a gas Btu basis.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-14
<PAGE>   53
         If the DIER is between the upper and lower Incremental Energy Rate
Bounds specified for that year in Table B-3 for the curtailment option selected
by Seller, no additional payment is due either Party.

         If the DIER is below the lower Incremental Energy Rate Bound, PGandE
shall pay Seller an amount calculated as follows:

         P(S) =  (Lower Incremental - (DIER)(A)(C)
                 Energy Rate Bound

         where:


         P(S) =  additional payment due Seller.
         DIER =  Derived Incremental Energy Rate.

PGandE shall add this payment to the first payment made to Seller following the
calculation.

         If the DIER is above the upper Incremental Energy Rate Bound, Seller
shall pay PGandE an amount calculated as follows:

         P(B) =  (DIER - Upper Incremental )(A)(C)
                         Energy Rate Bound


         where:


                 P(B) =   amount due PGandE.
                 DIER =   Derived Incremental Energy Rate.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-15
<PAGE>   54
This amount shall be deducted from the first payment made to Seller following
the calculation. If there is any remaining amount due PGandE, PGandE may, at
its option, invoice Seller with such payment due within 30 days or deduct this
amount from future payments due Seller.





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-16
<PAGE>   55
                                   TABLE B-3

                    Forecasted Incremental Energy Rates and
                         Incremental Energy Rate Bounds


Curtailment Option A:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Incremental
                Forcasted                 Energy              Upper Incremental         Lower Incremental
               Incremental               Rate Band                  Energy                   Energy
                 Energy                 Width from               Rate Bound,               Rate Bound
                 Rates,                 Article 4,                 Btu/kWh                   Btu/kWh
                 Btu/kWh                  Btu/kWh                [column (a)               [column (a)
Year               (a)                      (b)                plus column (b)]         minus column(b)]
- ----           -----------             --------------          ----------------         ----------------
<S>              <C>                   <C>                     <C>                      <C>
1984             9,000                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1985             9,050                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1986             8,840                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1987             8,850                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1988             8,960                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1989             8,820                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1990             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1991             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1992             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1993             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1994             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1995             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1996             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1997             8,S40                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1998             8,540                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
</TABLE>





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-17
<PAGE>   56
                             TABLE B-3 (continued)


Curtailment option B:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Incremental
                Forcasted                 Energy              Upper Incremental         Lower Incremental
               Incremental               Rate Band                  Energy                   Energy
                 Energy                 Width from               Rate Bound,               Rate Bound
                 Rates,                 Article 4,                 Btu/kWh                   Btu/kWh
                 Btu/kWh                  Btu/kWh                [column (a)               [column (a)
Year               (a)                      (b)                plus column (b)]         minus column(b)]
- ----           -----------             --------------          ----------------         ----------------
<S>              <C>                    <C>                     <C>                      <C>
1984             9,440                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1985             9,500                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1986             9,280                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1987             9,290                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1988             9,400                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1989             9,270                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1990             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1991             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1992             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1993             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1994             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1995             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1996             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
1997             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------

1998             8,970                                                                                  
                                       --------------          ----------------          ---------------
</TABLE>





                                                           S.O. #4
                                                           December 5, 1983
                                      B-18
<PAGE>   57
                                  TABLE B-4(1)
                                  Time Periods

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Monday                           Sundays
                                 through                            and
                                Friday(2)       Saturdays(2)      Holidays
                                ---------       ------------      --------
<S>                             <C>             <C>               <C>
Seasonal Period A
(May 1 through September 30)

    On-Peak                     12:30 p.m.
                                    to
                                 6:30 p.m.

    Partial-Peak                 8:30 a.m.       8:30 a.m.
                                    to              to
                                12:30 p.m.      10:30 p.m.
                                 6:30 p.m.
                                    to
                                10:30 p.m.

    Off-Peak                    10:30 p.m.      10:30 p.m.        All Day
                                    to              to
                                 8:30 a.m.       8:30 a.m.

Seasonal Period B
(October 1 through April 30)

    On-Peak                      4:30 p.m.
                                    to
                                 8:30 p.m.

    Partial-Peak                 8:30 p.m.       8:30 a.m.
                                    to              to
                                10:30 p.m.      10:30 p.m.
                                 8:30 a.m.
                                    to
                                 4:30 p.m.

    Off-Peak                    10:30 p.m.      10:30 p.m.        All Day
                                    to              to
                                 8:30 a.m.       8:30 a.m.
</TABLE>

- ---------------

1    This table is subject to change to accord with the on-peak, partial-peak,
     and off-peak periods as defined in PGandE's own rate schedules for the sale
     of electricity to its large industrial customers.

2    Except the following holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday,
     Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving, and
     Christmas, as said days are specified in Public Law 90-363 (5 U.S.C.A.
     Section 6103(a)).

                                                               S.O. #4
                                                               December 5, 1983
                                      B-19
<PAGE>   58
                                   TABLE B-5
             Energy Prices Effective November 1 - December 31, 1983

        The energy purchase price calculations which will apply to energy
deliveries determined from meter readings taken during November and December
1983 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Incremental                             Energy Purchase
  Time Period           Heat Rate(1)      Cost of Energy(2)         Price(3)(4)
- ----------------        ------------      -----------------     ---------------
<S>                  <C>               <C>                      <C>
                     (a)                (b)                     (c) = (a) x (b)

Nov. 1 - Dec. 31
  (Period B)
- ----------------
Time of
Delivery Basis:

  On-Peak               11,605 Btu/kWh    $5.3986/10(6) Btu     $0.06265/kWh
  Partial-Peak          11,341             5.3986                0.06123
  Off-Peak              11,067             5.3986                0.05975

Seasonal
Average (Period B)      11,231             5.3986                0.06063
</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)     Incremental heat rates are derived from marginal energy costs (including
        variable operating and maintenance expense) adopted by CPUC Decision No.
        93887.  They are adjusted to reflect the use of natural gas as the
        incremental fuel and are based upon average hydro conditions.

(2)     Cost of natural gas under PGandE Gas Schedule No. G-55 applicable to
        steam electric plants effective October 5, 1983 per Advice No. 1237-G.

(3)     Energy Purchase Price = Incremental Heat Rate x Cost of Energy.

(4)     This figure excludes the applicable energy line loss adjustment factors.
        However, as ordered by Ordering Paragraph No. 12(j) of Decision No.
        82-12-120, this figure is currently 1.0 for transmission and primary
        distribution loss adjustments and is equal to marginal cost line loss
        adjustment factors for the secondary distribution voltage level.  These
        factors may be changed by the CPUC in the future.  The currently
        applicable energy loss adjustment factors are shown in Table B-6.



                                      B-20                      S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
<PAGE>   59

                                   TABLE B-6

                       Energy Loss Adjustment Factors(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Primary              Secondary
                                                   Transmission            Distribution          Distribution
     <S>                                            <C>                     <C>                   <C>
     Seasonal Period A
     (May IL through September 30)

          On-Peak                                       1.0                     1.0                 1.0201
          Partial-Peak                                  1.0                     1.0                 1.0179
          Off-Peak                                      1.0                     1.0                 1.0134

     Seasonal Period B
     (October 1 through April 30)

          On-Peak                                       1.0                     1.0                 1.0172
          Partial-Peak                                  1.0                     1.0                 1.0160
          Off-Peak                                      1.0                     1.0                 1.0126
</TABLE>



- ----------------
(1)      The applicable energy loss adjustment factors may be revised pursuant
         to orders of the CPUC.






                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      B-21
<PAGE>   60
                                   APPENDIX C

                              CURTAILMENT OPTIONS

         Seller has two options regarding curtailment of energy deliveries and
Seller has made its selection in Article 7. The two options are as follows:

CURTAILMENT OPTION A - HYDRO SPILL AND
                       NEGATIVE AVOIDED COST

         (a)     In anticipation of a period of hydro spill conditions, as
defined by the CPUC, PGandE may notify Seller that any purchases of energy from
Seller during such period shall be at hydro savings prices quoted by PGandE.  If
Seller delivers energy to PGandE during any such period, Seller shall be paid
hydro savings prices for those deliveries in lieu of prices which would
otherwise be applicable.  The hydro savings prices shall be calculated by
PGandE using the following formula:

                          AQF - S                (>0)
                          -------  x PP           =
                          AQF     

where:

         AQF =   Energy, in kWh, projected to be available during hydro spill
                 conditions from all qualifying facilities under agreements
                 containing hydro savings price provisions.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      C-1
<PAGE>   61
         S =     Potential energy, in kWh, from PGandE hydro facilities which
                 will be spilled if all AQF is delivered to PGandE.

         PP =    Prices published by PGandE for purchases during other than
                 hydro spill conditions.

         PGandE shall give Seller notice of general periods when hydro spill
conditions are anticipated, and shall give Seller as much advance notice as
practical of any specific hydro spill period and the hydro savings price which
will be applicable during such period.

         (b)     PGandE shall not be obligated to accept or pay for and may
require Seller with a Facility with a nameplate rating of one megawatt or
greater to interrupt or reduce deliveries of energy during periods when PGandE
would incur negative avoided costs (as defined by the CPUC) due to continued
acceptance of energy deliveries under this Agreement.  Whenever possible,
PGandE shall give Seller reasonable notice of the possibility that interruption
or reduction of deliveries may be required.

         (c)     Before interrupting or reducing deliveries under subsection
(b), above, and before invoking hydro savings prices under subsection (a),
above, PGandE shall take reasonable steps to make economy sales of the surplus
energy giving rise to the condition.  If such economy sales are made, while the
surplus energy condition exists Seller shall





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                         C-2
<PAGE>   62
be paid at the economy sales price obtained by PGandE in lieu of the otherwise
applicable prices.

         (d)     If Seller is selling net energy output to PGandE and
simultaneously purchasing its electrical needs from PGandE and Seller elects
not to sell energy to PGandE at the hydro savings price pursuant to subsection
(a) or when PGandE curtails deliveries of energy pursuant to subsection (b),
Seller shall not use such energy to meet its electrical needs but shall
continue to purchase all its electrical needs from PGandE.  If Seller is
selling surplus energy output to PGandE, subsections (a) or (b) shall only
apply to the surplus energy output being delivered to PGandE, and Seller can
continue to internally use that generation it has retained for its own use.

                  CURTAILMENT OPTION B - ADJUSTED PRICE PERIOD

         (a)     In each calendar year, the price which PGandE is obligated to
pay Seller for energy deliveries during 1,000 off-peak hours (as defined in
Table B-4, Appendix B) may be adjusted to a price equal to, but not in excess
of, PGandE's available alternative source.  This adjusted price shall be
effective under any of the following conditions:

                 (i)      when PGandE's energy source at the margin is not a
PGandE oil- or gas-fueled plant, and PGandE





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      C-3
<PAGE>   63
can replace Seller's energy with energy from this source at a cost less than the
price paid to Seller;

                 (ii)     when PGandE would incur negative avoided costs (as
defined by the CPUC) due to continued acceptance of energy deliveries under this
Agreement; or

                 (iii)    when PGandE is experiencing minimum system
operations.

         During any of the conditions described above the adjusted price may be
zero.

         (b)     Whenever possible, PGandE shall give Seller reasonable notice
of any price adjustment for energy deliveries and its probable duration.

         (c)     If Seller is selling net energy output to PGandE and
simultaneously purchasing its electrical needs from PGandE and Seller elects
not to sell energy to PGandE at the adjusted price, Seller shall not use such
energy to meet its electrical needs but shall continue to purchase all its
electrical needs from PGandE.

         (d) After Seller receives notice of the probable duration of the
period during which the adjusted price will be paid, Seller may elect to
perform maintenance during such





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      C-4
<PAGE>   64
period and so inform the PGandE employee in charge at the designated PGandE
switching center prior to the time when the adjusted price period is expected
to begin.  If Seller makes such election, the number of off-peak hours of
probable duration quoted in PGandE's notice to Seller shall be applied to the
1,000 hour calendar year limitation set forth in this section.  After an
election to do maintenance, if Seller makes any deliveries of energy during the
quoted probable duration period, Seller shall be paid the adjusted price quoted
in its notice from PGandE without regard to any subsequent changes on the
PGandE system which may alter the adjusted price or shorten the actual duration
of the condition.

         (e)     Where practicable, consistent with the operating requirements
of its system and the circumstances which create periods in which the adjusted
price will be paid, PGandE agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to limit
imposition of adjusted price periods on seller primarily to periods when
Seller's steam sales load requirements are low.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      C-5
<PAGE>   65
                                   APPENDIX D

                             AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY

D-1 AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

         Seller has two options for as-delivered capacity payments and Seller
has made its selection in Article S. The two options are as follows:

                     AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY PAYMENT OPTION 1

         PGandE shall pay Seller for as-delivered capacity at prices authorized
from time to time by the CPUC.  The as-delivered capacity prices in effect on
the date of execution are calculated as shown in Exhibit D-1, with a shortage
cost of $70 per kilowatt-year.

                     AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY PAYMENT OPTION 2

         During the fixed price period, the as-delivered capacity prices will
be calculated in accordance with Exhibit D-1 and the forecasted shortage costs
in Table D-2.

         For the remaining years of the term of agreement, PGandE shall pay
Seller for as-delivered capacity at the





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      D-1
<PAGE>   66
higher of:


         (i)     prices authorized from time to time by the CPUC;

         (ii)    the as-delivered capacity prices that were paid Seller in the
                 last year of the fixed price period; or

         (iii)   the as-delivered capacity prices in effect in the first year
                 following the end of the fixed price period, provided that the
                 annualized shortage cost from which these prices are derived
                 does not exceed the annualized value of a gas turbine.

D-2 AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY IN EXCESS OF FIRM CAPACITY

         The amount of capacity delivered in excess of firm capacity will be
considered as-delivered capacity.  This as-delivered capacity is based on the
total kilowatt-hours delivered each month during all on-peak, partial-peak and
off-peak hours excluding any energy associated with generation levels equal to
or less than the firm capacity.

         Seller has the two options listed in Section D-1 for payment for such
as-delivered capacity.  Seller has made its selection in Article 5.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      D-2
<PAGE>   67
                                  EXHIBIT D-1


         The as-delivered capacity price (in cents per kW-hr) for power
delivered by the Facility is the product of three factors:

                 (a)      The shortage cost in each year the Facility is
         operating.

                 (b)      A capacity loss adjustment factor which provides for
         the effect of the deliveries on PGandE's transmission and distribution
         losses based on the Seller's interconnection voltage level.  The
         applicable capacity loss adjustment factors for non-remote(1)
         Facilities are presented in Table D-l(a).  The Facility is non-remote.

                 (c)      An allocation factor which accounts for the different
         values of as-delivered capacity in different time periods and converts
         dollars per kW-year to cents per kWh.  The current allocation factors
         are presented in Table D-l(b).  The time periods to which they apply
         are shown in Table B-4, Appendix B. The allocation factors are subject
         to change from time to time.



- ----------------
(1)      As defined by the CPUC.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      D-3
<PAGE>   68
                                  TABLE D-1(a)

                        Capacity Loss Adjustment Factors
                          for Non-Remote(1) Facilities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Voltage Level                                                               Loss Adjustment Factor
         -------------                                                               ----------------------
         <S>                                                                                  <C>
         Transmission                                                                         .989
         Primary Distribution                                                                 .991
         Secondary Distribution                                                               .991
</TABLE>

                                  TABLE D-l(b)

                               Allocation Factors

                          for As-Delivered Capacity(3)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Peak                 Partial Peak            Off-Peak
                                                  (cent(s)-yr/$-hr)        (cent(s)-yr/$-hr)     (cent(s)-yr/$-hr)
                                                  -----------------        -----------------      ----------------
<S>                                                     <C>                      <C>                   <C>
Seasonal Period A                                       .09982                   .01635                .00000

Seasonal Period B                                       .02023                   .00306                .00001
</TABLE>



- ----------------
(1)      As defined by the CPUC.  The capacity loss adjustment factors for
         remote Facilities are determined individually.

(2)      Determined individually.

(3)      The units for the allocation factor, cent(s)-yr/$-hr, are derived from
         the conversion of $/kW-yr into cent(s)/kWh as follows:

             cent(s)/kWh         =         cent(s)/kw-hr     =      cent(s)-yr
             -----------                   -------------            ----------
             $/kW-yr                       $/kW-yr                  $-hr


         The allocation factors are subject to change from time to time.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      D-4
<PAGE>   69
                                   TABLE D-2

                       Forecasted Shortage Cost Schedule



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Forecast Shortage
Year                                                  Cost, $/kW-Yr
- ----                                                -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>
1983                                                       70
1984                                                       76
1985                                                       81

1986                                                       88
1987                                                       95
1988                                                      102

1989                                                      110
1990                                                      118
1991                                                      126

1992                                                      135
1993                                                      144
1994                                                      154

1995                                                      164
1996                                                      176
1997                                                      188
</TABLE>





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      D-5
<PAGE>   70
                                   APPENDIX E

                                 FIRM CAPACITY

                                    CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                      Page
- -------                                                                      ----
<S>     <C>                                                                  <C>
E-1     GENERAL                                                              E-2
E-2     MINIMUM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS                                     E-2
E-3     SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE                                                E-4
E-4     ADJUSTMENTS TO FIRM CAPACITY                                         E-5
E-5     FIRM CAPACITY PAYMENTS                                               E-6
E-6     MINIMUM DAMAGES                                                      E-13
</TABLE>





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-1
<PAGE>   71
                                   APPENDIX E

                                 FIRM CAPACITY

E-1 GENERAL

         This Appendix E establishes conditions and prices under which PGandE
shall pay for firm capacity.

         PGandE's obligation to pay for firm capacity shall begin on the firm
capacity availability date.  The firm capacity price shall be subject to
adjustment as provided for in this Appendix E.

         The firm capacity prices in Table E-2 are applicable for deliveries of
firm capacity beginning after December 30, 1982.

E-2 MINIMUM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

         (a)     To receive full capacity payments, the firm capacity shall be
delivered for all of the on-peak hours(1) in the peak months on the PGandE
system, which are presently the months of June, July, and August, subject to a
20 percent allowance for forced outages in any month. Compliance with this
provision shall be based on the Facility's total on-peak deliveries for each of
the peak

- ---------------
(1)      On-peak, partial-peak, and off-peak hours are defined in Table B-4,
         Appendix B.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-2
<PAGE>   72
months and shall exclude any energy associated with generation levels greater
than the firm capacity.

         (b)     If Seller is prevented from meeting the minimum performance
requirements because of a forced outage on the PGandE system, a PGandE
curtailment of Seller's deliveries, or a condition set forth in Section A-7,
Appendix A, PGandE shall continue capacity payments.  Firm capacity payments
will be calculated in the same manner used for scheduled maintenance outages.

         (c)     If Seller is prevented from meeting the minimum performance
requirements because of force majeure, PGandE shall continue capacity payments
for ninety days from the occurrence of the force majeure.  Thereafter, Seller
shall be deemed to have failed to have met the minimum performance
requirements.  Firm capacity payments will be calculated in the same manner
used for scheduled maintenance outages.

         (d)     If Seller is prevented from meeting the minimum performance
requirements because of exteme dry year conditions, PGandE shall continue
capacity payments. Extreme dry year conditions are drier than those used to
establish firm capacity pursuant to Section E-8. Seller shall warrant to PGandE 
that the Facility is a hydroelectric facility and that such conditions are the
sole cause of Seller's inability to meet its firm capacity obligations.



                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-3
<PAGE>   73
         (e)     If Seller is prevented from meeting the minimum performance
requirements for reasons other than those described above in Sections E-2(b),
(c), or (d):

                 (1)      Seller shall receive the reduced firm capacity
         payments as provided in Section E-5 for a probationary period not to
         exceed 15 months, or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties.

                 (2)      If, at the end of the probationary period Seller has
         not demonstrated that the Facility can meet the minimum performance
         requirements, PGandE may derate the firm capacity pursuant to Section
         E-4(b).

E-3 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

         Outage periods for scheduled maintenance shall not exceed 840 hours
(35 days) in any 12-month period.  This allowance may be used in increments of
an hour or longer on a consecutive or nonconsecutive basis.  Seller may
accumulate unused maintenance hours from one 12-month period to another up to a
maximum of 1,080 hours (45 days). This accrued time must be used consecutively
and only for major overhauls. Seller shall provide PGandE with the following
advance notices: 24 hours for scheduled outages less than one day, one week for
a scheduled outage of one day or more (except for major overhauls), and six
months for a major overhaul.  Seller shall not schedule major overhauls during
the peak months (presently June, July and August).  Seller shall make
reasonable efforts to schedule or reschedule





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-4
<PAGE>   74
routine maintenance outside the peak months, and in no event shall outages for
scheduled maintenance exceed 30 peak hours during the peak months. Seller shall
confirm in writing to PGandE pursuant to Article 9, within 24 hours of the
original notice, all notices Seller gives personally or by telephone for
scheduled maintenance.

         If Seller has selected Curtailment Option B, off-peak hours of
maintenance performed pursuant to Section (d) of Curtailment Option B, Appendix
C shall not be deducted from Seller's scheduled maintenance allowances set
forth above.

E-4 ADJUSTMENTS TO FIRM CAPACITY

         (a)     Seller may increase the firm capacity with the approval of
PGandE and receive payment for the additional capacity thereafter in accordance
with the applicable capacity purchase price published by PGandE at the time the
increase is first delivered to PGandE.

         (b)     Seller may reduce the firm capacity at any time prior to the
firm capacity availability date by giving written notice thereof to PGandE.
PGandE may derate the firm capacity in accordance with Section E-2(e) as a
result of appropriate data showing Seller has failed to meet the minimum
performance requirements of Section E-2.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-5
<PAGE>   75
E-5 FIRM CAPACITY PAYMENTS

         Once Seller's Facility has met the firm capacity availability test set
forth in Appendix G, the firm capacity payments shall be calculated in
the manner shown below.  As used below in this section, month refers to a
calendar month.

         The monthly payment for firm capacity will be the product of the
Period Price Factor (PPF), the Monthly Delivered Capacity (MDC), the
appropriate capacity loss adjustment factor from Table E-1 based on the
Facility's interconnection voltage, and the appropriate performance bonus
factor, if any, from Table E-3, plus any allowable payment for outages due to
scheduled maintenance.  The firm capacity price shall be applied to meter
readings taken during the separate times and periods as illustrated in Table
B-4, Appendix B.

         The PPF is determined by multiplying the firm capacity price by the
following Allocation Factors(1):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Firm                            PPF
                                Allocation Factor          x    Capacity Price       =           ($/kW-month)
<S>                                     <C>                    <C>                             <C>
Seasonal
Period A                                .16479                 ----------------                ----------------

Seasonal
Period B                                .02515                 ----------------                ----------------
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1)      All allocation factors are subject to change by PGandE based on
         PGandE's marginal capacity cost allocation, as determined in general
         rate case proceedings before the CPUC.  Seasonal Periods A and B are
         defined in Table B-4, Appendix B.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-6
<PAGE>   76
The MDC is determined in the following manner:

         (1)     Determine the Performance Factor (P), which is defined as the
lesser of 1.0 or the following quantity:

               P =              A               (less than or equal to) 1.0)
                        ------------------       
                        C x (B-S) x (O.8*)



Where:

         A  =    Total kilowatt-hours delivered during all on-peak and
                 partial-peak hours excluding any energy associated with
                 generation levels greater than the firm capacity.

         C  =    Firm capacity in kilowatts.

         B  =    Total on-peak and partial-peak hours during the month.

         S  =    Total on-peak and partial-peak hours during the month Facility
                 is out of service on scheduled maintenance.

         (2)     Determine the Monthly Capacity Factor (MCF), which is computed
using the following expression:

                                                     M
                                                    ---
                                  MCF = P x (1.0   - D)
Where:

         M =     The number of hours during the month Facility is out of
                 service on scheduled maintenance.
       
         D =     The number of hours in the month.

- ----------------
* 0.8 reflects a 20% allowance for forced outage.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-7
<PAGE>   77
         (3)  Determine the MDC by multiplying the MCF by C:

                          MDC (kilowatts) = MCF x C

         The monthly payment for firm capacity is then determined by
multiplying the PPF by the MDC, by the appropriate capacity loss adjustment
factor presented from Table E-1, and by the appropriate performance bonus
factor, if any, from Table E-3.

monthly payment     =    PPF x MDC x      capacity loss             performance
for firm capacity                         adjustment factor   x     bonus factor


         Furthermore, the payment for a month in which there is an outage for
scheduled maintenance shall also include an amount equal to the product of the
average hourly firm capacity payment(1) for the most recent month in the same
type of Seasonal Period (i.e., Seasonal Period A or Seasonal Period B) during
which deliveries were made(2) times the number of hours of outage for scheduled
maintenance in the



- ----------------
(1)      Total monthly payment divided by the total number of hours in the
         monthly billing period.

(2)      Firm capacity payments during the first month in Period A and Period
         B following the Firm Capacity Availability Date will be determined by
         PGandE based upon the Facility's performance during those months.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-8
<PAGE>   78
current month.  Firm capacity payments will continue during the outage periods
for scheduled maintenance provided that the provisions of Section E-3 are met.

         During a probationary period Seller's monthly payment for firm
capacity shall be determined by substituting for the firm capacity, the
capacity at which Seller would have met the minimum performance requirements.
In the event that during the probationary period Seller does not meet the
minimum performance requirements at whatever firm capacity was established for
the previous month, Seller's monthly payment for firm capacity shall be
determined by substituting the firm capacity at which Seller would have met the
minimum performance requirements.  The performance bonus factor shall not be
applied during probationary periods.


                                   TABLE E-1



The Facility is non-remote.(1)  The firm capacity loss adjustment factors are
as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Capacity Loss
Interconnection Voltage                              Adjustment Factor
- -----------------------                              -----------------
<S>                                                          <C>
Transmission                                                 .989
</TABLE>


- ----------------
(1)      As defined by the CPUC.





                                                          S.O. #4
                                                          December 5, 1983
                                      E-9
<PAGE>   79
                                   TABLE E-1
                                  (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Capacity Loss
                Interconnection Voltage                    Adjustment Factor
                -----------------------                    -----------------
                <S>                                              <C>
                Primary Distribution                             .991
                
                Secondary Distribution                           .991
</TABLE>

        The following shall be the performance bonus factors applicable to the
calculation of the monthly payments for firm capacity delivered by the Facility
after it has demonstrated a firm capacity factor in excess of 85%.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    DEMONSTRATED
                FIRM CAPACITY FACTOR            PERFORMANCE
                        (%)                     BONUS FACTOR
                --------------------            ------------
                      <S>                          <C>
                       85                          1.000
                       90                          1.059
                       95                          1.118
                      100                          1.176
</TABLE>

        After the Facility has delivered power during the span of all of the
peak months on the PGandE system (presently June, July, and August) in any year
(span),

        (i) the firm capacity factor for each such month shall be calculated in
the following manner:

                                                  A
                 FIRM CAPACITY FACTOR (%) =  ------------ x 100
                                                B x C


                                      E-10                    S.O. #4
                                                              December 5, 1983
<PAGE>   80
<TABLE>
                                   TABLE E-2

                          Firm Capacity Price Schedule
                          ----------------------------

                             (Levelized $/kW-year)
<CAPTION>

  Firm
Capacity
 Avail-
ability
  Date                                       Number of Years of Firm Capacity Delivery
- --------     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (Year)       1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9    10    11    12    13    14    15    20    25    30
- --------     ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---
  <S>        <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
  1983        70    73    75    78    80    83    85    88    90    92    94    96    98   100   102   110   117   122

  1984        76    78    81    84    86    89    92    94    97    99   101   103   106   108   110   118   125   130
  1985        81    84    87    90    93    96    99   101   104   106   109   111   113   115   118   127   134   140

  1986        88    91    94    97   100   103   106   109   112   114   117   119   122   124   126   136   144   150
  1987        95    98   101   105   108   111   114   117   120   123   125   128   130   133   135   146   154   160
  1988       102   106   109   113   116   119   122   125   128   131   134   137   140   142   145   156   165   172
</TABLE>


                                      E-11                    S.O. #4
                                                              December 5, 1983
<PAGE>   81
Where:

A   =   Total kilowatt-hours delivered by Seller in any peak month during all
        on-peak hours excluding any energy associated with generation levels
        greater than the firm capacity.

B   =   Total on-peak hours during the month.

C   =   Firm capacity in kilowatts.

        (ii) the arithmetic average of the above firm capacity factors shall be
determined for that span,

        (iii) the average of the above arithmetic average firm capacity factors
for the most recent span(s), not to exceed 5, shall be calculated and shall
become the Demonstrated Firm Capacity Factor.

              To calculate the performance bonus factor for a Demonstrated Firm
Capacity Factor not shown in Table E-3 use the following formula:

        Performance Bonus Factor = Demonstrated Firm Capacity Factor (%)
                                   -------------------------------------
                                                   85%

E-6 MINIMUM DAMAGES

        (a) In the event the firm capacity is derated or Seller terminates this
Agreement, the quantity by which the firm capacity is derated or the firm
capacity shall be used to calculate the payments due PGandE in accordance with


                                      E-12                     S.O. #4
                                                               December 5, 1983
<PAGE>   82

Section (d).

         (b)     Seller shall be invoiced by PGandE for all amounts due under
this section.  Payment shall be due within 30 days of the date of invoice.

         (c)     If Seller does not make payments pursuant to Section (b),
PGandE shall have the right to offset any amounts due it against any present or
future payments due Seller.

         (d)     Seller shall pay to PGandE:

                          (i)     an amount equal to the difference between (a)
                 the firm capacity payments already paid by PGandE, based on
                 the original term of agreement and (b) the total firm capacity
                 payments which PGandE would have paid based on the period of
                 Seller's actual performance using the adjusted firm capacity
                 price.  Additionally, Seller shall pay interest, compounded
                 monthly from the date the excess capacity payment was made
                 until the date Seller repays PGandE, on all overpayments, at
                 the published Federal Reserve Board three months' Prime
                 Commercial Paper rate; plus

                          (ii)    a sum equal to the amount by which the firm
                 capacity is being terminated or derated times





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      E-13
<PAGE>   83
         the difference between the current firm capacity price on the date of
         termination or deration for a term equal to the balance of the term of
         agreement and the firm capacity price, multiplied by the appropriate
         factor shown in Table E-5 below.  In the event that the current firm
         capacity price is less than the firm capacity price, no payment under
         this subsection (ii) shall be due either Party.

                                   TABLE E-5

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Amount of Firm Capacity
                                Terminated or Derated           Factor
                                ---------------------           ------
                      <S>                                        <C>
                      1,000 kW or under                          0.25
                      over    1,000 kW through  10,000 kW        0.75
                      over   10,000 kW through  25,000 kW        1.00
                      over   25,000 kW through  50,000 kW        3.00
                      over   50,000 kW through 100,000 kW        4.00
                      over   100,000 kW                          5.00
</TABLE>





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      E-14
<PAGE>   84
                                   APPENDIX F

                                INTERCONNECTION


                                    CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Section                                                                                       Page
     -------                                                                                       ----
         <S>              <C>                                                                      <C>
         F-1              INTERCONNECTION TARIFFS                                                  F-2

         F-2              POINT OF INTERCONNECTION LOCATION SKETCH                                 F-3

         F-3              INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES FOR WHICH                                     F-4
                          SELLER IS RESPONSIBLE
</TABLE>





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      F-1
<PAGE>   85
F-1      INTERCONNECTION TARIFFS

         PGandE has filed revisions to Electric Rule 21 to comply with CPUC
Decision No. 83-10-093 dated October 19, 1983.  The applicable rule will be
appended as Appendix I to this Agreement after the CPUC's final determination
of PGandE's November 17, 1983 petition for modification of said decision with
regard to the interconnection tariff, and the final form of Rule 21, pursuant
to that determination, is approved and effective.





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      F-2
<PAGE>   86
F-2      POINT OF INTERCONNECTION LOCATION SKETCH


To be amended upon completion of interconnection studies.





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      F-3
<PAGE>   87
F-3      INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES FOR WHICH SELLER IS RESPONSIBLE


To be amended upon completion of interconnection studies.





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      F-4
<PAGE>   88
                                   APPENDIX H

                        FIRM CAPACITY AVAILABILITY TEST


Seller shall demonstrate the Facility's capability to deliver firm capacity as
follows:

1.       Seller shall provide a two-week advance written notice to PGandE's Vice
         President -- Electric Operations of the time when Seller proposes to
         begin the demonstration of the operation of the Facility.  PGandE's
         Vice President -- Electric Operations shall designate a representative
         to coordinate the test procedure between PGandE and Seller.  The
         demonstration shall include such test programs and procedures (as
         determined by PGandE's representative) necessary to determine that the
         facility can operate throughout the range of Power Factors described in
         Rule 21.

2.       PGandE may have one or more designated representatives observe the
         Facility during all or part of the demonstration period.

3.       For 10 consecutive days, the Facility shall deliver energy at the
         contract capacity during at least 360 of the 480 half-hour periods
         (i.e., 75 x 10 x 24 x 2).





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      H-1
<PAGE>   89
The PGandE representatives present at the demonstration may give informal
comments to Seller's representatives and shall use the results of their
observations in the event the Facility is unable in the future to meet its
minimum performance requirements.

Successful completion of the above demonstration by Seller shall not be
construed as PGandE confirming or endorsing the design or as warranting the
safety, durability, or reliability of the Facility.





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                      H-2
<PAGE>   90
                                   APPENDIX H

                          SAMPLE BILLING CALCULATIONS

                                 TO BE AMENDED





                                                                         S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983
                                       1
<PAGE>   91
                                  AMENDMENT #1
<PAGE>   92

                                FIRST AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                         "LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY
                            POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                    BETWEEN
                               GILROY FOODS, INC.
                           PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC.
                                      AND
                       PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY"
                            DATED DECEMBER 19, 1983

         WHEREAS, GILROY FOODS, INC., a California corporation, and PACIFIC
THERMONETICS, INC., a California corporation, did execute an agreement as
"Seller" with PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC ("PG&E") entitled LONG-TERM ENERGY AND
CAPACITY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN GILROY FOODS, INC., PACIFIC
THERMONETICS, INC.  AND PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY dated December 19,
1983 ("Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, the language of the Agreement indicated GILROY FOODS, INC.
and PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. were partners, but GILROY FOODS, INC. represents
to PG&E that in fact GILROY FOODS, INC. and PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. were
not, and never have been partners; and

         WHEREAS,  GILROY FOODS, INC. represents to PG&E that PACIFIC
THERMONETICS, INC. was serving as a consultant to GILROY FOODS, INC. at the
time the Agreement was executed by GILROY FOODS, INC. AND PACIFIC
THERMONETICS, INC.; and

         WHEREAS, GILROY FOODS represents to PG&E that GILROY FOODS, INC. and
PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. have no business relationship with each other
whatsoever including in particular no relationship relative to the cogeneration
project contemplated under the Agreement; and
<PAGE>   93
         WHEREAS, GILROY FOODS, INC. represents to PG&E that PACIFIC
THERMONETICS, INC. should be removed as a party to the Agreement and all
references to PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. should be deleted from the Agreement;
and

         WHEREAS, GILROY FOODS, INC. represents to PG&E that GILROY FOODS,
INC., or its assignee GILROY ENERGY COMPANY, INC., a California corporation,
intends to proceed with the cogeneration project contemplated under the
Agreement;

         NOW THEREFORE, GILROY FOODS, INC. and PG&E in consideration of the
mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable
consideration, hereby amend said Agreement as follows:

         1.      On page 1 (the cover page) delete "PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC."

         2.      On page 3 delete "PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC." from the title
of the Agreement at the top of the page.      

         3.      On page 3 in the introduction before "Article 1" delete the
words "and PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC., a California corporation, as Partners" so
that the introduction is as follows: "GILROY FOODS, INC., a California
corporation ("Seller"), and PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY ("PG&E"), referred
to collectively as "Parties" and individually as "Party", agree as follows:"

         4.      On page 13 in "Article 9" at the top of the page delete:



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   94
           "To Seller:             President
                                   Pacific Thermonetics, Inc.
                                   1901 South Bascom Avenue
                                   Suite 343
                                   Campbell, CA 96008"

and insert in lieu thereof the following:

           "To Seller:             President
                                   Gilroy Foods, Inc.
                                   1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                   Gilroy, CA 95020"

         5.      In Section A-13 on Page A-20 of Appendix A to the Agreement,
delete paragraph (a):

         "(a) PG&E acknowledges that Seller is executing this Agreement
expecting to assign its interest and obligations hereunder to a different
partnership to be formed between corporate affiliates of Pacific Thermonetics,
Inc. and Gilroy Foods, Inc., to construct, own and operate the Facility and that
this Agreement, including all rights and duties of Seller thereunder, is to be
assigned to that partnership. It is further acknowledged that to finance the
Facility an assignment of the rights of Seller under this Agreement may be
necessary as security for the long term debt obligations of the partnership.
PG&E hereby consents to both such assignments, subject to its receiving a prior
notice of any such proposed assignment," and insert in lieu thereof the
following:

         "(a) PG&E acknowledges that Seller is executing this Agreement
expecting to assign its interest and obligations hereunder to Gilroy Energy
Company, Inc., a California corporation, to construct, own and operate the
Facility and that this Agreement, including all rights and duties of Seller
thereunder, is to be assigned to that corporation.  It is further





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   95
acknowledged that to finance the Facility an assignment of the rights of Seller
under this Agreement may be necessary as security for the long term debt
obligations of either corporation.  PG&E hereby consents to both such
assignments, subject to its receiving a prior notice of any such proposed
assignment."

         FURTHERMORE, the Agreement is hereby reformed in any and all other
respects so as to eliminate PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. as an independent
signatory of the Agreement and as an entity having any rights arising from the
Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this First
Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives and it is
effective as of the last date set forth below period.

GILROY FOODS.  INC.                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

By:    /s/ BYRON T. DENNIS                 By:   /s/ NOLAN H. DAINES
       -------------------                       ---------------------
       Byron T. Dennis                           Nolan H. Daines
       Secretary                                 Vice President
                                                 Planning and Research

DATE SIGNED:  7/17/85                      DATE SIGNED: July 18, 1985
              -------                                   -------------





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   96
                              INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                       McCORMICK & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

                                      AND

                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

         IN CONSIDERATION of and as a condition for the First Amendment
("Amendment") which, among other things, reforms the Long-Term Energy and
Capacity Power Purchase Agreement Between Gilroy Foods, Inc., Pacific
Thermonetics, Inc. and Pacific  Gas and Electric Company dated December 19,
1983 ("Agreement") to delete all references to PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. as
well as deleting PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. as a signatory, McCORMICK &
COMPANY, INCORPORATED ("McCORMICK"), warrants that each and every
representation contained in the Amendment is true and correct, and as an
inducement to PG&E's acceptance of the Amendment, agrees to indemnify and hold
PG&E, its officers, and agents and employees harmless from any loss, claims,
liabilities, or damages (including direct, indirect, special, and punitive)
arising out of or in connection with the Amendment, including any legal action
brought by PACIFIC THERMONETICS, INC. or by any other party against PG&E in
challenging the Amendment.  McCORMICK further agrees to assume the defense for
any claims covered by the above indemnity and agrees to reimburse PG&E for
reasonable outside attorney fees, if any, incurred by PG&E in connection with
the defense of such claims; however, McCormick shall have the right to assume
and direct the legal defense of PG&E in all respects relative indemnifying PG&E
hereunder, and PG&E shall not
<PAGE>   97
incur any such legal fees unless McCORMICK fails to provide a timely defense of
PG&E as provided herein.

         PG&E shall promptly notify the General Counsel of McCORMICK and the
President of Gilroy Foods, Inc. of any such claims against PG&E, and McCORMICK
and PG&E shall fully cooperate with each other and the legal counsel employed
by McCORMICK in the defense of any such claims.

         Should PG&E determine that McCORMICK is failing to provide a timely
and appropriate legal defense for PG&E, then PG&E shall notify McCORMICK of
such deficiency, and PG&E may then employ outside attorneys to represent it,
and McCORMICK shall promptly reimburse PG&E for any such outside attorneys'
fees and expenses.


McCORMICK & COMPANY, INCORPORATED          PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY


BY:    /s/ SIG                             BY:   /s/ NOLAN H. DAINES
       -------------------------                 ----------------------------
       President                                 NOLAN H. DAINES
                                                 Vice President
                                                 Planning and Research

BY:    /s/ SIG                  
       -------------------------

DATE SIGNED:  July 16, 1985                DATE SIGNED: 7/18/85
             ---------------                           ----------






                                      -2-
<PAGE>   98
                               AGREEMENT TO AMEND

             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY'S (GEC) POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

GEC and Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PGandE)'s Power Purchase Agreement
executed on December 19, 1983 (PPA) does not adequately recognize the seasonal
nature of the GEC food processing facilities and PGandE's desire for increased
operating flexibility.  To remedy this, the parties agree to prepare and execute
an Amendment to the PPA in accordance with the concepts below.  The parties
further agree that the energy prices herein described have been developed so
that PGandE and its rate payers are not disadvantaged by PGandE's exercise of
this Agreement.  The parties recognize that GEC will file this Agreement in its
California Energy Commission certification proceeding.

1.       PGandE shall have the option, which it may or may not exercise each
         calendar year at its sole discretion, to gain greater operating
         flexibility in exchange for a modified pricing arrangement.

2.       GEC is capable of reducing generating output from January 1 through
         April 30 and will give PGandE its option to schedule energy deliveries
         for this period (2880 hours), hereinafter referred to as Period 1. GEC
         is also capable of reducing its electrical generation to zero for up
         to six contiguous off-peak hours (as defined in the PPA) per day from
         May 1 through December 31 and is willing to give PGandE its option to
         reduce energy deliveries to zero during this period (1470 hours).  The
         1470 hours are herein referred to as Period 2.  The remaining hours of
         the year are herein referred to as Period 3.

3.       The provisions of this amendment shall be effective for all periods
         for each of ten consecutive calendar years at PGandE's sole option,
         which it shall exercise by delivering a written notice to GEC anytime
         during (but not later than December 15 of) the preceding calendar
         year.  During the first year, PGandE shall exercise its option not
         later than thirty days after the firm capacity availability date of
         the PPA.  The provisions of the PPA shall be in effect (i) during any
         calendar year(s) with respect to which PGandE does not exercise its
         option as provided by the Amendment, and (ii) in years eleven through
         thirty of the plant operation.
<PAGE>   99
4.     DURING PERIOD 1:

       A.        Subject to scheduled maintenance and forced outage as provided
                 for in the PPA, PGandE shall schedule and GEC shall deliver
                 energy at the following levels:

                 Zero energy deliveries; or

                 Any load point from approximately 50 percent of firm capacity
                 to 100 percent of the Facility's capability.

       B.        PGandE shall pay for this energy at a price equal to the GEC
                 heat rate obtained from the table below in Btu/Kwhr multiplied
                 by the weighted average price paid during the month by
                 PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas for
                 PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).  Heat
                 rates provided in this table are subject to change based on
                 the results of an annual test.  The applicable heat rate shall
                 be based on the level of deliveries scheduled by PGandE as
                 follows:

<TABLE>
              <S>         <C>                               <C>
              At or above 100% of firm capacity             8,550 Btu/Kwhr
     
              From 85% of firm capacity to                  8,880 Btu/Kwhr
                   99% of firm capacity

              From 65% of firm capacity to                  9,400 Btu/Kwhr
                   85% of firm capacity

              From 50% of firm capacity                    10,600 Btu/Kwhr
                to 65% of firm capacity
</TABLE>

                 In addition, PGandE shall pay GEC $6500 (1985 dollars) for
                 each start-up.  PGandE will change this start-up charge
                 monthly, indexed to the weighted average price paid during the
                 month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas
                 for PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).

         C.      PGandE shall require deliveries of energy from the Facility
                 for a minimum of 6 hours after each start-up. PGandE agrees
                 to require the Facility to be started up no more than an
                 average of 6 times per calendar week during Period 1.
<PAGE>   100
         D.      Prior to December 31, PGandE shall stipulate the schedule for
                 maintenance (scheduled annual overhaul) for Period 1 of the
                 following year after receiving GEC input by December 20.  This
                 schedule may be changed by mutual consent if conditions change
                 during period 1.

5.       DURING PERIOD 2:

         PGandE shall have the option to schedule the Facility to deliver
         energy at 100% of firm capacity or 0% of firm capacity for up to 6
         contiguous off peak hours per day.  PGandE shall pay for energy
         deliveries during Period 2 at a price equal to the Incremental Energy
         Rate provided in Table B-3, Curtailment Option B, multiplied by the
         weighted average price paid during the month by PGandE's Electric
         Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants
         ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).  In addition, PGandE shall pay GEC $1,000
         (1985 dollars) for each shut-down, and each shut-down shall be at least
         1 hour in length.  PGandE will change this start-up charge monthly,
         indexed to the weighted average price paid during the month by
         PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's
         fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).

6.       DURING PERIOD 3:

         PGandE shall accept energy deliveries up to 100% of the Facility's
         capability, subject to the provisions of the PPA.  PGandE shall pay
         for energy deliveries during Period 3 at a price equal to the
         Incremental Energy Rate provided in Table B-3, Curtailment Option B
         (zero bandwidth), multiplied by the weighted average price paid during
         the month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas for
         PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis), multiplied by
         a factor.  Until the end of the first five full calendar years of
         plant operation, commencing with the completion of the Firm Capacity
         availability test the factor shall be 1.17; for full plant operation
         in calendar years six through ten, the factor shall be 1.13 (During
         years when the terms of this Agreement are invoked, the annual
         adjustment referred to on page B-14 of the PPA shall not apply).

7.       In the event a force majeure (as defined in the PPA) on the GEC system
         prevents GEC from having its back-up boiler available to supply steam
         to the Gilroy Foods process, GEC shall be relieved of any obligation
         to reduce its electrical generation during period 2; during which time
         PGandE shall pay GEC for energy delivered at a price equal to 90% of
         the price of PGandE's available alternate source.
<PAGE>   101
8.       Except as provided below, payment for firm capacity and capacity
         bonus shall be in accordance with Appendix E of the PPA.  GEC shall
         not be penalized if PGandE schedules its generation below the firm
         capacity level during Period 1 or Period 2. GEC shall not be eligible
         for as-delivered capacity payments pursuant to the PPA during period 1
         or during period 2 when the GEC generation level is scheduled below
         100% of firm capacity rating under the terms of this Agreement.
         Whenever GEC's generating capacity is not available for scheduling by
         PGandE, subject to a 20 percent allowance for forced outage in any
         month, the monthly firm capacity payment during Period 1 shall be
         reduced:

         (i)     when the firm capacity is available more than 50% of the total
                 time in the month, by that proportion of the time GEC's
                 generating capacity is available to PGandE to the total time
                 in a month.  For example, when the firm generating capacity is
                 available 65% of the total hours in a month, the firm capacity
                 payment shall be 75% X monthly firm capacity price X firm
                 contract capacity;

         (ii)    whenever GEC's firm capacity is available less than 50% of
                 the total time in a month, to zero.

         In witness whereof, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement
to Amend GEC's Power Purchase Agreement as of the day and the date last written
below.


                             PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

                             by:    /s/ SIG                       
                                    ---------------------------

                             Date Signed:   7/18/85   
                                           -----------


                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY

                             by:    /s/ SIG                       
                                    ---------------------------

                             Date Signed:
                                           -----------
<PAGE>   102
                                  AMENDMENT #2
<PAGE>   103
                                SECOND AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                         "LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY
                           POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT"
                      DATED DECEMBER 19, 1983, AS AMENDED
                                 JULY 18, 1985


        WHEREAS, GILROY ENERGY COMPANY, a California corporation ("Seller") has
an agreement with PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY ("PGandE") entitled
LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated December 19, 1983,
as amended July 18, 1985 (the "Agreement"); and

        WHEREAS, Seller and PGandE believe that the Agreement does not
adequately recognize the seasonal nature of Seller's food processing facilities
and PGandE's desire for increased operating flexibility; and

        WHEREAS,  Seller and PGandE executed the "Agreement to Amend Gilroy
Energy Company's Power Purchase Agreement" dated July 18, 1985, which
contemplated the Agreement would be amended to provide PGandE with greater
operating flexibility by permitting PGandE to schedule reduced deliveries at
certain times in exchange for a modified pricing arrangement;

        NOW THEREFORE, Seller and PGandE in consideration of the mutual
agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration,
hereby amend said Agreement as follows:

        1.      On page 6 of the Agreement, the following paragraph (g) is
hereby added to Article 3:

                "(g)  Commencing with the date on which the Facility meets the
firm capacity availability test as described in Appendix G (the "Commencement
Date") and continuing for the remainder of that year and for a period of ten
full calendar years thereafter but not beyond December 31, 1998 PGandE may
elect, at its sole option, to invoke the provisions of Appendix J (1) for the
remainder of the year in which the Commencement Date occurs and/or (2) for a
period of one calendar year for any and all succeeding calendar years during
such period.  During the year in which the Facility meets the firm capacity
availability test as described in Appendix G, PGandE must make such election by
delivering a written notice thereof to Seller not later than 30 days after the
Commencement Date, and, for subsequent years, PGandE must deliver such notice
to Seller no later than December 15 of the preceding year."
<PAGE>   104
        2.      Appendix J is hereby added to the Agreement, and shall read as
set forth herein in its entirety:

                                   APPENDIX J

                           VARIABLE OPERATION OPTION


        This Appendix shall amend and modify, for a period of one calendar year
(or from the Commencement Date until December 31 of the year containing the
Commencement Date), the "Long Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase
Agreement" and Appendices thereto (the "Agreement"), between Gilroy Energy
Company ("Seller") and Pacific Gas and Electric Company ("PGandE"), referred to
collectively as "Parties" and individually as "Party."  Unless specifically
amended as set forth herein for the period in which this Appendix is invoked,
all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

        J-1.    Article 4 of the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

                      ARTICLE 4  ENERGY DELIVERY AND PRICE

        (a)     From January 1 through April 30 ("Period 1") of a given year
for which PGandE has elected to invoke the provisions of Appendix J, the
following provisions shall govern the delivery of energy by Seller and the
rates paid therefor by PGandE:

        1.      Subject to scheduled maintenance and forced outage as provided
                for in this Agreement, PGandE shall schedule and Seller shall
                deliver energy at the following levels:

                Zero energy deliveries; or

                Any load point from approximately 50 percent of the Facility's
                firm capacity to the Facility's full capability.

                The Facility shall be scheduled in accordance with the
                provisions of Paragraph (c) of this Article 4.

        2.      Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (e) of this Article 4,
and except as provided in Paragraph (d) of this Article 4, PGandE shall pay for
the energy (per delivered Kwhr) at a price equal to the heat rate obtained from
the table below in Btu/Kwhr multiplied by the weighted average price paid
during the month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas for
PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).  Heat rates provided
in this table are subject



                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   105
                to change based on the results of a test of the Facility which
                may be conducted once during any one calendar year at the
                request of either Party.  Such test shall have a maximum
                duration of 24 hours, with readings conducted every half hour.
                The test shall be conducted using plant instrumentation and
                personnel, but either party may, at its own expense, require
                that other instrumentation or personnel be used.  PGandE shall
                purchase all output produced during the test. Prior to the firm
                capacity availability date of the facility, the Parties shall
                agree upon the test procedures.  Four months prior to the
                Facility's firm capacity availability date, Seller shall propose
                test procedures for PGandE's review and approval and provide the
                Facility's heat balance.  Test procedures shall provide
                verifiable, auditable results and shall be consistent with
                generally accepted industry practices and established ASME Power
                Test Codes to the extent applicable and necessary. Subject to
                adjustment in accordance with the foregoing test (it being
                understood that the applicable heat rates as set forth below and
                as adjusted are not intended solely to represent the actual heat
                rate of Seller's Facility, but include the actual heat rate
                calculated based on the higher heating value of natural gas and
                verifiable chemical costs), the applicable heat rate shall be
                based on the level of deliveries scheduled by PGandE as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Adjustment
                                        Actual      For         Resulting
                                        Heat        Chemical    Heat
                                        Rate        Costs       Rate
Level of Deliveries                     (Btu/Kwhr)  (Btu/Kwhr)  (Btu/Kwhr)
- -------------------                     ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
At or above 100% of
  firm capacity                          8,400      150          8,550

From 85% of firm capacity to
  99% of firm capacity                   8,745      135          8,880

From 65% of firm capacity to
  84% of firm capacity                   9,245      155          9,400

From 50% of firm capacity to
  64% of firm capacity                  10,440      160         10,600
</TABLE>

                In addition, PGandE shall pay Seller $6,500 for each start-up
                excluding any start-up following an outage resulting from a
                design defect, inadequate construction, operator error or a
                breakdown of the mechanical or electrical equipment of Seller's
                Facility that fully or partially curtails the electrical output

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   106
                of the Facility.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (e) of
                this Article 4, PGandE will adjust this start-up charge monthly,
                by multiplying this initial start-up charge by a fraction, the
                numerator of which is the weighted average price paid during the
                preceding month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and
                natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu
                basis) and the denominator of which is the weighted average
                price paid during July, 1985 by PGandE's Electric Department for
                oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/BTU on a
                gas BTU basis).

        3.      PGandE shall require deliveries of energy from the Facility for
                a minimum of 6 hours after each start-up.  PGandE agrees to
                require the Facility to be started up no more than seven times
                in any one calendar week during Period 1.

        4.      For each year for which PGandE reasonably anticipates making an
                election to invoke the provisions of Appendix J, PGandE and
                Seller shall confer as early as practicable concerning
                maintenance schedules, output scheduling and any other matters
                affecting the Facility.  In all events, Seller shall provide its
                input to PGandE concerning such matters no later than December
                20 of the preceding year.  Prior to December 31 of the year
                preceding each year for which the option to invoke the
                provisions of Appendix J is exercised, PGandE shall, after due
                consideration of the input of Seller, deliver a written
                maintenance schedule for both annual overhaul and other periodic
                overhauls, which shall be scheduled for Period 1.  PGandE shall
                at the same time deliver to Seller a tentative, non-binding
                operation schedule for Period 1.  If, after the maintenance
                schedule has been delivered, in either Party's reasonable
                judgment conditions change such that a change in the maintenance
                schedule is warranted, such Party shall deliver written notice
                thereof to the other Party, specifying with particularity the
                circumstances warranting a change in the schedule and the change
                requested.  The maintenance schedule for Period 1 shall be
                changed if the responding Party consents, which consent shall
                not be unreasonably withheld.

        (b)     The hours from May 1 through December 31 of a given year for
which PGandE has elected to invoke the provisions of Appendix J shall be
either Period 2 or Period 3, as defined in this Paragraph (b).

        1.      From May 1 through December 31, PGandE shall have the option to
                schedule the Facility to deliver energy at 100% of the
                Facility's capability or 0% of firm

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   107
        capacity for up to 6 contiguous off peak hours per day (such hours being
        referred to hereinafter as "Period 2").  Seller shall deliver energy in
        accordance with the schedule prepared by PGandE in accordance with the
        provisions of paragraph (c) of this Article 4.  Subject to the
        provisions of Paragraph (e) of this Article 4, and except as provided in
        the last sentence of this Paragraph (b)1 and in Paragraph (d) of this
        Article 4, PGandE shall pay for energy deliveries during Period 2 at a
        price per delivered Kwhr equal to the Incremental Energy Rate provided
        in Appendix B multiplied by the weighted average price paid during the
        month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas for
        PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).  Each period
        during which PGandE schedules output at 0% of firm capacity and Seller
        in response curtails the electrical output of the Facility as so
        scheduled shall be deemed a "shut-down" of the Facility for purposes of
        this Agreement. PGandE shall pay Seller $1,000 for each such shut-down,
        and each shut-down shall be at least 1 hour in length.  Subject to the
        provisions of Paragraph (e) of this Article 4, PGandE will adjust this
        shut-down charge monthly by multiplying this initial shut-down charge by
        a fraction, the numerator of which is the weighted average price paid
        during the preceding month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and
        natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis)
        and the denominator of which is the average price paid during July, 1985
        by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's
        fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis).  Whenever the Seller's
        back-up boiler is not capable of supplying steam to the Gilroy Foods
        process, Seller shall be relieved of any obligation to reduce its
        electrical generation during Period 2, provided that Seller uses its
        best efforts to correct the condition causing such incapability, and
        provided further, that during such times PGandE shall pay Seller for
        energy delivered at a price equal to 90% of the price of PGandE's
        available alternate source.

2.      During on-peak, partial-peak and off-peak hours for which PGandE has
        made no election in the foregoing Paragraph (b)1 from May 1 through
        December 31 ("Period 3") (it being understood that all off-peak hours
        during the period from May 1 through December 31 shall be treated as
        Period 3 unless PGandE specifically elects to exercise its option to
        schedule such hours in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing
        paragraph (b) 1), PGandE shall accept energy deliveries subject to the
        provisions of this Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph
        (e) of this Article 4,


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   108
        PGandE shall pay for energy deliveries during Period 3 at a price equal
        to the Incremental Energy Rate provided in Appendix B multiplied by the
        weighted average price paid during the month by PGandE's Electric
        Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants
        ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis), multiplied by a factor as hereinafter set
        forth.  For the remainder of the year in which the Commencement Date
        occurs and the next succeeding five calendar years, the factor shall be
        1.17 provided that the Commencement Date is during or before 1988.  For
        the next five succeeding calendar years, the factor shall be 1.13.  In
        the event that the Commencement Date occurs after December 31, 1988 the
        factor shall be 1.17 until December 31, 1993 and 1.13 for the calendar
        years 1994 through 1998.

        (c) During Periods 1 and 2, Seller shall deliver energy in accordance
with the schedule prepared by PGandE.  Such schedule shall be set in the
following manner.  PGandE shall prepare a non-binding tentative weekly schedule
for the Facility and provide this schedule to Seller no later than 1200 hours
Friday of the week preceding the week for which the schedule is prepared (which
week shall be deemed to commence at 0001 hours Sunday).  For Period 1, PGandE
shall notify Seller at least 48 hours in advance of any period for which PGandE
desires to schedule the Facility to be on-line of (i) the scheduled on-line
time; (ii) the duration of the period for which the Facility is scheduled to be
on-line; and (iii) the level of energy deliveries scheduled.  Unless scheduled
to be on-line by PGandE, the Facility shall remain off-line during Period 1.
PGandE shall notify Seller at least forty-eight hours prior to each period of
off-peak hours during Period 2 for which PGandE elects to schedule the Facility
to deliver energy at 0% of firm capacity of 100% of the Facility's capability,
as the case may be.  During both Period 1 and Period 2, the Facility shall be
brought on-line at the requested level of delivery or taken off-line at the time
scheduled by PGandE in its 48 hour notice to Seller, unless PGandE gives
contrary notice to Seller at least six hours in advance in the case of a cold
start and four hours in advance in the case of a warm start or a shutdown.  For
purposes of this paragraph, a "warm start" of the Facility is any start up of
the Facility within twelve hours of the last shutdown of the Facility, while a
cold start is any start-up of the Facility more than twelve hours after the last
shutdown of the Facility.

        (d) Notwithstanding PGandE's right to schedule output of the Facility
during Periods 1 and 2, Seller may request a schedule change in order to conduct
performance tests of the Facility for purposes of the Completion Test of the
Facility as set forth in Appendix K and the Extended Warranty on the Facility's
performance as set forth in Appendix K.  PGandE shall not unreasonably withhold
its consent to such schedule change.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   109
Without the prior consent of PGandE (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld), Seller may not increase the frequency or duration of testing during
the Extended Warranty term or the frequency or duration of testing for the
purpose of the Completion Test of the Facility.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
such tests shall be conducted no more than six times during the eighteen-month
term of the Extended Warranty.  PGandE shall purchase energy generated during
the testing periods at prices set forth above for Periods 1 and 2, as the case
may be, unless PGandE's tentative schedules provided to Seller show that at the
time Seller requested a schedule change for the testing period, PGandE would not
have scheduled energy deliveries.  Energy delivered during testing periods
which, according to the tentative schedule, would not have been scheduled by
PGandE shall be purchased at a price equal to 90% of the price of PGandE's
available alternate source.

        (e) Whenever under this Agreement PGandE is required to make a payment
(or an adjustment to a payment) on a monthly basis based upon the weighted
average price paid during such month by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and
natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis), such
requirement is based upon the assumption that PGandE is able to determine such
weighted average price on a monthly basis promptly enough to meet the payment
requirements hereunder.  In the event that PGandE is incapable (due to internal
administrative, accounting or technical limitations or procedures) of making
such determination on a timely basis, the payment (or adjustment to a payment)
to Seller shall be based upon PGandE's gas schedule number G-55 (or equivalent),
and at the end of each calendar year a reconciliation will be made (through a
payment to or by Seller, as appropriate) to reflect any difference between
amounts actually paid to Seller during the year and amounts which would have
been payable to Seller were such payments based upon the weighted average price
paid during such year by PGandE's Electric Department for oil and natural gas
for PGandE's fossil steam plants ($/Btu on a gas Btu basis) instead of PGandE's
gas schedule number G-55 (or equivalent).

        J-2. Article 6 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting the second
paragraph.

        J-3. Article 7 of the Agreement shall be deleted.

        J-4. Article 11 of the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

                        ARTICLE 11 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

        This Agreement includes the following appendices which are incorporated
by reference:

        Appendix A  -     GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>   110
        Appendix B  -     INCREMENTAL ENERGY RATES
        Appendix C  -     TIME PERIODS
        Appendix D  -     AS-DELIVERED CAPACITY
        Appendix E  -     FIRM CAPACITY
        Appendix F  -     INTERCONNECTION
        Appendix G  -     FIRM CAPACITY AVAILABILITY TEST
        Appendix H  -     SAMPLE BILLING CALCULATIONS

        J-5. Article 12 of the Agreement shall be deleted.

        J-6. The following changes to Appendix A to the Agreement shall be made:

        (a) The definition of "full short-run avoided operating cost" on p. A-4
shall be deleted.

        (b) Insert the following on line 3 of page A-12:

                "Seller shall continue to keep PGandE informed of the Facility's
            availability during Period 1."

        J-7. Appendix B to the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

<TABLE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                            INCREMENTAL ENERGY RATES

<CAPTION>
                                               Forecasted
                                               Incremental
                                              Energy Rates,
                      Year                      Btu/kWh
                      ----                    -------------
                      <S>                         <C>
                      1984                        9,440
                      1985                        9,500

                      1986                        9,280
                      1987                        9,290
                      1988                        9,400

                      1989                        9,270
                      1990                        8,970
                      1991                        8,970

                      1992                        8,970
                      1993                        8,970
                      1994                        8,970

                      1995                        8,970
                      1996                        8,970
                      1997                        8,970

                      1998                        8,970
</TABLE>


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   111
        J-8.  Appendix C to the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

                                   APPENDIX C
                                  TIME PERIODS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Monday                           Sundays
                                 through                            and
                                Friday(2)       Saturdays(2)      Holidays
                                ---------       ------------      --------
<S>                             <C>             <C>               <C>
Seasonal Period A
(May 1 through September 30)

    On-Peak                     12:30 p.m.
                                -6:30 p.m.

    Partial-Peak                 8:30 a.m.       8:30 a.m.
                               -12:30 p.m.     -10:30 p.m.

                                 6:30 p.m.
                               -10:30 p.m.

    Off-Peak                    10:30 p.m.      10:30 p.m.        All Day
                                -8:30 a.m.      -8:30 a.m.

Seasonal Period B
(October 1 through April 30)

    On-Peak                      4:30 p.m.
                                -8:30 p.m.

    Partial-Peak                 8:30 p.m.       8:30 a.m.
                               -10:30 p.m.     -10:30 p.m.

                                 8:30 a.m.
                                -4:30 p.m.

    Off-Peak                    10:30 p.m.      10:30 p.m.        All Day
                                -8:30 a.m.      -8:30 a.m.
</TABLE>

- ---------------

1    This table is subject to change to accord with the on-peak, partial peak
     and off-peak periods as defined in PG&E's own rate schedules for the
     sale of electricity and to large industrial customers.

2    Except the following holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday,
     Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving, and
     Christmas, as said days are specified in Public Law 90-363 (5 U.S.C.A.
     Section 6103(a)).


                                      -9-
<PAGE>   112
        J-9     Appendix D to the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the
following sentence on line 5 of page D-1:

        "The amount of capacity delivered in excess of firm capacity during
Period 3 or scheduled and delivered in excess of firm capacity during Periods 1
and 2 will be considered as-delivered capacity and PGandE shall pay Seller for
such as-delivered capacity in accordance with As-Delivered Capacity Payment
Option 2 set forth herein."

        J-10    Appendix E to the Agreement shall be amended as follows:

        (a)     Section E-1 shall be amended by inserting the following
sentence on line 17 of page E-1:

                In the event that any of PGandE's peak months (currently June,
        July and August) shift into Period 1, the parties shall use best efforts
        to negotiate a mutually agreeable method of satisfying minimum
        performance requirements and determining the performance bonus factor.

        (b)     Section E-3 shall be amended to read as follows:

                PGandE shall schedule all outage periods for annual and periodic
        overhauls during Period 1.  Outage periods for scheduled maintenance
        during any calendar year shall not exceed 840 hours (35 days) (including
        the number of hours of outage due to annual and periodic overhauls).
        This allowance may be used in increments of an hour or longer on a
        consecutive or nonconsecutive basis.  Seller may accumulate unused
        maintenance hours from one 12-month period to another up to an aggregate
        of 1,080 hours (45 days).  This accrued time must be used consecutively
        and may only be used for major overhauls.  Seller shall provide PGandE
        with the following notices: 24 hours for scheduled outages of less than
        one day, one week for scheduled outages of one day or more (except for
        major overhauls), and six months for a major overhaul.  Seller shall not
        schedule major overhaul during the peak months (presently June, July and
        August).  Seller shall make reasonable efforts to schedule or reschedule
        routine maintenance outside the peak months and in no event shall
        outages for scheduled maintenance exceed 30 on-peak hours during the
        peak months.  Seller shall confirm in writing to PGandE pursuant to
        Article 9, within 24 hours of the original notice, all notices Seller
        gives personally or by telephone for scheduled maintenance.



                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   113
        (c)     Section E-5 shall be amended to read as follows:

E-5 FIRM CAPACITY PAYMENTS

        Once Seller's Facility has met the firm capacity availability test set
forth in Appendix G, the firm capacity payments shall be calculated solely in
the manner shown below.  As used below in this section, month refers to a
calendar month.

        The monthly payment for firm capacity for Periods 2 and 3 will be the
product of the Period Price Factor (PPF), the Monthly Delivered Capacity (MDC),
the appropriate capacity loss adjustment factor from Table E-1 based on the
Facility's interconnection voltage, and the appropriate performance bonus
factor, if any, from Table E-3, plus any allowable payment for outages due to
scheduled maintenance.

        For Period 1, the monthly payment for firm capacity will be the product
of the PPF, the firm capacity, the appropriate capacity loss adjustment factor
from Table E-1 based on the Facility's interconnection voltage, the appropriate
performance bonus factor, if any, from Table E-3 and the appropriate
availability factor.

        The firm capacity price for Period 3 shall be applied to meter readings
taken during the separate times and periods as illustrated in Appendix C.

        For Periods 1 and 3 the PPF is determined by multiplying the firm
capacity price by the following Allocation Factors*:

                Allocation                   Firm                    PPF
                                X            ----       =
                  Factor                Capacity Price          ($/kW-month)
                                        --------------

Seasonal          .18540                --------------          ------------
Period A

Seasonal          .01043
Period B

- ----------------

*       All allocation factors are subject to change by PGandE based on PGandE's
        marginal capacity cost allocation, as determined in general rate case
        proceedings before the CPUC.  Seasonal Periods A and B are defined
        Appendix C.



                                     - 11 -





                                
<PAGE>   114
         For Period 3 the MDC is determined in the following manner:

         (1)   Determine the Performance factor (P), which is defined as the
lesser of 1.0 or the following quantity:

                            A
                P = ------------------
                    C x (B-5) x (0.8*)      ((less than or equal to) 1.0)
                                             

Where:

         A =  Total kilowatt-hours delivered during all on-peak and partial-peak
              hours in Period 3 excluding any energy associated with generation
              levels greater than the firm capacity.

         C =  Firm capacity in kilowatts.

         B =  Total on-peak and partial-peak hours in Period 3 during the month.

         S =  Total on-peak and partial-peak hours in Period 3 during the month
              Facility is out of service on scheduled maintenance.

         * 0.8 reflects a 20% allowance for forced outage.

         (2)  Determine the Monthly Capacity Factor (MCF), which is computed
              using the following expression:

                                          M
                        MCF = P x (1.0 - ---)
                                          D

Where:

         M =  The number of hours in Period 3 during the month Facility is out
              of service on scheduled maintenance.

         D =  the number of hours in Period 3 in the month.

         (3)  Determine the MDC by multiplying the MCF by C;

Where:

         C =  Firm capacity in kilowatts:

                        MDC (kilowatts) = MCF x C





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   115
For Period 1, the Availability Factor is determined as follows:

        (1)     Determine the availability of the Facility during Period 1:

                        AV = 100 (H - T - SM) / (H-SM)

        H=      The number of hours in the month

        AV=     The percent of the time the Facility is available to deliver
                energy as scheduled by PGandE during Period 1.

        T=      Number of hours of the month during Period 1, other than
                scheduled maintenance hours, when the Facility is not available
                to deliver energy as scheduled by PGandE pursuant to Section
                4(c) hereof.

        SM=     Number of hours of the month during Period 1 when the Facility
                is not available to deliver energy due to scheduled maintenance.

        (2)     Determine the Availability Factor (AF).

When AV is less than 50 percent; then AF = 0.

When AV is greater than or equal to 50 percent; then AF is defined as the
lesser of 1 or the following quantity.

              AF = (AV - 50) + 0.5    (less than or equal to 1.0)
                   ---------
                       60

        The monthly payment for firm capacity is then determined as follows:

For Period 1:

monthly    = PPF     X Firm       X Capacity      X Performance   X AF
payment                Capacity     Loss            Bonus
for firm                            Adjustment      Factor
capacity                            Factor

For Periods 2 and 3:

monthly    = PPF        X MDC           X Capacity        X Performance
payment                                   Loss              Bonus
for firm                                  Adjustment        Factor
capacity                                  Factor

        Furthermore, the payment for a month in which there is an outage for
scheduled maintenance in Period 3 shall also include an amount equal to the
product of the average hourly firm

                                      -13-
<PAGE>   116
capacity payment(1) for the most recent month in the same type of Seasonal
Period (i.e., Seasonal Period A or Seasonal Period B) during which deliveries
were made(2) times the number of hours of outage for scheduled maintenance in
the current month.  Firm capacity payments will continue during the outage
periods for scheduled maintenance provided that the provisions of Section E-3
are met.

        During a probationary period Seller's monthly payment for firm capacity
shall be determined by substituting for the firm capacity, the capacity at
which Seller would have met the minimum performance requirements.  In the event
that during the probationary period Seller does not meet the minimum
performance requirements at whatever firm capacity was established for the
previous month, Seller's monthly payment for firm capacity shall be determined
by substituting the firm capacity at which Seller would have met the minimum
performance requirements.  The performance bonus factor shall not be applied
during probationary periods.

                                   TABLE E-1

The Facility is non-remote(3)  The firm capacity loss adjustment factors are as
follows:

                                                Capacity Loss
        Interconnection Voltage               Adjustment Factor
        -----------------------               -----------------

        Transmission                                 .989

        Primary Distribution                         .991

        Secondary Distribution                       .991

        The following shall be the performance bonus factors applicable to the
calculation of the monthly payments for firm capacity delivered by the Facility
after it has demonstrated a firm capacity factor in excess of 85%.

- ---------------------

(1) Total monthly payment divided by the total number of hours in the monthly
billing period.

(2) Firm capacity payments during the first month in Period A and Period B
following the Firm Capacity Availability Date will be determined by PGandE based
upon the Facility's performance during those months.

(3) As defined by the CPUC.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>   117
                                   TABLE E-3
                           PERFORMANCE BONUS FACTORS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    DEMONSTRATED
                FIRM CAPACITY FACTOR            PERFORMANCE
                         (%)                    BONUS FACTOR
                --------------------            ------------
                         <S>                       <C>
                          85                       1.000
                          90                       1.059
                          95                       1.118
                         100                       1.176
</TABLE>

        After the Facility has delivered power during the span of all of the
peak months on the PGandE system (presently June, July, and August) in any year
(span), 

        (a)     the firm capacity factor for each such month shall be
calculated in the following manner:

                                             A
                FIRM CAPACITY FACTOR (%) = ----- x 100
                                           B x C


Where:
A =     Total kilowatt-hours delivered by Seller in any peak month during all
        on-peak hours excluding any energy associated with generation levels
        greater than the firm capacity.
B =     Total on-peak hours during the month.
C =     Firm capacity in kilowatts.

        (b)     the arithmetic average of the above firm capacity factors shall
be determined for that span.

        (c)     the average of the above arithmetic average firm capacity
factors for the most recent span(s), not to exceed 5, shall be calculated and
shall become the Demonstrated Firm Capacity Factor.

                To calculate the performance bonus factor for a Demonstrated
Firm Capacity Factor not shown in Table E-3 use the following formula:

                           Demonstrated Firm Capacity Factor (%)
Performance Bonus Factor = -------------------------------------
                                            85%



                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   118
                                   TABLE E-2

                          Firm Capacity Price Schedule
                          ----------------------------

                             (Levelized $/kW-year)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Firm
  Capacity
Availability
    Date                        Number of Years of Firm Capacity Delivery
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   (Year)     1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10    11    12    13    14    15    20    25    30
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>       <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
   1983       70    73    75    78    80    83    85    88    90    92    94    96    98   100   102   110   117   122

   1984       76    78    81    84    86    89    92    94    97    99   101   103   106   108   110   118   125   130

   1985       81    84    87    90    93    96    99   101   104   106   109   111   113   115   118   127   134   140

   1986       88    91    94    97   100   103   106   109   112   114   117   119   122   124   126   136   144   150

   1987       95    98   101   105   108   111   114   117   120   123   125   128   130   133   135   146   154   160

   1988      102   106   109   113   116   119   122   125   128   131   134   137   140   142   145   156   165   172
</TABLE>




                                     - 16 -

<PAGE>   119
        3.      Appendix K is hereby added to the Agreement and shall read as
set forth here in its entirety:

                                   APPENDIX K
                                    TESTING

        The sole purpose of this Appendix is to describe the testing procedures
under Seller's Contract for Generating Facility for purposes of Section J-1(e)
of Appendix J.  Except as provided in Paragraph (d) of Article 4 (under
Appendix J), Seller may modify the testing procedures without the consent of
PGandE, but Seller shall notify PGandE of any such modification.

        K-1.    Completion Test.  The Completion Test for the Facility is
satisfied when a designated representative of the construction Contractor and
Seller certify all of the following:

        (a)     The completion of the firm capacity availability test;

        (b)     The achievement of mechanical completion of the Facility and
the ancillary and support facilities in accordance with final plans and
specifications and the successful completion of all associated construction;

        (c)     The achievement of successful test operations of the Facility
as defined in Section K-3;

        (d)     The facility shall demonstrate the ability to meet the emissions
requirements of the Facility's Bay Area Air quality Management District
(BAAQMD) permit through the applicable BAQMD test imposed upon the Facility
unless a permanent variance can be obtained from the BAAQMD to operate at
demonstrated higher emissions levels while still meeting the performance
requirements of Section K-1(c); and

        (e)     At the option of Seller, demonstration for a maximum of one
hour that the gas turbine can be operated at the gas turbine manufacturer's
specified oil-fired base load firing condition on No. 2 distillate fuel oil and
demonstration of the capability of the fuel oil delivery system.

        K-2.    Definitions.

        Hourly Corrected Electrical Generating Capacity (Kilowatts) is the
combined gross output of the gas turbine and steam turbine-generators, measured
at hourly intervals (excluding any readings rejected pursuant to Section K-3(d)
at the generator terminals occurring at or corrected to the Guaranteed
Operating Condition.

        Average Corrected Electrical Generating Capacity is the numerical
average of the Hourly Corrected Electrical Generating Capacity over the period
of the test.  However, for the purposes

                                      -17-
<PAGE>   120
of this definition the Hourly Corrected Electrical Generating Capacity for any
hour is limited to the higher of 1) the Guaranteed Electrical Generating
Capacity Band Upper Limit or 2) 103% of the resulting Average Corrected
Electrical Generating Capacity.

        Guaranteed Electrical Generating Capacity Band is expected KW gross
plant output plus-or-minus an allowance for measurement error.

        Hourly Corrected Fuel Consumption (Btu/hr) is the product of the fuel
flow rate (1b/hr) measured at hourly intervals (excluding any readings rejected
pursuant to Section K-3(d) and the measured fuel lower heating value (Btu/1b)
for the natural gas supplied to the gas turbine when operating at or corrected
to the Guaranteed Operating Condition.

        Hourly Corrected Heat Rate (Btu/kwh) is the Hourly Corrected Fuel
Consumption divided by the Hourly Corrected Electrical Generating Capacity.

        Guaranteed Gross Plant Heat Rate Band is the expected gross plant heat
rate plus-or-minus an allowance for measurement error.

        Demonstrated Process Team Flow Rate (1b/hr) is the lowest ten-minute
average process steam flow rate measured at the plant boundary during up to
four ten-minute test periods.  These tests will be made at, or the results will
be corrected to, the Guaranteed Operating condition (including and adjustment
for any steam delivered to the gas turbine for NOx control in excess of 82,700
1b/hr).  The test periods will occur during the 40-day period of Test 2 at
times which are mutually agreed to by the Seller and the contractor.

        Guaranteed Process Team Flow Rate Band is the expected flow rate
plus-or-minus an allowance for measurement error.

        Guaranteed Operating Condition.  The Guaranteed Operating condition is
defined as follows:

        (a)     Ambient air dry bulb temperature of 59F.

        (b)     Ambient air wet bulb temperature of 50F.

        (c)     Gas turbine and steam turbine in a new and clean condition and
operating at full load.

        (d)     Gas turbine fueled by natural gas (with heat content measured
as lower heating value) as specified in the fuel specification.

        (e)     Process steam provided to Gilroy Foods at specified steam
conditions.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>   121
        (f)     Steam injected into the gas turbine combuster at a specified
injection rate.

        (g)     Return condensate received from Gilroy Foods at specified
conditions.

        (h)     Evaporative cooler in operation (Above 50F dry bulb).

        (i)     Two circulating water pumps in operation.

        (j)     Auxiliary power consumption to include only items related to
cogeneration plant operation.

        (k)     Generated electric power accepted by PGandE at the interface
with an output power factor of not less than 0.9.

        (l)     Auxiliary boiler not in operation.

        (m)     Operation within applicable air quality standards as specified
in the BAAQMD permit for the Facility.

        K-3.    Completion Test.  The purpose of the Completion Test is to
demonstrate the capability of the Facility to meet specified operating
characteristics.

        The Completion Test include the performance, availability and
functional demonstrations as listed in Table K-1.  Test 1 and Test 2, parts A, B
and E will be conducted at the Guaranteed Operating Condition to the extent
practical.  For Test 2, parts C and D and Test 3, operating parameters will be
adjusted from the Guaranteed Operating Condition as necessary to achieve the
desired demonstration.

        The Gas Turbine will have accumulated at least 100 fired hours of
operation prior to the start of Test 1.  The requirement does not apply to Test
2 or Test 3.

        (a)     Correction of Test Data to Guaranteed Operating Condition.  For
Test 1 and Test 2, parts A, B and E and Test 3, if the operating condition in
any hour varies from the Guaranteed Operating condition, correction factors will
be applied to calculate the Hourly Corrected Electrical Generating Capacity,
Hourly Corrected Fuel Consumption and Demonstrated Process Steam Flow Rate.
Correction factors will be developed by the Contractor as part of the procedure
for executing the test.  These will include correction factors for variation in
ambient wet bulb and dry bulb temperatures and barometric pressure, process
steam flow, injection steam flow and return condensate flow and temperature.
Corrections for degradation in performance over time will be applied.  The
correction factors will be developed based on established engineering
thermodynamic principles and on performance projections of Equipment Vendors.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>   122
        The three tests listed in Table K-1 may be run in any sequence.
Successfully completed tests are not required to be repeated following a
subsequent unsuccessful attempt to pass any other of these three tests.

        (b) Performance Criteria.  The following criteria shall be used to
determine successful completion of the Tests 1, 2 and 3.

        Test 1.  Test 1 has been successfully completed if the hourly Corrected
Electrical Generating Capacity for each hour the 100 hour test is greater than
or equal to the lower limit of the Guaranteed Electrical Generating Capacity
Band and the Hourly Corrected Heat Rate for each hour the 100 hour test is less
than or equal to the upper limit of the Guaranteed Gross Plant Heat Rate Band.

        Test 2.  Test 2 has been successfully completed if the Average Corrected
Electrical Generating Capacity for the period comprised of i) Test 2, Part A,
ii) The 18 hours per day of full load operation of Test 2, Part B and iii) Test
2, Part E (852 hours total) is greater than or equal to 90% of the lower limit
of the Guaranteed Electrical Generating Capacity Band.

        Test 3.  Test 3 has been successfully completed if the Demonstrated
Process Steam Flow Rate is greater than or equal to the smaller of 1) the lower
limit of the Guaranteed Process Steam Flow Rate Band or 2) the maximum steam
flow which the Owner can accept, during up to four ten-minute periods during the
40-day period of Test 2.

        (c) Performance Criteria for Facility Incorporating Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR).  The Guaranteed Electrical Generating Capacity Band and the
Guaranteed Gross Plant Heat Rate Band will be modified if an SCR system is
installed because of a failure of the General Electric Quiet Combuster.

        (d) Instrumentation and Data.  Permanent plant instrumentation
supplemented as appropriate by temporary instrumentation supplied by the
contractor shall be used for all required measurement.  The contractor and
Seller shall each be permitted to reject a total of five (5) hourly readings
within the combined performance test period of Test 1 and Test 2, without
affecting the validity of the demonstration.

        (e) Test Procedures and Test Codes.  At least twelve months prior to the
start of the Completion Test, the Contractor shall make available a procedure
outlining the execution of the test.  The Completion Test method will be
consistent with generally accepted industry practices and established ASME Power
Test Codes to the extent applicable and necessary to accomplish the Completion
Test objective.

                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   123
        K-4.  Extended Warranty Performance Test.  The purpose of the Extended
Warranty Performance Test is to demonstrate the capability of the Facility to
satisfy its Extended Warranty to performance.  The Extended Warranty Performance
Test will be a 100 hour test which is the same as Test 1 of the Completion Test
as described in Section K-3.  The measured test data will be corrected as
described in Section K-3(A), including correction to account for expected
degradation.  The provisions of Sections K-3(d) and K-3(e) will apply to the
Extended Warranty Performance Test.

        (f) Performance Criteria.  The Extended Warranty Performance Test has
been successfully completed if the Hourly Corrected Electrical Generating
Capacity of each hour of the test does not fail below the lower limit of the
Guaranteed Electrical Generating Capacity Band reduced by any electrical
generating capacity short fall for which the Owner has received liquidated
damages and that the Hourly Corrected Heat Rate for each hour of the test does
not exceed the upper limit of the Guaranteed Gross Plant Heat Rate Band
increased by any excess in heat rate for which the Owner has received liquidated
damages Remedy, in the case of both the electrical generating capacity and the
heat rate as adjusted to expected degradation over time and adjusted for any
degradation resulting from oil-fired operation.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment
to be executed by their duly authorized representatives and it is effective as
of the last date set forth below.

GILROY ENERGY COMPANY, INC.             PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

BY:       [SIG]                         BY: /s/ Robert Ohlbach
    ----------------------------            ----------------------------
    Title: President                        ROBERT OHLBACH
                                            Vice President and General Counsel

                                                    FOR

BY:       [SIG]
    ----------------------------
    Title:                                  MALCOLM H. FURBUSH
                                            Executive Vice President

DATE SIGNED:  June 9, 1986              DATE SIGNED:  6- ???? - 86
              ------------------                      ------------------



12928/20
<PAGE>   124










                                  AMENDMENT #3
<PAGE>   125
                                THIRD AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                         "LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY
                           POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT"
                      DATED DECEMBER 19, 1983, AS AMENDED
                         JULY 18, 1985 AND JUNE 9, 1986

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY ("PG&E") and GILROY ENERGY COMPANY ("Seller")
in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good
and valuable considerations, hereby amend said Agreement as follows:

1.      Delete from Article 3(d), Page 5, Line 21, the following:

                "130,000 kW"

                and insert in lieu thereof --

                "140,000 kW"

2.      Delete from Article 3(f), Page 5, Line 27, the following:

                "July 1, 1985"

                and insert in lieu thereof --
              
                "August 31, 1986"

3.      Incremental Energy Rate Band Widths in Table I on Pages 9 and 10 as
        shown.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                "Year           Incremental Energy Rate Band Widths
                -----           -----------------------------------
                 <S>                            <C>
                 1987                           1600
                 1988                            100
                 1989                              0
                 1990                              0
                 1991                            100
                 1992                            100
                 1993                            200
                 1994                            200
                 1995                            200
                 1996                            300
                 1997                            300
                 1998                            300"
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   126
4.      Insert the following information into Table B-3, Curtailment Option B,
        on Page B-18 as shown:

<TABLE>

                                   "TABLE B-3

        Curtailment Option B:

<CAPTION>
                        Incremental           Upper                Lower
         Forecasted       Energy           Incremental          Incremental
        Incremental      Rate Band            Energy              Energy
          Energy        Width from          Rate Bound,         Rate Bound,
          Rates,         Article 4,           Btu/kWh             Btu/kWh
          Btu/kWh         Btu/kWh          [column (a)          [column (a)
Year        (a)             (b)         plus column (b) 1    minus column (b) 1
- ----    -----------     -----------     -----------------    ------------------
<S>        <C>             <C>                <C>                  <C>
1984       9,440           -----              ------               -----
1985       9,500           -----              ------               -----

1986       9,280           -----              ------               -----
1987       9,290           1,600              10,890               7,690
1988       9,400             100               9,500               9,300

1989       9,270               0               9,270               9,270
1990       8,970               0               8,970               8,970
1991       8,970             100               9,070               8,870

1992       8,970             100               9,070               8,870
1993       8,970             200               9,170               8,770
1994       8,970             200               9,170               8,770

1995       8,970             200               9,170               8,770
1996       8,970             300               9,270               8,670
1997       8,970             300               9,270               8,670

1998       8,970             300               9,270               8,670"
</TABLE>

5.      Pursuant to the provisions of Section F-1, the following is hereby
        inserted as Appendix I to the Agreement:

                Attachment 1 of this Amendment 3 - PG&E Electric Rule 21
                Effective June 20, 1984

6.      Delete from Section F-2 the following:

                "To be amended upon completion of interconnection studies."

                and insert in lieu thereof --

                Attachment 2 of this Amendment 3 - Point of Interconnection
                Location Sketch

<PAGE>   127
7.       Delete from Section F-3 the following:

                 "To be set forth herein upon completion of interconnection
                 studies by PG&E."

                 and insert in lieu thereof --

                 "The following interconnection facilities will be installed by
                 PG&E for Seller pursuant to the Special Facilities Agreement
                 dated June 10, 1986 and revised on March 29, 1988.  Seller's
                 responsibility for these facilities will be in accordance with
                 the terms and conditions of that revised Special Facilities
                 Agreement.

                          o       115 kV wood pole line from the dead-end
                                  take-off structure of the Facility to our
                                  Llagas substation.

                          o       Modifications to Llagas Substation.

                          o       Reinforcement of the existing 115 kV tower
                                  line from Llagas substation to Metcalf
                                  substation.

                          o       Protection modification to our system.

                          o       Metering instruments and telemetering
                                  transmitter and receiver.

                          o       All land right-of-say requirements for the
                                  above work.

                          o       Other miscellaneous labor and related
                                  equipment to accomplish the above work."

8.       Delete from Appendix H the following:

                 "TO BE AMENDED"

                 and insert in lieu thereof --

                 Attachment 3 of this Amendment - Sample Billing Calculations

<PAGE>   128
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this third Amendment to be
executed by their duly authorized representatives and it is effective as of the
last date set forth below.


                                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

                                        By:  /s/ P. G. ROSPUT
                                            -------------------------------
        
                                        Name:  Paula G. Rosput

                                        Title: Manager - QF Contracts

                                        Date:  August 18, 1988


GILROY ENERGY COMPANY

By:  /s/ GEORGE G. PENDERGAST
    -------------------------------

Name: George G. Pendergast

Title: Cogen Operations Manager

Date:  7/20/88

<PAGE>   129







                                  ATTACHMENT 1

                                       OF

                                  AMENDMENT 3

                               Electric Rule #21

<PAGE>   130







                                   APPENDIX I

                           PGandE's ELECTRIC RULE #21

                            Effective June 20, 1984
<PAGE>   131
Pacific Gas and Electric Company            Revised Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 8616-E
   San Francisco, California     Canceling Original Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 7693-C
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              RULE NO. 21 -- NONUTILITY-OWNED PARALLEL GENERATION
              ---------------------------------------------------
This describes the minimum operation, metering and interconnection requirements
for any generating source or sources paralleled with the Utility's electric
system.  Such source or sources may include, but are not limited to,
hydroelectric generators, wind-turbine generators, steam or gas driven turbine
generators and photovoltaic systems.

A.      GENERAL

        1.      The type of interconnection and voltage available at any
                location and the Utility's specific interconnection requirements
                shall be determined by inquiry at the Utility's local office.

        2.      The Utility's distribution and transmission lines which are an
                integral part of its overall system are distinguished by the
                voltages at which they are operated.  Distribution lines are
                operated at voltages below 60 kv and transmission lines are
                operated at voltages 60 kv and higher.

        3.      The Power Producer (Producer) shall ascertain and be responsible
                for compliance with the requirements of all governmental
                authorities having jurisdiction.

        4.      The Producer shall sign the Utility's written form of power
                purchase agreement or parallel operation agreement before
                connecting or operating a generating source in parallel with the
                Utility's system.

        5.      The Producer shall be fully responsible for the costs of
                designing, installing, owning, operating and maintaining all
                interconnection facilities defined in Section B.1.

        6.      The Producer shall submit to the Utility, for the Utility's
                review and written acceptance, equipment specifications and
                detailed plans for the installation of all interconnection
                facilities to be furnished by the Producer prior to their
                purchase or installation.  The Utility's review and written
                acceptance of the Producer's equipment specifications and
                detailed plans shall not be construed as confirming or endorsing
                the Producer's design or as warranting the equipment's safety,
                durability or reliability.  The Utility shall not, be reason of
                such review or lack of review, be responsible for strength,
                details of design adequacy, or capacity of equipment built
                pursuant to such specifications, nor shall the Utility
                acceptance be deemed an endorsement of any such equipment.

        7.      No generating source shall be operated in parallel with the
                Utility's system until the interconnection facilities have been
                inspected by the Utility and the Utility has provided written
                approval to the Producer.

        8.      Only duly authorized employees of the Utility are allowed to
                connect Producer-installed interconnection facilities to, or
                disconnect the same from, the Utility's overhead or underground
                lines.

B.      INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES

        1.      GENERAL:  Interconnection facilities are all means required, and
                apparatus installed, to interconnect the Producer's generation
                with the Utility's system.  Where the Producer desires to sell
                power to the Utility, interconnection facilities are also all
                means required, and apparatus installed, to enable the Utility
                to receive power deliveries from the Producer.  Interconnection
                facilities may include, but are not limited to:

                a.      connection, transformation, switching, metering,
                        communications, control, protective and safety
                        equipment; and

                b.      any necessary additions to and reinforcements of the
                        Utility's system by the Utility.

        2.      METERING

                a.      A Producer desiring to sell power to the Utility shall
                        provide, install, own and maintain all facilities
                        necessary to accommodate metering equipment specified by
                        the Utility.  Such metering equipment may include
                        meters, telemetering (applicable where deliveries to the
                        Utility exceed 10 Mt) and other recording and
                        communications devices as may be required for the
                        reporting of power delivery date to the Utility.  Except
                        as provided for in Section B.2.b following, the Utility
                        shall provide, install, own and maintain all metering
                        equipment as special facilities in accordance with
                        Section F.

                                                                (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advice Letter No. 1025-E            Issued              Date Filed May 21, 1984
Decision No. 83-10-093           W.M. Gallavan          Effective June 20, 1984
                                 Vice-President         Resolution No._________
                          Rates and Economic Analysis


<PAGE>   132
Pacific Gas and Electric Company             Revised Cal.P.U.C. Sheet NO. 8617-E
   San Francisco, California     Cancelling Original Cal.P.U.C. Sheet No. 7696-F

          RULE NO. 21 -- NONUTILITY-OWNED PARALLEL GENERATION (Cont'd.)

B.       INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES (continued)

         2.      METERING

                 b.       The Producer may at its option provide, install, own
                          and maintain current and potential transformers rated
                          above 600 volts and a non-revenue type graphic
                          recorder where applicable.  Such metering equipment,
                          its installation and maintenance shall be in
                          conformance with the Utility's specifications.

                 c.       The Utility's meters shall be equipped with detents to
                          prevent reverse registration so that power deliveries
                          to and from the Producer's equipment can be separately
                          recorded.

         3.      CONTROL, PROTECTION AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT

                 a.       GENERAL:  The Utility has established functional
                          requirements essential for safe and reliable parallel
                          operation of the Producer's generation.  These
                          requirements provide for control, protective and
                          safety equipment to:

                          (1)     sense and properly react to failure and
                                  malfunction on the Utility's system;

                          (2)     assist the Utility in maintaining its system
                                  integrity and reliability; and

                          (3)     protect the safety of the public and the
                                  Utility's personnel.

                 b.       Listed below are the various devices and features
                          generally required by the Utility as a prerequisite to
                          parallel operation of the Producer's generation:

        CONTROL, PROTECTION AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT GENERAL REQUIREMENTS(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    GENERATOR SIZE
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        10 kw or    11 kw to     41 kw to    101 kw to    401 kw to      over
Device or Feature                         Less       40 kw        100 kw      400 kw       1,000 kw    1,000 kw
- -----------------                       --------    --------     --------    ---------    ---------    --------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Dedicated Transformer                       -           X            X           X             X           X
Interconnection Disconnect Device           X           X            X           X             X           X
Generator Circuit Breaker                   X           X            X           X             X           X
Overvoltage Protection                      X           X            X           X             X           X
Undervoltage Protection                     -           -            X           X             X           X
Under/Over-frequency Protection             X           X            X           X             X           X
Ground Fault Protection                     -           -            X           X             X           X
Over-current Relay w/Voltage Restraint      -           -            -           -             X           X
Synchronizing                             Manual      Manual       Manual      Manual        Manual    Automatic
Power Factor or Voltage Regulation                                   X           X             X           X
</TABLE>

                 c.      DISCONNECT DEVICE:  The Producer shall provide,
install, own and maintain the interconnection disconnect device required by
Section 8.3.b at a location readily accessible to the Utility.  Such device
shall normally be located near the Utility's meter or meters for sole operation
by the Utility.  The interconnection disconnect device and its precise location
shall be specified by the Utility.  At the Producer's option and request, the
Utility will provide, install, and maintain the disconnect device on the
Utility's system as special facilities is accordance with Section F.

- ---------------

1. Detailed requirements are specified in the Utility's current operating,
   metering and equipment protection publications, as revised from time to time
   by the Utility and available to the Producer upon request.  For a particular
   generator application, the Utility will furnish its specific control,
   protective and safety requirements to the Producer after the exact location
   of the generator has been agreed upon and the interconnection voltage level
   has been established.

2. This is a transformer interconnected with no other Producers and serving no
   other Utility customers.  Although the dedicated transformer is not a
   requirement for generators rated 10 kw or less, its installation is
   recommended by the Utility.

3. This is a requirement for synchronous and other types of generators with
   stand-alone capability.  for all such generators, the Utility will also
   require the installation of "reclose blocking" features on its system to
   block certain operations of the Utility's automatic line restoration
   equipment.


Advice Letter No. 1025-E         Issued By             Date Filed  May 21, 1984
Decision No.   83-10-093       W.M. Gallavan           Effective   June 20, 1984
                              Vice President           Resolution No.
                          Rates and Economic Analysis
<PAGE>   133
Pacific Gas and Electric Company           Original Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 8618-E
   San Francisco, California      Cancelling ______ Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. ______
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         RULE NO. 21 -- NONUTILITY-OWNED PARALLEL GENERATION (Cont'd.)
         ---------------------------------------------------

B.      INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES (continued)

        4.      UTILITY SYSTEM ADDITIONS AND REINFORCEMENTS

                a.      Except as provided for in Section B.5, all additions to
                        and reinforcements of the Utility's system necessary to
                        interconnect with and receive power deliveries from the
                        Producer's generation will be provided, installed, owned
                        and maintained by the Utility as special facilities in
                        accordance with Section F.  Such additions and
                        reinforcements may include the installation of a Utility
                        distribution or transmission line extension or the
                        increase of capacity in the Utility's existing
                        distribution or transmission lines.  The Utility shall
                        determine whether any such additions or reinforcements
                        shall include an increment of additional capacity for
                        the Utility's use in furnishing service to its
                        customers.  If so, then the costs of providing,
                        installing, owning and maintaining such additional
                        capacity shall be borne by the Utility and/or its
                        customers in accordance with the Utility's applicable
                        tariffs on file with and authorized by the California
                        Public Utilities Commission (Commission).

                b.      The Producer shall advance to the Utility its estimated
                        costs of performing a preliminary or detailed
                        engineering study as may be reasonably required to
                        identify any Producer related Utility system additions
                        and reinforcements.  Where such preliminary or detailed
                        engineering study involves analysis of the Utility's
                        transmission lines (60 kv and higher), the Utility shall
                        complete its study within twelve calendar months of
                        receiving all necessary plans and specifications from
                        the Producer.


        5.      PRODUCER-INSTALLED UTILITY-OWNED LINE EXTENSIONS:  The Producer
                may at its option provide and install an extension of the
                Utility's distribution or transmission lines where required to
                complete the Producer's interconnection with the Utility.  Such
                extension shall be installed by contractors approved by the
                Utility and in accordance with its design and specifications.
                The Producer shall pay the Utility its estimated costs of
                design, administration and inspection as may be reasonably
                required to assure such extension is installed in compliance
                with the Utility's requirements. Upon final inspection and
                acceptance by the Utility, the Producer shall transfer ownership
                of the line extension to the Utility where thereafter it shall
                be owned and maintained as special facilities in accordance with
                Section F.  This provision does not preclude the Producer from
                installing, owning and maintaining a distribution or
                transmission line extension as part of its other Producer-owned
                interconnection facilities.

        6.      COSTS OF FUTURE UTILITY SYSTEM ALTERATIONS:  The Producer shall
                be responsible for the costs of only those future Utility system
                alterations which are directly related to the Producer's
                presence or necessary to maintain the Producer's interconnection
                in accordance with the Utility's applicable operating, metering
                and equipment publication in effect when the Producer and the
                Utility entered into a written form of power purchase agreement.
                Alterations made at the Producer's expense shall specifically
                exclude increases of existing line capacity necessary to
                accommodate the other Producers or Utility customers.  Such
                alterations may, however, include relocation or undergrounding
                of the Utility's distribution or transmission lines as may be
                ordered by a governments(1) authority having jurisdiction.

        7.      ALLOCATION OF THE UTILITY'S EXISTING LINE CAPACITY:  For two or
                more Producers seeking to use an existing line, a first come,
                first served approach shall be used.  The first Producer to
                request an interconnection shall have the right to use the
                existing line and shall incur no obligation for costs associated
                with future line upgrades needed to accommodate other Producers
                or customers.  The Utility's power purchase agreement shall
                specify the date by which the Producer must begin construction.
                If that date passes and construction has not commenced, the
                Producer shall be given 30 days to correct the deficiency after
                receiving a reminder from the Utility that the construction
                start-up date has passed.  If construction has not commenced
                after the 30-day corrective period, the Utility shall have the
                right to withdraw its commitment to the first Producer and offer
                the right to interconnect on the existing line to the next
                Producer in order.  If two Producers establish the right of
                first-in-time simultaneously, the two Producers shall share the
                costs of any additional line upgrade necessary to facility their
                cumulative capacity requirements.  Costs shall be shared based
                on the relative proportion of capacity each Producer will add to
                the line.

                                                                     (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advice Letter No. 1025-E         Issued By               Date Filed May 21, 1984
Decision No. 83-10-093         W. M. Gallavan            Effective June 20, 1984
                               Vice-President            Resolution No. ________
   JONE02(J18) p.3      Rates and Economic Analysis
<PAGE>   134
Pacific Gas and Electric Company            Revised Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 8619-E
   San Francisco, California    Cancelling Original Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 7695-E
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         RULE NO. 21 -- NONUTILITY-OWNED PARALLEL GENERATION (Cont'd.)
         ---------------------------------------------------

C.      ELECTRIC SERVICE FROM THE UTILITY:  If the Producer requires regular,
        supplemental, interruptible or standby service from the utility, the
        Producer shall enter into separate contractual arrangements with the
        Utility in accordance with the Utility's applicable electric tariffs on
        file with and authorized by the Commission.

D.      OPERATION

        1.      PREPARALLEL INSPECTION:  In accordance with Section A.7, the
                Utility will inspect the Producer's interconnection facilities
                prior to providing it with written authorization to commence
                parallel operation.  Such inspection shall determine whether or
                not the Producer has installed certain control, protective and
                safety equipment to the Utility's specifications. Where the
                Producer's generation has a rated output in excess of 100 kw,
                the Producer shall pay the Utility its estimated costs of
                performing the inspection.

        2.      JURISDICTION OF THE UTILITY'S SYSTEM DISPATCHER:  The Producer's
                generation while operating in parallel with the Utility's system
                is at all times under the jurisdiction of the Utility's system
                dispatcher.  The system dispatcher shall normally delegate such
                control to the Utility's designated switching center.

        3.      COMMUNICATIONS:  The Producer shall maintain telephone service
                from the local telephone company to the location of the
                Producer's generation. In the event such location is remote or
                unattended, telephone service shall be provided to the nearest
                building normally occupied by the Producer's generator operator.
                The Utility and the Producer shall maintain operating
                communications through the Utility's designated switching
                center.

        4.      GENERATOR LOC:  The Producer shall at all times keep and
                maintain a detailed generator operations log.  Such log shall
                include, but not be limited to, information on unit
                availability, maintenance outages, circuit breaker trip
                operations requiring manual reset and unusual events.  The
                Utility shall have the right to review the Producer's log.

        5.      REPORTING ABNORMAL CONDITIONS:  The Utility shall advise the
                Producer of abnormal conditions which the Utility has reason to
                believe could affect the Utility's operating conditions or
                procedures.  The Producer shall keep the Utility similarly
                informed.

        6.      POWER FACTOR:  The Producer shall furnish reactive power as may
                be reasonably required by the Utility.

                a.      The Utility reserves the right to specify that
                        generators with power factor control capability,
                        including synchronous generators, be capable of
                        operating continuously at any power factor between 95
                        percent leading (absorbing vars) and 90 percent lagging
                        (producing vars) at any voltage level within a 5.0
                        percent of rated voltage.  For other types of generators
                        with no inherent power factor control capability, the
                        Utility reserves the right to specify the installation
                        of capacitors by the Producer to correct generator
                        output to near 95 percent leading power factor.  The
                        Utility may also require the installation of switched
                        capacitors on its system to produce reactive support
                        equivalent to that provided by operating a synchronous
                        generator of the same size between 95 percent leading
                        and 90 percent lagging power factor.

                b.      Where either the Producer or the Utility determines that
                        it is not practical for the Producer to furnish the
                        Utility's required level of reactive power or when the
                        Utility specifies switched capacitors in its system
                        pursuant to Section D.6.o, the Utility will provide,
                        install, own and maintain the necessary devices on its
                        system in accordance with Section F.

E.      INTERFERENCE WITH SERVICE AND COMMUNICATION FACILITIES

        1.      GENERAL:  The Utility reserves the right to refuse to connect to
                any new equipment or to remain connected to any existing
                equipment of a size or character that may be detrimental to the
                Utility's operations or service to its customers.

                                                                     (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advice Letter No. 1025-E         Issued By               Date Filed May 21, 1984
Decision No. 83-10-093         W. M. Gallavan            Effective June 20, 1984
                               Vice-President            Resolution No. ________
   JONE02(J18) p.4      Rates and Economic Analysis
<PAGE>   135
Pacific Gas and Electric Company            Revised Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 8620-E
   San Francisco, California    Cancelling Original Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 7695-E
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         RULE NO. 21 -- NONUTILITY-OWNED PARALLEL GENERATION (Cont'd.)
         ---------------------------------------------------

E.      INTERFERENCE WITH SERVICE AND COMMUNICATION FACILITIES (continued)

        2.      The Producer shall not operate equipment that superimposes upon
                the Utility's system a voltage or current which causes
                interference with the Utility's operations, service to the
                Utility's customers or interference to communication facilities.
                If the Producer causes service interference to others, the
                Producer must diligently pursue and take corrective action at
                the Producer's expense after being given notice and reasonable
                time to do so by the Utility.  If the Producer does not take
                timely corrective action, or continues to operate the equipment
                causing the interference without restriction or limit, the
                Utility may, without liability, disconnect the Producer's
                equipment from the Utility's system until a suitable permanent
                solution provided by the Producer is operational at the
                Producer's expense.

F.      SPECIAL FACILITIES

        1.      Where the Producer requests the Utility to furnish
                interconnection facilities or where it is necessary to make
                additions to or reinforcements of the Utility's system and the
                Utility agrees to do so, such facilities shall be deemed to be
                special facilities and the costs thereof shall be borne by the
                Producer, including such continuing ownership costs as may be
                applicable.

        2.      Special facilities are (a) those facilities installed at the
                Producer's request which the Utility does not normally furnish
                under its tariff schedules, or (b) a prorata portion of existing
                facilities requested by the Producer, allocated for the sole use
                of such Producer, which would not normally be allocated for such
                sole use.  Unless otherwise provided by the Utility's filed
                tariff schedules, special facilities will be installed, owned
                and maintained or allocated by the Utility as an accommodation
                to the Producer only if acceptable for operation by the Utility
                and the reliability of service to the Utility's customers is not
                impaired.

        3.      Special Facilities will be furnished under the terms and
                conditions of the Utility's "Agreement for Installation or
                Allocation of Special Facilities for Parallel Operation of
                Nonutility-owned Generation and/or Electrical Standby Service"
                (Form 79-280, effective June 1984) and its Appendix A, "Detail
                of Special Facilities Charges" (Form 79-702, effective June
                1984).  Prior to the Producer signing such an agreement, the
                Utility shall provide the Producer with a breakdown of special
                facilities costs in a form having detail sufficient for the
                information to be reasonably understood by the Producer.  The
                special facilities agreement will include, but is not limited
                to, a binding quotation of charges to the Producer and the
                following general terms and conditions:

                a.      Where facilities are installed by the Utility for the
                        Producer's use as special facilities, the Producer shall
                        advance to the Utility its estimated installed cost of
                        the special facilities.  The amount advanced is subject
                        to the monthly ownership charge applicable to
                        customer-financed special facilities as set forth in
                        Section I of the Utility's Rule No. 2.

                b.      At the Producer's option, and where such Producer's
                        generation is a qualifying facility(4) and the Producer
                        has established credit worthiness to the Utility's
                        satisfaction, the Utility shall finance those special
                        facilities it deems to be removable and reusable
                        equipment.  Such equipment shall include, but not be
                        limited to, transformation, disconnection and metering
                        equipment.

                c.      Existing facilities allocated for the Producer's use as
                        special facilities and removable and reusable equipment
                        financed by the Utility in accordance with Section F.3.b
                        are subject to the monthly ownership charge applicable
                        to Utility-financed special facilities as set forth in
                        Section I of Rule 2.

- ------------------------
(4) A qualifying facility is one which meets the requirements established by
the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's rules (18 Code of Federal Regulations
292) implementing the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 (16
U.S.C.A. 796, et seq.).

                                                                     (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advice Letter No. 1025-E         Issued By               Date Filed May 21, 1984
Decision No. 83-10-093         W. M. Gallavan            Effective June 20, 1984
                               Vice-President            Resolution No. ________
   JONE02(J18) p.5      Rates and Economic Analysis
<PAGE>   136
Pacific Gas and Electric Company           Original Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. 8621-E
   San Francisco, California      Cancelling ______ Cal. P.U.C. Sheet No. ______
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         RULE NO. 21 -- NONUTILITY-OWNED PARALLEL GENERATION (Cont'd.)
         ---------------------------------------------------

F.      SPECIAL FACILITIES (continued)

                d.      Where the Producer elects to install and deed to the
                        Utility an extension of the Utility's distribution or
                        transmission lines for use as special facilities in
                        accordance with Section 8.5, the Utility's estimate of
                        the installed cost of such extension shall be subject to
                        the monthly ownership charge applicable to
                        customer-financed special facilities as set forth in
                        Section I of the Rule No. 2.

        4.      Where payment or collection of continuing monthly ownership
                charges is not practicable, the Producer shall be required to
                make an equivalent one-time payment in lieu of such monthly
                charges.

        5.      Costs of special facilities borne by the Producer may be subject
                to downward adjustment when such special facilities are used to
                furnish permanent service to a customer of the Utility.  This
                adjustment will be based upon the extension allowance or other
                such customer allowance which the Utility would have utilized
                under its then applicable tariffs if the special facilities did
                not otherwise exist.  In no event shall such adjustment exceed
                the original installed cost of that portion of the special
                facilities used to serve a new customer.  An adjustment, where
                applicable, will consist of a refund applied to the Producer's
                initial payment for special facilities and/or a corresponding
                reduction of the ownership charge.

G.      EXCEPTIONAL CASES:  Where the application of this rule appears
        impractical or unjust, the Producer may refer the matter to the
        Commission for special ruling or for the approval of special conditions.

H.      INCORPORATION INTO POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENTS:  Pursuant to Decision No.
        83-10-093, if in accordance with Section A.4 the Producer enters into a
        written form of power purchase agreement with Utility, a copy of the
        Rule No. 21 in effect on the date of execution will be appended to, and
        incorporated by reference into, such power purchase agreement.  The Rule
        appended to such power purchase agreement shall then be applicable for
        the term of the Producer's power purchase agreement with the Utility.
        Subsequent revisions to this rule shall not be incorporated into the
        rule appended to such power purchase agreement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advice Letter No. 1025-E         Issued By               Date Filed May 21, 1984
Decision No. 83-10-093         W. M. Gallavan            Effective June 20, 1984
                               Vice-President            Resolution No. ________
   JONE02(J18) p.6      Rates and Economic Analysis
<PAGE>   137






                                  ATTACHMENT 2

                                       OF

                                  AMENDMENT 3

                    Point of Interconnection Location Sketch
<PAGE>   138
                 F-2  POINT OF INTERCONNECTION LOCATION SKETCH





                   [POINT OF INTERCONNECTION LOCATION SKETCH]





                                      F-3                       S.O. #4
                                                                December 5, 1983

<PAGE>   139






                                  ATTACHMENT 3

                                       OF

                                  AMENDMENT 3

                          Sample Billing Calculations

<PAGE>   140
                                   APPENDIX H

                          Sample Billing Calculations


1.      Assumptions and Sample Billing for October 1988, Pursuant to the
        Standard Offer No. 4 Agreement.

2.      Assumptions and Sample Calculation for the 1988 Year-End Adjustment,
        Pursuant to Energy Payment Option 3 of the Standard Offer No. 4
        Agreement.

3.      Assumptions and Sample Billing for March 1988, Pursuant to Appendix J.

4.      Assumptions and Sample Billing for October 1988, Pursuant to Appendix J
        (Scheduled to Run During Period 2).

5.      Assumptions and Sample Billing for October 1988, Pursuant to Appendix J
        (Scheduled not to Run During Period 2).

All sample billings and calculations represent PG&E's current interpretation of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement but are not intended to be a
commitment on the part of the Parties.

<PAGE>   141
                  Standard Offer #4 Sample Billing Assumptions


Month:  October, Period A (21 weekdays, 5 Saturdays & 5 Sundays)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Generation                              Hours           Gen (kW-hr)
- ----------                              -----           -----------
<S>                     <C>             <C>             <C>
  On Peak               Weekday          126            15,138,432
  Part Peak             Weekday          147            17,364,672
  Off Peak              Weekday          147            17,631,821
                        Weekend          200            24,043,392
  Super Off Peak        All days         124            14,871,283
                                         ---            ----------
  Total                                  744            89,049,600
</TABLE>

Capacity Assumptions
- --------------------
  Firm:  120 MW (current allocation factors)
  As-Delivered in Excess of Firm:  Option 2
  Bonus:  4 percent
  Term:  30 years
  Firm Capacity Availability:  1988
  Capacity Price: $172/kW-yr
  Capacity Loss Adjustment:  0.989
  As-Delivered Capacity Price:  $102/kW-yr (current allocation)
  Scheduled Maintenance Hours:  0

Energy Assumption
- -----------------
  Option 3

  Curtailment Option B (no curtailment in October)

  Current Assumption for G-55, Revenue Requirement for Cash
    Working Capital, IER and Geothermal Adder


                       Generation in Excess of 120,000 kW
                       ----------------------------------
                                                Gen. (kW-hr)
                                                -----------
                On Peak            Weekday         13,100
                Part Peak          Weekday         15,000
                Off Peak           Weekday        128,000
                Super Off Peak     All Days        36,000

<PAGE>   142
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
               STATEMENT OF CAPACITY AND ELECTRIC POWER PURCHASED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCOUNT NUMBER:  JTK-T2-10001                           DATE:  NOVEMBER 30, 1988
- --------------                                          ----
                 MAILING ADDRESS:       Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn:  President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020

                  REMIT CHECK TO:       Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn:  President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment computations are in accordance with the Power Purchase Agreement
between Gilroy Energy Company, Inc. (thermal facility in Gilroy) and PGandE
dated December 19, 1983.

                              METERING INFORMATION
                              --------------------
Net Energy Delivered
- --------------------
                        Read       Read       Diff.     Const.   Killowatthours
                        ----       ----       -----     ------   --------------

Billing Period          10/31/88   10/1/99
Meter No. 6890T7          4857.9    3621.1    1236.8    72,000     89,049,600

Payment Calculation for Net Energy
- ----------------------------------
Billing Period:  October 1 - 31, 1988
- --------------
                                Energy Delivered      Rate
                % Delivered        To PGandE        Period A      Payment
                -----------     ----------------    --------      -------
On Peak:           17.0            15,138,432        $.03100    $469,291.79
Partial Peak:      19.5            17,364,672         .03032     526,496.56
Off Peak:          46.8            41,675,213         .02916   1,215,249.21
Super Off Peak:    16.7            14,871,283         .02707     402,565.23
                                   ----------                 -------------
                                   89,049,600                 $2,613,603.49

Payment Calculation for Capacity
- --------------------------------
              32,475,004
F = ----------------------------   =         1.00 
    120,000 x (275 - 0) x (1-.2)                  (F not to exceed 1.0)
     Therefore F =     1.00
          Factor =     1.00 x (1.0 - 0/744)=           1.00
Monthly Delivered Capacity =       120,000 x 1.00 = 120,000 kw

Period A:      120,000 kw x $172 x .166275 x .989 x   1.040 = $3,529,931.53

Payment Calculation for As Delivered Capacity
- ---------------------------------------------
                KWH's Delivered                         Allocation
                to PGandE Above             Loss Adj.     Factors    Payment
                Firm Capacity      F.S.C     Factor      Period A    (Cents)
                ---------------    -----    ---------   ----------   -------
On Peak:             13,100         102        .989       .11210     148,140
Partial Peak:        15,000         102        .989       .01510      22,849
Off Peak:           128,000         102        .989       .00000           0
Super Off Peak:      36,000         102        .989       .00000           0
                                                                     -------
                                                                     170,989

As Delivered Capacity Payment                                =     $1,709.85

Total Capacity Payment = $3,529,931.52 + 1,709,89            = $3,531,641.41

Total Energy Payment                                         =  2,613,603.09
                                                               -------------
Total Amount Due                                             = $6,145,244.50


                                  D. A. BRAND

Power Control
3/10/1987
J. Kovnas
<PAGE>   143
          1988 Year-End Adjustment Pursuant to Energy Payment Option 3

                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                             ---------------------


        Shown below is an example of an annual calculation of Gilroy Energy
Company's energy payment adjustment in accordance with Article 4 of the Power
Purchase Agreement (PPA).

                                               B
Derived Incremental Energy Rate (DIER) = -------------
                                             A x C

Where:

                A =     The total kWh delivered by Gilroy Energy Company
                        during the calendar year, excluding any kWh delivered
                        when Gilroy Energy Company was asked to curtail
                        deliveries under Curtailment Option B.

                B =     The total kWh dollars paid for the energy described for
                        A above.

                C =     The weighted average price paid during the calendar year
                        by PG&E's Electric Department for oil and natural gas
                        for PG&E's fossil steam plants, expressed in $/Btu on a
                        gas Btu basis.

        If the DIER is between the upper and lower Incremental Energy Rate
Bounds specified for that year in Table B-3 of the PPA for the curtailment
option selected by Gilroy Energy Company, no additional payment is due either
Party. 

        If the DIER is below the lower Incremental Energy Rate Bound, PG&E
shall pay Gilroy Energy Company an amount calculated as follows:

                (Lower Incremental Energy Rate Bound - DIER) (A) (C)

        If the DIER is above the upper Incremental Energy Rate Bound, Gilroy
Energy Company shall pay PG&E an amount calculated as follows:

                (DIER - Upper Incremental Energy Rate Bound) (A) (C)

        Therefore, for the period covering 1/1/88 to 12/31/88, the annual
calculation is as follows:

                 $32,328,174.00
        DIER = ----------------------------
                    775,599,916 kWh x 2.654/MM Btu

             =           10,847 Btu/kWh

        Since the DIER is above the upper (9,500) Incremental Energy Rate
Bound, additional payment due PG&E is calculated.

             = (         10,847 - 9,500) x 775,559,916 x 2.654 / MM Btu

             =    $2,772,721.61


Power Control
  11/10/87
 
        
<PAGE>   144
                     Appendix J Sample Billing Assumptions
                                    Period 1


Month:  March, Period B (23 weekdays, 4 Saturdays & 4 Sundays)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Generation                              Hours           Gen (kW-hr)
- ----------                              -----           -----------
<S>                     <C>             <C>             <C>
  Part Peak             Weekday          299            35,280,000
  Off Peak              Weekday          161                     0
                        Weekend          160                     0
  Super Off Peak        All days         124                     0
                                         ---            ----------
  Total                                  744            35,280,000
</TABLE>

Capacity Assumptions
- --------------------
  Firm Capacity:  120 MW (current allocation factors)
  Current Price:  $160/kW-yr
  As-Delivered in Excess of Firm:  Option 2
  Bonus:  4 percent (from 1987)
  Term:  30 years
  Firm Capacity Availability:  1987
  Capacity Loss Adjustment:  0.989
  As-Delivered Capacity Price:  $102/kW-yr (current allocation)
  Delivered all hours at appropriate levels when scheduled by PGandE  
  Forced Outage = 40 hours off peak
  Scheduled Maintenance:  40 hours off peak

Energy Assumption
- -----------------
  Payment Heat Rate at 100%:  8,550 Btu/kW-hr
  G-55 = $3/MMBtu (current month)
  Scheduled Dispatch:  23 days, @ 100%

Startup Assumptions
- -------------------
  No. Startup = 23
  Price of G-55 = $3/MMBtu (preceding month)
  Price of gas in July 1985 = $5.229/MMBtu
<PAGE>   145
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
               STATEMENT OF CAPACITY AND ELECTRIC POWER PURCHASED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCOUNT NUMBER:  JTK-T2-10001                   DATE:   APRIL 30, 1988
- --------------                                  ----

                 MAILING ADDRESS:       Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn: President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020

                 REMIT CHECK TO:        Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn: President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment computations are in accordance with the Power Purchase Agreement
between Gilroy Energy Company, Inc. (thermal facility in Gilroy) and PGandE
dated December 19, 1983.

Billing Period:   March 1 - 31, 1988


                              METERING INFORMATION
                              --------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Net Energy Delivered    
- --------------------    Read        Read      Diff.     Const.    Kilowatthours
                        ----        ----      -----     ------    -------------
<S>                     <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>
Billing Period          3/31/88     3/1/88
Meter No. 6890T7          903.2      413.2     490      72,000      35,280,000
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Energy Delivered
                                % Delivered          To PGandE
                                -----------       ----------------
            <S>                   <C>               <C>
            Partial Peak:         100.0             35,280,000
            Off Peak:                .0                      0
            Super Off Peak:          .0                      0
                                                    ----------
                                                    35,280,000
</TABLE>

Payment Calculation for Net Energy and Start-ups during Period 1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Energy Payment
- --------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Energy Delivered                        Heat Rate
   To PGandE            $/MMBTU         BTU/KWH         Payment
- ----------------        -------         ---------       -------
    <S>                    <C>          <C>             <C>
    35,280,000             3            8,550           $904,932.00
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Start-up Payment
- ----------------

                        Start-up        $/MMBTU$ [div]
Total Start-ups          Charge         $5.229/MMBTU$$       Payment
- ------------------      --------        --------------       -------
        <S>              <C>            <C>                  <C>
        23               $6,500         3 [div] 5.229        $85,771.66
</TABLE>

  $ Weighted average price paid during previous month by PGandE's Electric
    Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants.
 
 $$ Average price paid during July 1985 by PGandE's Electric Department for oil
    and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants.
<PAGE>   146
Payment Calculation for Capacity
- --------------------------------

Firm Capacity Availability
- --------------------------

 I.     AV = 100 (H-T-SM) / (H-SM)
           = 100 (744-40-40)/744-40)
        AV = 94.3%

II.     AF = ((AV-50)/60) + 0.5
           = ((94.3 - 50)/60) + 0.5
        AF = 1.24 (AF not to exceed 1.0)
           Therefore; AF = 1.0

Firm Capacity Payment
- ---------------------

Capacity Payment = PPF  x  Firm  x  Capacity  x  Performance  x  AF
                         Capacity     Loss          Bonus
                                   Adjustment

           = $.06 (.0003917 x $160) x 120,000 x .989 x 1.04 x 1.0 = $7,405.63

Payment Calculation for As Delivered Capacity
- ---------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     KWH's Delivered                            Allocation
                     to PGandE Above              Loss Adj.       Factors          Payment
                      Firm Capacity     F.S.C.     Factor        Period B          (Cents)
                     ---------------    ------    ---------     -----------        -------
<S>                       <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
Partial Peak:             15,000         102        .989          .00010               151
Off Peak:                      0         102        .989          .00000                 0
Super Off Peak:                0         102        .989          .00000                 0
                                                                               -----------
                                                                                       151

As Delivered Capacity Payment                                             =    $      1.51
Total Capacity Payment  =    =   $7,405.63  +   $1.51                     =    $  7,407.14
Total Energy Payment                                                      =     904,932.00
Total Start-up Payment                                                    =      85,771.66
                                                                               -----------
                                                Total Amount Due          =    $998,110.80
</TABLE>
                                  D. A. BRAND


Power Control
  4/9/1987
J. Kovnas
<PAGE>   147
                     Appendix J Sample Billing Assumptions
                                Periods 2 and 3

Month: October, Period A (21 weekdays, 5 Saturdays & 5 Sundays)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Generation                              Hours      Gen (kW-hr)
- ----------                              -----      -----------
 <S>                    <C>              <C>       <C>
 On Peak                Weekday          126       15,054,480
 Part Peak              Weekday          147       17,279,280
 Off Peak               All days         347       34,261,920
 Super Off Peak         All days         124        7,564,320
                                         ---       ----------
 Total                                   744       74,160,000
</TABLE>

Capacity Assumptions
- --------------------

 Firm: 120 MW (current allocation factors)
 As-Delivered in Excess of Firm: Option 2
 Bonus: 4 percent
 Term: 30 years
 Firm Capacity Availability: 1988
 Capacity Price: $172/kW-yr
 Capacity Loss Adjustment: 0.989
 As-Delivered Capacity Price: $102/kW-yr (current allocation)
 Delivered all hours at appropriate levels when scheduled by PGandE including 11
   p.m. to 5 a.m. designated as six contiguous off peak hours (except forced
   outage).
 Forced Outage: 40 hours in super off peak
 Scheduled Maintenance Hours: 0

Energy Assumption
- ------------------

 G-55 = $3/MMBtu (current month)
 Scheduled at 100%, 24 hours per day
 Payment IER: 9,400 Btu/kW-hr
 Adder for 1988: 17 percent

Shutdown Assumptions
- --------------------

 No. of Shutdowns: 0
<PAGE>   148
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
               STATEMENT OF CAPACITY AND ELECTRIC POWER PURCHASED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCOUNT NUMBER:  JTK-T2-10001                   DATE:   NOVEMBER 30, 1988
- --------------                                  ----

                 MAILING ADDRESS:       Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn: President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020

                 REMIT CHECK TO:        Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn: President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment computations are in accordance with the Power Purchase Agreement
between Gilroy Energy Company, Inc. (thermal facility in Gilroy) and PGandE
dated December 19, 1983.

Billing Period:   October 1 - 31, 1988
- --------------

                              METERING INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Net Energy Delivered    
- --------------------    Read        Read      Diff.     Const.    Kilowatthours
                        ----        ----      -----     ------    -------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
Billing Period         10/31/88     10/1/88
Meter No. 6890T7         2361.3      1331.3   1030.0    72,000       74,160,000
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Energy Delivered
                                % Delivered          To PGandE
                                -----------       ----------------
            <S>                   <C>               <C>
            On Peak:               20.3             15,054,480
            Partial Peak:          23.3             17,279,280
            Off Peak:              46.2             34,261,920
            Super Off Peak:        10.2              7,564,320
                                                    ----------
                                                    74,160,000
</TABLE>

Payment Calculation for Net Energy and Shutdowns during Periods 2 and 3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Energy Payment
- --------------

 I.  Excluding deliveries scheduled during 6 contiguous off peak hours:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Energy Delivered                          IER    
   To PGandE            $/MMBTU         BTU/KWH         Adder         Payment
- ----------------        -------         ---------       -------       -------
    <S>                    <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>
    63,541,788             3            9,400            1.17       $2,096,497.75

</TABLE>

II.  Deliveries scheduled during 6 contiguous off peak hours:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Energy Delivered                          IER    
   To PGandE            $/MMBTU         BTU/KWH         Payment
- ----------------        -------         ---------       -------
    <S>                    <C>          <C>             <C>
    10,618,212             3            9,400             $299,433.58

                                Total Energy Payment    $2,395,931.33

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Shutdown Payment
- ----------------

                        Shutdown        $/MMBTU$ [div]
Total Shutdowns          Charge         $5.229/MMBTU$$       Payment
- ------------------      --------        --------------       -------
        <S>              <C>            <C>                  <C>
        0                $1,000         3 [div] 5.229        $.00
</TABLE>

  $ Weighted average price paid during previous month by PGandE's Electric
    Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plant.
 
 $$ Average price paid during July 1985 by PGandE's Electric Department for oil
    and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants.
<PAGE>   149
Capacity Payment Calculation
- ----------------------------

P =        32,305,660        =       1.00
  ----------------------------
  120,000 x (273 - 0) x (1-.2)       (P not to exceed 1.0)

    MCF =       1.00 x (1.0-0/744)   =   1.00

Monthly Delivered Capacity   =       120,000 kw x 1.00 = 120,000 kw

Firm Capacity Payment

Period A:       120,000 x $172 x .166275 x .989 x 1.040 = $3,529,931.52


Payment Calculation for As Delivered Capacity
- ---------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      KWH Delivered                             Allocation
                     to PGandE Above              Loss Adj.       Factors          Payment
                      Firm Capacity     F.S.C.     Factor        Period A          (Cents)
                     ---------------    ------    ---------     -----------        -------
<S>                      <C>             <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>
On Peak:                  13,100         102        .989          .11210           148,140
Partial Peak:             15,000         102        .989          .01510            22,849
Off Peak:                128,000         102        .989          .00000                 0
Super Off Peak:                0         102        .989          .00000                 0
                                                                             -------------
                                                                                   170,989

As Delivered Capacity Payment                                             =       1,709.89
Total Capacity Payment  =    $3,529,931.52 + 1,709.89                     =  $3,531,641.41
Total Energy Payment                                                      =   2,395,931.33
Total Shutdown Payment                                                    =            .00
                                                                             -------------
                                                Total Amount Due          =  $5,927,572.74
</TABLE>
                                  D. A. BRAND


Power Control
  4/9/1987
J. Kovnas
<PAGE>   150
                     Appendix J Sample Billing Assumptions
                                Periods 2 and 3


Month: October, Period  (21 weekdays, 5 Saturdays & 5 Sundays)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Generation                             Hours      Gen (kW-hr)
- ----------                             -----      -----------
<S>                     <C>             <C>       <C>
On Peak                 Weekday         126       15,050,448
Part Peak               Weekday         147       17,336,592
Off Peak                All days        347       31,116,960
Super Off Peak          All days        124                0
                                        ---       ----------
Total                                   744       63,504,000
</TABLE>

Capacity Assumptions

         Firm:  120 MW (current allocation factors)
         As-Delivered in Excess of Firm:  Option 2
         Bonus:  4 percent
         Term:  30 years
         Firm Capacity Availability:  1988
         Capacity Price:  $172/kW-yr
         Capacity Loss Adjustment:  0.989
         As-Delivered Capacity Price:  $102/kW-yr (current allocation)
         Delivered all hours at appropriate levels when scheduled by PGandE
           (Deliveries were not made during the scheduled six contiguous off
           peak hours.
         Forced Outage:  40 hours in super off peak
         Scheduled Maintenance Hours:  0

Energy Assumption

         G55 = $3 MMBtu (current month)
         Scheduled at 100% except 6 hours per night each day of the month
           (Period 2) where no deliveries were scheduled.
         Payment IER:  9,400 Btu/kW-hr
         Adder for 1988:  17 percent

Shutdown Assumptions

         No. of Shutdowns:  31
         Price of G-55:  $3/MMBtu (preceding month)
         Price paid for oil and gas in July 1985: $5.229/MMBtu

     
<PAGE>   151
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
               STATEMENT OF CAPACITY AND ELECTRIC POWER PURCHASED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCOUNT NUMBER:  JTK-T2-10001                           DATE:  NOVEMBER 30, 1988
- --------------                                          ----
                 MAILING ADDRESS:       Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn:  President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020

                  REMIT CHECK TO:       Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.
                                        Attn:  President
                                        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway
                                        Gilroy, CA 95020
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment computations are in accordance with the Power Purchase Agreement
between Gilroy Energy Company, Inc. (thermal facility in Gilroy) and PGandE
dated December 19, 1983.

Billing Period:  October 1 - 31, 1988

                              METERING INFORMATION
                              --------------------
Net Energy Delivered
- --------------------
                        Read       Read       Diff.     Const.   Killowatthours
                        ----       ----       -----     ------   --------------

Billing Period        10/31/88    10/1/88
Meter No. 6890T7         996.0      114.0     882.0     72,000     63,504,000

                                                Energy Delivered
                                % Delivered        To PGandE    
                                -----------     ----------------
                On Peak:           23.7            15,050,448
                Partial Peak:      27.3            17,336,592
                Off Peak:          49.0            31,116,960
                Super Off Peak:       0                     0
                                                   ----------   
                                                   63,504,000

Payment Calculation for Net Energy and Shutdowns for Period 2 and 3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Energy Payment
- --------------

Energy Delivered                       IER
   To PGandE            $/MMBTU      BTU/KWH     Adder          Payment
- ----------------        -------      -------     -----       -------------
   63,504,000              3          9,400       1.17       $2,095,250.98

Shutdown Payment
- ----------------

                        Shutdown        $/MMBTU$ divided by
Total Shutdowns          Charge           $5.299/MMBTU$$         Payment
- ---------------         --------        -------------------     ----------
      31                 $1,000         3 divided by 5.229      $17,785.43


 $  Weighted average price paid during previous month by PGandE's Electric
    Department for oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants.

$$  Average price paid during July 1985 by PGandE's Electric Department
    for oil and natural gas for PGandE's fossil steam plants.
  
<PAGE>   152
Capacity Payment Calculation
- ----------------------------

P =          32,358,940          =      1.00
    ----------------------------
    120,000 x (273 - 0) x (1-.2)        (P not to exceed 1.0)

      MCF =       1.00 x (1.0-0/744)    =   1.00

Monthly Delivered Capacity =   120,000 kw x 1.00 = 120,000 kw

Firm Capacity Payment

Period A:   120,000 x .166275 x  $172 x  .989 x  1.040  =  $3,529,931.52

Payment Calculation for As Delivered Capacity
- ---------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    KWH's Delivered                              Allocation
                    to PGandE Above                 Loss Adj.      Factor           Payment
                    Firm Capacity         F.S.C.      Factor      Period A          (Cents)
                    ---------------       ------    ---------    ----------         -------   
<S>                    <C>                 <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
On Peak:                13,100             102         .989        .11210              148,140
Partial Peak:           15,000             102         .989        .01510               22,849
Off Peak:              128,000             102         .989        .00000                    0
Super Off Peak:              0             102         .989        .00000                    0
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                       170,989

As Delivered Capacity Payment                                               =        $1,709.89

Total Capacity Payment =   $3,529,931.52  +  $1,709.89                      =    $3,531,641.41

Total Energy Payment                                                        =     2,095,250.98

Total Shutdown Payment                                                      =        17,785.43
                                                                                 -------------
                           Total Amount Due                                 =    $5,644,677.82
</TABLE>

                                  D. A. BRAND



Power Control
   4/9/1987
  J. Kovnas
<PAGE>   153







                                  AMENDMENT #4
<PAGE>   154
                                FOURTH AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                         LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY
                            POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                    BETWEEN
                             GILROY ENERGY COMPANY
                                      AND
                        PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY


        THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT is by and between PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC
COMPANY ("PG&E"), a California corporation, and GILROY ENERGY COMPANY, a
California limited partnership ("Seller" or "GEC").  PG&E and Seller are
sometimes referred to herein collectively as the "parties" and individually as
"party." 

                                    RECITALS

        A.      There is a LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY POWER PURCHASE
AGREEMENT BETWEEN GILROY FOODS, INC. AND PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY,
signed by Gilroy Foods, Inc. and PG&E on December 19, 1983 (the "Agreement")
for the 130,000 kw gas-fired cogeneration facility located at Gilroy Foods,
Inc., Pacheco Pass Highway, Gilroy, California (the "Facility"); and

        B.      The Agreement was amended by the FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
LONG-TERM ENERGY AND CAPACITY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN GILROY FOODS
COMPANY AND PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY, signed by Gilroy Foods, Inc. on
July 17, 1985 and by PG&E on July 18, 1985 (the "First Amendment"); and

        C.      Gilroy Foods, inc. assigned the Agreement, as amended by the
First Amendment, to Seller; and

<PAGE>   155
        D.      The Agreement was amended by the SECOND AMENDMENT TO LONG-TERM
ENERGY AND CAPACITY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 19, 1983, AS
AMENDED JULY 18, 1985, signed by GEC and PG&E on June 9, 1986 (the "Second
Amendment"); and

        E.      The Agreement was amended by the THIRD AMENDMENT TO LONG-TERM
ENERGY AND CAPACITY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 19, 1983, AS
AMENDED JULY 18, 1985 AND JUNE 9, 1986, signed by GEC on July 20, 1988 and by
PG&E on August 18, 1988 (the "Third Agreement"); and

        F.      On April 5, 1989, Seller filed a complaint with the California
Public Utilities Commission ("CPUC"), Case No. 89-04-004 (the "Complaint"),
seeking relief from certain natural gas demand charges Seller may incur
pursuant to PG&E's natural gas tariffs as a result of PG&E's scheduling of the
Facility under the amended Agreement; and

        G.      In Decision ("D.") 90-12-098, the CPUC found the Complaint
without merit but ordered PG&E to negotiate and file an amendment to the
Agreement whereby PG&E's ratepayers compensate Seller for demand charges
incurred by Seller as a result of PG&E's scheduling of the Facility under the
amended Agreement; and

        H.      The parties have negotiated this Fourth Amendment in response
to the CPUC's directive in D. 90-12-098; and

        I.      PG&E and Seller have agreed that the Second Amendment shall
terminate upon final CPUC approval of this Fourth Amendment; and
<PAGE>   156
        J.      The parties have negotiated this Fourth Amendment based on the
information about the new natural gas regulatory framework and Seller's likely
choice of natural gas transportation service available as of the signature
dates of this Fourth Amendment.  Should material changes in these facts make
the Fourth Amendment inappropriate, the parties shall negotiate changes
pursuant to the principles of D.90-12-098; and

        K.      The parties have agreed that PG&E will annually provide Seller
its written, non-binding estimate of whether PG&E will require the Facility to
operate during the curtailable hours in the following natural gas year (August
1 through July 31); and

        L.      The parties have agreed that Seller shall use such non-binding
estimate to plan its probable natural gas requirements for the upcoming natural
gas year and to contract for sufficient natural gas; and

        M.      PG&E and Seller have agreed that PG&E will reimburse Seller for
certain take-or-pay or use-or-pay surcharges which may be incurred by Seller
under PG&E's natural gas tariffs as a direct result of PG&E's scheduling of the
Facility under the amended Agreement; and

        N.      To minimize the possibility of take-or-pay or use-or-pay
surcharges being imposed, Seller shall contract for natural gas transportation
service under the full require-

<PAGE>   157
ments option of PG&E's natural gas tariffs, if such option is available; and

        O.      PG&E and Seller have agreed that PG&E will reimburse Seller for
certain costs associated with purchases of incremental quantities of natural
gas on short notice made as a direct result of PG&E's rescheduling of the
Facility under the amended Agreement; and

        P.      To minimize the likelihood that Seller will experience natural
gas curtailments that may interfere with Seller's ability to operate the
Facility according to the terms of this Fourth Amendment, Seller shall contract
for natural gas transportation service under Service Level 2 and/or Service
Level 3 of PG&E's natural gas tariffs; and

        Q.      The parties have agreed that Seller's energy payment option
shall change from Energy Payment Option 3 - Incremental Energy Rate to Energy
Payment Option 1 - Forecasted Energy Prices, 100% published prices, provided
that in no event shall Seller receive any payment adders associated with the
determination of PG&E's published full short-run avoided operating cost; and

        R.      The parties have negotiated a number of provisions intended to
replace the Second Amendment's curtailment provisions with a simpler, more
easily administered curtailment scheme; and

        S.      PG&E and Seller have agreed to condition the effectiveness of
this Fourth Amendment on a final, uncondi-
<PAGE>   158
tional and unappealable decision by the CPUC approving the reasonableness of
the Fourth Amendment and unconditionally authorizing recovery in PG&E's rates
of all payments made under the amended Agreement at the time the payments are
made; and

        T.      It is the intention of the parties to separately negotiate a
mutually-agreeable interim agreement applicable to the period between May 1,
1991 and the date the CPUC approves the Fourth Amendment.  Under this interim
agreement, Seller will curtail the Facility six hours a night; and

        U.      Upon CPUC approval of this Fourth Amendment, Seller shall
request dismissal, with prejudice, of its application for rehearing of D.
90-12-098 and motion for leave to file augmented application, each dated
January 25, 1991; and

        V.      The parties have agreed that, upon CPUC approval, the Fourth
Amendment shall remain in effect until December 31, 1998, which is the end of
the fixed price period.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and obligations
stated herein, Seller and PG&E hereby agree as follows:

1.      TERMINATION OF THE SECOND AMENDMENT

        The Second Amendment shall terminate on the Final CPUC Approval Date,
as defined in paragraph 13.1.
<PAGE>   159
2.      CHANGES TO THE THIRD AMENDMENT

        2.1     For the term of amendment, delete paragraph 3 of the Third
Amendment, regarding revised Incremental Energy Rate Band Widths.

        2.2     For the term of amendment, delete paragraph 4 of the Third
Amendment, regarding revised Table B-3.

3.      DEFINITIONS

        3.1     All underlined terms shall have the meaning stated in Appendix
A, Section A-1 DEFINITIONS, of the Agreement, except as expressly amended by
this Fourth Amendment.

        3.2     For the term of agreement, amend the reference to PG&E at page
3, line 11, of the Agreement to read: "PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
('PGandE' or 'PG&E')."

        3.3     For the term of amendment insert the following new term and its
definition in Appendix A, Section A-1 DEFINITIONS, of the Agreement, at page
A-3, line 3:

                        Curtailable hours - The time periods listed below during
                which Seller shall not operate the Facility unless instructed
                otherwise in the estimated schedule or by PG&E's Specific
                Operating Orders:

                        Period 1:  All hours.

                        Period 2:  Six contiguous hours daily, scheduled by PG&E
                        to include the hours of low demand on PG&E's system,
                        including all of the super off-peak hours.  In any
                        event, the Facility shall be allowed to warm-start at
                        least one hour prior to partial-peak hours in Period 2.
                        Whenever the CPUC authorizes changes in the time periods
                        listed in Table
<PAGE>   160
                        B-4 of the interim Standard Offer No. 4 Power Purchase
                        Agreement, PG&E may reschedule the Period 2 curtailable
                        hours to coincide with changes in the occurrence of low
                        demand on the PG&E system.  To the extent consistent
                        with the parties' intent that the curtailable hours
                        coincide with PG&E's periods of low system demand, the
                        new schedule shall follow the time periods authorized by
                        the CPUC in Table B-4.

        3.4     For the term of amendment, insert the following new term and
its definition in Appendix A, Section A-1 DEFINITIONS, of the Agreement, at
page A-3, line 7:

                        Estimated schedule - Pursuant to Appendix J, the
                written, nonbinding estimate(s) given to Seller by PG&E each
                year by May 1 and updated by July 1 as to whether or not PG&E
                will instruct Seller to operate the Facility during the
                curtailable hours in the following 12-month period beginning
                August 1 and ending July 31 of the next calendar year.

        3.5     For the term of amendment, insert the following new terms and
their definitions into Appendix A, Section A-1, Definitions, on page A-5,
line 26:

                Period 1 - January 1 through April 30.

                Period 2 - May 1 through December 31.

        3.6     For the term of amendment, insert the following new terms and
their definitions in Appendix A, Section A-1 DEFINITIONS, of the Agreement, at
page A-6, line 19:

                        Specific operating orders - A communication issued by
                telephone by the designated PG&E switching center to Seller at
                its designated telephone number regarding operation of the
                Facility, in-
<PAGE>   161
                cluding identification of the hours PG&E instructs Seller to
                operate the Facility.

                        Start-Up - Return of the Facility to operation,
                delivering 96 MW or more to PG&E, after being shut down pursuant
                to PG&E's scheduling of the Facility, excluding any starts
                following a forced outage.

        3.7     For the term of amendment, insert the following new term and
its definition in Appendix A, Section A-1, DEFINITIONS, of the Agreement, at
page A-7, line 6:

                        Term of amendment - The period that the Fourth Amendment
                will be in effect, as provided in paragraph 14 of the Fourth
                Amendment.

4.      Article 4 - ENERGY PRICE

        For the term of amendment, make the following changes to Article 4,
ENERGY PRICE, of the Agreement:

        4.1     On page 6, line 14 of the Agreement, place an "X" on the blank
space at the beginning of the line.

        4.2     Delete the sentence beginning on line 16 of page 6 and ending
on line 3 on page 7.  Replace it with the following:

                        During the fixed price period, Seller shall be paid for
                energy delivered to PG&E in accord with the following formula,
                adjusted to reflect the time period during which such energy is
                delivered:

                        Energy Price ($) = I x A

                Where:
<PAGE>   162
                I  =    the "Incremental Energy Rate" component of PG&E's full
                        short run avoided operating costs; and

                A  =    the "Average UEG Rate" component, in $/MMBtu, of PG&E's
                        full short run avoided operating costs.

5.      NOTICES

        5.1     On page 12, line 26 delete:

                Pacific Gas and Electric Company
                Attention:  Vice President -
                  Electric Operations
                77 Beale Street
                San Francisco, CA 94106

Replace it with the following:

                Pacific Gas and Electric Company
                Attention:  Vice President - Power Generation
                245 Market Street, Room 316
                San Francisco, CA 94106

        5.2     Appendix A - General Terms and Conditions on page A-24, 
                line 14 delete:

                Pacific Gas and Electric Company
                Attention:  Manager-Insurance Department
                77 Beale Street, Room E280
                San Francisco, CA 94106

Replace it with the following:

                Pacific Gas and Electric Company
                Attention:  Manager - QF Contracts Department
                77 Beale Street
                San Francisco, CA 94106

6.      Article 3 - Purchase of Power

        On page 6, line 8 of the Agreement, insert the following new paragraph:

                        (g)  Seller shall operate the Facility in accordance
                with Appendix J for the term of amendment."
<PAGE>   163
7.       Article 7 - Curtailment

         For the term of amendment, delete from the Agreement Article 7,
beginning on page 11, line 22, and continuing to the end of line 3 on page 12,
and Appendix C, pages C-1 to C-5.

8.       Article 11 - Terms and Conditions

         8.1     For the term of amendment, delete from Article 11 of the
Agreement, page 13, line 17, the reference to "Appendix C - Curtailment
Options."

         8.2     For the term of amendment, add the following phrase to Article
11 of the Agreement, page 13, line 23: "Appendix J - Scheduled Operation."

9.       Appendix A - General Terms and Conditions

         For the term of amendment, amend Appendix A, Section A-3.4 Operating
Communications, of the Agreement, by adding the following sentence to the end
of paragraph (2), page A-12, line 3:

                 During Period 1, Seller shall inform PG&E whenever the Facility
                 is not available.

10.      Appendix E - Firm Capacity

         10.1  For the term of amendment, Appendix E, Section E-1, General, of
the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new paragraph on line
17 of page E-2:

                          If PG&E's peak months (currently June, July and
                 August) are changed so that any portion of the peak months
                 occur in Period 1, the parties shall use best efforts to

<PAGE>   164
                        negotiate a mutually agreeable method for Seller to
                        satisfy minimum performance requirements and to
                        determine the performance bonus factor.

        10.2    For the term of amendment, delete from Appendix E, Section E-5,
Firm Capacity Payments, of the Agreement the language beginning on page E-6,
line 9 and continuing through the end of line 3 on page E-9.  Replace it with
the following:

                Period 1.       The monthly payment for firm capacity delivered
        in Period 1 will be the product of the Period Price Factor (PPF), the
        firm capacity, the appropriate capacity loss adjustment factor from
        Table E-1 based on the Facility's interconnection voltage, the
        appropriate performance bonus factor, if any, from Table E-3, and the
        appropriate availability factor.

                Period 2.       The monthly payment for firm capacity delivered
        in Period 2 will be the product of the PPF, the Monthly Delivered
        Capacity (MDC), the appropriate capacity loss adjustment factor from
        Table E-1 based on the Facility's interconnection voltage, and the
        appropriate performance bonus factor, if any, from Table E-3, plus any
        allowable payment for outages due to scheduled maintenance.  The firm
        capacity price for Period 2 shall be applied to meter readings taken
        during the separate times and periods as illustrated in Table B-4,
        Appendix B.

        The firm capacity payment is calculated as follows:

        (1)     Determine the PPF.  The PPF is determined by multiplying the
        firm capacity price by the following Allocation Factors(1):

- ----------------

(1)     All allocation factors are subject to change by PG&E based on PG&E's
        marginal capacity cost allocation, as determined in general rate case
        proceedings before the CPUC.  Seasonal Periods A and B are defined in
        Appendix C.

<PAGE>   165
                Allocation          Firm              PPF
                              X     ----              =
                Factor              Capacity Price            ($/kw-month)
                                    --------------

Seasonal        .166275
Period A                            --------------            ------------

Seasonal        .0003917            --------------            ------------
Period B

                During Period 1, the Seasonal Period B allocation factor shall
        be increased by the following two adders: First, an adder of .017973 to
        reflect the value to PG&E of specific operating orders and second, an
        adder determined by the formula:


                                  .001589(A/B)

        Where:

        A =     The "average UEG rate" component, in dollars per MMBtu, of
                PG&E's most recently published full short-run avoided operating
                costs; and

        B =     3.0837, which is the "average UEG rate" component, in $ per
                MMBtu, of PG&E's full short-run avoided operating costs for May
                1991.

(2)     Determine the MDC.  The MDC is determined in the following manner:

        (A)     Determine the Performance Factor (P), which is defined as the
                lesser of 1.0 or the following quantity:

                                     A
                        P = --------------------
                            C x (B-S) x (0.8(2))  (less than or equal to 1.0)

        Where:
        
        A =     The total kilowatt-hours delivered during all on-peak and
                partial-peak hours in Period 2 excluding any energy associated
                with generation levels greater than the firm capacity;  

        C =     Firm capacity in kilowatts;

        B =     Total on-peak and partial-peak hours in Period 2 during the
                month; and 

- ----------------

(2)     0.8 reflects a 20% allowance for forced outage.

<PAGE>   166
        S =     Total on-peak and partial-peak hours in Period 2 during the
                month Facility is out of service on scheduled maintenance.

        (B)     Determine the Monthly Capacity Factor (MCF), which is computed
                using the following expression:

                                          M
                        MCF = P x (1.0 - ---)
                                          D

        Where:

        M =     The number of hours (not to exceed 729.6 hours) in the month
                that the Facility is out of service on scheduled maintenance;
                and

        D =     729.6 hours.

        (C)     Determine the MDC by multiplying the MCF by firm capacity in
                kilowatts (C):

                        MDC (kilowatts) = MCF x C

(3)     Determine the Availability Factor.  The Availability Factor is
        determined as follows:

        (A)     Determine the availability of the Facility during Period 1:

                        AV = 100 (H - T - SM) / (H-SM)

        Where:

        AV =    The percent of the time the Facility is available to deliver
                energy as scheduled by PG&E during Period 1.

        H =     The number of hours in the month;

        T =     The number of hours of the month, other than scheduled
                maintenance hours, when the Facility is not available to deliver
                energy as scheduled by PG&E pursuant to Appendix J; and

        SM =    The number of hours of the month when the Facility is not
                available to deliver energy due to scheduled maintenance.

        (B)     Determine the Availability Factor (AF) as follows.

                AF is the lesser of 1 or the following quantity:
'
<PAGE>   167
                             (AV) - 50) 
                        AF = ---------- + 0.5  (less than or equal to 1.0)
                                 60

(4)     Calculate the firm capacity payment.  The monthly payment for firm
        capacity is then determined as follows:

For Period 1:

monthly    =    PPF  X  Firm      X  Capacity    X  Performance  X  AF
payment                 Capacity     Loss           Bonus
for firm                             Adjustment     Factor
capacity                             Factor

For Period 2:

monthly    =    PPF  X  MDC       X  Capacity    X  Performance
payment                              Loss           Bonus
for firm                             Adjustment     Factor
capacity                             Factor
        
                Furthermore, the payment for a month in which there is an outage
                for scheduled maintenance shall also include an amount equal to
                the product of the average hourly firm capacity payment for the
                most recent month in the same Seasonal Period (i.e., Seasonal
                Period A or Seasonal Period B) during which deliveries were
                made, multiplied by the number of hours of scheduled maintenance
                outage in the current month.  For purposes of calculating the
                hourly firm capacity payment, the current month and the most
                recent month in the same seasonal period shall be considered to
                be of equal length; i.e., 729.6 hours (30.4 days, which is equal
                to one-twelfth of a 365-day year).  Firm capacity payments will
                continue during scheduled maintenance outage periods, provided
                the provisions of Section E-3 are met.

11.     APPENDIX J - SCHEDULED OPERATION

        For the term of amendment, insert the following new Appendix J into the
Agreement: 
<PAGE>   168
                                   APPENDIX J
                              SCHEDULED OPERATION

        J-1     OPERATING SCHEDULE

                1.1     By May 1 of each year, PG&E will provide Seller its
                        written, nonbinding estimate of whether or not it will
                        instruct Seller to operate the Facility during the
                        curtailable hours in the following natural gas year
                        (beginning August 1 and continuing through July 31 of
                        the following calendar year).  PG&E will update this
                        estimate, if necessary, by July 1. (Collectively, the
                        May 1 and July 1 notices are the estimated schedule).
                        If PG&E intends to instruct Seller to operate the
                        Facility during curtailable hours, the estimated
                        schedule will include a nonbinding schedule of
                        operation. Seller shall use the estimated schedule to
                        plan its probable natural gas requirements for the
                        upcoming year and shall contract for sufficient natural
                        gas to operate the Facility in accord with such
                        estimated schedule.

                1.2     Seller shall operate the Facility in accord with the
                        applicable estimated schedule and the provisions of this
                        Agreement, except as otherwise directed by PG&E's
                        specific operating orders.

                1.3     Specific Operating Orders. PG&E may revise the estimated
                        schedule by giving Seller Specific Operating Orders in
                        accord with this paragraph 3.3.

                        1.3.1   During Period 1, PG&E may issue specific
                                operating orders at least 72 hours in advance of
                                any period for which PG&E desires to change the
                                estimated schedule. If PG&E is ordering the
                                Facility to operate, PG&E shall specify (i) the
                                scheduled on-line time; and (ii) the duration of
                                the period for which the Facility shall be
                                on-line.  PG&E shall require deliveries of
                                energy from the Facility for a minimum of 6
                                hours after each start-up.  PG&E agrees not to
                                require the Facility to start-up more

<PAGE>   169
                                than seven times in any one calendar week during
                                Period 1.

                        1.3.2   During Period 2, PG&E may issue specific
                                operating orders no later than 1600 hours on the
                                day preceding the day to which the specific
                                operating orders apply.

                        1.3.3   During both Period 1 and Period 2, PG&E may
                                change a specific operating order by giving
                                notice to Seller at least ten hours in advance
                                in the case of a cold start and four hours in
                                advance in the case of a warm start.  For
                                purposes of this paragraph, a "warm start" of
                                the Facility is any start-up of the Facility
                                within twelve hours of the last shutdown of the
                                Facility, and a "cold start" is any start-up of
                                the Facility more than twelve hours after the
                                last shutdown of the Facility.

                1.4     If PG&E experiences an emergency on its electrical
                        system, Seller shall use best efforts to come on-line as
                        soon as practical if called to do so by PG&E.

                1.5     If, at any time during Period 2, Seller's back-up boiler
                        is not capable of supplying steam to the Gilroy Foods
                        process ("boiler outage"), Seller shall advice PG&E.
                        Seller shall have no obligation to reduce its electrical
                        generation during a boiler outage, provided Seller uses
                        its best efforts to correct the condition causing such
                        incapability in a timely manner. Seller shall be paid
                        for energy delivered to PG&E during Period 2 curtailable
                        hours as a result of boiler outage at prices equal to
                        90% of the price of PG&E's available alternate source.
                        Such price shall apply until Seller notifies PG&E that
                        the boiler outage has ended.

                1.6     Each calendar year, PG&E and Seller shall confer as
                        early as practicable concerning maintenance schedules,
                        output scheduling and any other matters affecting the
                        Facility.  In all events, Seller shall provide its input
                        to


<PAGE>   170
                        PG&E concerning such matters no later than March 31 each
                        year. By May 1 each year, PG&E shall, after due
                        consideration of Seller's input, deliver a written
                        maintenance schedule for both annual overhaul and other
                        periodic overhauls, to be scheduled during the upcoming
                        December 1 through March 31 period.

                        1.6.1   If, after the maintenance schedule has been
                                delivered, in either Party's reasonable judgment
                                conditions change such that a change in the
                                maintenance schedule is warranted, such Party
                                shall deliver written notice thereof to the
                                other Party, specifying with particularity the
                                circumstances warranting a change in the
                                schedule and the change requested. The
                                maintenance schedule for Period 1 shall be
                                changed if the responding Party consents, which
                                consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

        J-2     START-UP PAYMENT

                2.1     PG&E shall pay Seller for start-ups during Period 1 in
                        accord with the following formula:

                                        $3833   (N)  (A/B)

                Where:

                N   =   the number of start-ups during the billing period;

                A   =   the "average UEG rate" component, in dollars per MMBtu,
                        of PG&E's most recently published full short-run avoided
                        operating costs; and

                B   =   3.0837, which is the "average UEG rate" component, in
                        dollars per MMBtu, of PG&E's full short-run avoided
                        operating costs for May 1991.

                2.2     PG&E and Seller agree that Seller's failure to operate
                        the Facility as specified in the estimated schedule
                        and/or PG&E's specific operating orders, will damage
                        PG&E and that it would be extremely difficult to fix the


<PAGE>   171
                        actual damages resulting from such noncompliance.
                        Accordingly, PG&E and Seller agree that PG&E shall
                        deduct $5,000 as liquidated damages from PG&E's payment
                        to Seller for each noncompliance, up to a maximum of
                        $15,000 per calendar week.  For purposes of this
                        paragraph, a "calendar week" begins at 0001 hours on
                        Sunday, and a continuing non-compliance shall be
                        considered a new event of noncompliance every 24 hours.

        J-3     NATURAL GAS COSTS

                3.1     PG&E shall reimburse Seller for certain natural gas
                        penalties, surcharges, and extraordinary costs incurred
                        by Seller under the terms described in this section.
                        This section assumes that Seller will receive natural
                        gas transportation service from PG&E pursuant to the
                        PG&E tariffs currently anticipated to be in place as of
                        August 1, 1991 and that Seller will receive natural gas
                        under a PG&E transportation rate schedule that requires
                        a contract commitment with subsequent penalties of
                        greater than one month (currently Service Level 2 or 3).
                        Should either or both of these assumptions provide
                        incorrect, the parties shall negotiate appropriate
                        amendments to this section.

                3.2     Surcharges And Penalties. If PG&E issues Specific
                        Operating Orders which require the Facility to operate a
                        different number of hours than specified in the
                        estimated schedule, and, as a direct result of complying
                        with such orders, Seller incurs annual take-or-pay or
                        use-or-pay surcharges or overbalance or underbalance
                        penalties (collectively, "surcharges or penalties")
                        pursuant to PG&E's natural gas tariffs, Seller shall
                        submit an invoice to PG&E's Power Generation Department.
                        A copy of the billing notice from PG&E shall be attached
                        to Seller's invoice.  Upon verification, and subject to
                        the following conditions, PG&E shall make a single,
                        lump-sum payment to Seller in an amount equal to the
                        amount of such surcharge or penalty within 45 days from
                        the date of receipt of Seller's invoice.

<PAGE>   172
                        3.2.1   PG&E shall not be responsible for natural gas
                                surcharges or penalties incurred by Seller (a)
                                if they do not directly result from Seller's
                                compliance with PG&E's Specific Operating
                                Orders, (b) if PG&E's Specific Operating Orders
                                have required the Facility to operate during
                                Period 1 for a number of hours equal to or
                                greater than 75 percent of the hours specified
                                for Period 1 in the applicable estimated
                                schedule, or (c) to the extent that Seller has
                                not used its best efforts to eliminate imbalance
                                penalties pursuant to the excess imbalance
                                trading provisions of PG&E's tariff Schedule
                                G-BAL.

                        3.2.2   Seller remains responsible for timely payment to
                                PG&E of all natural gas surcharges and
                                penalties.

                3.3     Incremental Purchases on Short Notice. From time to
                        time, it may be necessary for Seller to purchase
                        incremental quantities of natural gas on short notice in
                        order to comply with PG&E's Specific Operating Orders.
                        This situation potentially may occur when the Specific
                        Operating Orders require the Facility to operate for a
                        greater number of hours than specified in the applicable
                        estimated schedule.  PG&E shall compensate Seller for
                        such incremental purchases to the extent that the
                        incremental commodity costs incurred by Seller exceed
                        the "average UEG rate" component of PG&E's full
                        short-run avoided operating cost as of the date of the
                        applicable incremental purchase, as follows:

                        3.3.1   When PG&E issues Specific Operating Orders, the
                                PG&E dispatcher shall state the estimated length
                                of time the Facility will be required to
                                generate.  The dispatcher shall also specify the
                                maximum natural gas price acceptable to PG&E.
                                Within 12 hours of receiving such Specific
                                Operating Orders, Seller shall notify PG&E's
                                dispatcher of the price at which Seller can ob-

<PAGE>   173
                                tain natural gas.  The PG&E dispatcher will then
                                either confirm or rescind the Specific Operating
                                Order.

                        3.3.2   Seller shall make reasonable efforts to obtain
                                incremental quantities of natural gas at the
                                lowest available price.

                        3.3.3   PG&E shall not be responsible for the cost of
                                incremental quantities of natural gas purchased
                                by Seller which (a) are not necessary to enable
                                Seller to comply with PG&E's Specific Operating
                                Orders; or (b) are purchased because Seller
                                failed to sign supply contracts of at least one
                                year in duration for sufficient natural gas to
                                cover its probable needs pursuant to the
                                applicable estimated schedule; or (c) are not
                                purchased in accord with the provisions of this
                                paragraph 3.3.

                        3.3.4   Seller shall invoice PG&E's Vice President -
                                Power Generation on a monthly basis for
                                incremental quantities of natural gas purchased
                                by Seller in accord with this section.  Seller
                                shall include documentation acceptable to PG&E
                                of the volume and cost of such natural gas.

                        3.3.5   Seller shall maintain, preserve and make
                                available for inspection, audit and
                                reproduction, for a period of at least 60 months
                                following the submission of each invoice to
                                PG&E, all Seller's records used in determining
                                the volume and cost of incremental quantities of
                                natural gas for which Seller seeks payment from
                                PG&E.  PG&E and/or its consultant may audit
                                Seller's records to verify the accuracy of
                                Seller's invoices.  If PG&E inspects, audits, or
                                requires Seller to reproduce such records, PG&E
                                shall protect from disclosure such records

<PAGE>   174
                                which are clearly marked as confidential with
                                the same degree of care it uses to protect its
                                own confidential information.  Provided,
                                however, that PG&E may disclose Seller's
                                confidential information if required by law or
                                if ordered or requested to do so by a
                                governmental agency, the CPUC, CPUC staff
                                (including the Division of Ratepayer Advocates),
                                or the California Energy Commission.

                3.4     Within 30 days of PG&E's notice of the final CPUC
                        Approval Date pursuant to paragraph 13.1, Seller shall
                        pay PG&E all outstanding natural gas demand charges
                        related to complaint No. 89-04-004 in the amount of
                        $1,231,649.94.

12.     NATURAL GAS TRANSPORTATION

        For the term of amendment, Seller shall contract for natural gas
transportation service under Service Level 2 and/or Service Level 3, full
requirements option (if available) of PG&E's natural gas tariffs.

13.     REGULATORY REVIEW

        13.1    This Fourth Amendment is conditioned upon and shall not be
effective until (a) the CPUC issues a decision that in terms satisfactory to
PG&E approves the reasonableness of the Fourth Amendment and the Agreement as so
amended, and unconditionally authorizes full recovery in PG&E's rates of all
payments made under the Fourth Amendment and Agreement as so amended at the time
the payments are made; and (b) such CPUC decision becomes final, unconditional
and unappealable (including exhaustion of all administrative and judicial
appeals or remedies and time periods thereof)

<PAGE>   175
("Final CPUC Approval Date").  PG&E shall inform Seller of the Final CPUC
Approval Date.

         13.2  PG&E and Seller shall use their best efforts to support the
reasonableness of the Fourth Amendment, and the Agreement as amended, before
any government authority of competent jurisdiction in a proceeding involving a
review of the Fourth Amendment or the Agreement for purposes of allowance or
disallowance in rates charged by PG&E.  Each party shall bear its own costs and
expenses associated with seeking such approval.

         13.3  Upon Commission approval of the Fourth Amendment as described
above, Seller shall immediately request that the Commission dismiss with
prejudice the following.  Such dismissal shall be as to Seller and not
necessarily as to BAF Energy, the joint applicant.

                 Application For Rehearing Of D.90-12-098 Of Gilroy Energy
                 Company and BAF Energy, dated January 25, 1991; and

                 Motion For Leave to File Augmented Application Upon Further
                 Action By the Commission.  Or, In The Alternative To File
                 Amended Application Upon Five Days Notice.

14.      TERM OF AMENDMENT

         This Fourth Amendment shall be binding upon execution by the
authorized representatives of PG&E and Seller.  It shall be effective on the
final CPUC Approval Date pursuant to paragraph 13.1, and remain in effect until
December 31, 1998.  However, the amendments contained in paragraphs 3.2,

<PAGE>   176
22 and 23 of this Fourth Amendment shall survive such termination and remain in
effect for the term of agreement.

15.     MUTUAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS AND DEFENSES

        15.1  Release by Seller.  In consideration of the promises set forth in
this Fourth Amendment, Seller, its affiliates, heirs, transferees, successors,
assigns, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees, representatives,
and attorneys hereby release and forever discharge PG&E, and its affiliates,
heirs, transferees, successors, assigns, officers, directors, shareholders,
agents, employees, representatives, and attorneys of and from any and all
claims, demands, actions or causes of action, known or unknown, arising out of
or in any way connected with or resulting from the matters alleged in Seller's
Complaint.

        15.2  Release by PG&E.  In consideration of the promises set forth in
this Fourth Amendment, PG&E, its affiliates, heirs, transferees, successors,
assigns, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees, representatives,
and attorneys hereby release and forever discharge Seller, and its affiliates,
heirs, transferees, successors, assigns, officers, directors, shareholders,
agents, employees, representatives, and attorneys of and from any and all
claims, demands, actions or causes of action, known or unknown, arising out of
or in any way connected with or resulting from the matters alleged in PG&E's
Answer.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>   177
        15.3  This is a full and final release applying to all claims alleged
in or which could have been alleged in the Complaint and the Answer.  Seller
and PG&E each waive any and all rights or benefits which it may now have, or in
the future may have, under the terms of section 1542 of the Civil Code of the
State of California, which provides:

                A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor
                does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of
                executing the release, which if known by him must have
                materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

PG&E and Seller each being aware of the significance and legal effect of
section 1542, hereby each expressly waives any and all rights and benefits
either party may have under section 1542 or under any other statute or common
law principle of similar effect.

        15.4  Each party agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly,
commence or maintain in any manner whatsoever any lawsuit, regulatory
proceeding, action, or any other proceeding in law, equity, or otherwise, which
in any way arises of or is related, directly or indirectly, to the mutual
releases set forth herein or which seeks to rescind, terminate, or invalidate
these mutual releases, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever;
provided, however, that either party may bring an action to enforce its
respective rights pursuant to these mutual releases.
<PAGE>   178
        15.5  These mutual releases and the Fourth Amendment represent a
compromise of disputed claims, and are not intended to be nor shall they ever,
for any purpose, be considered evidence of or an admission by any party of any
liability or fault whatsoever.

16.     EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

        Except as expressly modified by this Fourth Amendment, the provisions of
the Agreement, as modified by the First and Third Amendments, shall remain
unchanged.

17.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT

        This Fourth Amendment constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
with respect to the subject-matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior
negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the parties
respecting the subject-matter of this Fourth Amendment.

18.     MODIFICATION

        This Fourth Amendment may be further amended or modified only by a
written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

19.     CAPTIONS

        Captions are included herein for ease of reference only.  The captions
are not intended to affect the meaning of the contents or scope of this Fourth
Amendment.

20.     CHOICE OF LAWS

        This Fourth Amendment shall be construed and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Califor-
<PAGE>   179
nia, excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction.

21.     NON-WAIVER

        No term or provision hereof shall be deemed waived and no breach
excused unless such waiver or consent is in writing and signed by the party
claimed to have so waived or consented.

22.     NOTICES

        For the term of agreement, amend Article 9, NOTICES, at page 12, line
23, of the Agreement to change the title of PG&E's notice addressee to "Vice
President - Power Generation."

23.     For the term of agreement, delete from the Agreement Table B-4 in
Appendix B, page B-19.  Replace it with Table B-4, attached hereto and
incorporated herein by this reference.

24.     INTERPRETATION

        This Fourth Amendment is the result of negotiation.  Moreover, each
party has reviewed this Amendment, and has had full and adequate opportunity to
obtain legal advice regarding this Amendment from the legal counsel of its
choice.  Accordingly, the rule of construction in Civil Code Section 1654 to the
effect that any ambiguity shall be resolved against the drafting party shall not
be employed against either party in the interpretation of this Amendment.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>   180
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth
Amendment to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the last
signature date set forth below:


GILROY ENERGY COMPANY                    PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

BY:  /s/ ROBERT P. KRAEMER               BY:  /s/ ROBERT J. HAYWOOD
    ------------------------------           ------------------------------

NAME: ROBERT P. KRAEMER                  NAME:  ROBERT J. HAYWOOD
      ----------------------------              ---------------------------

TITLE: PRESIDENT                         TITLE: Vice President,
       ---------------------------              Power Planning and Contracts
                                                ---------------------------
DATE                                     DATE
SIGNED:  6-5-91                          SIGNED:  6-6-91
         -------------------------                --------------------------

BY:  /s/ GEORGE PENDERGAST
    ------------------------------

NAME:  GEORGE PENDERGAST
       ---------------------------

TITLE: Secretary
       ---------------------------
DATE
SIGNED:  6-5-91
       ---------------------------

NOTICE ADDRESSES:

Attn:  George Pendergast                 Attn:  Manager, QF Contracts
       1350 Pacheco Pass Highway                77 Beale Street
       Gilroy, CA 95021-0335                    23rd Floor
                                                San Francisco, CA 94106



                                      -27-
<PAGE>   181
                                   TABLE B-4

                                  TIME PERIODS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Monday          Saturdays, 
                                 through          Sundays,    
                                Friday(2)       and Holidays
                                ---------       ------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>        
Seasonal Period A
(May 1 through October 31)

    Peak                        Noon            None
                                to
                                6:00 p.m.

    Partial-Peak                8:30 a.m.       None
                                to
                                noon

                                6:00 p.m.
                                    to
                                9:30 p.m.

    Off-Peak                    9:30 p.m.
                                to
                                1:00 a.m.

                                5:00 a.m.       5:00 a.m.
                                to              to
                                8:30 a.m.       1:00 a.m.

    Super Off-Peak              1:00 a.m.       1:00 a.m.
                                to              to
                                5:00 a.m.       5:00 a.m.

Seasonal Period B
(November 1 through April 30)

    Partial-Peak                8:30 a.m.       None
                                to      
                                9:30 p.m.

    Off-Peak                    9:30 p.m.
                                to
                                1:00 a.m.

                                5:00 a.m.       5:00 a.m.
                                to              to
                                8:30 a.m.       1:00 a.m.

    Super Off-Peak              1:00 a.m.       1:00 a.m.
                                to              to
                                5:00 a.m.       5:00 a.m.
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  This table is subject to change to accord with the peak, partial-peak,
     off-peak, and super peak periods as defined by CPUC Decision.

(2)  Except the following holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday,
     Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day,
     and Christmas Day, as specified in Public Law 90-363 (5 U.S.C.A. Section
     6103(a)).

<PAGE>   182







                                  AMENDMENT #5

<PAGE>   183
                       1995 PAY FOR CURTAILMENT AGREEMENT

                  GILROY ENERGY COMPANY (PG&E Log No. 08C002)


        THIS AGREEMENT is by and between GILROY ENERGY COMPANY ("Seller" or
"GEC"), a California limited partnership, and PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
("PG&E"), a California corporation.  PG&E and Seller are sometimes referred to
herein individually as "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

RECITALS

        A.      There is a Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase
Agreement between Seller and PG&E (the "PPA"), signed by PG&E on December 19,
1983, and by both Gilroy Foods, Inc. and Pacific Thermonetics, Inc. on December
19, 1983, for the 130 MW natural gas-fueled cogeneration facility (PG&E Log No.
08C002) located at Gilroy Foods, Inc., Pacheco Pass Highway, Gilroy, California
(the "Facility"); and

        B.      The PPA has been amended by the First Amendment signed by PG&E
on July 18, 1985, and by Gilroy Foods, Inc. on July 17, 1985; wherein Pacific
Thermonetics, Inc. was removed as a party to the PPA; and

        C.      The PPA has been amended by the Second Amendment signed by PG&E
on June 9, 1986, and GEC on June 9, 1986 which provided PG&E operating
flexibility in exchange for a modified price arrangement; and

        D.      The PPA has been amended by the Third Amendment signed by PG&E
on August 18, 1988, and GEC on June 20, 1988; and 



                                  Page 1 of 6

<PAGE>   184
        E.      The PPA has been amended by the Fourth Amendment signed by PG&E
on June 9, 1991, and GEC on June 5, 1995, which provided for changes in the
operation flexibility of the Facility (the "Fourth Amendment"); and

        F.      The Facility began initial energy deliveries under the PPA on
September 18, 1987, and has since regularly produced energy and capacity for
sale to PG&E under the PPA, and

        G.      The Firm Capacity Availability Date (as defined in the PPA)
occurred on February 16, 1988; and

        H.      The Parties have agreed that it will be to their mutual benefit
to expand the shut down periods under the existing terms of the PPA, which
currently directs GEC to shutdown 6 hours each day during the months of May and
June.  The Parties have agreed that the Facility shall shut down a total of
eight and one-half hours each week day, and twenty-four hours on each
weekend-day and holiday, in exchange for a curtailment payment calculated in
accordance with this Curtailment Agreement.


                                   AGREEMENT

        THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants in this Agreement,
the Parties agree as follows:

1.      DEFINITIONS

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

        1.1     Curtailment Period:  All hours between 0001 hours May 1, 1995
and 2400 hours June 30, 1995.

        1.2     kW:  Kilowatts.



                                  Page 2 of 6
<PAGE>   185
        1.3     kWh:  Kilowatt hours.

        1.4     Scheduled Maintenance:  an outage to perform maintenance on the
Facility that is scheduled in advance, is of a predetermined duration, and meets
the PPA requirements for Scheduled Maintenance, including annual hour limits
and notice requirements.  These requirements are specified in the PPA in
Section E-3, Appendix E.

        2.      CURTAILMENT

        2.1     During the Curtailment Period, Seller shall cease deliveries of
energy and capacity to PG&E (i) between the hours of 9:30 p.m. through 6:00
a.m. Monday through Friday (44 days), and (ii) for 24 hours, on Saturday,
Sunday and Memorial Day (17 days).  GEC shall be allowed up to six (6) hours
each Monday morning and the Tuesday morning after Memorial Day to reach full
capacity and any such hours of "ramp up" time shall be excluded from the firm
capacity calculation.

        2.2     Curtailment Termination

                Either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving
written notice to the other party.  PG&E shall, however, have no right to
terminate this Agreement after June 5, 1995.  In the event that curtailment is
canceled by either Party, GEC shall immediately resume the curtailment schedule
previously specified by PG&E pursuant to the PPA: 6 hours curtailment every
night from midnight to 6 am, through June 30, 1995.

        3.      CURTAILMENT PAYMENTS

        3.1     PG&E agrees to pay GEC, each month, a lump sum payment of
$125,000, for a total of $250,000 for May and June, 1995.  This lump payment is
intended to partially cover GEC's costs to: (i) startup its Facility during
this Curtailment Period; and, (ii) offset its gas purchasing fees associated
with this Curtailment Period.  This payment is due to Gilroy when the monthly
purchased power statement for the applicable month (May and June) is due to
Gilroy per Section A.4 of Appendix A of the PPA.

                                  Page 3 of 6
<PAGE>   186
        3.2     During the "ramp down" of the Facility, PG&E shall pay GEC PPA
prices for any deliveries received after 9:30 pm each week night for up to
one-half hour.  Zero payments will be made for any deliveries after 10:00 pm.

        3.3     If GEC's back-up boiler is not capable of supplying steam to
the Gilroy Foods plant, the provisions of Appendix J, Section J-1, paragraph
1.5 of the Fourth Amendment shall apply between the hours of midnight and 6
am.  During the other hours that the facility is operating because of back-up
boiler problems, GEC shall receive full PPA prices.  However, the lump sum
payment for that month pursuant to paragraph 3.1 above shall be prorated on an
hourly basis as specified in this paragraph and GEC shall be paid only for
those hours in which it actually curtailed deliveries.  The monthly payment
shall be prorated over the following hours (i) 9:30 pm through 11:59 pm, Monday
through Friday, and 6 am through 11:59 pm Saturday, Sunday and Memorial Day.

        3.4     If this Agreement is terminated early pursuant to Section 2.1
above, the lump sum payment shall be prorated on an hourly as described in
Section 3.3 above.

        3.5     In addition, GEC shall be allowed to operate 24 hours a day from
September 1, 1995 through November 30, 1995, at prices already covered by the
PPA and the provisions of Appendix J-1, paragraph 1.3, Specific Operating Orders
of the fourth Amendment shall not apply to this schedule.  However, in the event
of an early termination of this Agreement, GEC shall be allowed to operate 24
hours a day: (i) for the entire month of November 1995 only, if this Agreement
is effective for at least one week; (ii) for the entire months of October and
November 1995 only, if this Agreement is effective for at least five weeks; and,
(iii) for the entire months of September, October and November only if this
Curtailment Period has run its full course through the end of June 1995. In the
event GEC operates its Facility under the provisions of Section 3.3 above, up to
one week of such operation shall be disregarded in determining whether the
requirements of paragraph 3.5 (iii) have been met.

        4.      MISCELLANEOUS

        4.1     Entire Agreement

                                  Page 4 of 6
<PAGE>   187
                This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior
negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the Parties
respecting the subject matter of this Agreement.

        4.2     Modification of Agreement

                This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written
instrument signed by the authorized representatives of both Parties.

        4.3     Captions

                Captions are included herein for ease of reference only.  The
captions are not intended to affect the meaning of the contents of scope of
this Agreement.

        4.4     Interpretation

                No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or
against PG&E or Seller because PG&E, Seller or their respective attorneys
drafted the particular provision.

        4.5     Jurisdiction

                This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accord
with the laws of the State of California, excluding any choice of law rules that
may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

        4.6     Waiver

                No term or provision herein shall be deemed waived and no
breach excused unless such waiver or consent is in writing and signed by the
Party claimed to have so waived or excused.

        4.7     Notices

                All notices under this Agreement shall be addressed as follows.

        To PG&E:
        Mr. Marc L. Renson
        Power Contracts Department, B13E
        Pacific Gas and Electric Company
        P.O. Box 770000
        San Francisco, CA 94177

                                  Page 5 of 6
<PAGE>   188
        To Seller:

        Mr. David Pearson

        Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.

        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway

        Gilroy, CA 95021-0335



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and PG&E have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their authorized representatives.


PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC                GILROY ENERGY CORPORATION,
COMPANY, a California corporation       a California limited partnership
                                        ------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
By                                      By

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Name                                    Name

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Title                                   Title

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Date of Signature                       Date of Signature





                                  Page 6 of 6

<PAGE>   189
                                                                        DRAFT

                       1995 PAY FOR CURTAILMENT AGREEMENT

                  GILROY ENERGY COMPANY (PG&E Log No. 08C002)


        THIS AGREEMENT is by and between GILROY ENERGY COMPANY ("Seller" or
"GEC"), a California limited partnership, and PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
("PG&E"), a California corporation.  PG&E and Seller are sometimes referred to
herein individually as "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

RECITALS

        A.      There is a Long-Term Energy and Capacity Power Purchase
Agreement between Seller and PG&E (the "PPA"), signed by PG&E on December 19,
1983, and by both Gilroy Foods, Inc. and Pacific Thermonetics, Inc. on December
19, 1983, for the 130 MW natural gas-fueled cogeneration facility (PG&E Log No.
08C002) located at Gilroy Foods, Inc., Pacheco Pass Highway, Gilroy, California
(the "Facility"); and

        B.      The PPA has been amended by the First Amendment signed by PG&E
on July 18, 1985, and by Gilroy Foods, Inc. on July 17, 1985; wherein Pacific
Thermonetics, Inc. was removed as a party to the PPA; and

        C.      The PPA has been amended by the Second Amendment signed by PG&E
on June 9, 1986, and GEC on June 9, 1986 which provided PG&E operating
flexibility in exchange for a modified pricing arrangement; and



                                  Page 1 of 6
                                 April 25, 1995

<PAGE>   190
                                                                        DRAFT

        D.      The PPA has been amended by the Third Amendment signed by PG&E
on August 18, 1988, and GEC on June 20, 1988 which provides that the physical
limitation of GEC's interconnection facilities was increased; and

        E.      The PPA has been amended by the Fourth Amendment signed by PG&E
on June 9, 1991, and GEC on June 5, 1991, which provided for changes in the
operation flexibility of the Facility; and

        F.      The Facility began initial energy deliveries under the PPA on
September 18, 1987, and has since regularly produced energy and capacity for
sale to PG&E under the PPA, and

        G.      The Firm Capacity Availability Date (as defined in the PPA)
occurred on February 16, 1988; and

        H.      The Parties have agreed that it will be to their mutual benefit
to expand the shut down periods under the existing terms of the PPA, which
currently directs GEC to shutdown 6 hours each day during the months of May and
June.  The Parties have agreed that the Facility shall shut down a total of
eight and one-half hours each week day, and twenty-four hours on each
weekend-day and holiday, in exchange for a curtailment payment calculated in
accordance with this Curtailment Agreement.


                                   AGREEMENT

        THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants in this Agreement,
the Parties agree as follows:

1.      DEFINITIONS

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:



                                  Page 2 of 6
                                 April 25, 1995
<PAGE>   191
         1.1     Curtailment Period: All hours between 0001 hours May 1, 1995
and 2400 hours June 30, 1995.

         1.2    kW:   Kilowatts

         1.3    kWh:  Kilowatt hours

         1.4    Scheduled Maintenance: an outage to perform maintenance on the
Facility that is scheduled in advance, is of a predetermined duration and meets
the PPA requirements for Scheduled Maintenance, including annual hour limits
and notice requirements.  These requirements are specified in the PPA in
Section E-3, Appendix E.

         2.      CURTAILMENT

         2.1     During the Curtailment Period, Seller shall cease deliveries
of energy and capacity to PG&E (i) between the hours of 9:30 p.m. through 6:00
a.m. Monday through Friday (44 days), and (ii) for 24 hours, on Saturday,
Sunday and Memorial Day (17 days). GEC shall be allowed up to six (6) hours
each Monday morning (Tuesday morning after Memorial Day) to reach full capacity
and GEC;s "ramp up" time shall be excluded from the firm capacity calculation
and, if applicable, the firm capacity bonus factor calculation.

         2.2     Curtailment Termination

                 Either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time by
giving written notice to the other party.  In the event that curtailment is
canceled by either Party, GEC will revert to operating its Facility 18 hours
through the end of June 1995.

         3.      CURTAILMENT PAYMENTS

         3.1     PG&E agrees to pay GEC, each month, a lump sum payment of
$125,000 for a total of $250,000 for May and June.  This lump payment shall
cover GEC's costs to: (i) startup its Facility during this Curtailment Period;
and (ii) offset its gas purchasing fees associated with this Curtailment 
Period.  Should PG&E consider obtaining additional curtailment beyond that 
covered in this Agreement, the provisions listed in Amendment 4 to the PPA 
for startup notification and charges for excessive costs incurred for gas 
purchases would apply.



                                  Page 3 of 6
                                 April 25, 1995
<PAGE>   192
        3.2     During the "ramp down" of the Facility, PG&E shall pay GEC the
monthly alternate price for any deliveries received after 9:30 pm each week
night for up to one hour (10:30 pm).  Zero payments will be made for deliveries
after 10:30 pm on week nights.

        3.3     GEC shall be allowed to operate its Facility at contract prices
in the event of an auxiliary boiler equipment failure so that it may provide
supply process steam to the Gilroy Foods plant.  However in those instances, the
lump sum payment for that month shall be prorated on an hourly basis and GEC
shall be paid only for those hours in which it actually curtailed additional
deliveries (i.e., beyond the 6 hours already provided for under the PPA.

        3.4     If this Agreement is terminated early pursuant to Section 2.1
above, the lump sum payment shall be prorated on an hourly basis and GEC shall
be paid only for those hours in which it actually curtailed additional
deliveries (i.e., beyond the 6 hours already provided for under the PPA).  This
payment is due to Gilroy when the monthly purchased power statement for the
applicable month (May and June) is due to Gilroy per Section A.4 of Appendix A
of the PPA.

        3.5     In addition, GEC shall be allowed to operate 24 hours a day from
September 1, 1995 through November 30, 1995, at prices already covered by the
PPA.  In the event of an early termination of this Agreement, GEC shall be
allowed to operate 24 hours a day: (i) for the entire month of November 1995 if
this Agreement is effective for at least one week; (ii) for the entire months
of October and November 1995 if this Agreement is effective for at least five
weeks; and (iii) for the entire months of September, October and November only
if this Curtailment Period has run its full course through the end of June
1995.  Periods covered under Section 3.3 above shall be excused if they do not
exceed a week's worth of operation.

        4.      MISCELLANEOUS

        4.1     Effect on PPA

                This Agreement does not modify or amend the terms of the PPA or
any other agreement between the Parties.

        4.2     Entire Agreement

                                  Page 4 of 6
                                 April 25, 1995
<PAGE>   193
                                                                        DRAFT

                This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
with respect to the subject-matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior
negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the Parties
respecting the subject-matter of this Agreement.

        4.3     Modification of Agreement

                This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written
instrument signed by the authorized representatives of both Parties.

        4.4     Captions

                Captions are included herein for ease of reference only.  The
captions are not intended to affect the meaning of the contents or scope of
this Agreement.

        4.5     Interpretation

                No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or
against PG&E or Seller because PG&E, Seller or their respective attorneys
drafted the particular provision.

        4.6     Jurisdiction

                This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accord
with the laws of the State of California, excluding any choice of law rules that
may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

        4.7     Waiver

                No term or provision herein shall be deemed waived and no
breach excused unless such waiver or consent is in writing and signed by the
Party claimed to have so waived or excused.

        4.8     Notices

                All notices under this Agreement shall be addressed as follows.

        To PG&E:
        Mr. Marc L. Renson
        Power Contracts Department, B13E
        Pacific Gas and Electric Company
        P.O. Box 770000
        San Francisco, CA 94177



                                  Page 5 of 6
                                 April 25, 1995
<PAGE>   194
                                                                        DRAFT

        To Seller:

        Mr. David Pearson

        Gilroy Energy Company, Inc.

        1350 Pacheco Pass Highway

        Gilroy, CA 95021-0335



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and PG&E have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their authorized representatives.


PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC                GILROY ENERGY CORPORATION,
COMPANY, a California corporation       a California limited partnership
                                        ------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
By                                      By

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Name                                    Name

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Title                                   Title

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Date of Signature                       Date of Signature





                                  Page 6 of 6
                                 April 25, 1995


<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement No. 333-07497.
    
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Jose, California
   
September 18, 1996
    

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated January 19, 1996, on our audits of the consolidated
financial statements of Sumas Cogeneration Company, L.P. and Subsidiary in the
Calpine Corporation Registration Statement (Form S-1) dated July 3, 1996 as
amended on August 22, 1996 and September 19, 1996 for the Registration of Common
Stock.
    
 
                                          Moss Adams LLP
 
Everett, Washington
   
September 19, 1996
    

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
the following:
 
     - our report dated February 3, 1995, except as to the information presented
       in Note 7 for which the date is March 30, 1995, on our audits of the
       combined financial statements of LFC No. 38 Corp. and Portsmouth Leasing
       Corporation and Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31,
       1994 and 1993.
 
     - our report dated February 3, 1995, except as to the information presented
       in Note 6 for which the date is March 30, 1995, on our audits of the
       consolidated financial statements of LFC No. 60 Corp. and Subsidiary as
       of and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.
 
     We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "EXPERTS".
 
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
   
September 18, 1996
    

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.5
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated July 18, 1996, with respect to the financial
statements of Gilroy Energy Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Gilroy Foods,
Inc. which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of McCormick & Company, Inc. as
of and for the years ended November 30, 1995 and 1994 included in the
Registration Statement (Form S-1, Registration No. 333-07497) and related
Prospectus of Calpine Corporation for the registration of 20,751,750 shares of
its common stock.
    
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Baltimore, Maryland
   
September 17, 1996
    

<PAGE>   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1
    
 
   
                          CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE
    
 
   
     The undersigned hereby consents to the inclusion of his name as a nominee
for director of Calpine Corporation in the Registration Statement on Form S-1
(File No. 333-07497) filed by Calpine Corporation with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
    
 
   
                                            /s/  GEORGE J. STATHAKIS
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
   
                                                  George J. Stathakis
    
 
   
                                               Dated as of September 19, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission